ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230 USA
Phone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
adb-sales.us@adb-air.com
www.adb-air.com
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem Belgium
Phone: +32 (2) 722.17.11
info.adb@adb-air.com
www.adb-air.com
Printed in USA
©2014. ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC. All Rights Reserved
www.adb-air.com
All information contained herein, including illustrations, specifications and dimensions, is
believed to be reliable as of the date of this publication, but is subject to change without
notice. Current sales drawings and specifications are available upon request. ADB reserves
the right to make changes and improvements to its products and assumes no responsibility
for these modifications on any equipment previously sold.
2014-15 Airfield Lighting Product Solutions Catalog
Trusted at more than 2000 airports in 175 countries providing world leading airfield technology
for end-to-end, integrated and sustainable solutions for visual guidance.
Airfield Lighting
Product Solutions Catalog
www.adb-air.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents
Our complete product line is available online (www.adb-air.com) in the Product Center. Web
summary pages indicate products that are only shown on our website.
FAA Specification Table
iv
Sales Map: Canada
vi
Sales Map: U.S., Oceania, International U.S. Military
vii
Sales Map: Latin America
viii
Runway Lighting
Page No.
DRC/DTZ
LED In-pavement Runway Centerline and Touchdown Zone Light
A-1
IRCL-L
LED In-pavement Runway Centerline Light
A-4
RCL
Incandescent In-pavement Runway Centerline Light - RWSL THL
A-7
RCL-IR
Incandescent In-pavement Runway Centerline Light - Infrared
A-8
TDZL-L
LED Runway Touchdown Zone Light
A-9
TDZ
Incandescent Runway Touchdown Zone Light
A-11
IREL-L / IRTE-L
LED In-pavement Runway Edge and Runway Threshold/End Light
A-12
IREL-L 60 m
LED In-pavement Runway Edge Light, ICAO 60 m
A-15
IREL
Incandescent In-pavement Runway Edge Light
A-17
IRTE
Incandescent In-pavement Runway Threshold/End Light - FAA
A-18
IRTM
Incandescent In-pavement Runway Threshold/End Light - Military
A-20
IRTA
Incandescent In-pavement Runway Threshold/Military Approach Light
A-22
LAHSO
Incandescent In-pavement Land and Hold Short Light
A-24
Benefits Sheet I LED Elevated Fixtures
A-25
EMIL-L
LED Elevated Runway Edge Light
A-26
ERE-CB
Incandescent Elevated Runway Edge Light
A-28
ERE-PT
Incandescent Elevated Runway Edge Light
A-30
ERTE
Incandescent Elevated Runway Threshold/End Light
A-32
ERE-L
LED Elevated Runway Edge Light
A-33
ERET-CB
Incandescent Elevated Runway Edge/Threshold End Light
A-36
ERET-PT
Incandescent Elevated Runway Edge/Threshold End Light
A-38
Taxiway Lighting
Page No.
Web Summary Page: Taxiway Lighting
B-1
DTS/DTC
LED In-pavement Taxiway Centerline, Stop Bar Light
B-2
ITCF-L Enhanced
LED In-pavement Taxiway Centerline Light
B-6
TCL-DL
Incandescent In-pavement Taxiway Centerline Light
B-9
TCL-SL
Incandescent In-pavement, Taxiway Centerline Light
B-11
SCDL
Incandescent and LED In-pavement Simulated Carrier Deck Light
B-12
ITIL
Incandescent In-pavement Taxiway Intersection Light
B-14
IRGL-L
LED In-pavement Runway Guard Light
B-15
IRGL
Incandescent In-pavement Runway Guard Light
B-17
IRGL-STB
Incandescent In-pavement Stop Bar and Runway Guard Light
B-18
ISTB-L
LED In-pavement Stop Bar and Runway Entrance Light (REL)
B-19
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Taxiway Lighting (Continued)
Page No.
ISTB
Incandescent In-pavement Stop Bar and Runway Entrance Light (REL)
B-21
ITEL-L
LED In-pavement Taxiway Edge Light
B-22
Benefits Sheet I LED elevated fixtures
B-24
ERGL-L
LED Elevated Runway Guard Light
B-25
ERGL
Incandescent Elevated Runway Guard Light
B-27
ETES-L
LED Elevated Taxiway Edge Light
B-29
ETE-CB
Incandescent Elevated Taxiway Edge Light
B-31
ETE-PT
Incandescent Elevated Taxiway Edge Light
B-33
ESTB
Incandescent Elevated Stop Bar
B-34
RTEM
Retroreflective Taxiway Edge Markers
B-35
Low Voltage ALSF/MALSR Approach Lighting System
C-1
Approach Lighting
ALSF/MALSR
Page No.
ALSF
High-Intensity Approach Lighting System
C-7
MALSR
Medium-Intensity Approach Lighting System
C-11
PAR-56
Steady-Burning Approach Elevated Light
C-15
UEL
Steady-Burning and Flashing Approach Elevated Light
C-17
IAML
Incandescent In-pavement ALSF and MALSR Approach Light
C-20
REIL-L
LED Runway End Identification Light
C-22
PAPI-L
LED Precision Approach Path Indicator
C-24
PAPI-SC
Precision Approach Path Indicator
C-29
PAPI
Precision Approach Path Indicator
C-32
AGSF-L
LED Airfield Guidance Sign - FAA
D-1
AGSB-L
LED Light Bar Airfield Guidance Sign - ICAO/TP 312
D-5
AGSF
Incandescent Airfield Guidance Sign - FAA
D-11
Benefits Sheet I Incandescent Signs
D-16
Guidance Signs
Page No.
Control and Monitoring
Page No.
Executive Summary I ALCMS, PLCs, Navigator
E-1
ALCMS
Airport Lighting Control and Monitoring System
E-4
ALCMS-PLC
Airport Lighting Control & Monitoring System - Centralized
E-8
IRMS
Insulation Resistance Monitoring System
E-10
BRITE
Individual Lamp Control and Monitoring System (III)
E-11
ADB Navigator
Airport Lighting Control System
E-13
ALCP
Airport Lighting Control Panel
E-15
ACE
Advanced Control Equipment
E-16
RCE
Digital Radio Control
E-19
Power Equipment
Page No.
APS
Advanced Power Supply System
F-1
CSF
Constant Current Regulator - Ferroresonant
F-7
CHF
Constant Current Regulator - 50-70 kW
F-10
CCT
Constant Current Regulator - Thyristor
F-13
Benefits Sheet I SwitchGear Regulator System
F-16
SGRS
SwitchGear Regulator System
F-18
SCO
Series Circuit Cutout
F-20
CSS
Circuit Selector Switch
F-22
CCR Stacking Kit
F-24
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Obstruction and Beacons
Page No.
SBOL-L
LED Steady Burning Obstruction Light
G-1
SBOL
Incandescent Steady Burning Obstruction Light
G-3
RBMI
Airport Rotating Beacon
G-5
RBHM/RBHH
Heliport Rotating Beacon
G-6
RBHI
Airport Rotating Beacon
G-7
RB36
36” Refurbished
G-9
RBML
Military Airport Rotating Beacon
G-11
Wind Cones
Page No.
WC806
LED and Incandescent Supplemental Wind Cone
H-1
WC807
LED and Incandescent Primary Wind Cone
H-4
Heliports
Page No.
Heliport Summary Page
I-1
IUL-L
LED In-pavement Utility and Heliport Perimeter Light
I-2
EHPL-L
LED Elevated Heliport Perimeter Light
I-4
Transformers & Cables
Page No.
Cord Sets
J-1
Heat Shrink
J-4
IXT-A
Series Circuit Isolation Transformers
J-6
IXT
Series Circuit Isolation Transformers
J-8
IXT-1500
1500 W, 20 A/20 A Isolation Transformer
J-10
PA-2 / PA-4
Power Adapters
J-11
FLA
Field Lightning Arrestor
J-13
Installation & Mounting
Page No.
Web Summary Page
K-1
Light Bases
K-2
Couplings
K-7
Tools & Spares
Page No.
Airfield Lighting Tools
L-1
Spare Lamps
L-5
Photoelectric Control
L-10
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
iii
FAA SPECIFICATION TABLE
FAA Specification Table
FAA Specification
Product Description
Page No.
L-801A
RBMI I Airport Rotating Beacon
G-5
L-801H, L-802H
RBHM / RBHH I Heliport Rotating Beacon
G-6
L-802A
RBHI I Airport Rotating Beacon
G-7
L-802M
RBML I Military Airport Rotating Beacon
G-11
L-804(L)
ERGL-L I LED Elevated Runway Guard Light
B-25
L-804
ERGL I Incandescent Elevated Runway Guard Light
B-27
L-806/L-806(L)
WC806 I LED and Incandescent Supplemental Wind Cone
H-1
L-807/L-807(L)
WC807 I LED and Incandescent Primary Wind Cone
H-4
L-810(L)
SBOL-L I LED Steady Burning Obstruction Light
G-1
L-810
SBOL I Incandescent Steady Burning Obstruction Light
G-3
L-821
ADB Navigator I Airport Lighting Control System
E-13
L-821
ALCP I Airport Lighting Control Panel
E-15
L-823
Cord Sets and Connector Kits
J-1
L-827
ACE I Advanced Control Equipment
E-16
L-828/L-829
CSF I Constant Current Regulator - Ferroresonant
F-7
L-828/L-829
CHF I Constant Current Regulator - 50-70 kW
F-10
L-828/L-829
CCT I Constant Current Regulator - Thyristor
F-13
L-828/L-829
SGRS I SwitchGear Regulator System
F-18
L-830
IXT-A I Series Circuit Isolation Transformers
J-6
L-830/831
IXT I Series Circuit Isolation Transformers
J-8
L-847
CSS I Circuit Selector Switch
F-22
L-849(L)
REIL-L I LED Runway End Identification Light
C-22
A-1
L-850A(L)/L-850B(L)
DRC/DTZ I LED In-pavement Runway Centerline and Touchdown Zone Light
L-850A LED
IRCL-L I LED In-pavement Runway Centerline Light
A-4
L-850A
RCL I Incandescent In-pavement Runway Centerline Light - RWSL THL
A-7
L-850A
RCL-IR I Incandescent In-pavement Runway Centerline Light - Infrared
A-8
L-850B(L)
TDZL-L I LED Runway Touchdown Zone Light
A-9
L-850B
TDZ I Incandescent Runway Touchdown Zone Light
A-11
L-850C(L)/L-850D(L)
IREL-L / IRTE-L I LED In-pavement Runway Edge and Runway Threshold/End Light
A-12
L-850C
IREL I Incandescent In-pavement Runway Edge Light
A-18
L-850D
IRTE I Incandescent In-pavement Runway Threshold/End Light - FAA
A-19
L-850D
IRTM I Incandescent In-pavement Runway Threshold/End Light - Military
A-21
L-850E
IRTA I Incandescent In-pavement Runway Threshold/Military Approach Light
A-23
L-850F
LASHO I Incandescent In-pavement Land and Hold Short Light
A-25
L-852A-D/J-K(L) & L-852S(L)
DTS/DTC I LED Taxiway Centerline, Stop Bar and Holding Position In-pavement Light
B-2
L-852A-D/J-K(L)
ITCF-L Enhanced I LED In-pavement Taxiway Centerline Light
B-6
L-852A-D
TCL-DL I Incandescent In-pavement Taxiway Centerline Light
B-9
L-852A/L-852C
TCL-SL I Incandescent In-pavement, Taxiway Centerline Light
B-11
iv
FAA SPECIFICATION TABLE
FAA Specification
Product Description
Page No.
L-852N
L-852N I Navy Fixture
B-12
L-852E/L-852F
ITIL I Incandescent In-pavement Taxiway Intersection Light
B-14
L-852G(L)
IRGL-L I LED In-pavement Runway Guard Light
B-15
L-852G
IRGL I Incandescent In-pavement Runway Guard Light
B-17
L-852G/S
IRGL-STB I Incandescent In-pavement Stop Bar and Runway Guard Light
B-18
L-852S(L)
ISTB-L I LED In-pavement Stop Bar and Runway Entrance Light (REL)
B-19
L-852S
ISTB I Incandescent In-pavement Stop Bar and Runway Entrance Light (REL)
B-21
L-852T(L)
ITEL-L I LED In-pavement Taxiway Edge Light
B-22
L-853
RTEM I Retroreflective Taxiway Edge Markers
B-35
L-854
RCE I Digital Radio Control
E-19
L-858
AGSF-L I LED Airfield Guidance Sign - FAA
D-1
L-858
AGSB-L I LED Light Bar Airfield Guidance Sign - ICAO/TP 312
D-5
L-858
AGSF I Incandescent Airfield Guidance Sign - FAA
D-10
L-861/L-861E
EMIL-L I LED Elevated Runway Edge Light
A-27
L-861/E
ERE-CB I Incandescent Elevated Runway Edge Light
A-29
L-861/E
ERE-PT I Incandescent Elevated Runway Edge Light
A-31
L-861SE
ERTE I Incandescent Elevated Runway Threshold/End Light
A-33
L-861T(L)
ETES-L I LED Elevated Taxiway Edge Light
B-29
L-861T
ETE-CB I Incandescent Elevated Taxiway Edge Light
B-31
L-861T
ETE-PT I Incandescent Elevated Taxiway Edge Light
B-33
L-862(L)
ERE-L I LED Elevated Runway Edge Light
A-34
L-862/E
ERET-CB I Incandescent Elevated Runway Edge/Threshold End Light
A-37
L-862/E
ERET-PT I Incandescent Elevated Runway Edge/Threshold End Light
A-39
L-862S
ESTB I Incandescent Elevated Stop Bar
B-34
L-867/L-868
Light Bases
K-2
L-880(L)/L-881(L)
PAPI-L I LED Precision Approach Path Indicator
C-24
L-880/L-881
PAPI-SC I Precision Approach Path Indicator
C-29
L-880/L-881
PAPI I Precision Approach Path Indicator
C-32
L-890
ALCMS I Airport Lighting Control and Monitoring System
E-4
L-890
ALCMS-PLC I Airport Lighting Control & Monitoring System - Centralized
E-8
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
v
RUNWAY LIGHTING
DRC-LP/DTZ-LP
LED Runway Centerline and Touchdown
Zone In-pavement Light
STYLE 3, HIGH-INTENSITY
8” Fixture
Compliance with Standards
ICAO:
FAA:
T/C:
NATO:
Runway Centerline: Annex 14, Vol. 1, Ed. 6, par. 5.3.12
and Appendix 2, Figure A2-7.
Touchdown Zone: Annex 14, Vol. 1, Ed. 6, par. 5.3.13
and Appendix 2, Figure A2-5.
L-850A(L) & L-850B(L) AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition)
and Engineering Brief No. 67. ETL Certification Pending.
Runway Centerline: Transport Canada TP 312 par. 5.3.13.
Touchdown Zone: Transport Canada TP 312 par. 5.3.14.
STANAG 3316
8” Fixture
with Snow Plow Ring
Features (Continued)
• Rugged lightning protection complies with ANSI/IEEE C62.411991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67. Category
C2 is defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination wave, with a
peak voltage of 10,000 V and a peak current of 5,000 A.
• When turned on, light rise time is low. The light is perfectly
adapted for any incursion protection system.
ICAO & T/C
• Runway Centerline Light in CAT I, II and III
• Touchdown Zone Light in CAT II and III
• Optional monitoring function of the individual light source. In
case of a defect, the fixture automatically disconnects from the
secondary side of the isolation transformer, resulting in an open
circuit condition.
FAA L-850A(L)
• Runway centerline on CAT I, II, and III
runways
• Environment-friendly, precision-cast aluminum alloy top, intermediate and bottom covers
FAA L-850B(L)
• Touchdown zone lighting on CAT II and III
runways
Uses
• Corrosion-resistant stainless steel hardware. Use of Torx screws
ensures ease of maintenance.
• For FAA applications, includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which
accepts an AWG 6 earth ground wire
Features
• The evolution of the most successful LED lights in the world,
fully adapted to the characteristics of LED lighting sources
• Very low energy consumption (typically 18.9 VA per side compared to 48 W for tungsten halogen lights)
DRC-LP/DTC-LP lights are part of a complete range of LED in-pavement lights, featuring innovative characteristics, as a leverage for:
Reliability
• Greatly reduced maintenance: calculated MTBF of 56,000 hours
at 6.6 A
• Additional watertightness barriers, protecting both the electronics and the LEDs in case of accidental water ingress, along
the prism or the gaskets as well as along the cables
• Style 3—Low protrusion above ground of ≤0.25 inch (6.3 mm)
reduces vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear in both the
light fixture and the landing gear, increasing fixture life.
• Prisms of small dimensions installed in a deep optical channel
with no negative window slope: optimal protection against rubber deposit, scratches and shocks
• Increased traffic efficiency and availability of the runways due
to the reduction in maintenance
Maintenance Friendliness
• Optimum and homogenous light distribution along the lights
installed on the same runway
• Maintenance-friendly: components subject to wear or damage
like prisms and cables can easily be replaced. Neither sealing
compounds nor resin are required
• High discrimination between functions due to the saturated
colors, crisp white light, their stability at the different brightness steps and under all viewing angles
• Very low working temperature, ensuring longer component life
• Full compatibility with conventional airfield lighting series
circuits. No need to replace the CCRs, series transformers or
cables on existing circuits.
• Substantial investment reduction for new installations using
smaller CCR size and series transformers, resulting from a lower
installed load
• Installation on the same bases as 8- or 12-inch tungsten-halogen
lights for a straightforward replacement. Optional snow plow
rings are available.
• Fully dimmable lights, respecting the response curve of traditional halogen lights. Operates on the full range of 2.8 A to 6.6 A.
• Innovative design of the cable entry, permitting replacement
without the need to open the light. This eliminates the risk of
water leakage due to a pinched cable.
• Reduced number of components for maintenance simplicity
• Pressure-release plug for water-tightness testing of fixture after
overhaul
Low protrusion without negative slope
• Limited height above pavement of 6.3 mm (0.25 in) reduces the
risk of damage during winter operations or by towbarless tugs
• Despite the low protrusion, no part of the prism is below ground
level, avoiding loss of photometry during rainfall and sedimentation on the bottom of the prism
3061 Rev. A I Manual No. 96A0465
A-1
RUNWAY LIGHTING
Ordering Code
DRC-LP/DTZ-LP I LED In-pavement Runway Centerline and TDZ
D
0
0
Features (Continued)
AD-light
Optional scratch-resistant prisms
Application
RC = Runway centerline
TZ = Touchdown zone
• Optionally, a higher hardness protective layer can be applied to
the prism, making it much more resistant against scratches and
sand-blasting
Cord Set Style and Length
A = Standard version
(style 6 plugs), 10” long1
G = German Style 1 (2-pin),
10” long1
F = French Style (3-pin),
10” long1
J = Style 1 (2-pin) SO Jacketed
cable, 18” long (FAA standard)2
L = Style 6 (2-pin), 18” long
(FAA standard)2
Toe-in Color Coding
Cable and Connector
2 = 1 plug (2-pin)
3 = 2 plugs (2-pin)
4 = 1 plug (3-pin)
5 = 2 plugs (3-pin)
LED Color 1 - Left
W = White
R = Red3
N = Obscure/Blank (no light)3
LED Color 2 - Right
W = White3
R = Red3
N = Obscure/Blank (no light)
Toe-in
0 = No toe-in
4 = Left toe-in4
5 = Right toe-in4
Design
Dimensions
B = 8” diameter, 1/4” protrusion
D = 12” diameter, 1/4” protrusion
Power Supply and Monitoring
S = Current Driven, 50/60Hz, without
monitoring option
M = Current Driven, 50/60Hz, with
monitoring option
Specification
0 = ICAO, TP 312 and FAA
Winter Options
0 = None
1 = Arctic kit
2 = Heavy-duty abrasion-resistant lens coating5
3 = Arctic kit and heavy-duty abrasion-resistant
lens coating5
Bolt Holes/Fixation Options
0 = Standard (6 bolts for 12” fixture; 2 bolts/2 fixing pins
for 8” fixture)
1 = 4 bolts (8” fixture)
Ground Lug Options
0 = Without ground lug
U = With UL 467 ground lug (FAA standard)
A-2
3061 Rev. A I Manual No. 96A0465
Ordering Code Notes
1
8” fixtures with 10” cord sets are for installation on shallow
bases and are supplied with an external o-ring gasket.
2
Fixtures with 18” cord sets are for installation on deep base
cans and are not supplied with an external o-ring gasket.
3
Used on runway centerline applications only.
4
Used on touchdown zone applications only.
5
Typically used for intensive winter service where sand is
applied to runways and rotating brushes are used.
RUNWAY LIGHTING
DRC-LP/DTZ-LP I LED In-pavement Runway Centerline and TDZ
Installation
Electrical Supply
1) On a shallow base (Fig. 5).
The 8” dia. base is secured in the pavement by means of resin.
Correct positioning and leveling are obtained with a jig with sighting telescope. Wires between the light and the series transformer
are installed either in saw cuts in the pavement filled with resin or
in pipes in the lower concrete layers. Mounting on existing or new,
larger diameter bases, is made possible by means of dedicated
adapter rings.
6.6 A through one or two series transformer(s) (data sheet
A.06.110 or 3033). DRC-LP/DTC-LP lights have been designed to
work with any IEC- or FAA-compliant isolation transformer up to
200 W without affecting the performance or the lifetime of the
light or the transformer. However, use of a non-matched transformer will reduce its efficiency.
2) On a FAA L-868B size B steel base (Fig. 6).
The 8” dia. light is mounted in an 8” to 12” dia. snow plow or
adapter ring bolted onto the base. The 12” fixture is directly
mounted without a separate ring. The bases are interconnected
by means of conduits protecting the cables. See FAA AC 150/534030 for additional design guidance on deep base cans. The series
transformer is installed under the light or in a separate pit. See
data sheet A.05.120 or 2012 for more information on base cans.
Dimensions
12” Fixture
Outside diameter:
303.3 mm (11.94 in)
Bolt-circle diameter:
285.8 mm (11.25 in)
Overall height:
78.4 mm (3.1 in)
8” Fixture
Outside diameter:
202 mm (7.97 in)
Bolt-circle diameter:
184 mm (7.24 in)
Overall height:
78.4 mm (3.1 in)
8” Shallow Base
Outside diameter:
230 mm (9.06 in)
Depth:
150 mm (5.91 in)
Packaging
12” Fixture
In cardboard box:
177.8 x 330 x 330 mm
(7 x 13 x 13 in)
Weight with packing:
5.65 kg (12.45 lb)
Weight without packing:
5.1 kg (11.25 lb)
Fig. 5: Installation on 8” shallow base
8” Fixture
In cardboard box:
177.8 x 330 x 330 mm
(7 x 13 x 13 in)
Weight with packing:
3.8 kg (8.45 lb)
Weight without packing:
3.3 kg (7.25 lb)
8” Fixture with Snow Plow Ring
In cardboard box:
177.8 x 330 x 330 mm
(7 x 13 x 13 in)
Weight with packing:
18.35 kg (40.45 lb)
Weight without packing:
17.8 kg (39.25 lb)
8” Shallow Base
Weight with packing:
2.8 kg (6.17 lb)
Weight without packing:
2.6 kg (5.73 lb)
Fig. 6: Installation on FAA L-868 base
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
3061 Rev. A I Manual No. 96A0465
A-3
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IRCL-L
LED In-Pavement
Runway Centerline Light
STYLE 3, HIGH-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
T/C:
CE:
L-850A(L) AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition) and the
FAA Engineering Brief No. 67. ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. 1, par. 5.3.12 and Appendix 2, Figure A2-7
Transport Canada TP 312 par. 5.3.13
Complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive
2004/108/EC
Uses
FAA L-850A(L)
ICAO & T/C
• Runway centerline on category I, II, and III
runway
Features
• Average LED life of 56,000 hours under high-intensity conditions
and more than 150,000 hours under typical operating conditions,
resulting in significant reduction or even elimination of ongoing
maintenance costs and periodic re-lamping expenses
• For white runway centerline applications, use of LED light
source eliminates color shifts at lower CCR step settings. For
red runway centerline applications, use of LED light source
eliminates filter replacement and color shifts when viewed at
various angles or CCR step settings.
• FAA Style 3—Low protrusion above ground of ≤0.25 inch reduces
vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear in both the light
fixture and the landing gear, increasing lamp life
• Can be installed on existing 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits with no
modifications to existing CCR or isolation transformer
• Operates on either 3- or 5-step ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs
that are designed in compliance with IEC or FAA requirements
• Very low power rating for LED lights contributes to a lower life
cycle cost. Limits cost for supporting equipment, such as CCRs,
to strict minimum.
• When quartz-incandescent fixtures are replaced with LED
fixtures, airport staff can add more lights without increasing
CCR size
• “Smart electronics” control current to LED, so light output
matches existing incandescent fixtures at all brightness levels
without sacrificing any light characteristics. Actual light output is determined based on a continuous light output curve.
Therefore, light output truly represents input current, even if
series circuit input current is not within FAA specification limits.
Allows for a low cost and progressive evolution of the airfield
lighting toward new LED-based technology.
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
• LED photometric performance will be maintained longer due
to a cleaner lens. The lower temperature of the lens prevents
the “baking effect” that causes contaminants to stick to the
surface of the lens.
A-4
3004 Rev. T I Manual No. 96A0403
Ordering Code
IRCL-
LED Colors
1 = White/White
2 = White/Red
3 = Red/Red
4 = White/Obscure
5 = Red/Obscure
7 = Yellow/Obscure
Monitoring
1 = No monitoring
Frequency
1 = 60 Hz
2 = 50 Hz1
Cord Set
1 = One1
2 = Two2
Arctic Kit
1 = No1
2 = Yes
Specification
0 = FAA1
1 = ICAO1
3 = FAA with heavy-duty abrasion-resistant lens coating3,4
4 = ICAO with heavy-duty abrasion-resistant lens coating3,4
Notes
1
L-850A(L) LED 50 Hz without heater using a single cord set
carries the CE Mark
2
See Dimensions section for 2 cord set specs
3
Typically used for intensive winter service where sand is
applied to runways and rotating brushes are used.
4
Not ETL Certified.
Features (Continued)
• Rugged lightning protection complies with ANSI/IEEE C62.411991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67. Category
C2 is defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination wave, with a
peak voltage of 10,000 V and a peak current of 5,000 A.
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• Offers longer maintenance intervals and requires fewer spare
parts, resulting in lower life cycle cost
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Environment-friendly, precision-cast aluminum alloy cover,
optical support, and inner cover assembly with stainless steel
hardware
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IRCL-L I LED In-Pavement Runway Centerline Light
Operating Conditions
Spare Components
Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C (-40 °F to +131 °F)
Description
Part No.
Altitude: Sea level to 10,000 feet (3000 m)
Cable clamp
Cord set, dual
Cord set, L-823, single
Cord set grommet, single
Cord set terminal, female, single
LED light engine, L-850A(L), red (FAA & ICAO)
LED light engine, L-850A(L), white (FAA & ICAO)
LED PCB, single cord set, white/white
LED PCB, single cord set, white/red and
white/obscure
LED PCB, single cord set, red/red
LED PCB, single cord set, red/obscure
LED PCB, dual cord set
O-ring, bottom cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism clamp
Prism flat seal
Prism keeper plate
4071.50.090
4072.24.950
73A0136-31
63A1014
70A0329
48A0419-RED
48A0419-WHT
44A7257-5
44A7257-4
Relative Humidity: Up to 100%
Electrical Supply
It is recommended that the L-850A(L) LED fixture be powered from
a dedicated CCR and that separate remote controls are available.
IRCL LED lights have been designed to work with any IEC- or FAAcompliant transformer up to 200 W without affecting the performance or lifetime of the light fixture or transformer. See data
sheet 3033 for more details on recommended isolation transformers
(XF) specified below.
L-850A(L)
Fixture
Load
Isol. XF
Isol. XF Load
CCR Load
Without Heater
Unidirectional
15 VA
20/25 W 6 VA
21 VA
Bidirectional1
29 VA
30/45 W 6 VA
35 VA
Bidirectional
25 VA per side 20/25 W 7.5 VA
(50 VA total) per side per XF
32.5 VA per side
(65 VA total)
Unidirectional
30 VA
30/45 W 6 VA
36 VA
Bidirectional
59 VA
65 W
74 VA
Bidirectional2
41 VA per side 30/45 W 9 VA
(82 VA total) per side per XF
2
44A7257-1
44A7257-2
44A7228-00200
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
63A1119-1
61A0444
60A4046
63A1120
60A4047
With Heater
1
1
2
13 VA
50 VA per side
(100 VA total)
One cord set
One cord set per side (2 total)
Packaging
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
17 lb (7.71 kg)
Weight without packing: 13.75 lb (6.24 kg)
Dimensions: Single Cord Set / FAA
Outside diameter:
Bolt-circle diameter (L-868B):
Bottom cover depth:
11.94 in (30.33 cm)
11.25 in (28.58 cm)
3.88 in (9.9 cm)
Dimensions: Two Cord Set / FAA, ICAO, & TP 312
Outside Diameter:
11.94 in (30.33 cm)
Bolt Circle Diameter (L-868B):
11.25 in (28.58 cm)
Max. Bottom Cover O.D.:
9.94 in (25.25 cm)
Bottom Cover Depth:
3.8 in (9.65 cm)*
* If used in conjunction with an L-868B Top Section, the overall
height of the Top Section must be 4 in (10.16 cm) minimum.
3004 Rev. T I Manual No. 96A0403
A-5
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IRCL-L I LED In-Pavement Runway Centerline Light
FAA Photometric Data
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
A-6
3004 Rev. T I Manual No. 96A0403
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
RCL
Incandescent In-Pavement Runway
Centerline Light
STYLE 3, HIGH-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-850A AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
L-850T - Complies with Takeoff Hold Light (THL)
requirements in FAA AC 150/5340-30 Appendix 7 and FAA
Runway Status Lights System Engineering Brief No. 64.
Uses
FAA L-850A
FAA L-850T
• Runway centerline on category I, II, and III
runway
• Land and Hold Short Operations
• Runway Status Light (RWSL) THL applications
Ordering Code
44A4817-
1
Filter Colors
1 = White/White
2 = White/Red
3 = Red/Red
4 = White/Obscured
5 = Red/Obscured
Film Disc Cutout
1 = Included
2 = Not Included
Features
Base Mounting
1 = Two L-823 cord sets for standard base
3 = One L-823 cord set for standard base
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of maintenance in
mind
Lamp
1 = 48 W/6.6 A lamp(s)
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
Note: Bi-directional fixture uses two lamps and unidirectional
fixture uses one lamp.
• Low-energy/long-life halogen lamps are 48 W with a rated life
of 1,500 hours at 6.6 A and in excess of 6,000 hours in practical
use
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• Fixtures uses aluminum alloy cover and inner cover, stainless
steel hardware, and aluminum alloy and stainless steel optical
assembly
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
RWSL L-850T THL Fixture
Ordering Code
116A0092-5231
Used in FAA Runway Status Light THL applications. Fixture is
unidirectional traffic signal red with a 105 W/6.6 A lamp. Fixture,
supplied with one L-823 cord set, is used on a standard 12-inch
base can and does not use a film disc cutout.
Packaging
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
15.3 lb (6.94 kg)
Weight without packing:
12.3 lb (5.58 kg)
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Cable assembly, series jumper
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
Film disc cutout
Film disc spring
Filter, red
Filter retainer spring
Filter spring clip
Lamp assembly, 48 W
Lamp assembly, 105 W (for L-850T THL)
Lamp holder assembly
O-ring, inner cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism
Prism clamp
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
Terminal block assembly w/o film disc cutout
Terminal block assembly with film disc cutout
44A5955
4071.50.090
73A0133-31
63A1014
6111.87.140
47A0118
4071.50.130
63A0968
4071.58.510
4071.50.160
48A0420
2990.40.900
1411.22.001
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
63A0993-2
4071.50.360
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
44A6112-1
44A6112-2
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2001 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0220I
A-7
RUNWAY LIGHTING
RCL-IR
Incandescent In-Pavement Runway
Centerline Light
STYLE 3, HIGH-INTENSITY, INFRARED
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
The IR fixture meets all applicable L-850A requirements
in AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition) except photometry.
Infrared output ETL tested.
Military: UFC 3-535-01
Uses
FAA L-850A
INFRARED
• Covert Landing Zone
• AMP 1 and 3 Configurations (Per Air Force
Engineering Technical Letter 07-XX: C-130
and C-17 Landing Zone Dimensional, Marking,
and Lighting Criteria)
Features
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of maintenance in
mind
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Low-energy/long-life halogen lamps are 48 W with a rated life
of 1,500 hours at 6.6 A and in excess of 6,000 hours in practical
use
• Fixtures uses aluminum alloy cover and inner cover, stainless
steel hardware, and aluminum alloy and stainless steel optical
assembly
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Packaging
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
15.3 lb (6.94 kg)
Weight without packing:
12.3 lb (5.58 kg)
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
A-8
2097 Rev. E I Manual No. 96A0391
Ordering Code
44A6659-
1
Filter Colors
1 = Infrared, bidirectional
2 = Infrared, unidirectional
Film Disc Cutout
1 = Included
2 = Not Included
Base Mounting
1 = Two L-823 cord sets for standard base
3 = One L-823 cord set for standard base
Lamp
1 = 1 lamp, 48 W/6.6 A for unidirectional application or
2 lamps, 48 W/6.6 A for bidirectional application
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
Film disc cutout
Filter, infrared
IR filter gasket
IR filter keeper plate
Lamp assembly, 48 W
Lamp holder assembly
O-ring, inner cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism
Prism clamp
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
Terminal block assembly w/o film disc cutout
Terminal block assembly with film disc cutout
4071.50.090
73A0133-31
63A1014
6111.87.140
47A0118
63A1092
63A1093
61A0416
48A0420
1411.22.001
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
63A0993-2
4071.50.360
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
44A6112-1
44A6112-2
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
TDZL-L
LED Runway Touchdown Zone Light
STYLE 3, HIGH-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
T/C:
CE:
L-850B(L) AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition) and the
FAA Engineering Brief No. 67. ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. 1, par. 5.3.13 and Appendix 2, Figure A2-5.
Transport Canada TP 312 par. 5.3.14.
Complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive
2004/108/EC.
Uses
FAA L-850B(L)
ICAO & T/C
• Touchdown zone lighting on category II and
III runways
Features
• Average LED life of 56,000 hours under high-intensity conditions
and more than 150,000 hours under typical operating conditions, resulting in significant reduction or even elimination of
ongoing maintenance costs and periodic re-lamping expenses
• Use of LED light source eliminates color shifts at lower CCR step
settings
• FAA Style 3—Low protrusion above ground of ≤0.25 inch reduces
vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear in both the light
fixture and the landing gear, increasing lamp life
• Can be installed on existing 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits with no
modifications to existing CCR or isolation transformer
• Operates on either 3- or 5-step ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs
that are designed in compliance with IEC or FAA requirements
• Very low power rating for LED lights contributes to a lower life
cycle cost. Limits cost for supporting equipment, such as CCRs,
to strict minimum.
• When quartz-incandescent fixtures are replaced with LED
fixtures, airport staff can add more lights without increasing
CCR size
Ordering Code
TDZL-
Light Beam
1 = Straight
2 = Toe-in Right
3 = Toe-in Left
Monitoring
1 = No monitoring
Frequency
1 = 60 Hz
2 = 50 Hz1
Arctic Kit
1 = No1
2 = Yes
Specification
0 = FAA Configuration 12
2 = ICAO Configuration 23
3 = FAA with heavy-duty abrasion-resistant lens coating4,5
4 = ICAO with heavy-duty abrasion-resistant lens coating4,5
Notes
1
L-850B(L) LED 50 Hz without heater carries the CE Mark
2
Comes with smaller bottom cover and standard 2-pin FAA
L-823 connector
3
Comes with intermediate size bottom cover and 2-pin FAA
L-823 connector. Cord set can be easily replaced without
opening fixture.
4
Typically used for intensive winter service where sand is
applied to runways and rotating brushes are used.
5
Not ETL Certified.
Touchdown Zone Toe-in Coding
• Offers longer maintenance intervals and requires fewer spare
parts, resulting in lower life cycle cost
• “Smart electronics” control current to LED, so light output
matches existing incandescent fixtures at all brightness levels
without sacrificing any light characteristics. Actual light output is determined based on a continuous light output curve.
Therefore, light output truly represents input current, even if
series circuit input current is not within FAA specification limits.
Allows for a low cost and progressive evolution of the airfield
lighting toward new LED-based technology.
• LED photometric performance will be maintained longer due to
a cleaner lens. The lower temperature of the lens prevents the
“baking effect” that causes contaminants to stick to the surface
of the lens.
• Rugged lightning protection complies with ANSI/IEEE C62.411991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67. Category
C2 is defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination wave, with a
peak voltage of 10,000 V and a peak current of 5,000 A.
3005 Rev. S I Manual No. 96A0403
A-9
RUNWAY LIGHTING
TDZL-L I LED Runway Touchdown Zone Light
Features (Continued)
Spare Components
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
Description
Part No.
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
LED light engine, L-850B(L), white (FAA & ICAO)
LED PCB, white
O-ring, bottom cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism clamp
Prism flat seal
Prism keeper plate
4071.50.090
73A0136-31
63A1014
70A0329
48A0419-WHT
44A7257-3
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
63A1119-1
61A0444
60A4046
63A1120
60A4047
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• Environment-friendly, precision-cast aluminum alloy cover,
optical support, and inner cover assembly with stainless steel
hardware
Electrical Supply
It is recommended that the L-850B(L) LED fixture be powered
from a dedicated CCR and that separate remote controls are
available. TDZL LED lights have been designed to work with any
IEC- or FAA-compliant transformer up to 100 W without affecting
the performance or lifetime of the light fixture or transformer.
See data sheet 3033 for more details on recommended isolation
transformers specified below.
L-850B(L)
Fixture
Load
Isolation
Transformer
Isol. XF
Load
CCR
Load
W/out heater
15 VA
20/25 W
6 VA
21 VA
W/out heater
15 VA
30/45 W
9 VA
24 VA
With heater
30 VA
30/45 W
6 VA
36 VA
Packaging
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
16.5 lb (7.48 kg)
Weight without packing:
13.25 lb (6 kg)
Dimensions: FAA / ICAO - Configuration 1
Outside diameter:
Bolt-circle diameter (L-868B):
Max. Bottom Cover O.D.:
Bottom Cover Depth:
11.94 in (30.33 cm)
11.25 in (28.58 cm)
6.25 in (15.88 cm)
3.88 in (9.9 cm)
Dimensions: ICAO - Configuration 2
Outside Diameter:
11.94 in (30.33 cm)
Bolt Circle Diameter (L-868B):
11.25 in (28.58 cm)
Max. Bottom Cover O.D.:
- 9.94 in (25.20 cm) down to depth of 1.63 in (4.14 cm)
- 8.69 in (25.20 cm) from depth of 1.63 in (4.14 cm) to 3.88 in
(9.86 cm)
Bottom Cover Depth:
3.88 in (9.9 cm)
FAA Photometric Data
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
A - 10
3005 Rev. S I Manual No. 96A0403
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
TDZ
Incandescent Runway Touchdown
Zone Light
STYLE 3, HIGH-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-850B AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
Ordering Code
Uses
FAA L-850B
• Touchdown zone lighting on category II and
III runways
44A4763-
Film Disc Cutout
1 = Included1
2 = Not Included
Features
Light Beam
1 = Straight
2 = Toe-in Right
3 = Toe-in Left
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of maintenance in
mind
Base Mounting
1 = L-823 cord set for standard base
• Light channel in front of prism window protects the prism
from damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining
optimal light output
Note
1
Not ETL Certified.
• For touchdown zone applications, the low-energy/long-life halogen lamp is 48 W with a rated life of 1,500 hours at
6.6 A and in excess of 6,000 hours in practical use
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• Fixture uses aluminum alloy cover, stainless steel hardware,
and aluminum and stainless steel optical assembly
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Touchdown Zone Toe-in Coding
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
Film disc cutout
Film disc spring
Lamp assembly, 6.6 A, 48 W
Lamp holder assembly
O-ring, inner cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism
Prism clamp
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
Terminal block assembly w/o film disc cutout
Terminal block assembly with film disc cutout
4071.50.090
73A0133-31
63A1014
6111.87.140
47A0118
4071.50.130
2990.40.827
1411.22.001
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
63A0993-2
4071.50.360
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
44A6112-1
44A6112-2
Packaging
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
15.3 lb (6.94 kg)
Weight without packing:
12.3 lb (5.58 kg)
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2000 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0220
A - 11
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IREL-L/IRTE-L
LED Runway Edge & Runway
Threshold/End Light
STYLE 2, HIGH-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
L-850C(L) and L-850D(L) AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition)
and the FAA Engineering Brief No. 67. ETL Certified.
ICAO:
Runway Edge: Annex 14, Vol. I, par. 5.3.9.7 and 5.3.9.10;
Fig. A2-9 for 45 m runways.
Runway End: Annex 14, Vol. I, par. 5.3.11; Fig. A2-8.
(Unidirectional red only).
T/C:
Runway Edge: Transport Canada TP 312 par. 5.3.10 and
Appendix B, Figure B-10 for 45 m runways.
Runway End: Transport Canada TP 312 par. 5.3.12. and
Appendix B, Fig. B.1.9. (Unidirectional red only).
Military: Runway Edge: Photometry complies with UFC 3-535-01
Fig. 4-2 for runways less than 200 feet (60 m) wide.
IREL-L
IRTE-L
FAA:
Uses
FAA L-850C(L)
FAA L-850D(L)
ICAO & T/C
• Runway edge on category I, II, and III
runways
• Military runway edge applications less than
200 feet (60 m) wide
• Runway displaced threshold light (unidirectional green)
• Runway threshold/end (FAA bidirectional
red/green)
• Runway edge applications less than 60 m
(200 feet) wide
• Runway end (Unidirectional red only)
Features
• Average LED life of 56,000 hours under high-intensity conditions
and more than 150,000 hours under typical operating conditions, resulting in significant reduction or even elimination of
ongoing maintenance costs and periodic re-lamping expenses
• For L-850C white runway edge applications, use of LED light
source eliminates color shifts at lower CCR step settings. For
red, yellow or green runway applications, use of LED light
source eliminates filter replacement and color shifts when
viewed at various angles or CCR step settings.
• FAA Style 2—Low protrusion above ground of ≤0.50 inch reduces
vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear in both light fixture
and landing gear, increasing lamp life
• Can be installed on existing 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits with no
modifications to existing CCR or isolation transformer
• Operates on either 3- or 5-step ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs
that are designed in compliance with IEC or FAA requirements
• Very low power rating for LED lights contributes to a lower life
cycle cost. Limits cost for supporting equipment, such as CCRs,
to strict minimum.
• When quartz-incandescent fixtures are replaced with LED
fixtures, airport staff can add more lights without increasing
CCR size
A - 12
3035 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0439
Ordering Code
IREL-
0
LED Colors - Side 1
0 = Obscured
3 = White Left Toed (L-850C only)
4 = Red Straight (L-850D only)2
6 = Red Left Toed (L-850C only)
9 = Yellow Left Toed (L-850C only)
C = Green Left Toed1
LED Colors - Side 2
0 = Obscured
2 = White Right Toed (L-850C only)
4 = Red Straight (L-850D only)2
5 = Red Right Toed (L-850C only)
8 = Yellow Right Toed (L-850C only)
B = Green Right Toed1
Power
1 = 50 Hz
2 = 60 Hz
0
Number of Cord Sets
1 = One
2 = Two
Arctic Kit
1 = No
2 = Yes
Cord Set Style and Length
0 = Style 6 (2-pin), 18” long (FAA standard)3
1 = Style 1 (2-pin) SO jacketed cable, 18” long (FAA)3
2 = Style 6 (2-pin), 10” long4
3 = Style 6 (3-pin), 10” long4
4 = German Style 1 (2-pin), 10” long4
5 = German Style 1 (3-pin) 10” long4
6 = French Style (3-pin), 10” long4
Application
Leave blank for FAA, Military or 45 m applications
3 = FAA, Military or 45 m with heavy-duty abrasion-resistant
lens coating5,6
Notes
• ETL Certified for the following L-850D configurations: IRELC4X0XX0, IREL-4BX0XX0, IREL-C0X0XX0, IREL-40X0XX0, IREL0BX0XX0, and IREL-44X0XX0.
1
Green complies with only FAA photometric requirements.
2
Red runway end complies with FAA/ICAO/TP312 photometric
requirements.
3
Fixtures with 18” cord sets are for installation on deep base
cans and are not supplied with an external o-ring gasket.
4
Fixtures with 10” cord sets are for installation on shallow
bases and are supplied with an external o-ring gasket.
5
Typically used for intensive winter service where sand is
applied to runways and rotating brushes are used.
6
Not ETL Certified.
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IREL-L/IRTE-L I LED In-pave Runway Edge & Threshold/End Lt.
Features (Continued)
Spare Components
• LED photometric performance will be maintained longer due to
a cleaner lens. The lower temperature of the lens prevents the
“baking effect” that causes contaminants to stick to the surface
of the lens.
Description
Part No.
Cable Clamp
Cord set, L-823, Style 6, 2-pin, 18” (FAA)
Cord set, L-823, Style 6, 2-pin, 10” (ICAO)
LED light engine, L-850C(L), white
LED light engine, L-850C(L) and L-850D(L), red
LED light engine, L-850C(L), yellow
LED light engine, L-850C(L) and L-850D(L), green
LED PCB assembly, dual driver
LED PCB assembly, single driver
Lens
Lens retainer plate
Lens seal
Lens retainer seal
O-Ring, pressure release screw
O-Ring, top cover
O-Ring, top cover to shallow base
Pressure release screw
4072.42.380
4072.42.351
4072.24.950
48A0431-WHT1
48A0431-RED1
48A0431-YEL1
48A0431-GRN1
44A7228-00201
44A7228-00101
4072.18.336
4072.18.350
4072.18.362
4072.18.380
63B0267-011
7080.90.710
7080.90.650
60A2602
• LED photometric performance will be maintained longer due to
a cleaner lens. The lower temperature of the lens prevents the
“baking effect” that causes contaminants to stick to the surface
of the lens.
• Offers longer maintenance intervals and requires fewer spare
parts, resulting in lower life cycle cost
• “Smart electronics” control current to LED, so light output
matches existing incandescent fixtures at all brightness levels
without sacrificing any light characteristics. Actual light output is determined based on a continuous light output curve.
Therefore, light output truly represents input current, even if
series circuit input current is not within FAA specification limits.
Allows for a low cost and progressive evolution of the airfield
lighting toward new LED-based technology.
Must replace both light engines on the same side at the same
time. (Qty. 2 needed)
1
• Unique double-barrier cord set design eliminates risk for water
incursion in case the cord set becomes damaged. Cord set can
also be easily replaced without opening fixture.
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Environment-friendly, precision-cast aluminum alloy cover,
optical support, and inner cover assembly with stainless steel
hardware
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
• Rugged lightning protection complies with ANSI/IEEE C62.411991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67. Category
C2 is defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination wave, with a
peak voltage of 10,000 Volts and a peak current of 5,000 Amps
Toe-in Coding
Electrical Supply
It is recommended that the L-850C(L) LED fixture be powered
from a dedicated CCR and that separate remote controls are
available. IREL LED lights have been designed to work with any
IEC- or FAA-compliant transformer up to 200 W without affecting
the performance or lifetime of the light fixture or transformer.
See data sheet 3033 for more details on recommended isolation
transformers (XF) specified below.
L-850C(L) &
L-850D(L)
Fixture
Load
Isolation
XF
Isol. XF
Load
CCR Load
Unidirectional
21 VA
30/45 W
8 VA
29 VA
Bidirectional
36 VA
65 W
17 VA
53 VA
21 VA/side
(42 VA total)
30/45 W
per side
8 VA/
XF
29 VA/side
(58 VA total)
Unidirectional
49 VA
65 W
15 VA
64 VA
Bidirectional1
64 VA
65 W
13 VA
77 VA
Bidirectional
49 VA/side
(98 VA total)
65 W
per side
15 VA
per XF
64 VA /side
(128 VA total)
Without Heater
1
Bidirectional2
With Heater
1
2
2
One cord set
One cord set per side
Optional Snow Plow Ring
Depending on installation method and snow plowing technique
used, a snow plow ring may be necessary. Snow plow rings are
available for either standard or stainless steel adjustable Size B
L-868 cans. Contact ADB Sales Department for additional details.
Note: Triangle embossed on the top cover should point toward
the centerline to ensure correct toe-in position.
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C (-40 °F to +131 °F)
Altitude: Sea level to 10,000 feet (3000 m)
Relative Humidity: Up to 100%
3035 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0439
A - 13
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IREL-L/IRTE-L I LED In-pave Runway Edge & Threshold/End Lt.
Photometric Data: IREL-L / L-850C(L)
Packaging
Dimensions
Outside Diameter:
11.94 in (30.33 cm)
In cardboard box:
Bolt Circle Diameter (L-868B):
11.25 in (28.58 cm)
Weight with packing:
18.5 lb (8.4 kg)
Weight without packing:
15.5 lb (7 kg)
Max. Bottom Cover O.D.:
- 9.92 in (25.20 cm) down to depth of 1.63 in (4.14 cm)
- 8.69 in (22.07 cm) from depth of 1.63 in (4.14 cm) to 3.88 in
(9.86 cm)
Compatible with L-868B Top Sections where the overall height of
the Top Section is less than 4 in (10.16 cm).
Bottom Cover Depth:
3.88 in (9.9 cm)
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
A - 14
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
3035 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0439
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IREL-L
LED Runway Edge Light
ICAO 60M, HIGH-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
ICAO:
Runway Edge: Annex 14, Vol. I, par. 5.3.9.7 and
5.3.9.10; Fig. A2-10 for 60 m runways.
T/C:
Runway Edge: Transport Canada TP 312 par. 5.3.10.11 and
5.3.10.14 and Appendix B, Fig. B.1.11 for 60 m runways.
Military: Runway Edge: Photometry complies with UFC 3-535-01
Fig. 4-2.B for runways 60 m (200 feet) or more wide.
Uses
ICAO, T/C &
U.S. Military
• Runway edge on category I, II, and III
runways
• Runway edge applications 60 m (200 feet)
or more wide
Features
• Average LED life of 56,000 hours under high-intensity conditions
and more than 150,000 hours under typical operating conditions, resulting in significant reduction or even elimination of
ongoing maintenance costs and periodic re-lamping expenses
• For white runway edge applications, use of LED light source
eliminates color shifts at lower CCR step settings. For red or
yellow runway applications, use of LED light source eliminates
filter replacement and color shifts when viewed at various
angles or CCR step settings.
• Low protrusion above ground of ≤12 mm reduces vibrations
caused by aircraft landing gear in both light fixture and landing
gear, increasing lamp life
• Can be installed on existing 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits with no
modifications to existing CCR or isolation transformer
• Operates on either 3- or 5-step ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs
that are designed in compliance with IEC or FAA requirements
• Very low power rating for LED lights contributes to a lower life
cycle cost. Limits cost for supporting equipment, such as CCRs,
to strict minimum.
• When quartz-incandescent fixtures are replaced with LED fixtures,
airport staff can add more lights without increasing CCR size
• LED photometric performance will be maintained longer due to
a cleaner lens. The lower temperature of the lens prevents the
“baking effect” that causes contaminants to stick to the surface
of the lens.
• Offers longer maintenance intervals and requires fewer spare
parts, resulting in lower life cycle cost
• “Smart electronics” control current to LED, so light output
matches existing incandescent fixtures at all brightness levels
without sacrificing any light characteristics. Actual light output is determined based on a continuous light output curve.
Therefore, light output truly represents input current, even if
series circuit input current is not within FAA specification limits.
Allows for a low cost and progressive evolution of the airfield
lighting toward new LED-based technology.
Ordering Code
IREL-
0
1
LED Colors - Side 1
0 = Obscured
3 = White Left Toed
6 = Red Left Toed
9 = Yellow Left Toed
LED Colors - Side 2
0 = Obscured
2 = White Right Toed
5 = Red Right Toed
8 = Yellow Right Toed
Power
1 = 50 Hz
2 = 60 Hz
0
Number of Cord Se ts
1 = One
2 = Two
Arctic Kit
1 = No
2 = Yes
Cord Set Style and Length
0 = Style 6 (2-pin), 18” long (FAA standard)1
1 = Style 1 SO Jacketed cable, 2-pin, 18” long
(FAA standard)1
2 = Style 6 (2-pin), 10” long2
3 = Style 6 (3-pin), 10” long2
4 = German Style 1 (2-pin), 10” long2
5 = German Style 1 (3-pin) 10” long2
6 = French Style (3-pin), 10” long2
Type
1 = ICAO 60 m
4 = ICAO 60 m with heavy-duty abrasion-resistant
lens coating3,4
Notes
1
Fixtures with 18” cord sets are for installation on deep base cans
and therefore are not supplied with an external o-ring gasket.
2
Fixtures with 10” cord sets are for installation on shallow bases
and are supplied with an external o-ring gasket.
3
Typically used for intensive winter service where sand is
applied to runways and rotating brushes are used.
4
Not ETL Certified.
3059 Rev. B I Manual No. 96A0463
A - 15
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IREL-L I LED In-pavement Runway Edge
Features (Continued)
Electrical Supply
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below 320 °F (160 °C).
It is recommended that the IREL-L LED fixture be powered from a
dedicated CCR and that separate remote controls are available.
IREL-L lights have been designed to work with any IEC or FAA-compliant transformer up to 200 W without affecting the performance
or lifetime of the light fixture or transformer.
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Rugged lightning protection complies with ANSI/IEEE C62.411991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67. Category
C2 is defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination wave, with a
peak voltage of 10,000 Volts and a peak current of 5,000 Amps
• Unique double-barrier cord set design eliminates risk for water
incursion in case the cord set becomes damaged. Cord set can
also be easily replaced without opening fixture.
• Environment-friendly, precision-cast aluminum alloy cover,
optical support, and inner cover assembly with stainless steel
hardware
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C (-40 °F to +131 °F)
Altitude: Sea level to 10,000 feet (3000 m)
Relative Humidity: Up to 100%
Toe-in Coding
IREL-L
Fixture
Load
Isolation
XF
Isol. XF
Load
CCR Load
Unidirectional
21 VA
30/45 W
8 VA
29 VA
Bidirectional
36 VA
65 W
17 VA
53 VA
Bidirectional2
21 VA/side
(42 VA total)
30/45 W
per side
8 VA/XF
29 VA/side
(58 VA total)
Unidirectional
49 VA
65 W
15 VA
64 VA
Bidirectional1
64 VA
65 W
13 VA
77 VA
Bidirectional
49 VA/side
(98 VA total)
65 W
per side
15 VA
per XF
64 VA /side
(128 VA total)
Without Heater
1
With Heater
2
1
2
One cord set
One cord set per side
Photometric Data: IREL-L 60 m White
Note: Triangle embossed on the top cover should point toward
the centerline to ensure correct toe-in position.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
A - 16
3059 Rev. B I Manual No. 96A0463
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IREL-L I LED In-pavement Runway Edge
Optional Snow Plow Ring
Spare Components
Depending on installation method and snow plowing technique
used, a snow plow ring may be necessary. Snow plow rings are available for either standard or stainless steel adjustable Size B L-868
cans. Contact the ADB Sales Department for additional details.
Description
Part No.
Cable Clamp
Cord set, L-823, Style 6, 2-pin, 18” (FAA)
Cord set, L-823, Style 6, 2-pin, 10” (ICAO)
LED light engine, white
LED light engine, red
LED light engine, yellow
LED PCB assembly, dual driver
LED PCB assembly, single driver
Lens
Lens retainer plate
Lens seal
Lens retainer seal
O-Ring, pressure release screw
O-Ring, top cover
O-Ring, top cover to shallow base
Pressure release screw
4072.42.380
4072.42.351
4072.24.950
48A0450-WHT21
48A0450-RED1
48A0450-YEL1
44A7228-00201
44A7228-00101
4072.18.336
4072.18.350
4072.18.362
4072.18.380
63B0267-011
7080.90.710
7080.90.650
60A2602
Dimensions
Outside Diameter:
11.94 in (30.33 cm)
Bolt Circle Diameter (L-868B):
11.25 in (28.58 cm)
Max. Bottom Cover O.D.:
- 9.92 in (25.20 cm) down to depth of 1.63 in (4.14 cm)
- 8.69 in (22.07 cm) from depth of 1.63 in (4.14 cm) to 3.88 in
(9.86 cm)
Compatible with L-868B Top Sections where the overall height of
the Top Section is less than 4 in (10.16 cm).
Bottom Cover Depth:
3.88 in (9.9 cm)
1
Packaging
In cardboard box:
Must replace both light engines on the same side at the same
time. (Qty. 2 needed)
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
18.5 lb (8.4 kg)
Weight without packing:
15.5 lb (7 kg)
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
3059 Rev. A I Manual No. 96A0463
A - 17
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IREL
In-pavement Runway Edge Light
STYLE 3, HIGH-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-850C AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition). ETL Certified.
Military: Photometry complies with UFC 3-535-01 Fig. 4-2.
Uses
Ordering Code
FAA L-850C
• Runway edge on category I, II, and III rwys
• Military runway edge applications less than
200 feet wide
Features
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Low-energy/long-life halogen lamps are 105 W with a rated life
of 1,000 hours at 6.6 A
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• Fixture uses aluminum alloy cover, stainless steel hardware, and
aluminum alloy and stainless steel optical assembly
Spare Components
Part No.
Cable assembly, series jumper
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
Film disc cutout
Film disc spring
Filter, red
Filter, yellow
Filter retainer spring
Filter spring clip
Lamp, 105 W
Lamp holder assembly
O-Ring, pressure release screw
O-Ring, top cover
Pressure release fitting
Pressure release screw
Prism
Prism clamp
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
Terminal block assembly w/o film disc cutout
Terminal block assembly with film disc cutout
44A5955
4071.50.090
73A0133-31
63A1014
6111.87.140
47A0118
4071.50.130
63A0968
63A0964
4071.58.510
4071.50.160
2990.40.900
1411.22.001
63B0267-011
7080.90.710
4070.77.140
60A2602
63A0993-3
4071.50.360
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
44A6112-1
44A6112-2
2036 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0285
Right Filter Colors2
0 = White (No Filter)
1 = Yellow
2 = Red
3 = Obscured
Film Disc Cutout
1 = Included
2 = Not Included
Cord Sets
1 = One L-823 Cord Set
2 = Two L-823 Cord Sets
Toe-in Coding
Description
A - 18
Left Filter Colors
0 = White (No Filter)
1 = Yellow
2 = Red
3 = Obscured
Notes
Bidirectional fixture uses two 105W lamps and unidirectional
uses one 105W lamp.
1, 2
See filter location diagram below
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
44A6009-
1
Note: Triangle
embossed on the
top cover should
point toward the
centerline to
ensure correct
toe-in position.
Dimensions
Outside Diameter:
11.94 in (30.33 cm)
Bolt Circle Diameter (L-868B):
11.25 in (28.58 cm)
Max. Bottom Cover O.D.:
9.94 in (25.25 cm)
Bottom Cover Depth:
3.8 in (9.65 cm)*
* If used in conjunction with an L-868B Top Section, the overall
height of the Top Section must be 4 in (10.16 cm) minimum.
Packaging
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight - with packing: 15.3 lb (6.94 kg) w/out: 12.3 lb (5.58 kg)
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IRTE
Incandescent In-pavement Runway
Threshold/End Light
FAA, STYLE 2, HIGH-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
Runway Threshold Light
Runway Threshold/End Light
L-850D AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition). ETL Certified.
FAA Ordering Code
Uses
FAA L-850D
• Runway displaced threshold light (unidirectional green, one 62 W lamp)
• Runway threshold/end (bidirectional red/
green: one 62 W lamp, green; two 62 W
lamps, red)
Features
• FAA Style 2—Low protrusion above ground of ≤0.50 inch reduces
vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear in both light fixture
and landing gear, increasing lamp life
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of maintenance in
mind
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Low-energy/long-life halogen lamps are 62 W with a rated life
of 1,000 hours at 6.6 A
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• Fixture uses aluminum alloy cover and inner cover, stainless
steel hardware, and aluminum alloy and stainless steel optical
assembly
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Toe-in Coding Threshold Only
• Toe-in direction for green side is from the pilot’s perspective on
approach. Opposite side (runway end/red side) is straight.
• Position the fixtures on either side of the runway so that the
fixture toe-in points to the runway centerline
44A6656-
Threshold Beam
0 = Obscured
1 = Green Straight3
2 = Green Right Toed
3 = Green Left Toed
Runway End Beam
0 = Obscured
1 = Red Straight
2 = Red Right Toed3
3 = Red Left Toed3
4 = White Right Toed1, 2
5 = White Left Toed1, 2
6 = Yellow Right Toed1, 2
7 = Yellow Left Toed1, 2
8 = Yellow Straight2
9 = White Straight2
Film Disc Cutout
1 = Included
2 = Not Included
Base Mounting
1 = One Cord Set
2 = Two Cord Sets
Notes
• Fixtures manufactured after September 5, 2006, use one
green 62 W lamp and two red 62W lamps. For fixtures that use
two green 105 W lamps and one red 105 W lamp, see catalog
sheet 2055.
• External fixture-to-base can o-ring, Part No. 7080.90.650, is
ordered separately if needed for installation. For FAA installations, this o-ring is normally included with the flange ring.
1
3° toe-in for displaced threshold/runway edge applications
2
Color not recognized by the FAA
3
Not submitted for ETL Certification
Toe-in Coding (Continued)
• In a displaced threshold/runway edge application, the toe-in is
always towards the runway centerline. When ordering always
choose the same toe-in direction as the threshold beam. For
example, if the threshold beam is toed right, the runway edge
light is toed right.
Optional Snow Plow Ring
Depending on installation method and snow plowing technique
used, a snow plow ring may be necessary. Snow plow rings are
available for either standard or stainless steel adjustable Size
B L-868 cans. Contact the ADB Sales Department for additional
details.
2085 Rev. G I Manual No. 96A0308
A - 19
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IRTE I Incand. In-pavement Runway Threshold/End Light - FAA
Inside View Runway End (Fig. 1)
Inside View Threshold/End (Fig. 2)
1. High tensile strength screw with washer
2. Aluminum alloy cover
3. O-ring
4. Prism with retainer and gaskets
5. Cold mirror prefocus halogen lamp 105 W - 6.6 A
6. Optical assembly
7. Film disc cutout (optional)
8. Terminal block
9. Die cast aluminum inner cover
10. O-ring seal (Ordered separately. See Ordering Code notes.)
11. Wire clamp with grommets
12. FAA L-823 two-pole plug molded on heat-resistant wires
13. Pressure relief and test plug
1. High tensile strength screw with washer
2. Aluminum alloy cover
3. O-ring seal
4. Prism with retainer and gaskets
5. Cold mirror prefocus halogen lamp 105 W - 6.6 A
6. Optical assembly
7. Film disc cutout (optional)
8. Terminal block
9. Die cast aluminum inner cover
10. O-ring seal (Ordered separately. See Ordering Code notes.)
11. Wire clamp with grommets
12. FAA L-823 two-pole plug molded on heat-resistant wires
13. Pressure relief and test plug
14. Heat-resistant wire
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Cable assembly, series jumper, threshold only
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
Film disc cutout
Film disc spring
Lamp assembly, 62 W/MR 16
Lamp holder assembly
O-ring, pressure release screw
O-Ring, top cover
Pressure release fitting
Pressure release screw
Prism, green (ETL Certified)
Prism, red (ETL Certified)
Prism, yellow
Prism clamp
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
Terminal block assembly w/o film disc cutout
Terminal block assembly with film disc cutout
44A5955
4071.50.090
73A0133-31
63A1014
6111.87.140
47A0118
4071.50.130
48A0386
1411.22.002
63B0267-011
7080.90.710
4070.77.140
60A2602
1428.00.280
1428.00.270
1428.00.290
4071.50.360
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
44A6112-1
44A6112-2
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
A - 20
2085 Rev. G I Manual No. 96A0308
Dimensions
Outside Diameter:
11.94 in (30.33 cm)
Bolt Circle Diameter (L-868B):
11.25 in (28.58 cm)
Max. Bottom Cover O.D.:
9.94 in (25.25 cm)
Bottom Cover Depth:
3.8 in (9.65 cm)*
* If used in conjunction with an L-868B Top Section, the overall
height of the Top Section must be 4 in (10.16 cm) minimum.
Packaging
Runway End
Threshold/End
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in
(18 x 33 x 33 cm)
7 x 13 x 13 in
(18 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
15.3 lb (6.94 kg)
18.5 lb (8.4 kg)
Weight w/out packing:
12.3 lb (5.58 kg)
15.5 lb (7 kg)
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IRTM
Incandescent In-pavement Runway
Threshold/End Light
MILITARY & ICAO STYLE 2, HIGH-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
Military:
ICAO:
Designed according to L-850D AC 150/5345-46
(Current Edition) and photometry tested to
UFC 3-535-01 Fig 4-5 (green) and Fig 4-10 (red).
Annex 14, Vol. 1, par 5.3.10.10 (Runway Threshold)
and par 5.3.11 (Runway End).
Uses
ICAO and
U.S. Military
• Runway end light (unidirectional red, one
105 W lamp)
• Runway threshold light (unidirectional
green, two 105 W lamps)
• Runway threshold/end (bidirectional red/
green: one 105 W lamp, red; two 105 W
lamps, green)
Features
• FAA Style 2–Low protrusion above ground of ≤ 0.50 inch reduces
vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear in both the light
fixture and the landing gear, increasing lamp life
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of maintenance in
mind
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Low-energy/long-life halogen lamps are 105W with a rated life
of 1,000 hours at 6.6 A
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• Fixture uses aluminum alloy cover and inner cover, stainless
steel hardware, and aluminum alloy and stainless steel optical
assembly
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Runway End
Runway Threshold/End
Military Ordering Code
44A6247-
Threshold Beam
0 = Obscured
1 = Green Straight
2 = Green Right Toed
3 = Green Left Toed
4 = Red Straight
5 = Red Right Toed
6 = Red Left Toed
Runway End Beam
0 = Obscured
1 = Red Straight
2 = Red Right Toed
3 = Red Left Toed
4 = White Right Toed1
5 = White Left Toed1
6 = Yellow Right Toed1
7 = Yellow Left Toed1
8 = Yellow Straight
9 = White Straight
Film Disc Cutout
1 = Included
2 = Not Included
Base Mounting
1 = One Cord Set
2 = Two Cord Sets
Note
• External fixture-to-base can o-ring, Part No. 7080.90.650, is
ordered separately if needed for installation. For FAA installations, this o-ring is normally included with the flange ring.
1
3° toe-in for high-intensity displaced threshold/runway edge
applications
Toe-in Coding (Continued)
Toe-in Coding Threshold/End Only
• Toe-in direction for green side is from the pilot’s perspective on
approach. Opposite side (runway end/red side) is straight.
• Position the fixtures on either side of the runway so that the
fixture toe-in points to the runway centerline
• In a displaced threshold/runway edge application, the toe-in is
always towards the runway centerline. When ordering always
choose the same toe-in direction as the threshold beam. For
example, if the threshold beam is toed right, the runway edge
light is toed right.
2055 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0308
A - 21
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IRTM I Incand. In-pavement Runway Threshold/End Lt.-Military
Inside View Runway End (Fig. 1)
Inside View Threshold/End (Fig. 2)
1. High tensile strength screw with washer
2. Aluminum alloy cover
3. O-ring
4. Prism with retainer and gaskets
5. Cold mirror prefocus halogen lamp 105 W - 6.6 A
6. Optical assembly
7. Film disc cutout (optional)
8. Terminal block
9. Die cast aluminum inner cover
10. O-ring seal (Ordered separately. See Ordering Code notes.)
11. Wire clamp with grommets
12. FAA L-823 two-pole plug molded on heat-resistant wires
13. Pressure relief and test plug
1. High tensile strength screw with washer
2. Aluminum alloy cover
3. O-ring seal
4. Prism with retainer and gaskets
5. Cold mirror prefocus halogen lamp 105 W - 6.6 A
6. Optical assembly
7. Film disc cutout (optional)
8. Terminal block
9. Die cast aluminum inner cover
10. O-ring seal (Ordered separately. See Ordering Code notes.)
11. Wire clamp with grommets
12. FAA L-823 two-pole plug molded on heat-resistant wires
13. Pressure relief and test plug
14. Heat-resistant wire
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Cable assembly, series jumper, threshold only
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
Film disc cutout
Film disc spring
Lamp assembly, 105 W
Lamp holder assembly
O-ring, pressure release screw
O-Ring, top cover
Pressure release fitting
Pressure release screw
Prism, green
Prism, red
Prism, yellow
Prism clamp
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
Terminal block assembly w/o film disc cutout
Terminal block assembly with film disc cutout
44A5955
4071.50.090
73A0133-31
63A1014
6111.87.140
47A0118
4071.50.130
2990.40.900
1411.22.002
63B0267-011
7080.90.710
4070.77.140
60A2602
1428.00.280
1428.00.270
1428.00.290
4071.50.360
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
44A6112-1
44A6112-2
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
A - 22
2055 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0308
Packaging
Runway End
Threshold/End
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in
(18 x 33 x 33 cm)
7 x 13 x 13 in
(18 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
15.3 lb (6.94 kg)
18.5 lb (8.4 kg)
Weight w/out packing:
12.3 lb (5.58 kg)
15.5 lb (7 kg)
Optional Snow Plow Ring
Depending on installation method and snow plowing technique
used, a snow plow ring may be necessary. Snow plow rings are
available for either standard or stainless steel adjustable Size
B L-868 cans. Contact the ADB Sales Department for additional
details.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IRTA
Incandescent In-pavement Runway
Threshold/Military Approach Light
STYLE 2, HIGH-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
Military:
L-850E AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
Photometry complies with UFC 3-535-01 Fig 3-2.B
(Approach White & Red) and Fig 4-5 (Threshold
Green).
Uses
FAA L-850E
• Threshold lighting system, L-850E
(2 green, 105 W lamps)
U.S. Military
• Military approach lighting system (2 white
or 2 red, 105 W lamps)
• Military threshold system (2 green, 105 W
lamps)
Features
• FAA Style 2–Low protrusion above ground of ≤ 0.50 inch reduces
vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear in both the light
fixture and the landing gear, increasing lamp life
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of maintenance in
mind
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Low-energy/long-life halogen lamps are 105 W with a rated life
of 1,000 hours at 6.6 A
Ordering Code
44A6248-
0
Color
1 = Green (ETL Certified)
2 = Military White
3 = Military Red
4 = Military Green
Film Disc Cutout
1 = Included
2 = Not included
Light Beam
1 = Straight1
2 = Right Toed
3 = Left Toed
Note
• External fixture-to-base can o-ring, Part No. 7080.90.650, is
ordered separately if needed for installation. For FAA installations, this o-ring is normally included with the flange ring.
1
Normally used on military applications
Toe-in Coding
• Toe-in direction is from the pilot’s perspective (the approach
end of the runway)
• For more information about FAA-E-2968 Steady Burning, SemiFlush, Approach Light for MALSR, Style II, unidirectional, green
applications, see catalog sheet 2029.
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• Fixture uses aluminum alloy cover and inner cover, stainless
steel hardware, and aluminum alloy and stainless steel optical
assembly
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Dimensions
Outside Diameter:
11.94 in (30.33 cm)
Bolt Circle Diameter (L-868B):
11.25 in (28.58 cm)
Max. Bottom Cover O.D.:
9.94 in (25.25 cm)
Bottom Cover Depth:
3.8 in (9.65 cm)*
* If used in conjunction with an L-868B Top Section, the overall
height of the Top Section must be 4 in (10.16 cm) minimum.
2028 Rev. R I Manual No. 96A0308
A - 23
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IRTA I Incand. In-pavement Runway Threshold/Military Approach
Inside View
Spare Components
1. High tensile strength screw with washer
2. Aluminum alloy cover
3. O-ring seal
4. Prism with retainer and gaskets
5. Cold mirror prefocus halogen lamp 105 W - 6.6 A
6. Optical assembly
7. Film disc cutout (optional)
8. Terminal block
9. Die cast aluminum inner cover
10. O-ring seal (Ordered separately. See Ordering Code notes.)
11. Wire clamp with grommets
12. FAA L-823 two-pole plug molded on heat-resistant wires
13. Pressure relief and test plug
14. Heat-resistant wire
Description
Part No.
Cable assembly, series jumper
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
Film disc cutout
Film disc spring
Lamp assembly, 105 W
Lamp holder assembly
O-ring, pressure release screw
O-Ring, top cover
Pressure release fitting
Pressure release screw
Prism, green
Prism, red
Prism clamp
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
Terminal block assembly w/o film disc cutout
Terminal block assembly with film disc cutout
44A5955
4071.50.090
73A0133-31
63A1014
6111.87.140
47A0118
4071.50.130
2990.40.900
1411.22.002
63B0267-011
7080.90.710
4070.77.140
60A2602
1428.00.280
1428.00.270
4071.50.360
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
44A6112-1
44A6112-2
Packaging
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
18.5 lb (8.4 kg)
Weight without packing:
15.5 lb (7 kg)
Optional Snow Plow Ring
Depending on installation method and snow plowing technique
used, a snow plow ring may be necessary. Snow plow rings are
available for either standard or stainless steel adjustable Size
B L-868 cans. Contact the ADB Sales Department for additional
details.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
A - 24
2028 Rev. R I Manual No. 96A0308
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
LAHSO
Incandescent In-pavement Land &
Hold Short Light
STYLE 3, HIGH-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-850F AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition). ETL Certified.
Ordering Code
Uses
FAA L-850F
Used in lieu of an L-850A when redundant lamp
option is desired during Land and Hold Short
Operations per AC 150/5345-54. Used with
L-884 LAHSO power and control unit to provide
automatic lamp change over and flashing signal.
Features
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of maintenance in
mind
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Low-energy/long-life halogen lamps are 48 W with a rated life
of 1,500 hours at 6.6 A
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below the FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• Fixture uses aluminum alloy cover and inner cover, stainless
steel hardware, and aluminum alloy and stainless steel optical
assembly
• Includes Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an
AWG 6 earth ground wire
44A5950-0
Film Disc Cutout
2 = Not Included1
Base Mounting
1 = Two L-823 cord sets for standard base
Lamp
1 = Two 48 W, 6.6 A
Notes
• If redundancy is not required for LAHSO lights, use ADB L-850A
instead. See ADB catalog sheet 2001.
1
When used with an ADB Airfield Solutions L-884 PCU, film disc
cutout is not used.
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
Film disc cutout
Film disc spring
Lamp assembly, 48 W
Lamp holder assembly
O-ring, inner cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism
Prism clamp
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
Terminal block assembly w/o film disc cutout
Terminal block assembly with film disc cutout
4071.50.090
73A0133-31
63A1014
6111.87.140
47A0118
4071.50.130
48A0420
1411.22.001
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
63A0993-2
4071.50.360
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
44A6000
44A6000-1S
Packaging
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
15.3 lb (6.94 kg)
Weight without packing:
12.3 lb (5.58 kg)
Typical L-850F Configuration
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2037 Rev. J I Manual No. 96A0220
A - 25
RUNWAY LIGHTING
Common Features and Benefits
of Elevated LED Fixtures
• Arctic option (U.S. Patent 7192155 B2) uses a thermostatically
controlled heater to prevent ice and snow buildup from obscuring light output. Melts ice similar to traditional incandescent
fixtures. Heater is available on both glass and poylcarbonate
options.
• When quartz-incandescent fixtures are replaced with LED
fixtures, airport staff can add more lights without increasing
CCR size
• Can be installed on existing 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits with no
modifications to existing CCR or isolation transformer
• For 6.6 A or 20 A series circuit applications, “smart electronics”
control current to LED, so light output matches existing incandescent fixtures at all brightness levels without sacrificing any
light characteristics. Actual light output is determined based on
a continuous light output curve. Therefore, light output truly
represents input current, even if series circuit input current
is not within FAA specification limits. Allows for a low cost and
progressive evolution of the airfield lighting toward new LEDbased technology.
• Operates on either 3- or 5-step ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs
that are designed in compliance with IEC or FAA requirements
• Direct replacement for existing fixture using existing frangible
coupling and base plate, reducing installation time
• Robust, solid-state device withstands damage if fixture is
knocked over. Internal electronics ruggedly mounted inside
fixture housing.
• Use of LED light source eliminates filter replacement and color
shifts common with incandescent fixtures when viewed at various angles or CCR step settings
• LED module is an integral component of above-ground fixture,
so electronics are not subject to water or deicing agents and
abuse present in L-867 base cans
• Fixtures use aluminum casting, stainless steel hardware, and
are protected with aviation yellow powder coat finish
• Thermostatically controlled heater cycles on and off when
temperature drops below freezing, reducing overall energy
consumption
• Outer colored glass option ensures high daytime visibility
• LED photometric performance will be maintained longer due to
a cleaner lens. The lower temperature of the lens prevents the
“baking effect” that causes contaminants to stick to the surface
of the lens.
• Offers longer intervals between maintenance, resulting in lower
life cycle costs
• Rugged lightning protection complies with ANSI/IEEE C62.411991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67. Category
C2 is defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination wave, with a
peak voltage of 10,000 V and a peak current of 5,000 A.
• Designed to meet FCC Title 47, SubPart B, Section 15 regulations concerning the emission of electronic noise
• Very low power rating for LED lights contributes to a lower life
cycle cost. Limits cost for supporting equipment such as isolation transformers and CCRs to strict minimum.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
A - 26
3043 Rev. B
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
EMIL-L
LED Elevated Runway Edge Light
MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
T/C:
CE:
L-861(L) and L-861E(L) AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition)
and the FAA Engineering Brief No. 67. ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. I, par. 5.3.9.7 to 5.3.9.9
Transport Canada TP 312 Par. 5.3.10.11 to 5.3.10.13
Complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive
2004/108/EC.
Uses
FAA L-861(L)
• Runway edge
• Visual runways or non-precision IFR runways
FAA L-861E(L)
• Runway threshold/end
• Visual runways or non-precision IFR runways
ICAO & T/C
• Runway edge
• Runway threshold/end
Features
• Average LED life of 56,000 hours under high-intensity conditions
and more than 150,000 hours under typical operating conditions, resulting in significant reduction or even elimination of
ongoing maintenance costs and periodic re-lamping expenses
• Single-latch, stainless steel clamp allows easy removal and
replacement of top cover and lens
• A gasket is used between the lens and the top cover and also
between the top and bottom fixture head assemblies to form a
watertight seal
• EMIL with arctic option (U.S. Patent 7192155 B2) uses a thermostatically controlled heater to prevent ice and snow buildup
from obscuring light output. Melts ice similar to traditional
incandescent fixtures.
• Three screws allow a 4° leveling adjustment of the fixture after
installation
• Fixture comes standard with a 1.5-inch coupling, but is available with a 2-inch coupling and in alternative thread patterns
• Sealed entry at cord set to optical assembly interface prevents
insect entry
• For additional features common to all of ADB’s elevated LED
fixtures, see data sheet 3043.
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40°F to +131°F (-40°C to +55°C)
Wind: Withstands wind velocities up to 300 mph (480 kph)
L-861(L)/L-861E(L) Leveling Device
Ordering Code
44A7061
For accurate aiming and leveling it is recommneded to have one
leveling device per airfield.
Ordering Code
EMIL-
LED Color
1 = Omnidirectional White (L-861)
2 = Omnidirectional Yellow (L-861)
3 = Bidirectional White/Yellow (L-861)
4 = Bidirectional White/Red (L-861)
5 = Bidirectional Yellow/Red (L-861)
9 = Unidirectional Green/Obscure (L-861E)1
B = Unidirectional Yellow/Obscure (L-861)1
C = Unidirectional White/Obscure (L-861)
E = Bidirectional Red/Green (L-861E)6
F = Bidirectional Red/Red (L-861E)6
G = Bidirectional Red/Obscure (L-861E)6
Fixture Height
1 = 14-inch OAH
2 = 24-inch OAH
3 = 30-inch OAH
4 = 14-inch OAH
5 = 24-inch OAH
6 = 30-inch OAH
7 = 14-inch OAH
8 = 24-inch OAH
9 = 30-inch OAH
A = 14-inch OAH
B = 20-inch OAH
C = 18-inch OAH
D = 18-inch OAH
E = 18-inch OAH
F = 18-inch OAH
with 1.5-inch coupling, 12 TPI
with 1.5-inch coupling, 12 TPI
with 1.5-inch coupling, 12 TPI
with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI3
with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI3
with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI3
without coupling2,4
with 1.5-inch coupling, 12 TPI
with 1.5-inch coupling, 12 TPI
with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI3
without coupling2,4
Power
1 = Current Driven, 60 Hz
2 = Current Driven, 50 Hz5
Arctic Option
0 = Without arctic option
1 = With arctic option
Cord Set
0 = Standard Configuration
E = External
Notes
1
For the yellow/green fixture on a threshold bar in displaced
threshold applications, use one green/obscure L-861E(L) and
one yellow/obscure L-861(L). Requires a 2-hub base plate
Part No. 2835-2 (for 1.5” coupling) or 2832-2 (for 2” coupling)
mounted on an L-867D base can.
2
Not submitted for ETL testing
3
Normally used in metric applications
4
Configuration sold with no column and no coupling
5
All 50 Hz EMIL fixtures carry the CE mark
6
Optics for red side enhanced to provide a beam much wider
than FAA requirements.
3022 Rev. M I Manual No. 96A0415
A - 27
RUNWAY LIGHTING
EMIL-L I LED Elevated Runway Edge Light
Electrical Supply, Current Driven
Spare Components
6.6 A through an L-830-1 (for 60 Hz) or L-831-1 (for 50 Hz) isolation transformer. EMIL LED lights have been designed to work
with any IEC or FAA-compliant transformer up to 30/45 W without
affecting performance or lifetime of the light or the transformer.
See catalog sheet 3033 for more details on recommended isolation
transformers specified below.
Description
Part No.
Column for 14” OAH
Column for 18” OAH
Column for 20” OAH
Column for 24” OAH
Column for 30” OAH
Cord set assembly for 14” OAH
Cord set assembly for 18” OAH
Cord set assembly for 20” OAH
Cord set assembly for 24” OAH
Cord set assembly for 30” OAH
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 14” OAH
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11.5 TPI,
14” and 18” OAH
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11 TPI,
14” and 18” OAH
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 24” and 30” OAH
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11.5 TPI,
24” and 30” OAH
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11 TPI,
24” and 30” OAH
Gasket, lens protection
Lens, white (L-861)
Lens, yellow (L-861)
Lens, white/yellow (L-861)
Lens, white/red (L-861)
Lens, white/obscure (L-861)
Lens, yellow/red (L-861)
Lens, yellow/obscure (L-861)
Lens, red/green (L-861E)
Lens, red/red (L-861E)
Lens, red/obscure (L-861E)
Lens, green/obscure (L-861E)
Seal, lens
Seal, top to bottom cover
62A0007-7
62A0007-11
62A0007-13
62A0007-17
62A0007-23
44A7028-14
44A7028-18
44A7028-20
44A7028-24
44A7028-30
62B0073
61A0281
Fixture
Load
Isolation
Transfmr.
Isol. XF
Load
CCR
Load
EMIL L-861(L)
W/out heater
19.6 VA
20/25 W
7.6 VA
27.2 VA
42 VA
30/45 W
12 VA
54 VA
11.8 VA
10/15 W
6.2 VA
18 VA
33 VA
30/45 W
14 VA
47 VA
With heater
EMIL L-861E(L) - Bidirectional
W/out heater
With heater
EMIL L-861E(L) - Unidirectional
W/out heater
With heater
9.9 VA
10/15 W
6.1 VA
16 VA
31 VA
30/45 W
14 VA
45 VA
Packaging
Assembled
Fixtures
Dimensions of Cartons in (cm)
Individual
9 Per Box
Indiv.
Weight
14-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 20.5
(17 x 17 x 52)
19.5 x 19.5 x 20.5
(50 x 50 x 52)
5 lb
2.3 kg
24-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 31
(17 x 17 x 79)
19.5 x 19.5 x 31
(50 x 50 x 79)
6.25 lb
2.8 kg
30-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 37
(17 x 17 x 94)
19.5 x 19.5 x 37
(50 x 50 x 94)
7 lb
3.2 kg
61A0350
60A4247-1
60A4247-2
60A4247-3
4071.76.060
63A1128-00
63A1128-11
63A1128-01
63A1128-05
63A1128-09
63A1128-15
63A1128-19
63A1128-23
63A1128-22
63A1128-29
63A1128-39
4071.76.041
63A1137
Photometric Data
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
A - 28
3022 Rev. M I Manual No. 96A0415
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
ERE-CB
Incandescent Elevated Runway Edge
Light
MEDIUM-INTENSITY, CLAMP BAND
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-861 & L-861E AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
Uses
FAA L-861
• Runway edge
• Non-precision IFR runways
FAA L-861E
• Runway threshold/end
• Non-precision IFR runways
• Stopways
Features
• Multiple lamp wattages and types (6.6 A quartz or 6.6 A incandescent) available
• Single-latch, stainless steel clamping band allows easy removal
of lens for lamp changes
• Lamp Life: Rated at 1,000 hours at 6.6 A
• A gasket is used between the lens and the head assembly to
form a tight seal
• Three screws allow a 4° leveling adjustment of the fixture after
installation
• Fixture comes standard with a 1.5-inch coupling, but is available with a 2-inch coupling and in alternative thread patterns
• Fixture uses aluminum head assembly, stainless steel hardware,
and is protected with aviation yellow enamel paint
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Wind: Withstands wind velocities up to 300 mph (480 kph)
Ordering Code
44C1081-
Lamp
1 = 30 W/6.6 A Incandescent3
2 = 45 W/6.6 A Incandescent (ETL Certified)
3 = 25 W/120 VAC, Incandescent3
5 = 30 W/6.6 A Quartz3
6 = 45 W/6.6 A Quartz (ETL Certified)
7 = No Lamp, Incandescent Socket
8 = No Lamp, Quartz Socket
Lens Color
0 = No Lens1
1 = Omnidirectional White (ETL Certified)4,5
2 = Bidirectional White/Yellow (ETL Certified)4,5
3 = Bidirectional White/Red (ETL Certified)5
4 = Bidirectional White/Green2
6 = Bidirectional Red/Green (ETL Certified)5
7 = Bidirectional Red/Red (ETL Certified)5
8 = Omnidirectional Green2
9 = Omnidirectional Yellow (ETL Certified)4,5
B = Unidirectional Green/Obscure (ETL Certified)5
C = Bidirectional Green/Yellow (ETL Certified)5
D = Bidirectional Red/Yellow (ETL Certified)5
E = Unidirectional Red/Obscure (ETL Certified)5
Fixture Height
11 = 14 in (35.6 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
22 = 24 in (61.0 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
33 = 30 in (76.2 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
44 = 20 in (50.8 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
1A = 4 in (35.6 cm) with 2” coupling, 11 TPI6
Notes
1
No lens option normally used as spare part. Specify and order
lens separately.
2
Color and/or color configuration not recognized by the FAA
3
Lamp not certified
4
45 W Incandescent
5
45 W Quartz
6
Normally used in metric applications
1030 Rev. U I Manual No. 96A0097
A - 29
RUNWAY LIGHTING
ERE-CB I Incandescent Elevated Runway Edge Light
Spare Components
Packaging
Assembled
Fixtures
Dimensions of Cartons in (cm)
Individual
9 Per Box
Indiv.
Weight
14-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 20.5
(17 x 17 x 52)
19.5 x 19.5 x 20.5
(50 x 50 x 52)
5 lb
2.3 kg
24-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 31
(17 x 17 x 79)
19.5 x 19.5 x 31
(50 x 50 x 79)
6.25 lb
2.8 kg
30-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 37
(17 x 17 x 94)
19.5 x 19.5 x 37
(50 x 50 x 94)
7 lb
3.2 kg
Lens Colors and Lamp Wattages
Direction
Color
Wattage
ETL Certification
Omni
White
45 W - I ;
45 W - Q
Yes
Omni
Yellow
45 W - I ;
45 W - Q
Yes
Bi
White/Yellow
45 W - I ;
45 W - Q
Yes
Bi
White/Red
45 W - Q
Yes
Bi
Red/Yellow
45 W - Q
Yes
Bi
Green/Yellow
45 W - Q
Yes
Red/Green
45 W - Q
Yes
L-861
L-861E
Bi
Bi
Red/Red
45 W - Q
Yes
Uni
Green
45 W - Q
Yes
Uni
Red
45 W - Q
Yes
Note: Under wattage, I stands for incandescent and Q stands for
quartz.
Description
Part No.
Column, (steel) 6” (15.24 cm) for 14” OAH
Column, (steel) 16” (40.64 cm) for 24” OAH
Column, (steel) 22” (55.88 cm) for 30” OAH
Cord set, quartz
Cord set, incandescent
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI, with slot1
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11.5 TPI
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11 TPI2
Gasket
Head assembly with phenolic socket
Head assembly with quartz socket
Lamp, 25 W/120 VAC
Lamp, prefocus, 30 W/6.6 A
Lamp, prefocus, 45 W/6.6 A (ETL Certified)
Lamp, quartz, 30 W/6.6 A
Lamp, quartz, 45 W/6.6 A (ETL Certified)
Lamp socket, phenolic for incandescent
Lamp socket, quartz
Lamp base
Lamp bracket (quartz lamp socket)
Lens, white
Lens, white/yellow
Lens, white/red
Lens, white/green
Lens, red/green
Lens, red
Lens, red/obscure
Lens, red/yellow
Lens, omnidirectional green
Lens, green/obscure
Lens, green/yellow
Lens, yellow
Lens clamp assembly
62A0007-6
62A0007-16
62A0007-22
44A1701
44A1707
62B0073
62B0461
61A0281
61A0350
63B0015
44B1079-1X
44B1484-1X
48A0008
48A0006
48A0007
48A0085
48A0083
49A0002
49A0032
62A2150
60C1169
63A0141
63A0142
63A0144
63A0146
63A0148
63A0149
63A0145
63A0156
63A0150
63A0147
63A0152
63A0143
44B0023
1
Inside View
Gasket
2
Socket
Slot across threaded end allows easy replacement of broken
frangible coupling
Normally used in metric applications
Lens
Steel Column
L-823
Cord Set
Single-Latch
Clamp Band
Head Assembly
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
A - 30
1030 Rev. U I Manual No. 96A0097
Lamp
(Incandescent
Shown)
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
ERE-PT
Incandescent Elevated Runway Edge
Light
MEDIUM-INTENSITY, POP TOP
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-861 AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
Uses
FAA L-861
• Runway edge
• Non-precision IFR runways
FAA L-861E
• Runway threshold/end
• Non-precision IFR runways
Features
• Unique design permits rapid lamp changes
• Integral snow flag holder
• Unique low-profile design reduces damage due to jet blast
• A ball joint in the base of the fixture allows easy and accurate
elevation and azimuth positioning after installation
• Designed for mounting on a 30-inch galvanized steel stake or on
a base plate for a 12- or 16-inch L-867 base
• Multiple lamp wattages available
• Lamp Life: Rated at 1,000 hours at 45 W/6.6 A
• Fixture uses aluminum castings, stainless steel hardware, and is
protected with aviation yellow enamel paint
Operating Conditions
Ordering Code
44C1752-
Lamp
1 = 30 W/6.6 A Quartz
2 = 45 W/6.6 A Quartz (ETL Certified)
Lens Cap Color
2 = Omnidirectional White (ETL Certified)1
3 = Bidirectional White/Yellow (ETL Certified)1
4 = Bidirectional Red/Green
5 = Bidirectional Red/Yellow (ETL Certified)1
6 = Unidirectional Green3
7 = Bidirectional Green/Yellow2
8 = Bidirectional Red/Red (ETL Certified)1
0 = Omnidirectional Yellow (ETL Certified)1
A = Bidirectional Green/Green3
B = Bidirectional White/Red (ETL Certified)1
Fixture Height
1 = 14 in (35.6 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
2 = 24 in (61.0 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
3 = 30 in (76.2 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
Notes
Contact the ADB Airfield Solutions Sales Department for optional
color configurations.
1
45 W only
2
ETL Certification is pending for Green/Yellow application
3
Color not recognized by FAA
Inside View
Frangible Coupling
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Wind: Withstands wind velocities up to 300 mph (480 kph)
Column
L-823 Cord Set
Lens Cap
Head
Lamp
Wing Screw
Lamp
1011 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0117
A - 31
RUNWAY LIGHTING
ERE-PT I Incandescent Elevated Runway Edge Light
Packaging
Spare Components
Assembled
Fixtures
Dimensions of Cartons in (cm)
Individual
9 Per Box
Indiv.
Weight
14-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 20.5
(17 x 17 x 52)
19.5 x 19.5 x 20.5
(50 x 50 x 52)
5 lb
2.3 kg
24-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 31
(17 x 17 x 79)
19.5 x 19.5 x 31
(50 x 50 x 79)
6.25 lb
2.8 kg
30-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 37
(17 x 17 x 94)
19.5 x 19.5 x 37
(50 x 50 x 94)
7 lb
3.2 kg
Lens Colors and Lamp Wattages
Direction
Color
Wattage
ETL Certification
Omni
White
45 W
Yes
Omni
Yellow
45 W
Yes
Bi
White/Yellow
45 W
Yes
Bi
White/Red
45 W
Yes
Bi
Yellow/Red
45 W
Yes
Bi
Green/Yellow
45 W
Pending
Red/Green
45 W
No
L-861
L-861E
Bi
Bi
Red/Red
45 W
Yes
Uni
Green
45 W
No
Bi
Green/Green
45 W
No
1
1
Color and/or color configuration not recognized by the FAA
Description
Part No.
Ball
Clamp
Column 8.6” (21.9 cm) for 14” OAH
Column, 18.6” (47.3 cm) for 24” OAH
Column, 24.6” (62.48 cm) for 30” OAH
Cord set
Elevated SS thumb screw kit
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI, with slot1
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11.5 TPI
Head assembly with cord set for 14” OAH
Head assembly with cord set for 24” OAH
Head assembly with cord set for 30” OAH
Lamp, 45 W/6.6 A (ETL Certified)
Lamp, 30 W/6.6 A
Lamp socket
Lamp base
Lens cap assembly, white
Lens cap assembly, white/yellow
Lens cap assembly, red/green
Lens cap assembly, red/red
Lens cap assembly, green/obscure
Lens cap assembly, green/yellow
Lens cap assembly, red/yellow
Lens cap assembly, yellow
Lens cap assembly, green/green
Lens cap assembly, white/red
Lens cap without lens
Lens, white
Lens, white/yellow
Lens, red/green
Lens, red/red
Lens, green/obscure
Lens, yellow
Lens, green/green
Lens, white/red
Lens sealant
62A0527
62B0472
62A0007-9
62A0007-19
62A0007-25
44A1701
94A0592
62B0073
62B0461
61A0281
44C1774-1
44C1774-2
44C1774-3
48A0083
48A0085
49A0063
62C0532
44A1773-2
44A1773-3
44A1773-4
44A1773-5
44A1773-6
44A1773-7
44A1773-8
44A1773-0
44A1773-A
44A1773-C
62C0531
63B0378-2
63B0378-3
63B0378-4
63B0378-5
63B0378-6
63B0378-7
63B0378-8
63B0378-11
67A0006-3
1
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
A - 32
1011 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0117
Slot across threaded end allows easy replacement of broken
frangible coupling
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
ERTE
Incandescent Elevated Runway
Threshold/End Light
MEDIUM-INTENSITY, CLAMP BAND
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-861SE AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition). ETL Certified.
Ordering Code
Uses
FAA L-861SE
44A2090-
Lamp
1 = 120 W/6.6 A Quartz
• Runway threshold/end
• Non-precision IFR runways
Features
• Top casting holds the outer globe, which is indexed to the
fixture and held in place by a continuous clamping band. Two
prismatic inner lens segments are mounted inside on the socket
mounting plate assembly.
• Light fixture is designed to withstand jet blast
• Lamp Life: Rated at 500 hours at 6.6 A
• Four screws allow a 4° leveling adjustment of the fixture after
installation
• Fixture uses aluminum castings, stainless steel hardware, and is
protected with aviation yellow gloss enamel paint
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Wind: Withstands wind velocities up to 300 mph (480 kph)
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Column 1”, 7.25” (18.42 cm) for 14” OAH
Column 1”, 17.25” (43.82 cm) for 24” OAH
Column 1”, 23.25” (59.06 cm) for 30” OAH
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI, with slot*
Clamp band assembly
Gasket
Head assembly w/clamp band, gasket,
socket, mounting plate, and 14-in cord set
Head assembly w/clamp band, gasket,
socket, mounting plate, and 24-in cord set
Head assembly w/clamp band, gasket,
socket, mounting plate, and 30-in cord set
Inner lens clip
Inner lens, bracket
Inner lens, spring clip
Lamp, 120 W/6.6 A (ETL Certified)
Lens, inner - 180° segment, white
62A0007-7
62A0007-17
62A0007-23
62B0073
62B0461
44A2060
63A0640
44A2080-1
44A2080-2
44A2080-3
60C2041
61A0146
65A0163
48A0069
63B0415-1
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
Inner Lens Color
3 = White/Red1
4 = White/Green1
6 = Red/Green2
7 = Red/Red1
8 = Green/Green2
9 = Green/Yellow1
Fixture Height
1 = 14 in (35.6 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
2 = 24 in (61.0 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
3 = 30 in (76.2 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
Outer Lens
1 = Not Obscured
2 = Obscured
Notes
1
Color and/or color configuration not recognized by FAA
2
Configurations 44A2090-16X1 Red/Green and 44A2090-18X2
Unidirectional Green are ETL Certified
Spare Components (Continued)
Lens, inner - 180° segment, yellow
Lens, inner - 180° segment, red
Lens, inner - 180° segment, green
Outer lens, white bidirectional
Socket mounting plate assembly (includes
socket, mounting plate and inner lens clip)
63B0415-2
63B0415-3
63B0415-4
63B0480
44A2089
* Slot across threaded end allows easy replacement of broken
frangible coupling
Packaging
Assembled
Fixtures
Dimensions of Cartons in (cm)
Individual
9 Per Box
Indiv.
Weight
14-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 20.5
(17 x 17 x 52)
19.5 x 19.5 x 20.5
(50 x 50 x 52)
5 lb
2.3 kg
24-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 31
(17 x 17 x 79)
19.5 x 19.5 x 31
(50 x 50 x 79)
6.25 lb
2.8 kg
30-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 37
(17 x 17 x 94)
19.5 x 19.5 x 37
(50 x 50 x 94)
7 lb
3.2 kg
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2056 Rev. I I Manual No. 96A0193
A - 33
RUNWAY LIGHTING
EREL/ERES
LED Elevated Runway Edge,
Threshold and Runway End Light
HIGH-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
ICAO:
FAA:
T/C:
NATO:
Annex 14, Vol. 1, para. 5.3.9, 5.3.10 and 5.3.11 for
Precision Approach Runways.
L-862(L) and L-862E(L) AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition)
and the FAA Engineering Brief No. 67. ETL Certified.
Transport Canada TP 312, para. 5.3.10, 5.3.11 and 5.3.11
STANAG 3316
• Upper body can be replaced without realignment of the fixture.
• Sealed entry at cord set to optical assembly interface prevents
insect entry
• For additional features common to all of ADB’s elevated LED
fixtures, see data sheet 3043
Uses
ICAO & T/C
• High-intensity edge lighting for runways up
to 45 m wide (CAT I, CAT II and CAT III)
• High intensity runway end lighting (CAT I,
CAT II and CAT III)
• High-intensity threshold lighting (CAT I,
CAT II and CAT III)
FAA L-862(L)
• Runway edge
• Precision approach runways
FAA L-862E(L)
• Runway threshold/end
• Visual runways or non-precision IFR runways
Features
• Average MTBF of 56,000 hours at full-intensity and more than
200,000 hours under typical operating conditions, resulting in
significant reduction of ongoing maintenance costs and periodic
re-lamping expenses
• Low-profile and small in size to withstand heaviest jet blast,
even when installed at threshold/runway end.
• Uses less than 33W (bidirectional lights) or 23W (unidirectional
lights), with a Power Factor of 0.95, compared to incandescent
fixtures that require 120W, 150W or 200W lamps.
• Options for either glass or UV-resistant polycarbonate outer lens
• Installation on same mounting device as most elevated halogen
lights, for a straightforward replacement.
• Three screws allow a 4° leveling adjustment of the fixture after
installation
• Rugged lightning protection that complies with ANSI/IEEE C62.411991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67. Category
C2 is defi ned as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination wave, with a
peak voltage of 10,000 V and a peak current of 5,000 A.
• When quartz-incandescent fixtures are replaced with LED fixtures,
airport staff can add more lights without increasing CCR size.
• Limits cost for supporting equipment such as isolation transformers and CCRs to strict minimum.
• Use of LED light source eliminates filter replacement and color
shifts when viewed at various angles or CCR step settings.
• Fully dimmable lights, respecting the response curve of traditional halogen lights.
A - 34
Features (Continued)
3025 Rev. I I Manual No. AM.03.120
Electrical Supply, Current Driven
2.8-6.6 A through an L-830 (for 60 Hz) or L-831 (for 50 Hz) isolation
transformer. EREL/ERES LED lights have been designed to work
with any IEC or FAA-compliant transformer up to 150 W without
affecting performance or lifetime of the light or the transformer.
However, using a non-matched transformer will reduce its efficiency. See data sheet A.06.112 or 3033 for more details on
recommended isolation transformers.
Fixture
Type
Fixture
Load
Isolation
Transformer
Isol. XF
Load
CCR
Load
34.7 VA
30/45 W or 45 W
8.1 VA
40.1 VA
20/25 W
7.5 VA
31.7 VA
Bidirectional
EREL/ERES
Unidirectional
EREL/ERES
24.2 VA
Toe-in Color Coding
For toeing, the part number scheme assumes the observer is facing both the light and the runway centerline. For example, toeing
option 3 means that both the left and right side are toed in the direction of the centerline. If the equipment (A) has a toe-in (D), the
toe-in is 4.5 degrees. The indication left (L) and right (R) always
refers from the equipment to the centerline (C) of the runway (B).
RUNWAY LIGHTING
Ordering Code
EREL/ERES I LED Elevated Runway Edge/End Light
ERE
Application
RE = Runway Edge,
Threshold and End
Lens Type
L = UV-resistant polycarbonate
S = Glass
Cable and Connector
2 = 1 plug (2-pin)
6 = 1 plug (2-pin) and separate
earth ground wire1
8 = 1 plug (2-pin), externally
connected1,6
000
Dimensions and Weight
Diameter and height:
166 x 233 mm (6.54 x 9.17 in)
Without mounting interface
Weight:
3.36 kg (7.41 lb)
Exploded View
Color - Left Side
W = White
R = Red
G = Green3,4
Y = Yellow
N = None (Obscured)
Color - Right Side
W = White
R = Red
G = Green3,4
Y = Yellow
N = None (Obscured)
Toe-in2
0 = Straight/Straight
1 = Left toed/Straight
2 = Straight/Right toed
3 = Left toed/Right toed
Overall Fixture Height/Coupling
1 = 14 in (35.6 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
2 = 20 in (50.8 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
3 = 24 in (61.0 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
4 = 30 in (76.2 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
5 = 14 in (35.6 cm) with 2” coupling, 11.5 TPI
6 = 20 in (50.8 cm) with 2” coupling, 11.5 TPI
7 = 24 in (61.0 cm) with 2” coupling, 11.5 TPI
8 = 30 in (76.2 cm) with 2” coupling, 11.5 TPI
9 = Frangible stem with 2-inch, 11 TPI1,7
A = 14” OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI1,7
B = 24” OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI1,7
C = 30” OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI1,7
Power Supply & Monitoring
S = Current Driven, 50/60 Hz w/out monitoring
M = Current Driven, 50/60 Hz with monitoring
ICAO/FAA Photometrics
0 = ICAO- and FAA-compliant5
F = FAA only (threshold green only)3
I = ICAO only (for threshold application)4
Options
0 = No option
1 = With bracket for snow rod
Fixed Digits
00
Version
0 = Original version
Constuction
1. Upper body including main electronic board and retaining clip
2. Gasket
3. Lower body support, including cable lead with molded FAA
L-823 style 6 plug
4. Levelling screws (x3)
5. Frangible stem / Frangible coupling
6. Optical assembly, including LEDs
7. Optical cover gasket
8. Optical cover
9. Optical cover clip
Ordering Code Notes
• White and yellow beams are for runway edge application and
are always with toe-in
• Red beam may be with toe-in for runway edge application
(e.g. displaced threshold) or without toe-in for runway end
application
• Green beam may be with or without toe-in depending on the
position of the light (without toe-in for a light positioned on
the runway centerline)
1
Not defined by FAA, therefore not ETL Certified
2
See Toe-in Coding diagram for more information
3
For FAA applications, if either color is green, use F
4
ICAO/TP 312 threshold is unidirectional only, and always without
toe-in. Code for an ICAO threshold light is ERExxGN0xxIxxxx,
where “x” must be selected according to the table.
5
All lights without green beam are compliant to ICAO and FAA.
Use 0 for any application (FAA, ICAO, TP 312) that does not use
green
6
Cord set connected external to column
7
Normally used in metric applications
3025 Rev. I I Manual No. AM.03.120
A - 35
RUNWAY LIGHTING
EREL/ERES I LED Elevated Runway Edge/End Light
FAA Photometric Curves
ICAO Photometric Performances
Application
Main beam aperture
Color
Average
intensity
(typical
value) (cd)
11592
Horiz. (°)
Vert. (°)
Runway Edge
-2 to +9
0 to 7
White
Runway Edge
-2 to +9
0 to 7
Yellow
6667
Runway Edge
-2 to +9
0 to 7
Red
5003
Runway End
-6 to +6
0.25 to 4.75
Red
4980
Threshold
-5.5 to +5.5
1 to 10
Green
11155
Additional photometric curves can be found in the Product Center
on our website (www.adb-air.com) under the Photometric Data
tab or by contacting your local ADB representative.
ICAO Photometric Curves
Photometry - FAA L-862 white
Photometry - runway edge 45 m (white)
Photometry - FAA L-862E red
Installation
On conduit elbow TC3, tripod, mounting plate T300/3 (see data
sheet A.05.111) or on L-867 steel base (see data sheet A.05.120 or
2012).
Photometry - runway end (red)
The stability has to be ensured through appropriate means (e.g.
concrete).
Leveling and aiming in azimuth of the light are easily performed
with the dedicated aiming device.
Accessories and Options
Description
Part No.
Aiming Device
1408.35.130
Spare Components
See manual for spare parts.
Photometry - threshold (green)
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
A - 36
3025 Rev. I I Manual No. AM.03.120
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
ERET-CB
Incandescent Elevated Runway Edge/
Threshold Light
HIGH-INTENSITY, CLAMP BAND
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-862 and L-862E AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
• Runway edge
• Precision approach runways
FAA L-862E
• Runway threshold/end
• Precision approach runways
Features
• Light fixture is designed to withstand jet blast
• Lamp Life: Rated at 500 hours at 6.6 A
• Top casting holds the outer globe, which is indexed to the
fixture and held in place by a continuous clamping band. Two
prismatic inner lens segments are mounted inside on the socket
mounting plate.
• Three screws allow a 4° leveling adjustment of the fixture after
installation
• Fixture uses aluminum castings, stainless steel hardware, and is
protected with aviation yellow gloss enamel paint
L-862E Ordering Code
44A2071-
Lamp
1 = 120 W/6.6 A Quartz
4 = 200 W/6.6 A Quartz (ETL Certified)
Inner Lens Color
1 = White/White
Fixture Height
1 = 14 in (35.6 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
2 = 24 in (61.0 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
3 = 30 in (76.2 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
4 = 14 in (35.66 cm) with 2” column/coupling, 11.5 TPI1
5 = 24 in (61.0 cm) with 2” column/coupling, 11.5 TPI1
6 = 30 in (76.2 cm) with 2” column/coupling, 11.5 TPI1
7 = 14 in (35.6 cm) with 1” column/2” coupling, 11.5 TPI
Outer Lens
4 = Red/Green Right Hand (ETL Certified)
5 = Red/Green Left Hand (ETL Certified)
6 = Red/Red (ETL Certified)
7 = Green/Obscured Right Hand (ETL Certified)
8 = Green/Obscured Left Hand (ETL Certified)
9 = Red/Obscured Right Hand (ETL Certified)
0 = Red/Obscured Left Hand (ETL Certified)
44A2071-
Lamp
0 = None
1 = 120 W/6.6 A Quartz5
2 = 150 W/6.6 A Quartz (ETL Certified)5
4 = 200 W/6.6 A Quartz (ETL Certified)4
5 = 100 W/6.6 A, PK30d5
Uses
FAA L-862
L-862 Ordering Code
1
Inner Lens Color
0 = None
1 = Birectional White/White (ETL Certified)
2 = Birectional White/Yellow (ETL Certified)3
3 = Red/Red2
4 = Yellow/Yellow2
5 = Green/Green2
7 = Birectional Red/Yellow (ETL Certified)3
8 = Birectional Yellow/Green3
A = Birectional White/Red (ETL Certified)3
Fixture Height
1 = 14 in (35.6 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
2 = 24 in (61.0 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
3 = 30 in (76.2 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
4 = 14 in (35.66 cm) with 2” swivel head, 11.5 TPI1
5 = 24 in (61.0 cm) with 2” swivel head, 11.5 TPI1
6 = 30 in (76.2 cm) with 2” swivel head, 11.5 TPI1
7 = 14 in (35.6 cm) with 2” coupling, 11.5 TPI
Outer Lens
1 = White/White (ETL Certified)
9 = Red/Obscured Right Hand (ETL Certified)
0 = Red/Obscured Left Hand (ETL Certified)
A = Red/White Right Hand (ETL Certified)
B = Red/White Left Hand (ETL Certified)
C = Green/Yellow Right Hand (ETL Certified)
D = Green/Yellow Left Hand (ETL Certified)
E = Red/Yellow Right Hand (ETL Certified)
F = Red/Yellow Left Hand (ETL Certified)
Notes for L-862 and L-862E
See Ordering Code for ETL Certification
1
This option is for a fixture with 2-inch column where robust
applications are required.
2
Color and/or color configuration not recognized by the FAA
3
When ordering fixtures with two different inner lens colors,
indicate the number of fixtures to be toed left and the
number to be toed right. Unless specified, order will be filled
with half right toed and half left toed fixtures.
4
For 200 W lamps, inner lenses must be white or white/yellow.
5
For 100 W, 120 W and 150 W lamps, outer lenses must be
white.
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Wind: Withstands wind velocities up to 300 mph (480 kph)
1201 Rev. R I Manual No. 96A195
A - 37
RUNWAY LIGHTING
ERET-CB I Incandescent Elevated Runway Edge/Threshold Light
Installation of L-862 to Runway Centerline
Left Toe-in
Spare Components
Right Toe-in
Notes
• L-862 is toed on two sides
• Position the fixtures on either side of the runway so that the
arrow embossed on the top of the outer glassware points to the
runway centerline
• Fixtures can also be supplied with one side obscured
• Unless otherwise specified, bicolored fixtures will be provided
with half of the number ordered for right side of runway and
the other half for the left side. For odd quantities please
specify colored lens side as right or left as viewed from runway
centerline.
Installation of L-862E to Runway Centerline
Description
Part No.
Column 1”, 7.25” (18.42 cm) for 14” OAH
Column 1”, 17.25” (43.82 cm) for 24” OAH
Column 1”, 23.25” (59.06 cm) for 30” OAH
Column 2”, 7.25” (18.42 cm) for 14” OAH1
Column 2”, 17.25” (43.82 cm) for 24” OAH1
Column 2”, 23.25” (59.06 cm) for 30” OAH1
Filter clip
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI, with slot4
Frangible coupling, 2 inch, 11.5 TPI
Clamp band assembly
Gasket
Head assembly
Lamp, 100 W/6.6 A, PK30d
Lamp, 120 W/6.6 A
Lamp, 150 W/6.6 A (ETL Certified)
Lamp, 200 W/6.6 A (ETL Certified)
Lamp socket
Lens, inner - 180° segment, white3
Lens, inner - 180° segment, yellow3
Lens, inner - 180° segment, red3
Lens, inner - 180° segment, green3
Lens, inner - 180° segment, obscured2
Lens, inner bracket
Lens, inner spring clip
Outer lens, clear bidirectional (L-862)3
Outer lens, red-green, left hand (L-862E)3
Outer lens, red-green, right hand (L-862E)3
Socket mounting plate assembly
Wire grommet
62A0007-7
62A0007-17
62A0007-23
44A0907-3
44A0907-4
44A0907-5
60C2041
62B0073
62B0461
62B0605
44A2060
63A0640
44A2066-X
48A0380
48A0069
48A0044
48A0145
49A0032
63B0415-1
63B0415-2
63B0415-3
63B0415-4
63B0415-6
61A0146
65A0163
63B0416
63A0602
63A0601
44A2089
63A0042-4
1
2
3
4
Contact the ADB Airfield Solutions Sales Department for
additional details on this application
Color and/or color configuration not recognized by the FAA
See Ordering Code for ETL Certification
Slot across threaded end allows easy replacement of broken
frangible coupling
Packaging
Assembled
Fixtures*
Left Toe-in
Right Toe-in
Notes
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
A - 38
1201 Rev. R I Manual No. 96A195
Individual
9 Per Box
Indiv.
Weight
14-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 20.5
(17 x 17 x 52)
19.5 x 19.5 x 20.5
(50 x 50 x 52)
5 lb
2.3 kg
24-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 31
(17 x 17 x 79)
19.5 x 19.5 x 31
(50 x 50 x 79)
6.25 lb
2.8 kg
30-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 37
(17 x 17 x 94)
19.5 x 19.5 x 37
(50 x 50 x 94)
7 lb
3.2 kg
• L-862E is toed on one side only
• Position the fixtures on either side of the runway so that the
arrow embossed on the top of the outer glassware points to the
runway centerline
Dimensions of Cartons in (cm)
* If the two-inch coupling is used instead of the one-and-halfinch coupling, the couplings are packed separately and not
pre-assembled on the fixture. Box size depends on quantity.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
ERET-PT
Incandescent Elevated Runway Edge/
Threshold Light
HIGH-INTENSITY, POP TOP
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-862 AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
Ordering Code
Uses
FAA L-862
• Runway edge
• Precision approach runways
FAA L-862E
• Runway threshold/end
• Precision approach runways
Features
• Unique design integrates the clear outer lens and the two inner lenses into a single upper assembly, permitting rapid lamp
changes
• Lens cap overhangs the base and is fastened to the base by two
wing screws, providing a moisture-resistant seal that is impervious to water and eliminates the use and replacement of clamp
bands and gaskets
• 180° inner lens segments are available in clear and yellow
• Lamp Life: Rated at 500 hours at 6.6 A
• Three screws allow a 4° leveling adjustment of the fixture after
installation
• A ball joint in the base of the fixture allows easy and accurate
elevation and azimuth positioning after installation
• Fixture uses aluminum castings, stainless steel hardware, and is
protected with aviation yellow gloss enamel paint
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Wind: Withstands wind velocities up to 300 mph (480 kph)
Inside View
Lens Cap
Assembly
Inner Lens
Bracket
Lamp
44C1201-
Lamp
1 = 120 W/6.6 A Quartz
2 = 150 W/6.6 A Quartz3 (ETL Certified)
4 = 200 W/6.6 A Quartz3,4
Wing Nut
Screw
Inner Lens Color
1 = Bidirectional
2 = Bidirectional
3 = Red
5 = Green1
7 = Bidirectional
8 = Bidirectional
White/White (ETL Certified)3
White/Yellow (ETL Certified)
Red/Yellow
Green/Yellow
Fixture Height
1 = 14 in (35.6 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
2 = 24 in (61.0 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
3 = 30 in (76.2 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
Outer Lens Option
1 = White Toed2
2 = Obscured – Left Toed
3 = Obscured – Right Toed
4 = Red/Green – Right Toed3
5 = Red/Green – Left Toed3
6 = Green/Obscured – Right Toed1
7 = Green/Obscured – Left Toed1
8 = Red
9 = Red/Obscured – Left Toed4
0 = Red/Obscured – Right Toed4
A = Yellow/Green – Right Toed
B = Yellow/Green – Left Toed
Notes
1
Green inner lens in combination with green/obscure outer
lens used on L-862E unidirectional green applications.
2
When ordering fixtures with white/white or white/yellow
inner lens colors, indicate the number of fixtures to be toed
left and the number to be toed right. Unless specified, order
will be filled with half right toed and half left toed fixtures.
3
For red/green applications, inner lens must be white/white
and outer lens must be red/green
4
For 200 W lamps, inner lens must be either white or yellow.
Packaging
Assembled
Fixtures
Frangible
Coupling
Steel Column
Socket
Plate
Inner Lens
L-823 Cord Set
Inner lens spring clip
Lens
Clip
Dimensions of Cartons in (cm)
Individual
9 Per Box
Indiv.
Weight
14-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 20.5
(17 x 17 x 52)
19.5 x 19.5 x 20.5
(50 x 50 x 52)
5 lb
2.3 kg
24-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 31
(17 x 17 x 79)
19.5 x 19.5 x 31
(50 x 50 x 79)
6.25 lb
2.8 kg
30-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 37
(17 x 17 x 94)
19.5 x 19.5 x 37
(50 x 50 x 94)
7 lb
3.2 kg
1012 Rev. W I Manual No. 96A0045
A - 39
RUNWAY LIGHTING
ERET-PT I Incandescent Elevated Runway Edge/Threshold Light
Installation of L-862 to Runway Centerline
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Ball joint
Column, 6.5 in (16.51 cm) for 14-in OAH
Column, 16.5 in (41.91 cm) for 24-in OAH
Column, 22.5 in (57.15 cm) for 30-in OAH
Elevated SS thumb screw kit
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI, with slot1
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11.5 TPI
Head assembly with cord set for 14-in OAH
Head assembly with cord set for 24-in OAH
Head assembly with cord set for 30-in OAH
Lamp, 120 W/6.6 A
Lamp, 150 W/6.6 A2 (ETL Certified)
Lamp, 200 W/6.6 A2,3
Lamp socket
Lamp base
Lens, outer white, not obscured
Lens, outer white left hand, obscured
Lens, outer white right hand, obscured
Lens, outer red/green, right hand2
Lens, outer red/green, left hand2
Lens, inner white (ETL Certified)
Lens, inner yellow (ETL Certified)
Lens, inner red
Lens, inner green
Lens, inner bracket
Lens, inner retainer
Lens, inner spring clip
Lens cap
Lens cap assembly, inner and outer lens,
white (ETL Certified)
Lens cap assembly, inner lens white/yellow,
outer lens white (ETL Certified)
Lens cap assembly, inner lens white/red,
outer lens white
Lens cap assembly, inner lens red/green,
outer lens white (used on 120 W only)
Lens cap assembly, inner lens white,
outer lens red/green, right hand2
Lens cap assembly inner lens white,
outer lens red/green, left hand2
Lens cap assembly, inner lens white,
outer lens yellow/green, right hand
Lens cap assembly inner lens white,
outer lens yellow/green, left hand
Outer lens cap only
Lens clip
Strain relief
Wing screw
62A0527
62A0007-8
62A0007-18
62A0007-24
94A0592
62B0073
62B0461
61A0281
44C1203-1
44C1203-2
44C1203-3
48A0069
48A0044
48A0145
49A0063
62C0485
63B0416
63B0545-1
63B0545-2
63A0601
63A0602
63B0415-1
63B0415-2
63B0415-3
63B0415-4
61A0146
61B0147
65A0163
62C0486
44C1202-1
1
2
3
Left Toe-in
Right Toe-in
Notes for Edge Applications
• L-862 is toed on two sides
• Position the fixtures on either side of the runway so that the
arrow embossed on the top of the outer glassware points to the
runway centerline
• Fixtures can also be supplied with one side obscured
• Unless otherwise specified, L-862 white/white or white/yellow
fixtures will be provided with half of the number ordered for
right side of runway and the other half for the left side. For
odd quantities please specify colored lens side as right or left
as viewed from runway centerline.
Installation of L-862E to Runway Centerline
44C1202-2
44C1202-3
44C1202-6
44C1202-17
44C1202-18
44C1202-25
44C1202-26
44B1411-1
60A1430
63A0042-5
64A0229-16
Left Toe-in
Right Toe-in
Notes
• L-862E is toed on one side only
• Position the fixtures on either side of the runway so that the
arrow embossed on the top of the outer glassware points to the
runway centerline
Slot across threaded end allows easy replacement of broken
frangible coupling
For red/green applications, inner lens must be white/white and
outer lens must be red/green
For 200 W lamps, inner lens must be either white or yellow
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
A - 40
1012 Rev. W I Manual No. 96A0045
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IMIL-L
LED Elevated Runway Edge Light
MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-861/E/T(L)
(L-867 Mounting)
Designed according to L-861(L), L-861E(L) and L-861T(L)
AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition) and the FAA Engineering Brief No. 67. ETL Certified.
Ordering Code
Uses
FAA L-861(L)
• Runway edge
• General Aviation airports only
FAA L-861E(L)
• Runway threshold/end
• General Aviation airports only
FAA L-861T(L)
• Taxiway edge
• General Aviation airports only
Features
• Innovative fixture design provides for compliance with L-861(L),
L-861E(L) and L-861T(L) photometric requirements at the lowest possible height
• Low overall height of <1.5” minimizes risk for damage during
lawn mowing operation
• L-861E(L) available for mounting on either an L-867 or L-868
base can
• Average LED life of 56,000 hours under high-intensity conditions
and more than 150,000 hours under typical operating conditions, resulting in significant reduction or even elimination of
ongoing maintenance costs and periodic re-lamping expenses
• Improves safety due to elimination of airplane to fixture contact during a rollover event versus traditional elevated fixtures
• L-861(L), L-861E(L) and L-861T(L) (L-867 mounting) robust
optical glass and mounting plate design exceed L-867 base
plate static compressive load requirements defined in FAA AC
150/ 5345-46 (Current Edition) par. 3.4.2.2.d. L-861E(L) (L-868
mounting) complies with same load bearing requirements of
standard in-pavement runway and taxiway fixtures.
• Slots on L-861(L), L-861E(L) or L-861T(L) fixture mounting plate
provide for proper orientation of the fixture when mounted on
FAA L-867 base cans. Mounting plate design allows a continuous
overall azimuth adjustment of 35 degrees.
• An optional bevel for L-867B 12-inch base cans is available to
provide up to 4° adjustment to level the fixture
• Also available for use on DC PWM Advanced Power Supply
system applications. See catalog sheet 3010 for more details on
this system.
• A gasket is used between the lens and the top cover and also
between the top and bottom fixture cover to form a watertight
seal
• Direct replacement for existing elevated L-861/L-861E/L-861T
fixtures using existing base can, reducing installation time
IMIL-
0
LED Color
1 = Omnidirectional White (L-861)
2 = Omnidirectional Yellow (L-861)
3 = Bidirectional White/Yellow (L-861)
4 = Bidirectional White/Red (L-861)
5 = Bidirectional Yellow/Red (L-861)
7 = Bidirectional Red/Green, L-867 mounting (L-861E)
8 = Bidirectional Red/Red, L-867 mounting (L-861E)
9 = Unidirectional Green, L-867 mounting (L-861E)
A = Bidirectional Red/Green, L-868 mounting (L-861E)
B = Bidirectional Red/Red, L-868 mounting (L-861E)
C = Unidirectional Green, L-868 mounting (L-861E)
D = Omnidirectional Blue, L-867 mounting (L-861T)6
Power
1 = Current Driven, 2.8 A to 6.6 A, 60 Hz
2 = Current Driven, 2.8 A to 6.6 A, 50 Hz
A = DC PWM (APS) using L-823 Style 2 and 9
cord with ridge2,4
B = DC PWM (APS) using L-823 Style 6 cord3,4
C = DC PWM (APS) using L-823 Style 6 Teflon® cord3,4,5
Arctic Option
0 = Without arctic option
1 = With arctic option1
Notes
Contact the ADB Sales Department for green/yellow
applications
1
For use on 6.6 A or 20 A series circuit applications only
2
For Style 2 and 9 cord set, contact ADB Sales
3
Fixture has one 2-pin connector. Used on APS applications
that include a Bypass Device. See catalog sheet 3010 for more
information.
4
Configuration not recognized by the FAA
5
Teflon is a registered trademark of DuPont
6
Use of this fixture should be limited to where elevated lights
may be damaged by jet blast or where they interfere with
aircraft operations.
Features (Continued)
• Sealed entry at cord set to optical assembly interface prevents
insect entry
• For additional features common to all of ADB’s elevated LED
fixtures, see data sheet 3043.
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Wind: Withstands wind velocities up to 350 mph (560 kph)
3024 Rev. L I Manual No. 96A0414
A - 41
RUNWAY LIGHTING
IMIL-L I LED Elevated Runway Edge Light
Optional Bevel Spacer Ring
Ordering Code
60A4237-
Spare Components
-
T-MIN
XXX = Minimum thickness (inches)
T-MAX
XXXX = Maximum thickness (inches)
Notes
For L-861(L), L-861E(L) or L-861T(L) applications mounted on
an L-867 base can, bevel provides up to 4° adjustment to level
fixture (if required). Measure “T-MIN” and “T-MAX” at opposing
bolt holes. Minimum T-MIN is 0.250 inches and maximum T-MAX
is 1.250 inches.
For example, if T-MIN is 0.250 inches and T-MAX is 0.669 inches,
the ordering code is 60A4237-250-0669. Contact the ADB Sales
Department if additional guidance is needed.
Description
Part No.
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823, 2-pin, Style 6
Cord set grommet
Gasket, lens protection
Lens, white (L-861)
Lens, yellow (L-861)
Lens, white/yellow (L-861)
Lens, white/red (L-861)
Lens, red/yellow (L-861)
Lens, red/green (L-861E)
Lens, red/red (L-861E)
Lens, green/obscure (L-861E)
Seal, lens
4071.50.090
73A0136-31
63A1014
4071.76.060
63A1128-00
63A1128-11
63A1128-01
63A1128-05
63A1128-15
63A1128-23
63A1128-22
63A1128-39
4071.76.041
Electrical Supply, Current Driven
6.6 A through an L-830-1 (for 60 Hz) or L-831-1 (for 50 Hz) isolation transformer. IMIL lights have been designed to work with any
IEC or FAA-compliant transformer up to 30/45 W without affecting performance or lifetime of the light or the transformer. See
catalog sheet 3033 for more details on recommended isolation
transformers specified below.
Fixture
Load
Isolation
Transfmr.
Isol. XF
Load
CCR
Load
19.6 VA
20/25 W
7.6 VA
27.2 VA
42 VA
30/45 W
12 VA
54 VA
11.8 VA
10/15 W
6.2 VA
18 VA
33 VA
30/45 W
14 VA
47 VA
9.9 VA
10/15 W
6.1 VA
16 VA
31 VA
30/45 W
14 VA
45 VA
W/out heater
12 VA
10/15 W
3 VA
15 VA
W/out heater
12 VA
30/45 W
8.4 VA
20.4 VA
With heater off
12 VA
20/25 W
7.5 VA
19.5 VA
With heater off
12 VA
30/45 W
8.4 VA
20.4 VA
With heater on
25 VA
20/25 W
7.5 VA
32.5 VA
With heater on
25 VA
30/45 W
9 VA
34 VA
IMIL L-861(L)
W/out heater
With heater
IMIL L-861E(L) - Bidirectional
W/out heater
With heater
IMIL L-861E(L) - Unidirectional
W/out heater
With heater
IMIL L-861T(L)
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
A - 42
3024 Rev. L I Manual No. 96A0414
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
RUNWAY LIGHTING
This page left blank
intentionally
A - 43
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
Taxiway Lighting Fixtures on the Web
Our complete line of taxiway lighting products, including those listed below, is available in the Product
Center on our website: www.adb-air.com. The products listed here have been removed from the printed
catalog as part of our green initiative.
Benefits Sheet: Incandescent In-pavement
F-Range, Low Profile In-pavement Fixtures Benefit Sheet and In-pavement Fixture Use and Specifications
Table. See data sheet 2044.
ITEL I Incandescent In-pavement Taxiway Edge Light
The ITEL incandescent fixture can used for taxiway edges and helipads. Designed and built with simplicity and ease of maintenance in mind, the fixture’s low protrusion above ground of ≤ 0.5 inch reduces
vibration in both the light fixture and landing gear, increasing lamp life. The L-852T uses 45 W lowenergy/ long-life halogen lamps with a rated life of more than 1,000 hours at full intensity and in excess
of 3,000 hours in practical use. See data sheet 2042.
THL - RIL I LED RWSL Take-Off Hold Light and Runway Intersection Light
The ETL Certified fixture is used in FAA Runway Status Light THL applications. The fixture is unidirectional traffic signal red. The fixture has an average LED life of 56,000 hours under high-intensity conditions
and more than 150,000 hours under typical operating conditions, resulting in significant reduction or
even elimination of ongoing maintenance costs and periodic re-lamping expenses. The LED fixture’s very
low power rating contributes to a lower life cycle cost, and limits cost for supporting equipment, such
as CCRs, to a strict minimum. See data sheet 3027.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
3041 Rev. A
B-1
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
DTS-LP/DTC-LP
LED Taxiway Centerline, Stop Bar and
Holding Position In-pavement Light
STYLE 3, HIGH-INTENSITY
8” Curved Fixture
Compliance with Standards
ICAO:
FAA:
T/C:
NATO:
Annex 14, Vol. 1 (Current Edition)
L-852(L) Series AC 150/5345-46 and FAA Engineering Brief
No. 67 (Current Edition). ETL Certification Pending.
Transport Canada TP 312 par. 5.3.16, 5.3.18 and 5.3.19
STANAG 3316
8” Straight Fixture
Features (Continued)
• Installation on the same bases as 8- or 12-inch tungsten-halogen
lights for a straightforward replacement. Optional snow plow
rings are available.
• Substantial investment reduction for new installations, resulting
from a lower installed load
Uses
ICAO
DTS/DTC taxiway lights are used in category
I, II & III as:
• Taxiway centerline on straight and curved
section and on rapid exit taxiways
• Stop bar
• Intermediate holding position lights
• De-/anti-icing facility exit lights
• Apron lead-in lights
FAA L-852C(L)
FAA L-852D(L)
FAA L-852K(L)
• Taxiway centerline on straight section and
clearance bar in category III applications,
<1,200 ft RVR
• Taxiway centerline on curved sections in
category III applications, <1,200 ft RVR
• White/white or white/yellow used on MIRL
runway edge for intersections where
runway edge spacing >400 ft (122 m)
• Taxiway centerline on curved sections in
category III applications, <1,200 ft RVR
Features
• The evolution of the most successful LED lights in the world,
fully adapted to the characteristics of an LED lighting source
• Very low energy consumption (typically 12 W per side, compared
to 30 to 60 W for tungsten halogen lights)
• Very low working temperature, ensuring longer component life
• Rugged lightning protection complies with ANSI/IEEE C62.411991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67. Category
C2 is defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination wave, with a
peak voltage of 10,000 V and a peak current of 5,000 A.
• When turned on, light rise time is low. The light is perfectly
adapted for any incursion protection system.
• Optional monitoring function of the individual light source. In
case of a defect, the LED light automatically disconnects from
the secondary side of the isolation transformer, resulting in an
open circuit condition.
• Environment-friendly, precision-cast aluminium alloy top, intermediate and bottom covers
• Corrosion-resistant stainless steel hardware. Use of Torx screws
ensures ease of maintenance.
• For FAA applications, includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which
accepts an AWG 6 earth ground wire
DTS-LP/DTC-LP lights are part of a complete range of LED in-pavement lights, featuring innovative characteristics, as a leverage for:
Reliability
• Greatly reduced maintenance: calculated MTBF of 56,000 hours
at 6.6A
• Additional watertightness barriers, protecting both the electronics and the LEDs in case of accidental water ingress, along
the prism or the gaskets as well as along the cables
• Style 3—Low protrusion above ground of ≤0.25 inch (6.35 mm)
reduces vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear in both the
light fixture and the landing gear, increasing fixture life
• Prisms of small dimensions installed in a deep optical channel
with no negative window slope: optimal protection against rubber deposit, scratches and shocks
• Increased traffic efficiency and availability of the taxiways
thanks to the reduction of maintenance
Modularity
• Optimum and homogenous light distribution along the lights
installed on the same taxiway
• High commonality of components between the various models.
Stock management is easier
• High discrimination between functions thanks to the saturated
colors, their stability at the different brightness steps and
under all viewing angles
• Field customization according to the application is straightforward: a light can be transformed into another model by swapping components
• Full compatibility with existing airfield lighting series circuits.
No need to replace the CCRs, series transformers, or cables
• Same tools and same procedures to maintain the whole range,
reducing the risk of mistakes and time loss
• Fully dimmable lights, respecting the response curve of traditional halogen lights. Operates on the full range of 2.8 A to 6.6 A.
B-2
3056 Rev. A I Manual No. AM.04.520e
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
DTS-LP/DTC-LP I LED In-pavement Taxiway Centerline & Stop Bar
Photometric Performance
Application
DTS
DTC
Straight Section
Curved Section
Main beam aperature
Horiz (°)
Vert (°)
-10 to +10
1 to 8
-3.5 to +35
1 to 10
Features (Continued)
Color
Average Intensity
(typical value) (cd)
Figure
Clear
321
3.1
Yellow
340
-
Red
411
3.2
Green
195
3.3
Yellow
230
3.4
Red
267
-
Photometric Curves - ICAO
Maintenance Friendliness
• Maintenance-friendly: components subject to wear or damage
like prisms and cables can easily be replaced. Neither sealing
compounds nor resin are required
• Innovative design of the cable entry, permitting replacement
without the need to open the light. This eliminates the risk of
water leakage due to a pinched cable.
• Reduced number of components for maintenance simplicity
• Pressure-release plug for water-tightness testing of fixture after
overhaul
Fig. 3.1: DTS - Taxiway straight - green light
Low protrusion without negative slope
• Limited height above pavement of 6.3 mm (0.25 in) reduces the
risk of damage during winter operations or by towbarless tugs
• Despite the low protrusion, no part of the prism is below ground
level, avoiding loss of photometry during rainfall and sedimentation on the bottom of the prism
Optional scratch-resistant prisms
• Optionally, a higher hardness protective layer can be applied to
the prism, making it much more resistant against scratches and
sand-blasting
Fig. 3.2: DTS - Stop Bar straight - red light
Electrical Supply
6.6 A through one or two series transformer(s) (data sheet
A.06.110 or 3033). DTS-LP/DTC-LP lights have been designed to
work with any IEC- or FAA-compliant transformer up to 100 W
without affecting the performance or the lifetime of the light
or transformer. However, use of a non-matched transofrmer will
reduce its efficiency.
Fig. 3.3: DTC - Taxiway curved - green light
Fig. 3.4: DTC - Taxiway curved - yellow light
3056 Rev. A I Manual No. AM.04.520e
B-3
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
Ordering Code
DTS-LP/DTC-LP I LED In-pavement Taxiway Centerline & Stop Bar
D
0
0
Toe-in Color Coding
AD-light
Application
TS = Taxiway or stop bar
straight section
TC = Taxiway or stop bar
curved section
2C = FAA L-852C
2D = FAA L-852D
2K = FAA L-852K
Cord Set Style and Length
A = Standard version
(Style 6 plugs), 10” long1
G = German Style 1 (2-pin),
10” long1
F = French Style (3-pin), 10” long1
J = Style 1 SO Jacketed cable,
2-pin, 18” long (FAA)2
L = Style 6 (2-pin), 18” long (FAA)2
Cable and Connector
2 = 1 plug (2-pin)
3 = 2 plugs (2-pin)
4 = 1 plug (3-pin)
5 = 2 plugs (3-pin)
LED Color 1 - Left
R = Red
G = Green
W = White3
Y = Yellow
N = Obscure/Blank (no light)
LED Color 2 - Right
R = Red
G = Green
W = White3
Y = Yellow
N = Obscure/Blank (no light)
Toe-in
0 = No toe-in for DTS and FAA L-852C/D
3 = Toe-in on both sides for DTC and
FAA L-852K
Dimensions
B = 8” diameter, 1/4” protrusion
D = 12” diameter, 1/4” protrusion
Power Supply and Monitoring
S = 6.6A, 50/60Hz, w/out monitoring option
M = 6.6A, 50/60Hz, with monitoring option
Design
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
I
K
Aluminum alloy upper cover
Labyrinth gasket (for 8” shallow base installations)
Prism gasket (1 or 2)
Prism (1 or 2)
Prism protection plate
Prism bracket
Optical assembly, including LEDs
O-ring gaskets
Aluminum alloy inner cover assy,
with transformer(s) and
printed circuit board
L Inner cover assembly screw
N Replaceable cable
lead with molded
FAA L-823 style 6
plug
(1 or 2). Other
types of cable
leads are also
available.
O Retaining bracket
Specification4
0 = ICAO and TP 312
F = FAA L-852
K = Australian (color compliant to MOS 139)
Winter Options
0 = None
1 = Arctic kit
2 = Heavy-duty abrasion-resistant lens coating5
3 = Arctic kit & heavy-duty abrasion-resistant lens coating5
Bolt Holes/Fixation Options
0 = Standard (6 bolts for 12” fixture; 2 bolts/2 fixing pins
for 8” fixture)
1 = 4 bolts (8” fixture)
Ground Lug Options
0 = Without ground lug
U = With UL 467 ground lug (FAA standard)
B-4
3056 Rev. A I Manual No. AM.04.520e
Ordering Code Notes
1
8” fixtures with 10” cord sets are for installation on shallow
bases and are supplied with an external o-ring gasket.
2
Fixtures with 18” cord sets are for installation on deep base
cans and are not supplied with an external o-ring gasket.
3
Use L-852D for FAA medium-intensity runway edge applications.
4
DTX is only 0 or K, D2X is only F.
5
Typically used for intensive winter service where sand is
applied to runways and rotating brushes are used.
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
DTS-LP/DTC-LP I LED In-pavement Taxiway Centerline & Stop Bar
Installation
1) On a shallow base (Fig. 6).
The 8” dia. base is secured in the pavement by means of resin.
Correct positioning and leveling are obtained with a jig with sighting telescope. Wires between the light and the series transformer
are installed either in saw cuts in the pavement filled with resin
or in pipes in the lower concrete layers. Mounting on existing or
new, larger diameter bases is made possible by means of dedicated
adapter rings.
2) On a FAA L-868B size B steel base (Fig. 7).
The 8” dia. light is mounted in an 8” to 12” dia. snow plow or
adapter ring bolted onto the base. The 12” fixture is directly
mounted without a separate ring. The bases are interconnected
by means of conduits protecting the cables. See FAA AC 150/534030 for additional design guidance on deep base cans. The series
transformer is installed under the light or in a separate pit. See
data sheet A.05.120 or 2012 for more information on base cans.
Dimensions
12” Fixture
Outside diameter:
303.3 mm (11.94 in)
Bolt-circle diameter:
285.8 mm (11.25 in)
Overall height:
78.4 mm (3.1 in)
8” Fixture
Outside diameter:
202 mm (7.97 in)
Bolt-circle diameter:
184 mm (7.24 in)
Overall height:
78.4 mm (3.1 in)
8” Shallow Base
Outside diameter:
230 mm (9.06 in)
Depth:
150 mm (5.91 in)
Packaging
12” Fixture
In cardboard box:
177.8 x 330 x 330 mm
(7 x 13 x 13 in)
Weight with packing:
5.9 kg (13.15 lb)
Weight without packing:
5.4 kg (11.95 lb)
8” Fixture
Fig. 6: Installation on 8” shallow base
In cardboard box:
177.8 x 330 x 330 mm
(7 x 13 x 13 in)
Weight with packing:
4.4 kg (9.8 lb)
Weight without packing:
3.9 kg (8.6 lb)
8” Fixture with Snow Plow Ring
In cardboard box:
177.8 x 330 x 330 mm
(7 x 13 x 13 in)
Weight with packing:
19 kg (42 lb)
Weight without packing:
18.5 kg (40.8 lb)
8” Shallow Base
Weight with packing:
2.8 kg (6.17 lb)
Weight without packing:
2.6 kg (5.73 lb)
Fig. 7: Installation on FAA L-868 base
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
3056 Rev. A I Manual No. AM.04.520e
B-5
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
Enhanced ITCF-L
LED In-pavement Taxiway Centerline
Light
STYLE 3, MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
Designed according to L-852(L) Series AC 150/5345-46
(Current Edition) and the FAA Engineering Brief No. 67.
ETL Certified.
L-852A-D
L-852J/K
Features (Continued)
• Very low power rating for LED lights contributes to a lower life
cycle cost. Limits cost for supporting equipment such as isolation transformers and CCRs to strict minimum.
Uses
FAA L-852A(L)
• Taxiway centerline on straight sections and
clearance bar in category I and II applications, >1,200 ft RVR
FAA L-852B(L)
• Taxiway centerline on curved sections in
category I and II applications, >1,200 ft RVR
FAA L-852C(L)
• Taxiway centerline on straight section and
clearance bar in category III applications,
<1,200 ft RVR
FAA L-852D(L)
• Taxiway centerline on curved sections in
category III applications, <1,200 ft RVR
• White/white or white/yellow used on MIRL
runway edge for intersections where
runway edge spacing >400 ft (122 m)
FAA L-852J(L)
• Taxiway centerline on curved sections in
category I and II applications, >1,200 ft RVR
FAA L-852K(L)
• Taxiway centerline on curved sections in
category III applications, <1,200 ft RVR
Use of two LED modules allows the option of separate control of
each module in bi-directional applications.
Features
• Incorporates enhanced electronics. Enhanced electronics ensure
that the power supply PCB does not need to change in case the
LED becomes obsolete.
• Use of L-852K(L) fixture allows fixtures to be reduced by half
for curved centerlines where the radius is 75 ft (23 m) to 399 ft
(121 m)
• L-852A/B/C(L) use a single LED per side. L-852D/J/K(L) use two
LEDs per side. Average LED life of 100,000 hours for L-852A/B/
C(L) and 56,000 hours for L-852D/J/K(L) under high-intensity
conditions. LED life of more than 200,000 hours for L-852A/
B/C(L) and more than 150,000 hours for L-852D/J/K(L) under
typical operating conditions, resulting in significant reduction
or even elimination of ongoing maintenance costs and periodic
re-lamping expenses.
• FAA Style 3–Low protrusion above ground of ≤0.25 inch reduces
vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear in both the light
fixture and the landing gear, increasing lamp life
• When quartz-incandescent fixtures are replaced with LED
fixtures, airport staff can add more lights without increasing
CCR size
• Offers longer maintenance intervals and requires fewer spare
parts, resulting in lower life cycle cost
• Use of LED light source eliminates filter replacement and color
shifts when viewed at various angles or CCR step settings
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• LED photometric performance will be maintained longer due
to a cleaner lens. The lower temperature of the lens prevents
the “baking effect” that causes contaminants to stick to the
surface of the lens.
• “Smart electronics” control current to LED, so light output
matches existing incandescent fixtures at all brightness levels
without sacrificing any light characteristics. Actual light output
is determined based on a continuous light output curve. Therefore, light output truly represents input current, even if series
circuit input current is not within FAA specification limits.
Allows for a low cost and progressive evolution of the airfield
lighting toward new LED-based technology.
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining
optimal light output
• Environment-friendly, precision-cast aluminum alloy cover,
optical support, and inner cover assembly with stainless steel
hardware
• Galvanic isolation from the series circuit transformer, protecting the LED module against over voltage.
• Rugged lightning protection complies with ANSI/IEEE C62.411991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67. Category
C2 is defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination wave, with a
peak voltage of 10,000 V and a peak current of 5,000 A.
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Operating Conditions
• Can be installed on existing 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits with no
modifications to existing CCR or isolation transformer
Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C (-40 °F to +131 °F)
• Operates on either 3- or 5-step ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs
that are designed in compliance with IEC or FAA requirements
Relative Humidity: Up to 100%
B-6
3062 Rev. A I Manual No. 96A0460
Altitude: Sea level to 10,000 feet (3000 m)
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
Ordering Code
Enhanced ITCF-L I LED In-pavementTaxiway Centerline Light
ITCF-
0
Series
A = L-852A(L)
B = L-852B(L)
C = L-852C(L)
D = L-852D(L)
J = L-852J(L)
K = L-852K(L)
LED Color
1 = Yellow/Yellow
2 = Green/Green
3 = Yellow/Green2
5 = Green/Obscure
6 = Yellow/Obscure
8 = Red/Green1,2
0 = White/White (L-852D only)
A = Green Left/Yellow Right (J/K only)1,3
B = Yellow Left/Green Right (J/K only)1,3
C = Green Left/Obscured Right (J/K only)3
D = Obscured Left/Green Right (J/K only)3
E = Yellow Left/Obscured Right (J/K only)3
F = Obscured Left/Yellow Right (J/K only)3
G = White/Yellow (L-852D only)
H = Green/White1,2
I = Red/White1,2
J = Red/Yellow1,2
0
Mounting and Cord Set
1 = Two L-823 cord sets, L-868B (12”) standard base6
3 = One L-823 cord set, L-868B (12”) standard base
5 = One L-823 cord set, L-868A (10”)4,5
6 = Two L-823 cord sets, L-868A (10”)4,5
Arctic Option
0 = Without arctic option
1 = With arctic option
Power
2 = 60 Hz
3 = 50 Hz5
Notes
1
Color or color options not recognized by the FAA.
2
Color options not available for L-852B(L), L-852D(L), L-852J(L)
and L-852K(L).
3
See graphic below for L-852J/K(L) color selection guidelines.
4
Refers to older style 10-inch L-868A base can compliant to AC
150/5345-42C. 10-inch base cans are no longer specified in the
current FAA Advisory Circular.
5
Not ETL Certified.
6
ETL Certification Pending.
Two-piece fixture with
snow-plow ring and 4 bolts
Two-Piece Ordering Code1,4
ITCF-
0
Series
A = L-852A(L)
B = L-852B(L)
C = L-852C(L)
D = L-852D(L)
LED Color
1 = Yellow/Yellow
2 = Green/Green
3 = Yellow/Green2
5 = Green/Obscure
6 = Yellow/Obscure
8 = Red/Green2
0 = White/White
G = White/Yellow
H = Green/White
I = Red/White2
0
Mounting and Cord Set
7 = One L-823 cord set, L-868B (12”) standard base
with 4 bolts3
8 = Two L-823 cord sets, L-868B (12”) standard base
with 4 bolts3
Arctic Option
0 = Without arctic option
1 = With arctic option
Power
2 = 60 Hz
3 = 50 Hz
Notes
Not available for L-852J(L) and L-852K(L).
2
Color or color options not recognized by the FAA.
3
Fixture with snowplow ring is shipped with 4 bolts and 2 optional pin inserts, allowing a field modification to a 2-bolt/2-pin
configuration.
4
Not ETL Certified.
1
Color selection guidelines for L-852J/K(L) fixtures
3062 Rev. A I Manual No. 96A0460
B-7
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
Enhanced ITCF-L I LED In-pavementTaxiway Centerline Light
Electrical Supply
Spare Components
ITCF LED F-Range fixture is designed to work with any IEC or
FAA-compliant transformer up to 100 W without affecting the
performance or lifetime of the light fixture or transformer. See
data sheet 3033 for more details on recommended isolation
transformers specified below.
Description
Part No.
4071.50.090
73A0136-23
63A1014
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
63A0979-1
63A0993-2
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
Unidirectional w/out heater
21 VA
20/25 W
Bidirectional w/out heater1
27 VA
30/45 W
Bidirectional w/out heater2
25 VA per side
(50 VA total)
20/25 W per side
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
O-ring, inner cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism, L-852A/B/J(L)
Prism, L852C/D/K(L)
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
Unidirectional with heater
56 VA
65 W
Packaging
Bidirectional with heater
58 VA
65 W
45 VA
(90 VA total)
30/45 W per side
Unidirectional w/out heater
14 VA
10/15 W
Bidirectional w/out heater1
17 VA
20/25 W
Bidirectional w/out heater
14 VA per side
(28 VA total)
10/15 W per side
Unidirectional with heater
46 VA
30/45 W
Bidirectional with heater1
56 VA
65 W
Bidirectional with heater
34 VA
(68 VA total)
30/45 W per side
Unidirectional w/out heater
12 VA
10/15 W
Bidirectional w/out heater1
16 VA
10/15 W
Unidirectional with heater
42 VA
30/45 W
Bidirectional with heater1
46 VA
30/45 W
Fixture
Load3
ITCF Fixture
Isolation
Transformer
L-852D(L), L-852K(L)
1
Bidirectional with heater2
In cardboard box:
L-852C(L), L-852J(L)
2
2
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
15.3 lb (6.94 kg)
Weight without packing:
12.3 lb (5.58 kg)
L-852A(L), L-852B(L)
1
2
3
One cord set
One cord set per side (2 total)
Fixture load does not include isolation transformer load
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
B-8
3062 Rev. A I Manual No. 96A0460
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
TCL-DL
Incandescent In-pavement Taxiway
Centerline Light
STYLE 3, MEDIUM-INTENSITY, DUAL-LAMP
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-852 series AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
Uses
FAA L-852A
• Taxiway centerline on straight sections and
clearance bar in category I and II applications
FAA L-852B
• Taxiway centerline on curved sections in
category I and II applications
FAA L-852C
• Taxiway centerline on straight section and
clearance bar in category III applications
FAA L-852D
• Taxiway centerline on curved sections in
category III applications
• White/white or white/yellow used on MIRL
runway edge for intersections where runway
edge spacing >400 ft (122 m)
Use of two lamps allows the option of separate control of each
lamp.
Features
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of maintenance in
mind
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Low-energy/long-life halogen lamps are 30 W with a rated life
of 1,500 hours at 6.6 A and in excess of 6,000 hours in practical
use
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• Aluminum alloy cover and inner cover, stainless steel hardware,
and aluminum alloy and stainless steel optical assembly
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Ordering Code
44A476
-
Series
4 = L-852A1 & L-852C
5 = L-852B1 & L-852D
Filter Colors
1 = Yellow/Yellow (ETL Certified)
2 = Green/Green (ETL Certified)
3 = Yellow/Green (ETL Certified)
4 = Red/Red2
5 = Green/Obscured (ETL Certified)
6 = Yellow/Obscured (ETL Certified)
7 = Red/Obscured2
8 = Green/Red2
9 = Yellow/Red2
0 = White/White (ETL Certified)
A = White/Yellow (ETL Certified)
B = White/Green2,3
C = White/Red2,3
Film Disc Cutout
1 = Included
2 = Not Included
Base Mounting
1 = Two L-823 cord sets for L-868 Size B standard base
3 = One L-823 cord set for L-868 Size B standard base
5 = One L-823 cord set for 10-inch diameter base1
6 = Two L-823 cord sets for 10-inch diameter base1
7 = One cord set, two piece, for L-868 Size B
standard base3
Lamp
2 = 1 lamp, 30 W/6.6 A for unidirectional application or
2 lamps, 30 W/6.6 A for bidirectional application
Notes
1
Not ETL Certified
2
Color configuration not recognized by the FAA
3
Only available on L-852B and L-852D fixtures.
Packaging
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
15.3 lb (6.94 kg)
Weight without packing:
12.3 lb (5.58 kg)
2002 Rev. Q I Manual No. 96A0220
B-9
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
TCL-DL I Incandescent In-pavement Taxiway Centerline Light
Inside View
Spare Components
Inner Cover
Grommet
Lamp
Optical Assembly
Filter
Prism Keeper
Plate & Seal
Prism &
Gasket Sleeve
Top Cover
Prism Clamp
O-Ring
L-823 Cord Set
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
B - 10
2002 Rev. Q I Manual No. 96A0220
Description
Part No.
Cable assembly, series jumper
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
Film disc cutout
Film disc spring
Filter, green, wide beam, L-852B/D
Filter, yellow, wide beam, L-852B/D
Filter, green, wide beam, L-852A/C
Filter, yellow, wide beam, L-852A/C
Filter retainer spring
Filter spring clip
Lamp assembly, 30 W, L-852B/D
Lamp assembly, 30 W, L-852A/C
Lamp assembly, 48 W (for existing
applications only)
Lamp holder assembly
O-ring, inner cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism, L-852A/C
Prism, L-852B/D
Prism clamp
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
Terminal block assembly w/o film disc cutout
Terminal block assembly with film disc cutout
44A5955
4071.50.090
73A0133-23
63A1014
6111.87.140
47A0118
4071.50.130
63A0963
63A0964
63A0963-2
63A0964-1
4071.58.510
4071.50.160
44A5911
48A0421
48A0420
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
1411.22.001
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
1428.00.230
63A0979
4071.50.360
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
44A6112-1
44A6112-2
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
TCL-SL
Incandescent In-pavement Taxiway
Centerline Light
STYLE 3, MEDIUM-INTENSITY, SINGLE-LAMP
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-852A & C AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
Ordering Code
Uses
FAA L-852A
Taxiway centerline on straight sections and
clearance bar in category I and II applications
FAA L-852C
Taxiway centerline on straight section and clearance bar in category III applications
Use of a single lamp minimizes load on constant current regulator. See ADB catalog sheet 2002 if individual control of each
lamp is required.
Features
• Low-energy/long-life halogen lamps are 45 W with a rated life of
1,000 hours at 6.6 A and in excess of 4,000 hours in practical use
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of maintenance in
mind
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
Film disc cutout
Film disc spring
Filter, green
Filter, red
Filter, yellow
Filter retainer
Filter spring clip
Lamp assembly, 45 W/PK30d, 6.6 A
Lamp spring
O-ring, inner cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism, L-852A
Prism, L-852C
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Reflector/lamp support
Seal, prism keeper plate
Terminal block assembly w/o film disc cutout
Terminal block assembly with film disc cutout
4071.50.090
73A0133-23
63A1014
6111.87.140
47A0118
4071.50.130
63A0985
63A1059
63A1058
4071.57.160
4071.50.160
2990.48.360
4071.50.581
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
1428.00.180
1428.00.170
4071.50.430
4071.50.450
4071.50.481
4071.50.440
44A6112-1
44A6112-2
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
44A4827-
1
Base Mounting
1 = L-852A, L-823 cord set for standard base1
3 = L-852C, L-823 cord set for standard base
Filter Colors
1 = Yellow/Yellow (ETL Certified)
2 = Green/Green (ETL Certified)
3 = Yellow/Green
4 = Red/Red2
5 = Green/Obscured (ETL Certified)
6 = Yellow/Obscured (ETL Certified)
7 = Red/Obscured2
8 = Green/Red2
9 = Yellow/Red2
Film Disc Cutout
1 = Included
2 = Not Included
Lamp
1 = 45 W, 6.6 A
Note
1
Not ETL Certified
2
Color configuration not recognized by the FAA
Features (Continued)
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at
center of top cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320°F
(160°C).
• Aluminum alloy cover and inner cover, stainless steel hardware,
and aluminum alloy and stainless steel optical assembly
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Packaging
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
15.3 lb (6.94 kg)
Weight without packing:
12.3 lb (5.58 kg)
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2009 Rev. N I Manual No. 96A0234
B - 11
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
SCDL
Incandescent and LED In-pavement
Simulated Carrier Deck Light
NAVY TYPE VII AND VIII
10-inch variant shown
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
Manufactured to applicable requirements in
AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition), and the FAA
Engineering Brief No. 67.
US Navy: NAVAIR 5150AAA-2, WP 006-04
UFC:
3-535-01
Uses
FAA L-852N
• Provides visual guidance for simulated carrier
deck landings and manufactured to resist
damage from aircraft tail hooks.
• For runways that have a large percentage of
the landings by aircraft equipped with arresting
hooks, the runway centerline fixtures — available in uni- and bidirectional configurations —
are resistant to arresting hook damage.
Features
• Incandescent or LED version available.
• Low LED wattage: Single 3 W LED with only 18 VA maximum
fixture load for unidirectional applications, making L-852N LED
fixtures more than twice as efficient as traditional 45 W unidirectional fixtures.
• Narrow light channel and hardened stainless steel top cover to
resist tail hook damage. Stainless steel for the top cover conforms to ASTM A747 with a Rockwell Hardness of C40 ± 5.
• Low protrusion above ground (≤ 0.375 inch) reduces vibrations
caused by aircraft landing gear in both the light fixture and the
landing gear. Protrusion is 25% lower than traditional L-852N
(0.5 inch) fixtures.
• Smooth outer surface of light cover and low protrusion height
prevent tire damage and minimize risk of snowplow damage
• Average LED life of uni- and bidirectional fixtures is 100,000
hours under high-intensity conditions and more than 200,000
hours under actual operating conditions, resulting in significant
reduction or even elimination of ongoing maintenance costs and
periodic re-lamping expenses
• Very low power rating for LED lights contributes to a lower life
cycle cost. Limits cost for supporting equipment such as isolation transformers and CCRs to strict minimum.
• Can be installed on existing 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits with no
modifications to existing CCR or isolation transformer
• Operates on either 3- or 5-step ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs
that are designed in compliance with FAA requirements
• LED photometric performance will be maintained longer due to
a cleaner lens. The lower temperature of the lens prevents the
“baking effect” that causes contaminants to stick to the surface
of the lens.
B - 12
2080 Rev. L I Manual No. 96A0426
Ordering Code
44A6777-
Lamp and Monitoring
1 = 30 W incandescent without monitoring
2 = 6.6 A 60 Hz, LED without monitoring
3 = 6.6 A 60 Hz, LED with monitoring
4 = 6.6 A 50 Hz, LED without monitoring
5 = 6.6 A 50 Hz, LED with monitoring
Color
1 = Unidirectional White
2 = Bidirectional White/Red
3 = Unidirectional Red
4 = Bidirectional White/White
Size and Cord Set
1 = Unidirectional 10-inch, 1 cord set
2 = Bidirectional 10-inch, 1 cord set
3 = Bidirectional 10-inch, 2 cord sets
4 = Unidirectional 12-inch, 1 cord set
5 = Bidirectional 12-inch, 1 cord set
6 = Bidirectional 12-inch, 2 cord sets
Film Disc
1 = With film disc cutout1
2 = Without film disc cutout
Note
1
Film disc cutout is only used on incandescent option
Features (Continued)
• Offers longer maintenance intervals and requires fewer spare
parts, resulting in lower life cycle cost
• “Smart electronics” control current to LED, so light output
matches existing incandescent fixtures at all brightness levels
without sacrificing any light characteristics. Actual light output
is determined based on a continuous light output curve. Therefore, light output truly represents input current, even if series
circuit input current is not within FAA specification limits.
Allows for a low cost and progressive evolution of the airfield
lighting toward new LED-based technology.
• Many components are common to all F-Range lights, which
reduces spare parts stock
• Field Replaceable Cord Set–L-823 cord sets are mechanically
clamped to the bottom cover and provide a water-tight seal
without the use of sealing compounds or resins
• Outer prisms are mechanically clamped to light cover. Prism replacement by airport maintenance personnel is fast, easy, and
does not require any sealing compound, resin, or setting jigs.
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of
maintenance in mind
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
SCDL I In-pavement Simulated Carrier Deck Light
Features (Continued)
Spare Components
• No optical adjustment required after replacement of any optical components
Description
Part No.
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Cable clamp
Cord set without monitoring
Cord set with monitoring
Cord sets, without monitoring, two
Cord sets, with monitoring, two
Inner cover, L-852N
Lamp assembly, 30 W
Narrow beam LED lamp assembly, white
O-ring, inner cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism, narrow beam
Prism clamp
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
Top cover, unidirectional, 10-inch
Top cover, bidirectional, 10-inch
Top cover, unidirectional, 12-inch
Top cover, bidirectional, 12-inch
4071.50.090
60A3339-1
60A3339-2
60A3339-3
60A3339-4
62A2168-2
44A5911
48A0400-WHT
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
63A0993-2
4071.50.360
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
62A2181-1
62A2181-2
62A2182-1
62A2182-2
Environmental Operating Conditions
Installation
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
The light assembly is designed for connection to a 6.6 A series
lighting circuit via an L-830 (60 Hz) or L-831 (50 Hz) isolation
transformer. When required, multiple fixtures can be connected in
series using an appropriately-sized isolation transformer.
• Plug for pressure-testing of fixture after maintenance
• Sturdy, low-energy light fixture resists corrosion without the use
of environmentally damaging coatings
• Narrow light channel in front of prism window protects the
prism from damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Designed to exceed lightning protection requirements of ANSI/
IEEE C62.41-1991 Category C1
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top cover
remains well below the FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• Rugged lightning protection complies with ANSI/IEEE C62.411991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67. Category
C2 is defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination wave, with a
peak voltage of 10,000 V and a peak current of 5,000 A.
Humidity: 0 to 100%
Altitude: Sea level to 10,000 feet (3,050 m)
LED Electrical Supply
L-852N LED fixture is designed to work with any FAA-compliant
transformer up to 100 W without affecting the performance or
lifetime of the light fixture or transformer. See data sheet 3033
for more details on recommended isolation transformers specified
below.
L-852N LED
Fixture
Isolation
Transformer
Fixture
Load
Unidirectional
Bidirectional1
Bidirectional2
1
One cord set
2
One cord set per
20/25 W
20/25 W
20/25 W per side
18 VA
24 VA
18 VA per side (36VA total)
side (2 total)
L-852N fixtures can be installed on 10- or 12-inch diameter deep
base cans.
Dimensions
10-inch fixture
Outside diameter:
Bolt-circle diameter (L-868A*):
9.98 in (25.35 cm)
9.25 in (23.5 cm)
12-inch fixture
Outside diameter:
Bolt-circle diameter (L-868B):
11.94 in (30.33 cm)
11.25 in (28.58 cm)
* Refers to older style 10-inch L-868A base can compliant to AC
150/5345-42C. 10-inch base cans are no longer specified in the
current FAA Advisory Circular.
Packaging
In cardboard box:
13 x 13 x 7 in
(33 x 33 x 17.8 cm)
Net weight:
10-inch fixture
18.5 lb (8.4 kg)
12-inch fixture
28.5 lb (12.9 kg)
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2080 Rev. L I Manual No. 96A0426I
B - 13
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ITIL
Incandescent In-pavement Taxiway
Intersection Light
STYLE 1, MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-852E AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
Ordering Code
Uses
FAA L-852E
(≥1200 RVR); Category I & II taxiway intersections
FAA L-852F
(<1200 RVR); Category III taxiway intersections
Heliport
Heliport perimeter light
Features
• Durable high tensile strength ductile iron fixture resists corrosion without the use of environmentally damaging coatings
• Designed to withstand the high-impact and rollover loads imposed by present-day aircraft
• L-852E lamps are 45 W/6.6 A quartz rated for 1,000 hours
• L-852F lamps are 120 W/6.6 A or 150 W/6.6 A quartz rated for
500 hours
• Maximum protection against water invasion
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Cord set, L-823
Cord set terminal, female
Contact assembly
Cover assembly, bottom
Cover assembly, bottom, 120 VAC
Cutout clip
Film disc cutout
Filter, blue
Filter, yellow
Lamp, 40 W, 120 VAC
Lamp, 150 W, 6.6 A EWR
Lamp, quartz, 30 W, 6.6 A EXL
Lamp, quartz, 120 W, 6.6 A EVV
Lamp, quartz, 45 W, 6.6 A EXM
Lamp socket, 120 VAC
Lamp socket, 6.6 A
Lens, clear
Lens, gasket
O-Ring, top cover to bottom cover seal
Reflector
Spring
Washer, insulating
73A0009-31
70A0057
44B1100
44A2076
44A2076-1
60B0240
47A0023
63A0470-3
63A0470-2
48A0126
48A0044
48A0085
48A0069
48A0083
49A0137
49A0063
63C0467
63B0468
63B0267-244
61B0156
65A0168
63A0387
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
B - 14
1038 Rev. M I Manual No. 96A0088
44D144
-
Beam
2 = L-852E/Cat. I & II (ETL Certified)
3 = L-852F/Cat. III1
Base Mounting
2 = L-823 cord set for an L-868B base
4 = L-867B base 10.25-in bolt circle w/cord set1
Lamp Wattage
1 = L-852E supplied with 45 W (ETL Certified)
or L-852F supplied with 150 W1
2 = L-852E or F supplied with 120 W1
3 = L-852E supplied with 30 W1
4 = L-852E supplied with 40 W/120 VAC1
Filter Color
1 = Green2
2 = Yellow (ETL Certified)
3 = Blue2
Film Disc Cutout
1 = Included
2 = Not Included
Notes
1
Not submitted for ETL Certification
2
Color not recognized by the FAA
Features (Continued)
• The film disc cutout option provides an electrical bypass in case
of lamp failure on series circuit applications.
• Optical assembly is housed inside aluminum inner cover and
ductile-iron top cover casting with an o-ring seal
• Adapts to various new and existing installation styles:
- Mounts on shallow base, 12-inch diameter L-868B base, or
optional 12-inch diameter L-867
- Bolt circle diameter of fixture is 11.25 inch (28.6 cm)
standard with an optional 10.25 inch (26 cm) for L-867 bases
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Humidity: 0 to 100%
Altitude: 0 to 10,000 ft (3,050 m)
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
IRGL-L
LED In-pavement Runway Guard Light
STYLE 2 & 3, MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
CE:
T/C:
L-852G(L) AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition) and the FAA
Engineering Brief No. 67. Meets the requirements of LowVisibility Taxiway Lighting Systems as specified by FAA
AC 150/5340-30. ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. 1, Ed. 6, Appendix 1, par. 2.1.1 and
Fig. A2-20
Complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive
2004/108/EC
Transport Canada AC 302-005 par. 4.1.4 and Fig. 9
Uses
FAA L-852G(L),
ICAO & T/C
• Runway guard light
• Runway incursion prevention
Features
• FAA Style 3 (≤0.25 inch) provides a low protrusion above ground,
which reduces vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear in both
the light fixture and the landing gear, increasing lamp life.
• Operates on either 3- or 5-step ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs
that are designed in compliance with IEC or FAA requirements
• Can be retrofit on existing 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits using
existing CCRs and Local Control Devices. Requires the addition
of a Y-Harness adapter. Adapter connects isolation transformer
to both the input of the Local Control Device and the fixture. In
electronically monitored applications, fixture opens existing Local Control Device output connection, providing an alarm signal
in case of fixture failure.
• An autonomous version is available for applications where fixture failures are not electronically monitored. Synchronization
circuitry is contained within each fixture, eliminating the need
for any synchronizing Local Control Devices. Fixture connects
directly into isolation transformer. A simple, separate Remote
Control Device is used to set the fixture to Initial ON or Initial
OFF. The Remote Control Device can also be optionally used to
program variable start up delays (for an entire RGL bar). This
effectively reduces the load variation on a CCR that powers
multiple RGL bars.
• Thermostatically controlled heater cycles on and off when
temperature drops below freezing, reducing overall energy
consumption
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining
optimal light output
Ordering Code
IRGL-
1
Power/Control
1 = New/Existing Local Control Device1
2 = Autonomous, Initial Flash ON2
3 = Autonomous, Initial Flash OFF2
Frequency
1 = 60 Hz
2 = 50 Hz
Arctic Option3
1 = No
2 = Yes
Style4
1 = FAA Style 35
Optical Configuration
1 = Two window version6
Notes
1
Used on electronically monitored applications. Can be used
with the existing Local Control Device on new or retrofit
applications. For details on ADB BRITE Remote, see data
sheet 2092. Contact the ADB Sales Department for use with
other manufacturers’ Local Control Devices. Requires use of
Y-Harness Adapter.
2
Used on non-electronically monitored application. Fixture
connected directly to L-830/L-831 isolation transformer.
3
Style 2 fixture complies with arctic kit requirements in FAA
Engineering Brief No.67 without the need to use a separate
heater. Style 3 is available with or without heater. Style 2
fixure complies with CE requirements.
4
Contact ADB Sales Dept. for availability of FAA Style 2 (≤0.5
inch) fixtures, Part No. IRGL-XXX00 (ETL Certified).
5
Compatible with L-868B Top Sections where the overall height
of the Top Section is less than 4 in (10.16 cm).
6
Two-window Style 3 fixture complies with FAA, ICAO and
Transport Canada specification requirements.
Y-Harness Adapter
70A0761
Note: Required to use Runway Guard Light fixture with new or
existing Local Control Device
Remote Control Device
61A0458
Note: Required on autonomous fixtures to modify initial flash
ON or OFF or to adjust CCR loading. One device required per
installation.
• Use of LED light source eliminates filter replacement and color
shifts when viewed at various angles or CCR step settings
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• LED photometric performance will be maintained longer due
to a cleaner lens. The lower temperature of the lens prevents
the “baking effect” that causes contaminants to stick to the
surface of the lens.
3003 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0401
B - 15
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
IRGL-L I LED In-pavement Runway Guard Light
Features (Continued)
Spare Components
• Fixture uses aluminum alloy cover and inner cover, stainless
steel hardware, and aluminum alloy and stainless steel optical
assembly
Description
Part No.
Cable clamp, Style 2 fixture
Cable clamp, Style 3 fixture
Cord set, L-823, Style 2 fixture
Cord set, L-823, Style 3 fixture
Cord set grommet
LED light engine, L-852G(L), Style 3, yellow
LED light engine, L-852G(L), Style 2, yellow
O-ring, inner cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism
Prism clamp
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
4071.50.090
4072.42.380
73A0136-23
4072.42.351
63A1014
48A0415-TYLW
48A0404-YLW
7080.90.710
63B0267-011
60A2602
63A0993-2
4071.50.360
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
• Rugged lightning protection complies with ANSI/IEEE C62.411991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67. Category
C2 is defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination wave, with a
peak voltage of 10,000 V and a peak current of 5,000 A.
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Electrical Supply
6.6 A through an L-830 (for 60 Hz) or L-831 (for 50 Hz) isolation
transformer.
Application1
Fixture
Load3
Isol. XF
Size
Isolation
XF Load3
CCR
Load3
L-852G without heater (Style 3, 2 window)
Unmonitored
39 VA
65 W
14 VA
53 VA
Monitored2
64 VA
100 W
18 VA
82 VA
Dimensions
L-852G with heater (Style 3, 2 window)
1
2
3
Unmonitored
88 VA
100 W
16 VA
104 VA
Monitored
109 VA
150 W
22 VA
131 VA
2
Data is for a ferroresonant CCR only. Contact the ADB Sales
Department for thyristor/SCR CCR data.
Fixture load includes Local Control Device load.
All load data is average load per fixture for applications where
the entire load alternately flashes.
Outside Diameter:
11.94 in (30.33 cm)
Bolt Circle Diameter (L-868B):
11.25 in (28.58 cm)
Max. Bottom Cover O.D.:
- 9.92 in (25.20 cm) down to depth of 1.63 in (4.14 cm)
- 8.69 in (22.07 cm) from depth of 1.63 in (4.14 cm) to 3.88 in
(9.86 cm)
Compatible with L-868B Top Sections where the overall height of
the Top Section is less than 4 in (10.16 cm).
Bottom Cover Depth:
3.88 in (9.9 cm)
Packaging
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
B - 16
3003 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0401
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
20.55 lb (9.32 kg)
Weight without packing:
17.55 lb (7.96 kg)
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
IRGL
Incandescent In-pavement Runway
Guard Light
STYLE 3, MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-852G AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition). ETL Certified.
Meets the requirements of Low-Visibility Taxiway
Lighting Systems as specified by FAA AC 150/5340-30
44A5875-2
1
Base Mounting
1 = L-823 cord set for standard base
Uses
FAA L-852G
Ordering Code
Lamp
1 = 105 W, 6.6 A
• Runway guard light
• Runway incursion prevention
Note: Runway Guard Lights should be powered with ferroresonant
type CCRs. RGLs using incandescent lamps should not be powered
with thyristor type CCRs.
Features
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of maintenance in
mind
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Low-energy/long-life halogen lamps are 105 W with a rated life
of 1,000 hours at 6.6 A
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• Fixture uses aluminum alloy cover and inner cover, stainless
steel hardware, and aluminum alloy and stainless steel optical
assembly
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Control and Monitoring
For control and monitoring applications per AC 120-57 (Current
Edition) and AC 150/5340-30 (Current Edition), see the following
ADB data sheets:
• BRITE - Individual lamp control and monitoring system, ADB
data sheet 2092
• ALCMS - Airport lighting control and monitoring system, ADB
data sheet 1041
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
Filter, traffic signal yellow
Filter retainer spring
Filter spring clip
Lamp, 6.6 A, 105 W
Lamp holder assembly
O-Ring, inner cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism
Prism clamp
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
Terminal block assembly w/o film disc cutout
4071.50.090
73A0133-23
63A1014
6111.87.140
63A0957
4071.58.510
4071.50.160
2990.40.900
1411.22.001
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
63A0979-1T
4071.50.360
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
44A6112-1
Packaging
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
15.3 lb (6.94 kg)
Weight without packing:
12.3 lb (5.58 kg)
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2023 Rev. J I Manual No. 96A0220
B - 17
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
IRGL-STB
Incandescent In-pavement Stop Bar
& Runway Guard Light
STYLE 3, MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-852 series AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified. Meets the requirements for LowVisibility Taxiway Lighting Systems as specified
by FAA AC 150/5340-30.
Ordering Code
Uses
FAA L-852G/S
44A5988-12
• Stop Bar, controlled and uncontrolled steady burning
• In-pavement Runway Guard Light - flashing
• Runway incursion prevention
Lamp
1 = Two 105 W, 6.6 A
Note: Runway Guard Lights should be powered with ferroresonant
type CCRs. RGLs using incandescent lamps should not be powered
with thyristor type CCRs.
Spare Components
Features
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of maintenance in
mind
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Low-energy/long-life halogen lamps are 105W with a rated life
of 1,000 hours at 6.6 A
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below the FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• Fixture uses aluminum alloy cover and inner cover, stainless
steel hardware, and aluminum alloy and stainless steel optical
assembly
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Control and Monitoring
For control and monitoring applications per AC 120-57 (Current
Edition) and AC 150/5340-30 (Current Edition), see the following
ADB data sheets:
Description
Part No.
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
Filter, traffic signal red
Filter, traffic signal yellow
Filter retainer spring
Filter spring clip
Lamp, 6.6 A, 105 W
Lamp holder assembly
O-Ring, inner cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism
Prism clamp
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
Terminal block assembly w/o film disc cutout
Terminal block assembly with film disc cutout
4071.50.090
73A0133-23
63A1014
6111.87.140
63A0962
63A0957
4071.58.510
4071.50.160
2990.40.900
1411.22.001
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
63A0979-1T
4071.50.360
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
44A6000
44A6000-1S
• BRITE - Individual lamp control and monitoring system, ADB
data sheet 2092
Packaging
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
• ALCMS - Airport lighting control and monitoring system, ADB
data sheet 1041
Weight with packing:
15.6 lb (7.08 kg)
Weight without packing:
12.6 lb (5.72 kg)
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
B - 18
2032 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0220
1
Base Mounting
1 = Two L-823 cord sets for standard base
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ISTB-L
LED In-pavement Stop Bar
& Runway Entrance Light (REL)
STYLE 3
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-852S(L) AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition) and the FAA
Engineering Brief No. 67. ETL Certified.
Complies with FAA Runway Status Light System Runway
Entrance Light (REL) requirements in FAA AC 150/5340-30
Appendix 7 and FAA Engineering Brief No. 64.
Uses
FAA L-852S(L)
• Stop Bar, controlled and uncontrolled
RWSL REL
• Runway Status Light (RWSL) REL applications
Features
• Average LED life of 56,000 hours under high-intensity conditions
and more than 150,000 hours under typical operating conditions, resulting in significant reduction or even elimination of
ongoing maintenance costs and periodic re-lamping expenses
• Use of LED light source eliminates filter replacement and color
shifts when viewed at various angles or CCR step settings
• When compared to incandescent equivalent, use of LED provides for fast on-off switching times in all CCR steps
• FAA Style 3–Low protrusion above ground of ≤0.25 inch reduces
vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear in both the light
fixture and the landing gear, increasing lamp life
Ordering Code
REL-
Frequency
1 = 60 Hz
2 = 50 Hz
Arctic Kit
1 = No
2 = Yes
Monitoring
0 = FAA RWSL applications
1 = Controlled applications1
2 = Uncontrolled applications2
Notes
1
Controlled applications must use ADB’s BRITE III Remote.
Fixture includes monitoring circuit that opens fixture input if
fixture fails. When connected to ADB BRITE Remote, provides
capability to determine failed fixture location. Fixture has two
cord sets and requires the addition of a Y-Harness adapter.
Adapter connects isolation transformer to both the input of
the BRITE III Remote and the fixture. Fixture includes a UL 467
rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6 earth ground wire.
2
For uncontrolled applications, a CCR is used to turn the fixture
on or off and to set the intensity level. Fixture has only one
cord set that plugs directly into the isolation transformer.
Fixture includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an
AWG 6 earth ground wire.
• Can be installed on existing 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits with no
modifications to existing CCR or isolation transformer
Y-Harness Adapter1
• Operates on 5-step ferroresonant CCRs that are designed in
compliance with FAA requirements
Note
1
For controlled applications, the adapter is required to use a
fixture with ADB’s BRITE III Remote.
• Very low power rating for LED lights contributes to a lower life
cycle cost. Limits cost for supporting equipment, such as CCRs,
to strict minimum.
• Offers longer maintenance intervals and requires fewer spare
parts, resulting in lower life cycle cost
• LED photometric performance will be maintained longer due to
a cleaner lens. The lower temperature of the lens prevents the
“baking effect” that causes contaminants to stick to the surface
of the lens.
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• “Smart electronics” control current to LED, so light output
matches existing incandescent fixtures at all brightness levels
without sacrificing any light characteristics. Actual light output
is determined based on a continuous light output curve. Therefore, light output truly represents input current, even if series
circuit input current is not within FAA specification limits.
• Environment-friendly, precision-cast aluminum alloy cover,
optical support, and inner cover assembly with stainless steel
hardware
70A0761
Features (Continued)
• Rugged lightning protection complies with ANSI/IEEE C62.41-1991
Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67. Category C2 is
defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination wave, with a peak
voltage of 10,000 V and a peak current of 5,000 A.
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top cover
remains well below the FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• Includes provision for grounding fixture
Control and Monitoring
For stop bar control and monitoring applications per AC 120-57
(Current Edition) and AC 150/5340-30 (Current Edition), see the
following ADB catalog sheets:
• BRITE - Individual lamp control and monitoring system, ADB data
sheet 2092
• ALCMS - Airport lighting control and monitoring system, ADB
data sheet 1041
3026 Rev. F I Manual No. 96A0418
B - 19
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ISTB-L I LED In-pavement Stop Bar & Runway Entrance Light
Operating Conditions
Spare Components
Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C (-40 °F to +131 °F)
Description
Part No.
Altitude: Sea level to 10,000 feet (3000 m)
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
LED light engine, red
LED PCB
O-ring, bottom cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism clamp
Prism flat seal
Prism keeper plate
4071.50.090
73A0136-23
63A1014
70A0329
48A0415-RED
44A7044
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
63A1119-1
61A0444
60A4046
63A1120
60A4047
Relative Humidity: Up to 100%
Electrical Supply
It is recommended that the L-852S(L) LED fixture be powered from
a dedicated CCR and that separate remote controls are available.
L-852S(L) LED lights have been designed to work with any FAAcompliant transformer up to 150 W without affecting the performance or lifetime of the light fixture or transformer. See data
sheet 3033 for more details on recommended isolation transformers specified below.
L-852S(L)/
RWSL LED
Fixture
Load*
Isolation
Transformer
Isol. XF
Load
CCR
Load
Without Heater
65 VA
65 W
10 VA
75 VA
With Heater
107 VA
100 W
13 VA
120 VA
Without Heater
45 VA
30/45 W
9 VA
54 VA
With Heater
87 VA
100 W
15 VA
102 VA
Controlled*
Prism Kit
Uncontrolled
* Load includes ADB BRITE III Remote device.
L-852S(L) LED / RWSL REL Prism Kit
94A0559
Prism kit contains an LED light engine, prism, gasket sleeve,
screws, seal, prism keeper plate, prism clamp and o-ring.
Dimensions
Top cover outside diameter:
Top cover bolt-circle diameter (L-868B):
Bottom cover outside diameter (max.):
Depth*:
11.94 in (30.33 cm)
11.25 in (28.58 cm)
9.94 in (25.25 cm)
4 in (10.16 cm)
* From the bottom of the top cover to the bottom of fixture
Packaging
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
B - 20
3026 Rev. F I Manual No. 96A0418
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
22 lb (9.98 kg)
Weight without packing:
17.75 lb (8.05 kg)
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ISTB
Incandescent In-pavement Stop Bar
& Runway Entrance Light (REL)
STYLE 3, MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-852S AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition). ETL Certified.
Complies with FAA Runway Status Light System Runway
Entrance Light (REL) requirements in FAA AC 150/5340-30
Appendix 7 and FAA Engineering Brief No. 64.
Uses
Ordering Code
44A5924-
1
Film Disc Cutout*
1 = Included
2 = Not Included
Base Mounting
1 = L-823 cord set for standard base
FAA L-852S
• Stop Bar, controlled and uncontrolled
RWSL REL
• Runway Status Light (RWSL) REL applications
Lamp
1 = 105 W, 6.6 A
Notes
For RWSL REL applicatons, use 44A5924-211.
* Film Disc Cutout should only be used on uncontrolled
stop bars
Features
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of
maintenance in mind
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Low-energy/long-life halogen lamps are 105 W with a rated life
of 1,000 hours at 6.6 A
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below the FAA-specified limit of 320 °F
(160 °C).
• Fixture uses aluminum alloy cover and inner cover, stainless
steel hardware, and aluminum alloy and stainless steel optical
assembly
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Control and Monitoring
For control and monitoring applications per AC 120-57 (Current
Edition) and AC 150/5340-30 (Current Edition), see the following
ADB data sheets:
• BRITE - Individual lamp control and monitoring system, ADB
data sheet 2092
• ALCMS - Airport lighting control and monitoring system, ADB
data sheet 1041
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
Film disc cutout
Film disc spring
Filter, traffic signal red
Filter retainer spring
Filter spring clip
Lamp assembly, 105 W
Lamp holder assembly
O-Ring, inner cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism
Prism clamp
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
Terminal block assembly w/o film disc cutout
Terminal block assembly with film disc cutout
4071.50.090
73A0133-23
63A1014
6111.87.140
47A0118
4071.50.130
63A0962
4071.58.510
4071.50.160
2990.40.900
1411.22.001
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
63A0979-1T
4071.50.360
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
44A6112-1
44A6112-2
Packaging
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
14.8 lb (6.71 kg)
Weight without packing:
11.8 lb (5.35 kg)
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2025 Rev. M I Manual No. 96A0220
B - 21
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ITEL-L
LED In-pavement Taxiway Edge Light
STYLE 3, MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
CE:
L-852T(L) AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition) and the
FAA Engineering Brief No. 67. ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. I, Ed. 6, para. 5.3.18.
Complies with the requirement of the EMC Directive
2004/108/EC.
Uses
FAA L-852T(L)
• Taxiway edge
• Heliports
Features
• Low wattage: Single LED with only 19.5 VA fixture load on a
30/45 W isolation transformer on highest step, making the
L-852T(L) LED more than twice as efficient as traditional 45 W
fixtures
• Average LED life of 100,000 hours under high-intensity conditions and more than 200,000 hours under typical operating
conditions, resulting in significant reduction or even elimination
of ongoing maintenance costs and periodic re-lamping expenses
• FAA Style 3–Low protrusion above ground of ≤0.25 inch reduces
vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear in both the light
fixture and the landing gear, increasing lamp life
• Can be installed on existing 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits with no
modifications to existing CCR or isolation transformer
• Operates on either 3- or 5-step ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs
designed in compliance with IEC or FAA requirements
• Thermostatically controlled heater (U.S. Patent 7192155 B2)
cycles on and off when temperature drops below freezing,
reducing overall energy consumption
• Very low power rating for LED lights contributes to a lower life
cycle cost. Limits cost for supporting equipment such as isolation transformers and CCRs to strict minimum.
• LED photometric performance will be maintained longer due to
a cleaner lens. The lower temperature of the lens prevents the
“baking effect” that causes contaminants to stick to the surface
of the lens.
• When quartz-incandescent fixtures are replaced with LED fixtures, airport staff can add more lights without increasing CCR
size
• “Smart electronics” control current to LED, so light output
matches existing incandescent fixtures at all brightness levels
without sacrificing any light characteristics. Actual light output is determined based on a continuous light output curve.
Therefore, light output truly represents input current, even if
series circuit input current is not within FAA specification limits.
Allows for a low cost and progressive evolution of the airfield
lighting toward new LED-based technology.
• Offers longer maintenance intervals and requires fewer spare
parts, resulting in lower life cycle costs
B - 22
2060 Rev. AA I Manual No. 96A0338
Ordering Code
ITEL-
LED Color
8 = Yellow
9 = White
A = Green
B = Red
C = L-852T(L) Aviation Blue1
Mounting
1 = 12-inch fixture for standard L-868B light base1
2 = 12-inch fixture for standard L-867B light base1
3 = 8-inch fixture for ICAO light base
4 = 8-inch fixture with L-868B adapter ring
6 = 8-inch fixture with L-867B adapter ring,
bottom mounted
7 = 8-inch fixture with L868B snow plow ring
8 = 8-inch fixture with 11-inch adapter ring
Power
1 = 60 Hz1
2 = 50 Hz2
3 = 60 Hz with monitoring
4 = 50 Hz with monitoring2
Arctic Option
0 = Without arctic option
1 = With arctic option
Notes
1
ETL Certified
2
Any 50 Hz option carries the CE Mark
Features (Continued)
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of maintenance in
mind
• Fixture is available in five formats:
- 8-inch fixture with an L-868B adapter ring or snow plow ring
for an 11.25-inch bolt circle
- 8-inch fixture with an L-867B adapter ring for a 10.25-inch
bolt circle, bottom mounted
- 12-inch fixture for 11.25-inch L-868B bolt circle
- 12-inch fixture for 10.25-inch L-867B bolt circle
- 8-inch fixture with an 11-inch adapter ring and an 8.875-inch
bolt circle
• Monitoring option is available that provides a contact closure
via a separate cable in case of LED or internal PCB failure. This
allows external monitoring equipment to report the status and
failure location of each fixture.
• Fixture uses aluminum alloy cover, inner cover, and optical
assembly, stainless steel hardware, and a hardened optical glass
lens
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ITEL-L I LED In-pavement Taxiway Edge Light
Features (Continued)
Spare Components
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
Description
Part No.
Cable clamp, inner cover
Cable clamp, with monitoring
Cord set, L-823
Cord set, 4-pin, monitoring
Grommet, cord set (2)
LED light engine, L-852T(L), blue, w/out arctic kit*
LED light engine, L-852T(L), blue, with arctic kit*
LED PCB, blue, 50 Hz, with monitoring
LED PCB, blue, 50 Hz, without monitoring
LED PCB, blue, 60 Hz, with monitoring
LED PCB, blue, 60 Hz, without monitoring
Lens
Lens, support plate
Lens gasket, flat protection
Lens gasket, molded
O-ring, inner cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
4071.50.090
62A2169
73A0136-23
73A0139
63A1014
44A7177-10
44A7177-11
44A7197-50-1
44A7197-50-0
44A7197-60-1
44A7197-60-0
63A1071
4071.76.020
4071.76.060
4071.76.041
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
• Rugged lightning protection complies with ANSI/IEEE C62.411991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67. Category
C2 is defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination wave, with a
peak voltage of 10,000 V and a peak current of 5,000 A.
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Altitude: Sea level to 10,000 feet (3000 m)
Relative Humidity: Up to 100%
Electrical Supply
6.6 A through an L-830-1 (for 60 Hz) or L-831-1 (for 50 Hz) 30/45 W
isolation transformer or an L-830-17 20/25 W isolation transformer.
The ITEL fixture is designed to work with any IEC or FAA-compliant
transformer up to 100 W without affecting the performance or
lifetime of the light fixture or transformer. See data sheet 3033
for more details on recommended isolation transformers specified
below.
The total CCR load shown in the following table represents the
total VA load imposed on the regulator and accounts for power
factor and transformer load.
* When replacing blue LED light engines in fixtures shipped before
June 2012, please consult the manual or call the ADB Sales
Department.
Dimensions
Outside diameter:
Bolt-circle diameter (L-868B):
Bolt-circle diameter (L-867B):
Bottom cover depth:
11.94 in (30.33 cm)
11.25 in (28.58 cm)
10.25 in (26.04 cm)
2.36 in (5.99 cm)
ITEL
Fixture
Fixture
Load
Isolation
Transformer
Heater
On/Off
Transformer
Load
Total
CCR
Load
Note: Use caution during snowplow conditions. A rubber tipped
blade is recommended.
With
arctic
option
19.5 VA
44 VA
30/45 W
30/45 W
Off
On
6 VA
9 VA
25.5 VA
53 VA
Packaging
Without
arctic
option
19.5 VA
20/25 W
N/A
5 VA
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
24.5 VA
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
15.3 lb (6.94 kg)
Weight without packing:
12.3 lb (5.58 kg)
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2060 Rev. AA I Manual No. 96A0338
B - 23
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
Common Features & Benefits
of Elevated LED Fixtures
• Arctic option (U.S. Patent 7192155 B2) uses a thermostatically
controlled heater to prevent ice and snow buildup from obscuring light output. Melts ice similar to traditional incandescent
fixtures. Heater is available on both glass and poylcarbonate
options.
• When quartz-incandescent fixtures are replaced with LED
fixtures, airport staff can add more lights without increasing
CCR size
• Can be installed on existing 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits with no
modifications to existing CCR or isolation transformer
• For 6.6 A or 20 A series circuit applications, “smart electronics”
control current to LED, so light output matches existing incandescent fixtures at all brightness levels without sacrificing any
light characteristics. Actual light output is determined based on
a continuous light output curve. Therefore, light output truly
represents input current, even if series circuit input current
is not within FAA specification limits. Allows for a low cost and
progressive evolution of the airfield lighting toward new LEDbased technology.
• Operates on either 3- or 5-step ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs
that are designed in compliance with IEC or FAA requirements
• Direct replacement for existing fixture using existing frangible
coupling and base plate, reducing installation time
• Robust, solid-state device withstands damage if fixture is
knocked over. Internal electronics ruggedly mounted inside
fixture housing.
• Use of LED light source eliminates filter replacement and color
shifts common with incandescent fixtures when viewed at various angles or CCR step settings
• LED module is an integral component of above-ground fixture,
so electronics are not subject to water or deicing agents and
abuse present in L-867 base cans
• Fixtures use aluminum casting, stainless steel hardware, and
are protected with aviation yellow powder coat finish
• Thermostatically controlled heater cycles on and off when
temperature drops below freezing, reducing overall energy
consumption
• Outer colored glass option ensures high daytime visibility
• LED photometric performance will be maintained longer due to
a cleaner lens. The lower temperature of the lens prevents the
“baking effect” that causes contaminants to stick to the surface
of the lens.
• Offers longer intervals between maintenance, resulting in lower
life cycle costs
• Rugged lightning protection complies with ANSI/IEEE C62.411991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67. Category
C2 is defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination wave, with a
peak voltage of 10,000 V and a peak current of 5,000 A.
• Designed to meet FCC Title 47, SubPart B, Section 15 regulations concerning the emission of electronic noise
• Very low power rating for LED lights contributes to a lower life
cycle cost. Limits cost for supporting equipment such as isolation transformers and CCRs to strict minimum.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
B - 24
3043 Rev. B
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ERGL-L
LED Elevated Runway Guard Light
MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
CE:
L-804(L) AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition) and the FAA
Engineering Brief No. 67. Meets the requirements of
Low-Visibility Taxiway Lighting Systems as specified by
FAA AC 150/5340-30. ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. I, Para 5.3.22 & Appendix 2 Fig. A2-25
Complies with Directives: 2004/108/EC (EMC) and
2006/95/EC (LV). (See note 6)
Uses
FAA L-804(L)
& ICAO
• Runway guard light
• Runway incursion prevention
The L-804(L) Runway Guard Light is an elevated unidirectional
flashing yellow light fixture that provides a distinctive warning to
pilots that they are approaching a runway holding position and are
about to enter an active runway. The L-804(L) is typically installed
in pairs, one on either side of the taxiway holding position. The
Elevated RGL can also be used in combination with L-852G (Inpavement RGL), L-852S (In-pavement Stop Bar Light), and L-862S
(Elevated Stop Bar Light) to provide additional safety under lowvisibility conditions on the airfield.
Features
• Average LED life of 56,000 hours under high-intensity conditions
and more than 150,000 hours under typical operating conditions,
resulting in significant reduction or even elimination of ongoing
maintenance costs and periodic re-lamping expenses
• Greatly reduces the load on the CCR
• LED RGLs can be powered with any CCR architecture type
• Light output mimics on/off curve of an incandescent lamp. Can
be field modified for instant on/off modification, increasing
conspicuity.
• Adjustable Light Beam: 0° to 20° vertically; ±20° horizontally
• Flash Rate: Alternating flashes, 45-50 per minute
• Input:
- FAA Mode 1: 6.6 A Current-Driven — powered by series lighting circuit; intensity varies with current supplied to the
fixture by the series circuit
- FAA Mode 2: Voltage-Driven — powered from a 120 VAC ±10%,
50/60 Hz or 240 VAC ±10%, 50/60 Hz parallel lighting circuit
and equipped with photocell to control intensity. Photocell
energizes LEDs at full intensity during high light levels and
then reduces intensity to 30% during low ambient light conditions.
• Fixture is fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, and all
exterior surfaces are painted aviation yellow for added protection and visibility
• The two RGL light sources are surrounded by a black face plate
and independent visors to reduce the amount of incident sunlight, thereby maximizing the contrast during the ON/OFF cycle
• For additional features common to all of ADB’s elevated LED
fixtures, see data sheet 3043.
Ordering Code3,4
ERGL-
Power
1 = Current-Driven, 60 Hz
2 = ICAO Voltage-Driven, 120 VAC, ±10%, 50/60 Hz6
3 = Current-Driven, 50 Hz6
4 = ICAO Voltage-Driven, 240 VAC, ±10%, 50/60 Hz6
5 = FAA Voltage-Driven, 120 VAC, ±10%, 50/60 Hz
6 = FAA Voltage-Driven, 240 VAC, ±10%, 50/60 Hz
Monitoring
1 = No Monitoring (2-pin cord set)
2 = Monitoring Option 17
3 = Monitoring Option 28
LED Color
1 = FAA Traffic Signal Yellow9
2 = Traffic Signal Red2,5,9
3 = ICAO Aviation Yellow1,5,6
Photocell Feature
1 = Without photocell, current-driven only
2 = With photocell, voltage-driven only
Incoming Power On/Off Switch
0 = No switch
1 = With on/off switch
Notes
1
Complies with color and illumination of ICAO Annex 14, Vol. 1,
6th edition specifications for Runway Guard Lights. Color only
valid with Power options 1-4.
2
Color not recognized by the FAA.
3
1832RGL base plate is ordered and shipped separately. See
data sheet 2012 for details.
4
Shipped from factory preset for incandescent on/off curve light
output. Can be field modified for instant on/off operation. It
is recommended that instant on/off be implemented only on
dedicated 5-step CCR circuits.
5
Not ETL Certified.
6
The L-804(L) LED part numbers that carry the CE Mark include:
ERGL-21320, ERGL-31310, ERGL-41320
7
Monitoring Option 1 provides a fault alarm. A dry contact
closure is externally connected via a 5-pin plug (supplied)
to indicate alarm status. Alarm status can be communicated
using a BRITE II Remote (Part No. 44A6829).
8
Monitoring Option 2 provides a fault alarm for BRITE III
applications. A dry contact closure is externally connected to
a BRITE III Remote via a cord set adapter (Part No. 44A7024 purchased separately).
9
Color only valid with Power Options 1, 3, 5 and 6.
Features (Continued)
• High-strength 1832RGL base plate is mandatory for FAA applications and should be used for ICAO applications. For more details
see data sheet 2012.
• Includes frangible column and tether
2087 Rev. Q I Manual No. 96A0376
B - 25
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ERGL-L I LED Elevated Runway Guard Light
Operating Conditions
Spare Components
Temperature: -40 ºF to +131 ºF (-40 °C to +55 ºC)
Description
Part No.
Humidity: 0 to 100%
Base plate, L-867B heavy-duty
Canopy (FAA)
Canopy (ICAO)
Canopy brackets
Frangible column, 2 - 11.5 TPI (Used with 1832RGL)
Frangible coupling, 11 TPI threaded
(Normally used in metric applications. Not for
use with 1832RGL base plate)
Fuse, 1.5A (voltage-driven, mounted on PCB)
Gasket, EMI, enclosure
Gasket, lens
Gasket, mounting ring
Lens, clear
On/Off switch, current-driven
On/Off switch, voltage-driven
Photocell, 120 VAC
Photocell, 240 VAC
Photocell socket
Power supply ass’y, 16 or 24 LED light engine,
current-driven, 60 Hz, FAA*
Power supply ass’y, 16 or 24 LED light engine,
current-driven, 50 Hz, FAA*
Power supply ass’y, 16 LED light engine,
voltage-driven, 50/60 Hz, FAA*
Power supply ass’y, 24 LED light engine,
voltage-driven, 50/60 Hz, FAA*
Power supply ass’y, 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, ICAO*
Power supply ass’y, current driven, 50 Hz, ICAO*
Power supply ass’y, current driven, 60 Hz, ICAO*
1832RGL
60A2408
60A2408-1S
60A2410
60A2398
60A2398-1
Wind: Withstands wind velocities up to 300 mph (480 kph)
Electrical Supply - FAA
Current-Driven
6.6 A through a 6.6 A/6.6 A or 20 A/6.6 A isolation transformer.
Unmonitored
Transformer
Fixture
Load (Max)
Size
Load
CCR
Load
Mimics
Incand. Curve
46 VA
45 W
13 VA
59 VA
Instant On/Off
68 VA
65 W
15 VA
83 VA
Mode
Monitored
Transformer
Fixture
Load (Max)
Size
Load
CCR
Load
Mimics
Incand. Curve
66 VA
65 W
13 VA
79 VA
Instant On/Off
87 VA
100 W
16 VA
103 VA
Mode
Voltage-Driven
Input Voltage
120 VAC, +10%, 50/60 Hz, 58 VA*
240 VAC, +10%, 50/60 Hz, 77 VA*
* Maximum for either mimics incandescent curve or instant on/
off operation.
Electrical Supply - ICAO
47A0179-5
63A1116
63A1094
63A1095
63B0022
45A0456-1
45A0474
48A0089
48A0089-240
49A0095
44A6683-1
44A6683-3
44A6683-13
44A6683-2
44A6683/10
44A6683/11
44A6683/12
* Includes power supply PC board, heatsink, and mounting bracket
Monitored RGL Applications
Current-Driven
6.6 A through a 6.6 A/6.6 A or 20 A/6.6 A isolation transformer.
Unmonitored
Transformer
Fixture
Load (Max)
Size
Load
CCR
Load
Mimics
Incand. Curve
85 VA
100 W
15 VA
100 VA
Instant On/Off
92 VA
100 W
18 VA
110 VA
Fixture
Load (Max)
Size
Load
CCR
Load
Mimics
Incand. Curve
105 VA
100 W
21 VA
126VA
Instant On/Off
112 VA
100 W
24 VA
136 VA
Mode
Monitored
Mode
Transformer
For monitored runway guard light applications, use a BRITE
Remote for connection to the fixture. Contact the ADB Sales
Department for BRITE Remote part number.
Voltage-Driven
Input Voltage:
120 VAC, +10%, 50/60 Hz, 67 VA*
240 VAC, +10%, 50/60 Hz, 86 VA*
* Maximum for either mimics incandescent curve or instant on/
off operation.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
B - 26
2087 Rev. Q I Manual No. 96A0376
Packaging
In cardboard box:
30 x 22 x 17 in (37.5 x 27.5 x 21.25 cm)
Net weight:
37 lb (16.8 kg)*
* Estimated weight
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ERGL
Incandescent Elevated Runway Guard
Light
MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
CE:
L-804 AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition). ETL Certified.
Meets the requirements of Low-Visibility Taxiway Lighting
Systems as specified by FAA AC 150/5340-30.
Annex 14, Vol. I, Para 5.3.22 & Appendix 2 Fig. A2-25
Complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive
2004/108/EC
Uses
FAA L-804
& ICAO
• Runway guard light
• Runway incursion prevention
The L-804 Runway Guard Light is an elevated unidirectional
flashing yellow light fixture that provides a distinctive warning to
pilots that they are approaching a runway holding position and are
about to enter an active runway. The RGL is also used in combination with L-852G (In-pavement Runway Guard Light), L-852S
(In-pavement Stop Bar Light), and L-862S (Elevated Stop Bar Light)
to provide additional safety under low-visibility conditions on the
airfield.
Features
• Input: 2.8 A to 6.6 A, 50/60 Hz Current-Driven/FAA Mode 1;
120 VAC or 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Voltage-Driven/FAA Mode 2.
- Mode 1: Current-Driven–powered by series lighting circuit;
lamp intensity varies with current supplied to the fixture by
the series circuit
- Mode 2: Voltage-Driven–powered from either 120 VAC or 220240 VAC parallel lighting circuit and equipped with photocell
to control lamp intensity. Photocell energizes lamps at full
intensity during high light levels and then reduces intensity
to 30% during low ambient light conditions.
• Lamps: FAA - Two, type PK30d, 100 W/6.6 A Quartz
ICAO - Two, type PK30d, 150 W/6.6 A Quartz
Ordering Code1,4
44A4744-
Power
1 = Mode 1, Current-Driven (ETL Certified)6
2 = Mode 2, Voltage-Driven, 120 VAC (ETL Certified)
3 = Mode 2, Voltage-Driven, 220-240 VAC
(ETL Certified)
4 = Direct Lamp Access, Current-Driven
Remote Monitor Feature
1 = Non-monitored (ETL Certified)
2 = Monitored (ETL Certified)5
Lens
1 = Traffic Signal Yellow (ETL Certified)
2 = Traffic Signal Red3
3 = ICAO Yellow2
4 = Red/Green3
Photocell Feature
1 = Without photocell, Mode 1 only (ETL Certified)
2 = With photocell, Mode 2 only (ETL Certified)
Notes
1
Runway Guard Lights should only be powered with
ferroresonant type CCRs and not with thyristor type CCRs
2
Complies with color and illumination of ICAO Annex 14, Vol. 1,
6th edition specifications for Runway Guard Lights. ICAO L-804
uses 150 W, 6.6 A lamps.
3
Color not recognized by the FAA
4
1832RGL base plate is ordered and shipped separately. See
data sheet 2012 for more details.
5
Not available in direct lamp access version. Monitoring, if
needed, is provided by externally connected equipment.
6
The L-804 halogen, current powered, 50 Hz, non-monitored,
ICAO yellow fixture (Part No. 44A4744-1131) carries the CE
Mark.
• Lamp Life: Rated at 1,000 hours at 6.6 A
Features (Continued)
• Flash Rate: Alternating flashes, 45-50 per minute
• Access to the electronic control device is achieved through a
hinged waterproof lid that permits easy replacement of the
controller if needed
• Adjustable Light Beam: 0° to 20° vertically; ±20° horizontally
• Includes lamps, frangible column, and tether
• The RGL can be aimed both vertically and horizontally and is
typically installed in pairs, one on either side of the taxiway
holding position
• The two RGL light sources are surrounded by a black face
plate and independent visors to reduce the amount of incident
sunlight, thereby maximizing the contrast during the lamp ON/
OFF cycle
• Lamp replacement is achieved without tools to minimize downtime
• Fixture is fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, and all
exterior surfaces are painted aviation yellow for added protection and visibility
• High-strength 1832RGL base plate is mandatory for FAA applications and should be used for ICAO applications. See data sheet
2012 for details.
• Remote monitoring option using a multiple-pin plug is available
for the Mode 1, Current-Driven system
• Direct Lamp Access Option–No internal control PCB is present in
RGL assembly. Fixture is controlled (flash rate) and monitored
from an intelligent lighting control system module, such as
ADB’s BRITETM System.
1023 Rev. T I Manual No. 96A0218
B - 27
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ERGL I Incandescent Elevated Runway Guard Light
Operating Conditions
Spare Components
Temperature: -40 ºF to +131 ºF (-40 °C to +55 ºC)
Description
Part No.
Humidity: 0 to 100%
Base plate, L-867B heavy-duty
Canopy, FAA
Canopy, ICAO
Canopy brackets
Frangible column, 2 - 11.5 TPI (Used with 1832RGL)
Frangible coupling, 11 TPI threaded
(Normally used in metric applications.
Not for use with 1832RGL base plate)
Gasket, lens
Lamp, 100 W/6.6 A, Pk30d (FAA)
Lamp, 150 W/6.6 A, Pk30d (ICAO)
Lens, ICAO yellow
Lens, traffic signal red
Lens, traffic signal yellow
PCB, current-driven
PCB, voltage-driven
Photocell
Photocell socket
Retrofit kit (to replace 44A4771 PCB with 44A6122-C)
1832RGL
60A2408
60A2408-1S
60A2410
60A2398
60A2398-1
Wind: Withstands wind velocities up to 300 mph (480 kph)
Electrical Supply
FAA Mode 1 - 115 VA load (requires 100 W isolation transformer)
ICAO Mode 1 - 165 VA load (requires a 150 W or 200 W isolation
transformer)
RGL KIts
ON/OFF Switch Kit
94A0281
Provides ON/OFF switch on input of Runway Guard Light
(current-driven only)
Packaging
In cardboard box:
30 x 22 x 17 in (37.5 x 27.5 x 21.25 cm)
Net weight:
37 lb (16.8 kg)
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
B - 28
1023 Rev. T I Manual No. 96A0218
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
63A1109
44B1643
48A0353
63A0930-2
63A0930-1
63A0930
44A6122-C
44A6122-V
48A0089
49A0095
94A0333
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ETES-L
LED Elevated Taxiway Edge Light
MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
CE:
Designed according to L-861T(L) AC 150/5345-46
(Current Edition) and the FAA Engineering Brief No. 67.
ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. 1, para. 5.3.17; 5.3.18 (for photometry)
Complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive
2004/108/EC
Uses
FAA L-861T(L)
Used to delineate the edges of airport taxiways.
Features
• Average LED life of 100,000 hours under high-intensity conditions and more than 180,000 hours under typical operating
conditions, resulting in significant reduction or even elimination
of ongoing maintenance costs and periodic re-lamping expenses
• The ETES with heater fixture MTBF is at least 180,000 operating
hours.
• UV resistant polycarbonate outer lens option minimizes risk of
lens damage if fixture is knocked over
• 10/15 W and 20/25 W isolation transformers are available
for use with ETES fixtures to match fixture load for optimal
efficiency (see data sheet 3033). A standard 30/45 W isolation
transformer may also be used.
• Rugged low-profile design reduces damage due to jet blast
• Provides ±4.5° vertical adjustment
• Aluminum casting, stainless steel hardware, and protected with
aviation yellow powder coat finish. Locking ring is protected
with aviation blue powder coat finish.
• For additional features common to all of ADB’s elevated LED
fixtures, see data sheet 3043.
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Wind: Withstands wind velocities up to 300 mph (480 kph)
ETES (Glass)
ETES Ordering Code
ETES-
LED Color
1 = Blue (Glass)
2 = Red (special applications only)1
3 = White (special applications only)1
4 = Green (special applications only)1
5 = Yellow (special applications only)1
6 = Blue (UV-resistant Polycarbonate)
Fixture Height
0 = 14’’ OAH without coupling3
1 = 14” OAH with 1.5-inch coupling, 12 TPI
2 = 24” OAH with 1.5-inch coupling, 12 TPI
3 = 30” OAH with 1.5-inch coupling, 12 TPI
4 = 14” OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
5 = 24” OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
6 = 30” OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
7 = 14” OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI4
8 = 24” OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI4
9 = 30” OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI4
A = No column or frangible coupling, Style 6 cord
B = 14” OAH with 1.5-inch slot coupling
C = 24” OAH with 1.5-inch slot coupling
D = 30” OAH with 1.5-inch slot coupling
E = 14” OAH with 1.5” x 2” slot coupling, 11.5 TPI
F = 24” OAH with 1.5” x 2” slot coupling, 11.5 TPI
G = 30” OAH with 1.5” x 2” slot coupling, 11.5 TPI
H = No column or frangible coupling, Style 1 cord
L = 14” OAH with 2” coupling, 11.5 TPI, 22” cord set
M = 18” OAH with 1.5” x 2” slot coupling, 11.5 TPI
N = 18” OAH with 1.5-inch coupling
P = 18” OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
Q = 18” OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI4
S = 20” OAH with 1.5-inch coupling
T = 20” OAH with 1.5-inch slot coupling
U = 20” OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI4
V = 20” OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
Power
1 = Current Driven, 60 Hz
2 = Current Driven, 50 Hz5
3 = 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Arctic Option
0 = Without arctic option
1 = With arctic option2
Notes
1
Not submitted for ETL testing
2
When powered by a parallel circuit, heater is designed for use
at only 120 VAC, +10%, 50/60 Hz
3
Configuration sold with no column and no coupling
4
Normally used in metric applications
5
Any current-driven 50 Hz option carries the CE Mark
2050 Rev. AL I Manual No. 96A0321
B - 29
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ETES-L I LED Elevated Taxiway Edge Light
Electrical Supply
Spare Components
Current Driven
Description
Part No.
6.6 A through an L-830-1 (for 60 Hz) or L-831-1 (for 50 Hz) isolation transformer. ETES LED lights have been designed to work
with any IEC or FAA-compliant transformer up to 100 W without
affecting performance or lifetime of the light or the transformer.
Column for 14” OAH, 1.5-inch coupling
Column for 14” OAH, 2-inch coupling
Column for 24” OAH
Column for 30” OAH
Cord set, L-823 3-pin, male, 95-264 VAC
Cord set, L-823 3-pin, female, 95-264 VAC
Cord set, L-823, 2-pin, Style 6, current driven
(without terminal)
Cord set assembly, current driven, 14” OAH
Cord set assembly, current driven, 24” OAH
Cord set assembly, current driven, 30” OAH
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI, with slot*
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11.5 TPI
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11 TPI
Gasket, lens bearing
Glassware, blue
Glassware, red
Glassware, yellow
Glassware, green
Glassware, white
Glassware assembly, blue
Glassware assembly, red
Glassware assembly, yellow
Glassware assembly, white
Glassware assembly, green
Lens (UV resistant polycarbonate), blue
Lens assembly, blue (UV-resist. polycarbonate)
Terminal, 90º, for cord set
62A0007-3
62A0007-2
62A0007-13
62A0007-19
73A0144-31
73A0145-12
73A0136-31
For new ETES without heater installations, L-830-16 (10/15 W)
isolation transformers are available to match fixture load for
optimal efficiency (See data sheet 3033 for more details).
For new ETES with heater installations, L-830-17 (20/25 W) isolation transformers are available to match fixture load for optimal
efficiency. (See data sheet 3033 for more details).
ETES w/
heater
Fixture
Load
Isolation
Transfmr.
Isol. XF
Load
CCR Load
Off
12 VA
20/25 W
7.5 VA
19.5 VA
Off
12 VA
30/45 W
8.4 VA
20.4 VA
On
25 VA
20/25 W
7.5 VA
32.5 VA
On
25 VA
30/45 W
9 VA
34 VA
ETES w/out
heater
Fixture
Load
Isolation
Transfmr.
Isol. XF
Load
CCR Load
Off
12 VA
10/15 W
3 VA
15 VA
Off
12 VA
30/45 W
8.4 VA
20.4 VA
Voltage Driven
Input voltage: 95 VAC (min.) - 264 VAC (max.), 50/60 Hz
Maximum input power (w/out heater): 10.2 VA
Maximum input power (w/heater): 25.2 VA at 120 VAC
* Slot across threaded end allows easy replacement of broken
frangible coupling
Energy Cost Savings
One (1) watt LED light source combined with efficient electronics
results in significant energy cost reductions.
Isolation
Transformer
LED Fixture
Load*
44A6835-14
44A6835-24
44A6835-30
62B0073
62B0461
61A0281
61A0350
63A1048
63A1054-1
63A1054-2
63A1054-3
63A1054-5
63A1117-W
44A6334
44A6334-1
44A6334-3
44A6334-4
44A6334-10
63A1088-B
44A6334-6
70A0714
Incand./Tungsten
Halogen Load
Energy
Savings
ETES with heater on, current driven
20/25 W or
25 VA
45 W
1.8 times
30/45 W
25 VA
-
-
ETES with heater off, current driven
20/25 W or
12 VA
45 W
3.7 times
30/45 W
12 VA
-
-
Packaging
Assembled
Fixtures
Dimensions of Cartons
Indiv.
Weight*
Individual in (cm)
12/Box in (cm)
14-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 20.5
(16.5 x 16.5 x 52)
16.5 x 21 x 20.5
(41.9 x 53.3 x 52)
2.75 lb
1.25 kg
24-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 31
(16.5 x 16.5 x 79)
16.5 x 21 x 33.5
(41.9 x 53.3 x 85)
4 lb
1.81 kg
30-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 37
(16.5 x 16.5 x 94)
16.5 x 21 x 39
(41.9 x 53.3 x 99)
4.75 lb
2.15 kg
* Weight based on unpackaged ETES with arctic option.
* Fixture load does not include isolation transformer load.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
B - 30
2050 Rev. AL I Manual No. 96A0321
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ETE-CB
Incandescent Elevated Taxiway Edge
Light
MEDIUM-INTENSITY, CLAMP BAND
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-861T AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition). ETL Certified.
Ordering Code
Uses
FAA L-861T
Used to delineate the edges of airport taxiways.
Features
• Multiple lamp wattages and types (6.6 A quartz or 6.6 A incandescent) available
• Single-latch, stainless steel clamping band allows easy removal
of lens for lamp changes
• Lamp Life: Rated at 1,000 hours at 6.6 A
• A gasket is used between the lens and the head assembly to
form a tight seal
• Three screws allow a 4° leveling adjustment of the fixture after
installation
• Fixture comes standard with a 1.5-inch coupling, but is available with a 2-inch coupling and in alternative thread patterns
• Fixture uses aluminum head assembly, stainless steel hard- ware,
and is protected with aviation yellow enamel paint
Operating Conditions
44C1081-
Lamp
1 = 30 W/6.6 A Incandescent2
2 = 45 W/6.6 A Incandescent2
3 = 25 W/120 VAC, Incandescent2
5 = 30 W/6.6 A Quartz (ETL Certified)
6 = 45 W/6.6 A Quartz2
7 = No Lamp, Incandescent Socket
8 = No Lamp, Quartz Socket
Lens Color
0 = No lens1
5 = Omnidirectional Blue (ETL Certified)3
Fixture Height
11 = 14 in (35.6 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
22 = 24 in (61.0 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
33 = 30 in (76.2 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
44 = 20 in (50.8 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
1A = 14 in (35.6 cm) with 2” coupling, 11 TPI4
Notes
1
No lens option normally used as spare part. Specify and order
lens separately.
2
Lamp not certified
3
30 W Quartz
4
Normally used in metric applications
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Wind: Withstands wind velocities up to 300 mph (480 kph)
Inside View
Gasket
Socket
Lens
Steel Column
L-823
Cord Set
Single-Latch
Clamp Band
Head
Lamp
Assembly (Incandescent
Shown)
3063 Rev. A I Manual No. 96A0097
B - 31
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ETE-CB I Incandescent Elevated Taxiway Edge Light
Spare Components
Packaging
Assembled
Fixtures
Dimensions of Cartons
Individual in (cm)
9/Box in (cm)
Indiv.
Weight
14-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 20.5
(17 x 17 x 52)
19.5 x 19.5 x 20.5
(50 x 50 x 52)
5 lb
2.3 kg
24-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 31
(17 x 17 x 79)
19.5 x 19.5 x 31
(50 x 50 x 79)
6.25 lb
2.8 kg
30-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 37
(17 x 17 x 94)
19.5 x 19.5 x 37
(50 x 50 x 94)
7 lb
3.2 kg
Description
Part No.
Column, (steel) 6” (15.24 cm) for 14” OAH
Column, (steel) 16” (40.64 cm) for 24” OAH
Column, (steel) 22” (55.88 cm) for 30” OAH
Cord set, quartz
Cord set, incandescent
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI, with slot1
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11.5 TPI
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11 TPI2
Gasket
Head assembly with phenolic socket
Head assembly with quartz socket
Lamp, 25 W/120 VAC
Lamp, prefocus, 30 W/6.6 A
Lamp, prefocus, 45 W/6.6 A
Lamp, quartz, 30 W/6.6 A (ETL Certified)
Lamp, quartz, 45 W/6.6 A
Lamp socket, phenolic for incandescent
Lamp socket, quartz
Lamp base
Lamp bracket (quartz lamp socket)
Lens, blue
Lens clamp assembly
62A0007-6
62A0007-16
62A0007-22
44A1701
44A1707
62B0073
62B0461
61A0281
61A0350
63B0015
44B1079-1X
44B1484-1X
48A0008
48A0006
48A0007
48A0085
48A0083
49A0002
49A0032
62A2150
60C1169
63A0151
44B0023
1
2
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
B - 32
3063 Rev. A I Manual No. 96A0097
Slot across threaded end allows easy replacement of broken
frangible coupling
Normally used in metric applications
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ETE-PT
Incandescent Elevated Taxiway Edge
Light
MEDIUM-INTENSITY, POP TOP
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-861T AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition). ETL Certified.
Ordering Code
Uses
FAA L-861T
44C1752-
Lamp
1 = 30 W/6.6 A Quartz
2 = 45 W/6.6 A Quartz (ETL Certified)
Used to delineate the edges of airport taxiways.
Lens Cap Color
1 = Omnidirectional Blue (ETL Certified)1
Features
Fixture Height
1 = 14 in (35.6 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
2 = 24 in (61.0 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
3 = 30 in (76.2 cm) with 1.5” coupling, 12 TPI
• Unique design permits rapid lamp changes
• Integral snow flag holder
• Unique low-profile design reduces damage due to jet blast
Note
1
45 W only
• A ball joint in the base of the fixture allows easy and accurate
elevation and azimuth positioning after installation
• Designed for mounting on a 30-inch galvanized steel stake or on
a base plate for a 12- or 16-inch L-867 base
Spare Components
• Multiple lamp wattages available
Description
Part No.
Ball
Clamp
Column 8.6” (21.9 cm) for 14” OAH
Column, 18.6” (47.3 cm) for 24” OAH
Column, 24.6” (62.48 cm) for 30” OAH
Cord set
Elevated SS thumb screw kit
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI, with slot1
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11.5 TPI
Head assembly with cord set for 14” OAH
Head assembly with cord set for 24” OAH
Head assembly with cord set for 30” OAH
Lamp, 45 W/6.6 A (ETL Certified)
Lamp, 30 W/6.6 A
Lamp socket
Lamp base
Lens cap assembly, blue
Lens cap without lens
Lens, blue
Lens, blue/obscure
Lens sealant
62A0527
62B0472
62A0007-9
62A0007-19
62A0007-25
44A1701
94A0592
62B0073
62B0461
61A0281
44C1774-1
44C1774-2
44C1774-3
48A0083
48A0085
49A0063
62C0532
44A1773-1
62C0531
63B0378-1
63B0378-9
67A0006-3
• Lamp Life: Rated at 1,000 hours at 45 W/6.6 A
• Fixture uses aluminum castings, stainless steel hardware, and is
protected with aviation yellow enamel paint
Inside View
Frangible Coupling
Column
Head
L-823 Cord Set
Lens Cap
Lamp
Lamp
Wing Screw
Packaging
Assembled
Fixtures
Dimensions of Cartons
Individual in (cm)
9/Box in (cm)
14-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 20.5
(17 x 17 x 52)
19.5 x 19.5 x 20.5
(50 x 50 x 52)
5 lb
2.3 kg
24-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 31
(17 x 17 x 79)
19.5 x 19.5 x 31
(50 x 50 x 79)
6.25 lb
2.8 kg
30-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 37
(17 x 17 x 94)
19.5 x 19.5 x 37
(50 x 50 x 94)
7 lb
3.2 kg
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
Indiv.
Weight
1
Slot across threaded end allows easy replacement of broken
frangible coupling
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Wind: Withstands wind velocities up to 300 mph (480 kph)
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
3064 Rev. A I Manual No. 96A0117
B - 33
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ESTB
Incandescent Elevated Stop Bar
MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-862S AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
Uses
Ordering Code
FAA L-862S
For SMGCS operations (Cat. III) below 600 feet RVR
on all lighted taxiways at runway hold lines in conjunction with L-852S in-pavement stop bar light.
Features
44A5877-
Fixture Height
1 = 14 in (35.6 cm)
2 = 24 in (61 cm)
3 = 30 in (76.2 cm)
Spare Components
• Lens is sealed with weatherproof high-temperature gasket
• Adjustable horizontal and vertical angles
• Easy maintenance, no special tools required for lamp changes
• Lamp: One 150 W/6.6 A quartz PK30d
• Lamp Life: Rated at 500 hours at 6.6 A
• Includes frangible column
• Designed to mount on a standard L-867B light base with 2-inch
base plate
Description
Part No.
Lens, Red Traffic Signal
Lamp, 150 W PK30d
2-in Frangible Column, 14-in installation
2-in Frangible Column, 24-in installation
2-in Frangible Column, 30-in installation
63A0958-1
48A0353
60A2444-1
60A2444-2
60A2444-3
Inside View
• Fixture uses aluminum castings, stainless steel hardware, and is
protected with aviation yellow gloss enamel paint
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Humidity: 0 to 100%
Exposure: Withstands windblown rain, sand, and dust particles,
salt-laden atmosphere, solar radiation, and extreme
thermal changes
Packaging
Quantity per
Box
Quantity per
Shipment
Dimensions of
Cartons
Gross
Weight
1 Head
Assembly
1 Box
14 x 14 x 13 in
6 lb
36 x 36 x 33 cm
2.72 kg
1 Head
Column
1 Box
1 x 4 x 4 in
1 lb
2.5 x 10.3 x 10.3 cm 0.45 kg
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
B - 34
2024 Rev. E I Manual No. 96A0246
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Head Assembly
Lens, Traffic Signal Red
2-inch Frangible Column
L-823 Cord Set
Flat Washer
Internal Lock Washer
7. Hex Nut
8. Lamp
9. Lamp Focalizing
Spacer
10. Panel Fastener
11. Access Door
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
RTEM
Retroreflective Taxiway Edge Markers
Compliance with Standards
FAA: L-853 AC 150/5345-39 (Current Edition)
Uses
FAA L-853
Designed for use for edge marking of runways and
taxiways.
Overview
All airport markers use abrasive-resistant retroreflective sheeting.
The posts, which can be installed in soil, on asphalt or on concrete,
are made of co-extruded polyethylene with UV inhibitors. Markers
use only high strength plastic fasteners, resulting in a product that
is superior in corrosion resistance and long-term performance. This,
combined with the self restoring nature of the airport marker, helps
keep life-cycle costs among the lowest in the industry.
Features
• Corrosion resistant. No above-ground metal parts of any kind,
so there is nothing to corrode.
• Integrated locking tabs allowing for quick post installation and
replacement.
• Provides 360 degree visibility with abrasive-resistant ASTM Type
V wraparound reflective sheeting.
• Available in surface mount and soil anchor versions.
• Constructed of UV-resistant durable linear low density, coextruded polyethylene, which makes the post resistant to
degradation caused by extended sun exposure.
• Is warranted in accordance with FAA requirements.
• Corrosion-resistant soil anchor with integrated locking tabs.
• Reflective Color Choices: Blue, Red, Green, Silver
• Post Color Choices: White, Light Gray, Dark Gray
• Mounting Base Type: Pin Lock (SMA) or Twist Lock (SMT).
• Is warranted in accordance with FAA requirements.
• Manufactured in the United States by Safe-Hit®, who holds ETL
Certification for the markers shown
Mounting/Anchor Options
• Asphalt
• Concrete
• Soil
Surface Mount Airport Marker
Ordering Code
SH614SM
-
-12
-
-12
Mounting Base Type
A = Pin Lock (SMA)
T = Twist Lock (SMT)
Post Color
W = White
M = Light Gray
A = Dark Gray
Retro-reflective material color
S = White/silver
B = Blue
R = Red
G = Green
Soil Mount Airport Marker
Ordering Code
SH614GP
Mounting Anchor
5 = 14” Galvanized Steel Tube
3 = 18” Galvanized Steel Tube
9 = 24” Galvanized Steel Tube
Post
W=
M=
A =
Color
White
Light Gray
Dark Gray
Retro-reflective material color
S = White/silver
B = Blue
R = Red
G = Green
Notes
• All Safe-Hit Airport Markers use polyethylene for the post
material and meet ASTM D4956 Type V for the retro-reflective
material.
• Safe-Hit reboundable airport markers are tested and certified
by ETL to the FAA’s L-853 standard and are certified by ETL
to meet the specifications of the FAA Advisory Circular:
150/5345-39D.
• To order an optional Anti-Perch Bird Cap, add a “C” to the end
of the ordering codes listed above.
Specifications
Height:
14” (36 cm)
Installation and Repair Advantages
Base Diameter:
8” (20 cm)
• Integrating locking tabs allow for quick post installation and
replacement
Standard Soil Anchor Length:
18” (46 cm)
Retro-reflective Area:
96 sq. inches of ASTM D4956 Type V
high-intensity reflective sheeting
• Debris inhibiting plastic cap.
1217 Rev. K I No Manual
B - 35
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
RTEM I Retroreflective Taxiway Edge Markers
Design
Ordering Code
1. Debris Inhibiting Plastic Cap
2. Post-Integrated, Quick-Install Locking Pins
3. Abrasion Resistant ASTM D4956 Type V High-Intensity
Retroreflective Sheeting
4. All Plastic Construction & Components
5. Corrosion Resistant Soil Anchor With Integrated Locking Tabs
6. Anti-Perch Bird Cap (Optional)
Post Height Above Ground
18 = 18 in (45.7 cm)
24 = 24 in (60.0 cm)
30 = 30 in (76.2 cm)
SH6
-
-14
Mounting Method
GPX = Soil-mount post with 18 in (45.7 cm)
anchor1
SMA = Surface-mount base, pin lock
SMT = Surface-mount base, twist lock
Post Color
W = White
M = Light Gray
A = Dark Gray
Retro-reflective material color
S = White/silver
B = Blue
Notes
• All Safe-Hit Airport Markers use polyethylene for the post
material and meet ASTM D4956 Type V for the retro-reflective
material.
• Safe-Hit reboundable airport markers are tested and certified
by ETL to the FAA’s L-853 standard and are certified by ETL
to meet the specifications of the FAA Advisory Circular:
150/5345-39D.
• For optional colors or configurations, contact the ADB Airfield
Solutions Sales Department for details.
• To order an optional Anti-Perch Bird Cap, add a “C” to the end
of the ordering code listed above.
1
If a soil-mount post is selected, the “X” in GPX can be:
5 = 14” post, 3 = 18” post or 9 = 24” post.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
B - 36
1217 Rev. K I No Manual
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
Benefits Sheet
F-Range, Low Profile In-pavement Fixtures
Aluminum alloy top cover
FAA Style 3–Low protrusion above ground (< 0.25 inch)
ADVANTAGES
• Lighter than ductile iron
ADVANTAGES
• Reduces vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear
• High density (low porosity)
• Prevents tire damage
BENEFITS
• Eases handling in the field
• Minimizes risk of snowplow damage
BENEFITS
• Increases fixture life
L-852A-D
• Reduces potential leak paths
compared to traditional ductile iron fixture designs
• Longer fixture life due to reduced fixture operating temperature
Field replaceable prism/lens
Trace of copper content in cover
ADVANTAGES
• Mechanically clamped to light cover for quick & easy replacement
ADVANTAGES
• Reduces corrosive action when attached to a galvanized surface
(i.e. L-867 or L-868 base can)
• No optical adjustment required after replacement
BENEFITS
• Longer fixture and base can life
• No setting jig required
• Reduces need for environmentally damaging, anticorrosive
compounds
BENEFITS
• Labor, material, and equipment
savings
• Repeatable photometrics
Low-energy/long-life lamps
ADVANTAGES
• L-850A – 75% reduction of power consumption, 3x the lamp life
• L-850B – 75% reduction of power consumption, 3x the lamp life
• L-852 Series – 50% increase in lamp life
• ALSF – 37% reduction in power consumption, 2x the lamp life
• MALSR Threshold (green) – 7% reduction in power consumption,
double the lamp life
• MALSR Approach (white) – 48% reduction in power consumption,
double the lamp life
BENEFITS
• Energy, labor, and material cost savings
Grommet (shock) mounted optical assembly
ADVANTAGES
• Absorbs high frequency vibrations
BENEFITS
• True lamp life achieved
100% production helium tank leak testing
ADVANTAGES
• Eliminates leak paths in new fixtures
• No sealing compound required
L-850B/MALSR Approach
• Optimal photometric output
Field replaceable L-823 cord sets
ADVANTAGES
• Mechanically clamped to bottom cover for quick & easy replacement
• Provide watertight seal without sealing compounds or resins
BENEFITS
• Labor and material savings
Parts commonality across F-Range family
ADVANTAGES
• Reduces spare parts inventory
BENEFITS
• Material cost savings
Pressure test fitting
ADVANTAGES
• Ability for maintenance to check air tightness after relamping/
rebuilding
BENEFITS
• Fixture remains watertight after lamp replacement
BENEFITS
• No leak paths, extending fixture component life
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2044 Rev. C I No Manual
B - 37
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ITEL
Incandescent In-pavement Taxiway
Edge Light
STYLE 2, MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
12-inch Fixture
L-852T AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition).
Ordering Code
Uses
FAA L-852T
44A6099-
Lamp/Lens
1 = 45 W/6.6 A Blue
2 = 45 W/6.6 A Red1
3 = 45 W/6.6 A Yellow1,2
5 = 45 W/6.6 A Green1,2
• Taxiway edge
• Helipads
- Yellow for military and existing civilian
applications
Film Disc Cutout
1 = Included
2 = Not Included
Features
• Hardened, colored glass lens
Mounting
1 = 8-inch fixture with adapter ring for mounting on a
standard L-868B light base
2 = 12-inch fixture for mounting on a standard L-868B
light base
3 = 12-inch fixture for mounting on a standard L-867B
light base
• Low-energy/long-life halogen lamps are 45 W with a rated life
of more than 1,000 hours at full intensity and in excess of 3,000
hours in practical use
Notes
1
Color not recognized by FAA
2
For helipad applications
• FAA Style 2–Low protrusion above ground of ≤ 0.5 inch reduces
vibration caused by aircraft landing gear in both the light fixture and landing gear, increasing lamp life
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of maintenance in
mind
• Fixture uses aluminum alloy cover, inner cover, and optical assembly, and stainless steel hardware
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Electrical Supply
6.6A through an L-830 or a series isolation transformer. Two or
more fittings may be series-connected and fed from an isolation transformer, making use of optional film disc or electronic
cutouts.
Optional Snow Plow Ring
Use caution during snowplow conditions. A rubber tip blade is
recommended. Depending on installation method and snow plowing technique used, a snow plow ring may be necessary. Snow
plow rings are available for either standard or stainless steel
adjustable Size B L-868 cans. Contact the ADB Sales Department
for additional details.
Packaging
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
15.3 lb (6.94 kg)
Weight without packing:
12.3 lb (5.58 kg)
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
B - 38
2042 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0278
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Cable, clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
Film disc cutout
Film disc spring
Gasket, lens
Lamp, 45 W/6.6 A
Lamp retainer spring
Lens, blue
Lens, green
Lens, red
Lens, yellow
Lens gasket protection
O-ring, inner cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Reflector
Terminal block assembly, w/o film disc cutout
Terminal block assembly, with film disc cutout
4071.50.090
73A0133-23
63A1014
6111.87.140
47A0118
4071.50.130
4071.76.041
2990.48.360
4071.50.581
1428.00.430
1428.00.390
1428.00.410
1428.00.420
4071.76.060
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
4071.76.031
44A6112-1
44A6112-2
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
THL - RIL
LED RWSL Take-Off Hold Light
& Runway Intersection Light
STYLE 3
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-850T(L) AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition) and the
FAA Engineering Brief No. 67. ETL Certified.
Complies with FAA Runway Status Light System Take-off
Hold Light (THL) and Runway Intersection Light (RIL)
requirements in FAA AC 150/5340-30 Appendix 7 and
FAA Engineering Brief 64.
Uses
FAA L-850T(L)
RWSL THL-RIL
Used in FAA Runway Status Light THL applications. Fixture is unidirectional traffic signal red.
Features
• Average LED life of 56,000 hours under high-intensity conditions
and more than 150,000 hours under typical operating conditions, resulting in significant reduction or even elimination of
ongoing maintenance costs and periodic re-lamping expenses
• Use of LED light source eliminates filter replacement and color
shifts when viewed at various angles or CCR step settings
• When compared to incandescent equivalent, use of LED provides for fast on-off switching times in all CCR steps
• For use with only ADB’s BRITE III Remote. Includes monitoring
circuit that opens fixture input if fixture fails. When connected
to ADB BRITE Remote, provides capability to determine failed
fixture location. Requires the addition of a Y-Harness adapter.
Adapter connects isolation transformer to both the input of the
BRITE III Remote and the fixture.
• FAA Style 3–Low protrusion above ground of ≤0.25 inch reduces
vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear in both the light
fixture and the landing gear, increasing lamp life
• Can be installed on existing 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits with no
modifications to existing CCR or isolation transformer
• Operates on 5-step ferroresonant CCRs that are designed in
compliance with FAA requirements
• Very low power rating for LED lights contributes to a lower life
cycle cost. Limits cost for supporting equipment, such as CCRs,
to strict minimum.
Ordering Code
THL-
Frequency
1 = 60 Hz
2 = 50 Hz
Arctic Kit
1 = No
2 = Yes
Grounding
0 = FAA RWSL Applications1
Note
1
Includes 10-32 x 1/2 hex head earth ground lug.
Y-Harness Adapter1
70A0761
Note
1
For controlled applications, the adapter is required to use a
fixture with ADB’s BRITE III Remote.
Features (Continued)
• “Smart electronics” control current to LED, so light output
matches existing incandescent fixtures at all brightness levels
without sacrificing any light characteristics. Actual light output
is determined based on a continuous light output curve. Therefore, light output truly represents input current, even if series
circuit input current is not within FAA specification limits.
• Rugged lightning protection complies with ANSI/IEEE C62.411991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67. Category
C2 is defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination wave, with a
peak voltage of 10,000 V and a peak current of 5,000 A.
• Includes provision for grounding fixture
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Environment-friendly, precision-cast aluminum alloy cover,
optical support, and inner cover assembly with stainless steel
hardware
• Offers longer maintenance intervals and requires fewer spare
parts, resulting in lower life cycle cost
Operating Conditions
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top cover
remains well below the FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
Altitude: Sea level to 10,000 feet (3000 m)
• LED photometric performance will be maintained longer due to
a cleaner lens. The lower temperature of the lens prevents the
“baking effect” that causes contaminants to stick to the surface
of the lens.
Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C (-40 °F to +131 °F)
Relative Humidity: Up to 100%
3027 Rev. F I Manual No. 96A0419
B - 39
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
THL - RIL I RWSL Take-Off Hold & Runway Intersection Lights
Electrical Supply
Spare Components
It is recommended that the RWSL LED fixture be powered from a
dedicated CCR and that separate remote controls are available.
RSWL LED lights have been designed to work with any FAA-compliant transformer up to 150 W without affecting the performance
or lifetime of the light fixture or transformer. See data sheet 3033
for more details on recommended isolation transformers specified
below.
Description
Part No.
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
LED light engine, RWSL, red
LED PCB, RWSL
O-ring, bottom cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism clamp
Prism flat seal
Prism keeper plate
4071.50.090
73A0136-31
63A1014
70A0329
48A0405-THL
44A7044
7080.90.710
63B0267-011
60A2602
63A1119-1
61A0444
60A4046
63A1120
60A4047
L-850T(L)/
RWSL LED
Fixture
Load*
Isolation
Transformer
Isol. XF
Load
CCR
Load
Without Heater
62 VA
65 W
10 VA
72 VA
With Heater
90 VA
100 W
12 VA
112 VA
* Load includes ADB BRITE III Remote device.
Dimensions
Top cover outside diameter:
Top cover bolt-circle diameter (L-868B):
Bottom cover outside diameter(max.):
Depth*:
11.94 in (30.33 cm)
11.25 in (28.58 cm)
9.94 in (25.25 cm)
4 in (10.16 cm)
Prism Kit
L-850T(L) LED / RWSL THL Prism Kit
* From the bottom of the top cover to the bottom of the fixture.
Packaging
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
22 lb (9.98 kg)
Weight without packing:
17.75 lb (8.05 kg)
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
B - 40
3027 Rev. F I Manual No. 96A0419
94A0557
Prism kit contains a red RWSL LED light engine, prism clamp, prism
keeper plate, prism sock seal, prism, prism seal, screws
and o-ring.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
TPL-L
Turning Pad Elevated Taxiway Edge
Light
MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
ICAO:
Designed in accordance with applicable requirements in
ICAO Annex 14, Vol. 1, Ed. 6, para. 5.3.18.
Ordering Code
Uses
ICAO
• Elevated runway turning pads as defined in
ICAO Annex 14, Vol. 1, para. 3.3
• Visual runways or non-precision IFR runways
• Used to delineate the edges of airport turning pads.
Features
• Provides constant light output with an input current range
of 2.8 A - 6.6 A. Allows Turning Pad Lights to be connected to
existing runway edge circuits.
• Average LED life of 100,000 hours under high-intensity conditions
and more than 180,000 hours under typical operating conditions,
resulting in significant reduction or even elimination of ongoing
maintenance costs and periodic re-lamping expenses
• The TPL-L with heater fixture MTBF is 180,000 operating hours
minimum.
• Single-latch, stainless steel clamp allows easy removal and
replacement of top cover and lens
• A gasket is used between the lens and the top cover and also
between the top and bottom fixture head assemblies to form a
watertight seal
• TPL-L with arctic option (U.S. Patent 7192155 B2) uses a thermostatically controlled heater to prevent ice and snow buildup
from obscuring light output. Melts ice similar to traditional
incandescent fixtures.
• Three screws allow a 4° leveling adjustment of the fixture after
installation
• Fixture comes standard with a 1.5-inch coupling, but is available with a 2-inch coupling and in alternative thread patterns
• Sealed entry at cord set to optical assembly interface prevents
insect entry
• For additional features common to all of ADB’s elevated LED
fixtures, see data sheet 3043.
Operating Conditions
TPL-
LED Color
1 = Omnidirectional Blue
Fixture Height
1 = 14-inch OAH
2 = 24-inch OAH
3 = 30-inch OAH
4 = 14-inch OAH
5 = 24-inch OAH
6 = 30-inch OAH
7 = 14-inch OAH
8 = 24-inch OAH
9 = 30-inch OAH
A = 14-inch OAH
B = 20-inch OAH
with 1.5-inch coupling, 12 TPI
with 1.5-inch coupling, 12 TPI
with 1.5-inch coupling, 12 TPI
with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI1
with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI1
with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI1
without coupling2
with 1.5-inch coupling, 12 TPI
Power
1 = Current Driven, 60 Hz
2 = Current Driven, 50 Hz
Arctic Option
0 = Without arctic option
1 = With arctic option
Cord Set
0 = Standard Configuration
Notes
1
Normally used in metric applications
2
Configuration sold with no column and no coupling
Leveling Device
44A7061
Electrical Supply, Current Driven
6.6 A through a 30/45 W L-830-1 (for 60 Hz) or L-831-1 (for 50 Hz)
isolation transformer. To ensure proper operation, a minimum
transformer size of 30 W must be used. TPL-L lights have been
designed to work with any IEC or FAA-compliant transformer up
to 100 W without affecting performance or lifetime of the light
or the transformer. See data sheet 3033 for more details on recommended isolation transformers specified below.
Turning Pad
Light
Fixture
Load
Isolation
Transfmr.
Isol. XF
Load
CCR
Load
W/out heater
14 VA
30/45 W
9 VA
23 VA
Temperature: -40°F to +131°F (-40°C to +55°C)
Wind: Withstands wind velocities up to 300 mph (480 kph)
3057 Rev. B I Manual No. 96A0458
B - 41
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
TPL-L I Turning Pad Elevated Taxiway Edge Light
Spare Components
Packaging
Assembled
Fixtures
Dimensions of Cartons
Individual in (cm)
9/Box in (cm)
14-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 20.5
(17 x 17 x 52)
19.5 x 19.5 x 20.5
(50 x 50 x 52)
5 lb
2.3 kg
24-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 31
(17 x 17 x 79)
19.5 x 19.5 x 31
(50 x 50 x 79)
6.25 lb
2.8 kg
30-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 37
(17 x 17 x 94)
19.5 x 19.5 x 37
(50 x 50 x 94)
7 lb
3.2 kg
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
B - 42
3057 Rev. B I Manual No. 96A0458
Indiv.
Weight
Description
Part No.
Column for 14” OAH
Column for 20” OAH
Column for 24” OAH
Column for 30” OAH
Cord set assembly for 14” OAH
Cord set assembly for 20” OAH
Cord set assembly for 24” OAH
Cord set assembly for 30” OAH
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 14” OAH
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11.5 TPI,
14” OAH
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11 TPI,
14” OAH
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 24” and 30” OAH
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11.5 TPI,
24” and 30” OAH
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11 TPI,
24” and 30” OAH
Gasket, lens protection
Lens, clear, L-861T(L)
Seal, lens
Seal, top to bottom cover
62A0007-7
62A0007-13
62A0007-17
62A0007-23
44A7028-14
44A7028-20
44A7028-24
44A7028-30
62B0073
61A0281
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
61A0350
60A4247-1
60A4247-2
60A4247-3
4071.76.060
63A1128-00
4071.76.041
63A1137
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ITCF-L
LED In-pavement Taxiway Centerline
Light
STYLE 3, MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
Designed according to L-852(L) Series AC 150/5345-46
(Current Edition) and the FAA Engineering Brief No. 67.
ETL Certified.
Uses
L-852A-D
L-852J/K
Features (Continued)
• Very low power rating for LED lights contributes to a lower life
cycle cost. Limits cost for supporting equipment such as isolation transformers and CCRs to strict minimum.
FAA L-852A(L)
• Taxiway centerline on straight sections and
clearance bar in category I and II applications, >1,200 ft RVR
• When quartz-incandescent fixtures are replaced with LED
fixtures, airport staff can add more lights without increasing
CCR size
FAA L-852B(L)
• Taxiway centerline on curved sections in
category I and II applications, >1,200 ft
RVR
• Offers longer maintenance intervals and requires fewer spare
parts, resulting in lower life cycle cost
FAA L-852C(L)
• Taxiway centerline on straight section and
clearance bar in category III applications,
<1,200 ft RVR
FAA L-852D(L)
• Taxiway centerline on curved sections in
category III applications, <1,200 ft RVR
• White/white or white/yellow used on
MIRL runway edge for intersections where
runway edge spacing >400 ft (122 m)
FAA L-852J(L)
• Taxiway centerline on curved sections in
category I and II applications, >1,200 ft
RVR
FAA L-852K(L)
• Taxiway centerline on curved sections in
category III applications, <1,200 ft RVR
Use of two LED modules allows the option of separate control of
each module in bi-directional applications.
Features
• Use of L-852K(L) fixture allows fixtures to be reduced by half
for curved centerlines where the radius is 75 ft (23 m) to 399 ft
(121 m)
• L-852A/B/C(L) use a single LED per side. L-852D/J/K(L) use two
LEDs per side. Average LED life of 100,000 hours for L-852A/B/
C(L) and 56,000 hours for L-852D/J/K(L) under high-intensity
conditions. LED life of more than 200,000 hours for L-852A/
B/C(L) and more than 150,000 hours for L-852D/J/K(L) under
typical operating conditions, resulting in significant reduction
or even elimination of ongoing maintenance costs and periodic
re-lamping expenses.
• FAA Style 3–Low protrusion above ground of ≤0.25 inch reduces
vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear in both the light
fixture and the landing gear, increasing lamp life
• Can be installed on existing 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits with no
modifications to existing CCR or isolation transformer
• Use of LED light source eliminates filter replacement and color
shifts when viewed at various angles or CCR step settings
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• LED photometric performance will be maintained longer due to
a cleaner lens. The lower temperature of the lens prevents the
“baking effect” that causes contaminants to stick to the surface
of the lens.
• “Smart electronics” control current to LED, so light output
matches existing incandescent fixtures at all brightness levels
without sacrificing any light characteristics. Actual light output is determined based on a continuous light output curve.
Therefore, light output truly represents input current, even if
series circuit input current is not within FAA specification limits.
Allows for a low cost and progressive evolution of the airfield
lighting toward new LED-based technology.
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Environment-friendly, precision-cast aluminum alloy cover,
optical support, and inner cover assembly with stainless steel
hardware
• Galvanic isolation from the series circuit transformer, protecting the LED module against over voltage.
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C (-40 °F to +131 °F)
Altitude: Sea level to 10,000 feet (3000 m)
Relative Humidity: Up to 100%
• Operates on either 3- or 5-step ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs
that are designed in compliance with IEC or FAA requirements
2099 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0392
B - 43
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
Ordering Code
ITCF-L I LED In-pavement Taxiway Centerline Light
ITCF-
0
Series
A = L-852A(L)
B = L-852B(L)
C = L-852C(L)
D = L-852D(L)
J = L-852J(L)
K = L-852K(L)
LED Color
1 = Yellow/Yellow
2 = Green/Green
3 = Yellow/Green2
5 = Green/Obscure
6 = Yellow/Obscure
8 = Red/Green1,2
0 = White/White (L-852D only)
A = Green Left/Yellow Right (J/K only)1,3
B = Yellow Left/Green Right (J/K only)1,3
C = Green Left/Obscured Right (J/K only)3
D = Obscured Left/Green Right (J/K only)3
E = Yellow Left/Obscured Right (J/K only)3
F = Obscured Left/Yellow Right (J/K only)3
G = White/Yellow (L-852D only)
H = Green/White1,2
I = Red/White1,2
J = Red/Yellow1,2
0
Mounting and Cord Set
1 = Two L-823 cord sets, L-868B (12”) standard base
3 = One L-823 cord set, L-868B (12”) standard base
5 = One L-823 cord set, L-868A (10”)4,5
6 = Two L-823 cord sets, L-868A (10”)4,5
Arctic Option
0 = Without arctic option
1 = With arctic option
Power
0 = 60 Hz
1 = 50 Hz5
Notes
1
Color or color options not recognized by the FAA.
2
Color options not available for L-852B(L), L-852D(L), L-852J(L)
and L-852K(L).
3
See graphic below for L-852J/K(L) color selection guidelines.
4
Refers to older style 10-inch L-868A base can compliant to AC
150/5345-42C. 10-inch base cans are no longer specified in
the current FAA Advisory Circular.
5
Not ETL Certified.
Color selection guidelines for L-852J/K(L) fixtures
B - 44
2099 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0392
Two-piece fixture with
snow-plow ring and 4 bolts
Two-Piece Ordering Code1,4
ITCF-
0
Series
A = L-852A(L)
B = L-852B(L)
C = L-852C(L)
D = L-852D(L)
LED Color
1 = Yellow/Yellow
2 = Green/Green
3 = Yellow/Green2
5 = Green/Obscure
6 = Yellow/Obscure
8 = Red/Green2
0 = White/White
G = White/Yellow
H = Green/White
I = Red/White2
0
Mounting and Cord Set
7 = One L-823 cord set, L-868B (12”) standard base
with 4 bolts3
8 = Two L-823 cord sets, L-868B (12”) standard base
with 4 bolts3
Arctic Option
0 = Without arctic option
1 = With arctic option
Power
0 = 60 Hz
1 = 50 Hz
Notes
1
Not available for L-852J(L) and L-852K(L)
2
Color or color options not recognized by the FAA.
3
Fixture with snowplow ring is shipped with 4 bolts and 2 optional pin inserts, allowing a field modification to a 2-bolt/2-pin
configuration.
4
Not ETL Certified.
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
ITCF-L I LED In-pavement Taxiway Centerline Light
Electrical Supply
Spare Components
ITCF LED F-Range fixture is designed to work with any IEC or
FAA-compliant transformer up to 100 W without affecting the
performance or lifetime of the light fixture or transformer. See
data sheet 3033 for more details on recommended isolation
transformers specified below.
Description
Part No.
4071.50.090
73A0136-23
63A1014
7080.90.335
63B0267-011
60A2602
63A0979-1
63A0993-2
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
Unidirectional w/out heater
21 VA
20/25 W
Bidirectional w/out heater1
27 VA
30/45 W
Bidirectional w/out heater2
25 VA per side
(50 VA total)
20/25 W per side
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
O-ring, inner cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism, L-852A/B/J(L)
Prism, L852C/D/K(L)
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
Unidirectional with heater
56 VA
65 W
Packaging
Bidirectional with heater
58 VA
65 W
45 VA
(90 VA total)
30/45 W per side
Unidirectional w/out heater
14 VA
10/15 W
Bidirectional w/out heater1
17 VA
20/25 W
Bidirectional w/out heater
14 VA per side
(28 VA total)
10/15 W per side
Unidirectional with heater
46 VA
30/45 W
Bidirectional with heater1
56 VA
65 W
Bidirectional with heater
34 VA
(68 VA total)
30/45 W per side
Unidirectional w/out heater
12 VA
10/15 W
Bidirectional w/out heater1
16 VA
10/15 W
Unidirectional with heater
42 VA
30/45 W
Bidirectional with heater1
46 VA
30/45 W
Fixture
Load3
ITCF Fixture
Isolation
Transformer
L-852D(L), L-852K(L)
1
Bidirectional with heater2
In cardboard box:
L-852C(L), L-852J(L)
2
2
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
15.3 lb (6.94 kg)
Weight without packing:
12.3 lb (5.58 kg)
L-852A(L), L-852B(L)
1
2
3
One cord set
One cord set per side (2 total)
Fixture load does not include isolation transformer load
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2099 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0392
B - 45
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
IRGL-L
LED In-pavement Runway Guard Light
STYLE 2 & 3, MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
CE:
T/C:
L-852G(L) AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition) and the FAA
Engineering Brief No. 67. Meets the requirements of LowVisibility Taxiway Lighting Systems as specified by FAA
AC 150/5340-30. ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. 1, Ed. 6, Appendix 1, par. 2.1.1 and
Fig. A2-20
Complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive
2004/108/EC
Transport Canada AC 302-005 par. 4.1.4 and Fig. 9
Uses
FAA L-852G(L)
• Runway guard light
• Runway incursion prevention
Features
• FAA Style 3 (≤0.25 inch) provides a low protrusion above ground,
which reduces vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear in both
the light fixture and the landing gear, increasing lamp life.
• Operates on either 3- or 5-step ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs
that are designed in compliance with IEC or FAA requirements
• Can be retrofit on existing 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits using
existing CCRs and Local Control Devices. Requires the addition
of a Y-Harness adapter. Adapter connects isolation transformer
to both the input of the Local Control Device and the fixture. In
electronically monitored applications, fixture opens existing Local Control Device output connection, providing an alarm signal
in case of fixture failure.
• An autonomous version is available for applications where fixture failures are not electronically monitored. Synchronization
circuitry is contained within each fixture, eliminating the need
for any synchronizing Local Control Devices. Fixture connects
directly into isolation transformer. A simple, separate Remote
Control Device is used to set the fixture to Initial ON or Initial
OFF. The Remote Control Device can also be optionally used to
program variable start up delays (for an entire RGL bar). This
effectively reduces the load variation on a CCR that powers
multiple RGL bars.
• Thermostatically controlled heater cycles on and off when
temperature drops below freezing, reducing overall energy
consumption
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining
optimal light output
• Use of LED light source eliminates filter replacement and color
shifts when viewed at various angles or CCR step settings
• Low-temperature lights. Temperature rise at center of top
cover remains below FAA-specified limit of 320 °F (160 °C).
• LED photometric performance will be maintained longer due
to a cleaner lens. The lower temperature of the lens prevents
the “baking effect” that causes contaminants to stick to the
surface of the lens.
B - 46
3003 Rev. P-1 I Manual No. 96A0401
Ordering Code
IRGL-
1
Power/Control
1 = New/Existing Local Control Device1
2 = Autonomous, Initial Flash ON2
3 = Autonomous, Initial Flash OFF2
Frequency
1 = 60 Hz
2 = 50 Hz
Arctic Option3
1 = No
2 = Yes
Style4
1 = FAA Style 35
Optical Configuration
1 = Two window version6
Notes
1
Used on electronically monitored applications. Can be used
with the existing Local Control Device on new or retrofit
applications. For details on ADB BRITE Remote, see data
sheet 2092. Contact the ADB Sales Department for use with
other manufacturers’ Local Control Devices. Requires use of
Y-Harness Adapter.
2
Used on non-electronically monitored application. Fixture
connected directly to L-830/L-831 isolation transformer.
3
Style 2 fixture complies with arctic kit requirements in FAA
Engineering Brief No.67 without the need to use a separate
heater. Style 3 is available with or without heater. Style 2
fixure complies with CE requirements.
4
Contact ADB Sales Dept. for availability of FAA Style 2 (≤0.5
inch) fixtures, Part No. IRGL-XXX00 (ETL Certified).
5
Compatible with L-868B Top Sections where the overall height
of the Top Section is less than 4 in (10.16 cm).
6
Two-window Style 3 fixture complies with FAA, ICAO and
Transport Canada 312 specification requirements.
Y-Harness Adapter
70A0761
Note: Required to use Runway Guard Light fixture with new or
existing Local Control Device
Remote Control Device
61A0458
Note: Required on autonomous fixtures to modify initial flash
ON or OFF or to adjust CCR loading. One device required per
installation.
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
IRGL-L I LED In-pavement Runway Guard Light
Features (Continued)
Spare Components
• Fixture uses aluminum alloy cover and inner cover, stainless
steel hardware, and aluminum alloy and stainless steel optical
assembly
Description
Part No.
Cable clamp, Style 2 fixture
Cable clamp, Style 3 fixture
Cord set, L-823, Style 2 fixture
Cord set, L-823, Style 3 fixture
Cord set grommet
LED light engine, L-852G(L), Style 3, yellow
LED light engine, L-852G(L), Style 2, yellow
O-ring, inner cover seal
O-ring, pressure release screw
Pressure release screw
Prism
Prism clamp
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
4071.50.090
4072.42.380
73A0136-23
4072.42.351
63A1014
48A0415-TYLW
48A0404-YLW
7080.90.710
63B0267-011
60A2602
63A0993-2
4071.50.360
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
63A0986
• Rugged lightning protection complies with ANSI/IEEE C62.411991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67. Category
C2 is defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination wave, with a
peak voltage of 10,000 V and a peak current of 5,000 A.
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
Electrical Supply: Ferroresonant
6.6 A through an L-830 (for 60 Hz) or L-831 (for 50 Hz) isolation
transformer.
Application1
Fixture
Load3
Isol. XF
Size
Isolation
XF Load3
CCR
Load3
L-852G without heater (Style 3, 2 window)
Unmonitored
39 VA
65 W
14 VA
53 VA
Monitored2
64 VA
100 W
18 VA
82 VA
L-852G with heater (Style 3, 2 window)
1
2
3
Unmonitored
88 VA
100 W
16 VA
104 VA
Monitored2
109 VA
150 W
22 VA
131 VA
Data is for a ferroresonant CCR only.
Fixture load includes Local Control Device load.
All load data is average load per fixture for applications where
the entire load alternately flashes.
Dimensions
Outside Diameter:
11.94 in (30.33 cm)
Bolt Circle Diameter (L-868B):
11.25 in (28.58 cm)
Max. Bottom Cover O.D.:
- 9.92 in (25.20 cm) down to depth of 1.63 in (4.14 cm)
- 8.69 in (22.07 cm) from depth of 1.63 in (4.14 cm) to 3.88 in
(9.86 cm)
Compatible with L-868B Top Sections where the overall height of
the Top Section is less than 4 in (10.16 cm).
Bottom Cover Depth:
3.88 in (9.9 cm)
Electrical Supply: Thyristor
Packaging
6.6 A through an L-830 (for 60 Hz) or L-831 (for 50 Hz) isolation
transformer.
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
20.55 lb (9.32 kg)
Weight without packing:
17.55 lb (7.96 kg)
Application1
Fixture
Load3
Isol. XF
Size
Isolation
XF Load3
CCR
Load3
L-852G without heater (Style 3, 2 window)
Unmonitored
77 VA
100 W
29 VA
106 VA
Monitored2
95 VA
100 W
32 VA
127 VA
L-852G with heater (Style 3, 2 window)
1
2
3
Unmonitored
110 VA
150 W
45 VA
155 VA
Monitored
128 VA
150 W
49 VA
177 VA
2
Data is for a thyristor/SCR CCR only.
Fixture load includes Local Control Device load.
All load data is average load per fixture for applications where
the entire load alternately flashes.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
3003 Rev. P-1 I Manual No. 96A0401
B - 47
TAXIWAY LIGHTING
This page left blank
intentionally
B - 48
APPROACH LIGHTING
ALSF/MALSR
Low-Voltage ALSF/MALSR Approach
Lighting System
WITH ELEVATED & IN-PAVEMENT FLASHERS
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
Military:
Designed according to ALSF-1, ALSF-2, ALSF-2/SSALR:
FAA-E-2628; MALSR: FAA-E-2325
Annex 14 Vol. 1, para. 5.3.4, 5.3.4.17, 5.3.7, and 5.3.8
UFC 3-535-01 – Chapter 3 for Approach Applications
using sequenced flashing lights
ALSF Uses
ALSF-1, ALSF-2, and ALSF-2/SSALR approach lighting systems with
sequenced flashing lights are used at airports and military air bases
to provide landing approach guidance, such as runway alignment,
height perception, horizontal reference, and roll guidance extending from the landing threshold outward (2,400-3,000 feet) into the
approach zone. Note that FAA-E-2628 specifies only the sequenced
flasher portion of the ALSF approach lighting system. The steadyburning portion of an ALSF system is implemented using either a
6.6 A or 20 A series circuit.
ALSF-1 – The ALSF-1 approach lighting system is used on Category
I Instrument Landing Systems (ILS) and includes up to 24 light stations (100-foot spacing) with up to 22 centerline bars of steadyburning lights (five lights to a bar) and up to 15 flashers.
ALSF-2 – The ALSF-2 approach lighting system is used on Category
II runways and includes up to 30 light stations (100-foot spacing)
with 30 centerline bars of steady-burning lights (five lights to a
bar) and up to 21 flashers.
ALSF-2/SSALR – The SSALR approach lighting system has up to
eight sequenced flashing lights and is used as part of a dual-mode
approach lighting system (ALSF-2/SSALR) when Category I conditions exist on Category II designated runways.
Note: For ICAO applications, the system can also be used with up
to 30 flashers.
MALSR Uses
The MALSR approach lighting system with sequenced flashing
lights are used at airports and military air bases to provide landing
approach guidance, such as runway alignment, height perception,
horizontal reference, and roll guidance extending from the landing threshold outward (2,400-3,000 feet) into the approach zone.
Note that FAA-E-2325 specifies both the sequenced flasher and
steady-burning portions of a MALSR approach lighting system.
Environmental Operating Conditions
Temperature Range: -67 °F to +137 °F (-55 °C to +55 °C)
Humidity: 0 to 100%
Altitude: 0 to 10,000 ft (3048 m) maximum
Features
• MALSR sequenced flashers can be easily expanded to ALSF at a
later date
Features (Continued)
• Flasher operating voltage is +400 VDC instead of +2000 VDC
used in traditional systems, improving safety. This also allows
standard 600 V cable to be used between the flasher and Individual Control Cabinet (ICC). This eliminates the need for high
voltage interconnecting cable.
• Lamp subassembly in elevated flash head can be quickly and
easily replaced without the use of tools
• In-pavement flasher has an aluminum top cover, reducing
maintenance requirements and resulting in a very low weight
• In-pavement flasher height above ground (without snow plow
ring) is only 0.75” high. In-pavement flasher height above
ground (with snow plow ring) is only 0.5” high.
• Flashers can be up to 393 ft (120 m) from the ICC, allowing
placement outside the obstacle free zone
• ICC can be optionally supplied with one cabinet that can connect to 3 flashers, minimizing acquisition and installation cost
• ICC uses a highly efficient power supply. This yields lower power
consumption, elimination of peak inrush currents, and allows
use of smaller gauge supply power wires compared to traditional capacitive discharge systems.
• Numerous remote control/monitoring options maximize system
flexibility. Remote control/monitoring can be accomplished via:
- Individual 24 VDC, 48 VDC or 120 VAC hard-wired copper connections
Theory of Operation
ADB’s sequenced-flasher lighting systems include a master control
unit, junction boxes, individual control cabinets (ICC), and either
elevated or in-pavement flasher units. For MALSR systems, a 15 kVA
transformer is also provided to power the steady-burning lights.
In the ALSF configuration, an array of light bars are installed symmetrically around the centerline of the approach lighting system,
starting at the approach threshold and extending a total distance
of 2,400 feet (731.5 m) outward into the approach zone up to
3,000 feet (914 m) at facilities where high-speed military aircraft
share runway usage. Up to 21 flashing lamp assemblies (30 for ICAO
applications) are installed in the outer portion of the approach
lighting system at regular intervals.
In the MALSR configuration, an array of light bars are installed symmetrically around the centerline of the approach lighting system,
starting at the approach threshold and extending a total distance
of 2,400 feet (731.5 m) into the approach zone and up to 3,000
feet (914.4 m) at facilities where high-speed military aircraft share
runway usage. Typically, up to 8 flashing lamp assemblies are
installed in the outer portion of the approach lighting system at
regular intervals.
2091 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0400
C-1
APPROACH LIGHTING
ALSF/MALSR I Low-Voltage Approach Lighting System
Theory of Operation (Continued)
The MALSR system uses white 120 VAC PAR-38 fixtures for the light
bar arrays. Also, the MALSR system uses green 120 VAC PAR-56
fixtures for the threshold bar. The ALSF system uses white or red
PAR-56 6.6 A or 20 A fixtures for light bar arrays and green PAR-56
6.6 A or 20 A fixtures for the threshold bar.
Flashing lights are arranged and connected in such a way as to
produce a sequenced flashing light signal that has the appearance
of a ball of light traveling down the system from the outer end
(flasher farthest from the runway threshold) to the flasher assembly closest to the runway threshold.
Note: See ADB data sheet 1042 for more details on ALSF or MALSR
PAR-56 fixtures.
The master control cabinet contains control
and monitoring PCBs, which provide the
power, timing signals, misfire monitoring
circuitry, and three-step intensity control
signals to the sequenced flasher assemblies
in remote and local mode.
Surge Protection
2 = Monitored surge protection3
0
Input and
Output Voltage
120/240 VAC, +10%/-15%, 50/60 Hz, three-wire,
single-phase (neutral center-tapped)
Time from
Trigger Pulse
to Trigger
Pulse
In ALSF mode, corresponds to one cycle of 60 Hz
line, 16.67 ms. In SSALR mode, corresponds to
every other cycle of the 60 Hz line or 33.3 ms.
For MALSR, corresponds to every other cycle of
the 60 Hz line or 33.3 ms.
Enclosure
NEMA 4, outdoor and ventilated (to prevent
condensation)
Maintenance
Features on
Control Cabinet
- Rotary control switch for manual control of
brightness level of system
- Flasher ON/OFF switch to de-energize flashers
(if desired) when the approach lights are
energized
- LED indicators for system monitoring
- Service entrance switch disconnects
incoming power
- 100 W maintenance light
- Can lock door in a 120° open position
Rugged surge protection on all input and
output electrical connections
Voltage
Dimensions
Weight
120/240 VAC (standard)
37.25 x 30 x 11.38 in
94.6 x 76.2 x 28.9 cm
137 lb
62 kg
Master Input Power Requirements
Voltage
120/240 VAC
C-2
3
5
6
8
9
12
15
18
21
Max. Power
Req. ALSF
Max. Power
Req. MALSR
4 kVA
18 kVA
19 kVA
5 kVA
20 kVA
6 kVA
7 kVA
8 kVA
9 kVA
10 kVA
2091 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0400
Flashers
XX = Maximum number of flashers
Examples:
08 = 8 flashers
21 = 21 flashers
30 = 30 flashers (ICAO applications)
Input Voltage
1 = 120/240 VAC (standard)
Master Control Cabinet Equipment Data
Max. No.
of Flashers
0
System
1 = ALSF per FAA-E-2628 or ICAO
2 = MALSR per FAA-E-2325
3 = MALSR per FAA-E-2980
4 = UDAL1
5 = ALSF per 2628 Stainless Steel
Monitoring2
1 = Without monitoring
2 = With monitoring
Master Control Cabinet
Lightning
Protection
Master Control Cabinet
44A6763-
Remote Connection - Hardwired
0 = None
1 = +24 VDC
2 = +48 VDC
3 = 120 VAC
Notes
1
A special Unidirectional Approach Lighting (UDAL) system can
also configured. Contact the ADB Sales Department for details.
A UDAL consists of 5 unidirectional sequenced flashers and 2
unidirectional REILs.
2
Monitoring required for ALSF systems per FAA-E-2628
3
Includes 40 kA surge protection devices in each ICC. Surge
protection status monitored electronically.
Flasher
Elevated Flash Head
Each elevated flash head assembly consists of a flashing light head, which houses
a low-voltage (400 VDC) flashtube and
a trigger transformer. A safety interlock
switch disconnects the individual control
cabinet (ICC) power when the flash head
is opened. The elevated flash head is
rated IP45.
In-pavement Flashing Fixture
Each in-pavement fixture
houses a low-voltage (400
VDC) flashtube and trigger
transformer. A safety interlock switch disconnects the
individual control cabinet
(ICC) power when the bottom cover is removed.
In-pavement Fixture and Mating
Female Connector
APPROACH LIGHTING
ALSF/MALSR I Low-Voltage Approach Lighting System
In-pavement Flashing Fixture (Continued)
Ordering Codes
In-pavement flasher height is
0.75 inch without the snow
plow ring and fits on a standard FAA 12-inch base can.
Fixture height is 0.5 inch
with the snow plow ring. The
ring adapts from 12 inches
to 16 inches and is mounted
on an FAA L-868C base can.
Elevated Flash Head
Mounting Adapter1
In-pavement Fixture with
Snow Plow Ring
Flasher Fixture Equipment Data
Input Voltage
+400 VDC
Lamp
Xenon flashtube
Lamp Life
Average 500 hours on high-intensity step
Intensity
Decrease
30% or less over minimum rated lamp life
1UE9C2Y00000
4762
Notes
Flash head includes lamp.
1
If mounting to an LIR mast or 2-inch EMT adapter Part No.
4762 must be used.
In-pavement Flashing Fixture
Mating Female Connector (59” long)
Snow Plow Ring
Lifting Device
FFL9C000-00001
4072.03.960
MARE40000003
1420.55.6002
Notes
1
Includes 5 conductor cable with 12” long male plug
2
Lifting Device allows in-pavement flashing fixture to be
quickly and easily removed from its mounting system during
maintenance activities
Flash Skipping
Less than 1% with no consecutive skipping
Individual Control Cabinet (ICC)
Elevated Light
Beam Axis
Adjustable vertically from the horizontal to
25° above the horizontal
Vibration
Withstands vibration in frequency range of
10 to 2,000 Hz in accordance with NEMA
Standard FA1-3.01
Elevated
Mounting
On a 2-inch (5.08 cm) frangible coupling or
2-inch EMT conduit, or 1.5-inch (3.81 cm) OD
tube or 1.5-inch schedule 40 pipe. Mounting
can be on a 1-inch (2.54 cm) pipe (used on
an aluminum tower) using Mounting Adapter.
Installation
Distance
A maximum of 393 ft (120 m) from ICC
Each flasher fixture is controlled by
an individual control cabinet, which
houses triggering circuits, terminal
blocks, and lightning arrestors. A
safety interlock switch is incorporated
into the enclosure to discharge the
flash lamp power circuitry when the
cabinet door is opened. The ICC can
connect to one flasher or optionally,
3 flashers. ICC includes anti-condensation heaters, which are active when
power is applied.
Elevated
Dimensions
10.6 x 5.75 x 6.7 in - H x W x D
(27 x 14.6 x 17 cm)
ICC Equipment Data
In-pavement
mensions
Fits on standard 12-inch base can. Overall Diheight is 6 inches.
Enclosure
Outdoor, door handle can be padlocked
Input Voltage
240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Elevated Wt.
4 lb (1.8 kg)
Input Current
2 A in high intensity (average)
16.5 lb (7.5 kg)
Flash Lamp
Output Voltage
+400 VDC
Intensity Step
Change
Component Life
150,000 operations minimum
Protection
Rugged surge protection on all external
wiring connections
Mounting
Two 2-inch (5.08 cm) threaded fittings
are provided on bottom of cabinet for
mounting. Mounting lugs are also
provided on back of the cabinet.
Installation
Distance
ICC can be installed a maximum of 393 ft
(120 m) from flasher
In-pavement
Weight
Photometric Data
Intensity
Setting
Maximum
Effective
Intensity
Minimum
Effective
Intensity
Beam Spread
Horiz.
Vertical
+15°
+10°
Elevated Fixture
High
20,000 cd
8,000 cd
Medium
2,000 cd
800 cd
Low
450 cd
150 cd
In-pavement Fixture
Dimensions
HxWxD
High
20,000 cd
5,000 cd
1-in-1 ICC
20 x 16.5 x 9.25 in (50.8 x 41.9 x 23.5 cm)
Medium
2,000 cd
500 cd
3-in-1 ICC
25.6 x 31.1 x 15 in (65 x 79 x 38 cm)
Low
600 cd
150 cd
Weight
1-in-1 ICC
3-in-1 ICC
40.8 lb (18.5 kg)
103.6 lb (47 kg)
+15°
+2 to +12°
2091 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0400
C-3
APPROACH LIGHTING
ALSF/MALSR I Low-Voltage Approach Lighting System
ICC
44A6764-
0
System
1 = ALSF per FAA-E-2628/ICAO Annex 14
2 = MALSR per FAA-E-2325
3 = MALSR per FAA-E-2690
4 = UDAL
Flasher Quantity
1 = One Flasher Unit
3 = Three Flasher Unit
Surge Protection
2 = 80 kA Surge Protection
Notes
• For ICC to Flash Head line lengths up to 131 ft (40 m)
maximum, use ADB Part No. 89A0290-5.
- Wire is 5/C, 14 AWG, 600 V, shielded
- Cable is Alpha Part No. 65405CY-SL
- Cable comes in standard rolls of 100, 500, or 1,000 feet.
Specify length and number of spools required when ordering.
• For line lengths up to 213 ft (65 m), use 12 AWG. For line
lengths up to 328 ft (100 m), use 10 AWG. For Line lengths up
to 383 ft (120 m), use 8 AWG.
• Serial communication wiring between Master and each ICC
must be Manhattan Wire Part No. M8628010, 18 AWG, Triad,
shielded, 600 V cable or ADB-approved equivalent.
Aiming Devices
Elevated FAA Steady-Burning
Lamps
Aiming devices can be used on
either ground mounted lights or
when the lights are mounted on
low impact resistant structures
conforming to FAA-E-2604 or
FAA-E-2702. The aiming device is used to adjust the vertical elevation angle of PAR-38 and PAR-56 steady-burning lamp holders. The
aiming device permits aiming of the lamp axis perpendicular to
the plane of the cover glass at any angle from 0° to +25° above
the horizontal. The aiming angle can be calibrated in 1° intervals,
and the actual aiming angle of the lamp holder with the aiming
device attached is accurate to within ±0.5°.
Note: For ICAO elevated steady-burning fixture applications, refer
to ADB data sheet 3031.
Elevated Flashing Fixtures
This aiming device is used to adjust the vertical elevation of the
elevated flash head. For elevated flashing flixture, the aiming
device is available either as an electronic or as a simple mechanical (bubble level) based unit. Both aiming devices are accurate to
within ±0.5°.
C-4
2091 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0400
Elevated Steady Burning
Aiming Device Ordering Code
44D1654-
Lamp Application
1 = For PAR-56 Lamp Only
2 = For PAR-56 and PAR-38 Lamps
Elevated Flasher Aiming Device Ordering Codes
Electronic Aiming Device1
Bubble Level Aiming Device2
1570.05.400
1570.05.410
Notes
For inaccessible fixture mounting heights up to 33 ft (10 m).
2
For fixture mounting heights accessible from the ground, a
ladder or a bucket truck.
1
Flasher Tester
Flasher Tester functionality is accomplished using software (supplied on a CD with the system) that provides advanced monitoring
and on-site configuration capabilities. The software may be loaded
either on a customer supplied laptop or (optionally) on a laptop
provided with the system. The laptop is connected to either the
Master or any ICC using a communication dongle. The software
provides user-adjustable parameter setting and configuration
functions and detailed individual status monitoring screens.
Flasher Tester Communication Dongle
Ordering Code
1444.00.010
Notes
• Dongle is supplied with software contained on a CD that can
be loaded on any WindowsTM-based laptop
• To order a laptop computer, use part number 44A6002/012.
Junction Box
Junction boxes are used to distribute
power and control signals to the ICCs.
One junction box is required for each
sequenced flasher in the system. Each
junction box has two terminal strips to
accommodate all wires used for the flasher
unit.
Junction Box Equipment Data
Quantity
One for each flasher unit
Conduit Hub
Two 2-inch hubs in the bottom of the box
Dimensions
14 x 14 x 6 in (35.56 x 35.56 x 15.24 cm)
Weight
15 lb (6.8 kg)
Junction Box Ordering Code
44A6765
APPROACH LIGHTING
ALSF/MALSR I Low-Voltage Approach Lighting System
Spare Parts Trunk
FAA MALSR 15 kVA Power Transformer
Spare Parts Trunk includes Master and
ICC PCBs.
The 15 kVA, 50/60 Hz power transformer
powers the steady-burning PAR-56 and
PAR-38 lights. Taps on the transformer are
switched electronically by the master control cabinet to provide power at any one
of three voltage levels to the steady-burning lights. Taps provided on the primary of
the transformer permit secondary voltage
adjustment to within 2.5% of the required
secondary output assuming the primary
voltage is between 210 V and 252 VAC. The transformer is housed
in an outdoor, rain-tight enclosure with lugs provided on the back
of the enclosure for mounting the cabinet in a vertical position.
Two lightning arrestors are provided for input and output lightning
protection.
Spare Parts Trunk Ordering Code
44A6767-0
0
Remote Connection - Hardwired
0 = None
1 = +24 VDC
2 = +48 VDC
3 = 120 VAC
Flashers
0 = Elevated and In-pavement Flashers
1 = Elevated Flashers Only
2 = In-pavement Flashers Only
Power Transformer Equipment Data
FAA MALSR Steady-Burning Light Components
FAA MALSR Lamp Holders
PAR-38 Lamp Holder
There are 45 clear PAR-38 lamp holders mounted five to a light bar
in the runway approach. Each lamp holder is designed to accommodate 150 W, 120 VAC PAR-38 lamps. An adjustable base on the
lamp holder permits vertical adjustment from the horizontal to
25° above the horizontal. Also, the mounting hardware permits
horizontal alignment of the light beam axis to any horizontal angle
within +1°. The lamp holder has a mounting base that mounts
on the open top of a frangible coupling, on a light bar with an
adapter sleeve, or to a 2-inch (EMT) conduit.
Quantity
One
Rating
15 kVA
Input
210-252 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Taps
Provided on primary to permit adjustment
of secondary voltages
Output Voltage
(when connected
to 240V AC
primary input)
Intensity Step
Low
Medium
High
Secondary Output
50/100 VAC ±0.5%
75/150 VAC ±0.5%
120/240 VAC ±0.5%
Dimensions
13.25 x 12 x 18 in (33.7 x 30.5 x 45.7 cm)
Weight
262 lb (119 kg)
15 kVA Power Transformer
Ordering Code
44D1685-1
PAR-38 Equipment Data
Quantity
45 total
FAA ALSF Ordering Information
Installation
Five PAR-38 lamp holders are installed on a
light bar (Nine light bars in system)
The following equipment is supplied for the ALSF-1, ALSF-2, and
ALSF-2/SSALR approach lighting systems per FAA-E-2628:
Dimensions
9 x 3 x 3 in (22.9 x 7.6 x 7.6 cm)
Quantity
PAR-38 Ordering Code
1
Up to 21
Up to 21
Up to 21
1
1
1
1
44C1683
Note: 120 W, 150 VAC PAR-38 lamps are sold separately. Use
part number 48A0447.
PAR-56 Lamp Holder
Eighteen PAR-56 lamp holders are installed
on the runway threshold. The lamp holder has
mounting clips to hold the green filter and is
designed to accommodate a 300 W, 120 VAC
PAR-56 lamp. Each lamp holder has an adjustable base for vertical adjustment and mounts
to a 2-inch EMT conduit or on top of a frangible
coupling. PAR-56 lamp holders are ordered separately. See ADB
data sheet 1042 for ordering information.
Description
Master Control Cabinet
Flashing Light Heads
Individual Control Cabinets
Junction Boxes
Steady-Burning Aiming Device
Elevated Flasher Aiming Device
Flasher Tester Equipment
Instruction Manual
Additional equipment may be required, but must be ordered
separately:
•
•
•
•
•
•
PAR-56 Lamp Holder Assemblies
PAR-56 Lamps
Frangible Couplings
Low Impact-Resistant Structures
Spare Parts Trunk
L-830/L-831 Isolation Transformer or 1500 W, 20 A/20 A, Isolation Transformer
• For in-pavement FAA-E-2952 (Replacement for 2491) ALSF
high-intensity system applications, see ADB data sheet 2029 for
details.
2091 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0400
C-5
APPROACH LIGHTING
ALSF/MALSR I Low-Voltage Approach Lighting System
FAA MALSR Ordering Information
Spare Components
The following equipment is supplied for the MALSR approach lighting systems per FAA-E-2325:
Description
Part No.
Elevated flasher fixture optical cartridge
assembly (w/out flashtube assembly)1
Elevated flasher gasket
Elevated flasher flashtube and PCB 1503
assembly2
In-pavement flasher lamp/reflector PCB
In-pavement flasher trigger/external
connections PCB
In-pavement flasher lamp, 400 VDC3
In-pavement flasher prism
In-pavement flasher sleeve gasket for prism
In-pavement flasher flat gasket for prism
Individual Control Cabinet FCU board (FAA),
PCB 1487
Local Master Controller board (FAA),
PCB 1485
Multi-Wire board, 48 VDC, PCB 1486
Multi-Wire board, 24 VDC, PCB 14864
Local Bus connection board, PCB 1498
O-Ring between light fitting and base
O-Ring gasket between cover and inner cover
4072.00.980
Quantity
1
3 to 8
3 to 8
3 to 8
1
45
18
1
1
1
1
1
Description
Master Control Cabinet
Sequence Flasher Heads
Individual Control Cabinets
Junction Boxes
15 kVA Power Transformer
PAR-38 Lamp Holders
PAR-56 Lamp Holders
Flasher Tester Equipment
Steady-Burning Aiming Device (PAR-38/-56)
Elevated Flasher Aiming Device
Spare Parts Trunk
Instruction Manual
Additional equipment may be required, but must be ordered
separately:
• PAR-38, 150 W, 120 VAC lamps
• PAR-56, 300 W, 120 VAC lamps
• Frangible couplings
1
• Low impact-resistant structures
2
• For in-pavement FAA-E-2968 MALSR medium-intensity system,
Style I, unidirectional white applications, use part number
44A6440-2000. This fixture uses one 105W lamp and is photometrically equivalent to the older style 200W L-850B fixtures
that were used in this application. See catalog sheet 2029 for
more details.
• For in-pavement FAA-E-2968 MALSR medium-intensity system,
Style II, unidirectional green applications, use part number
44A6440-1000. This fixture uses three 62 W lamps and is photometrically equivalent to the older style 200 W L-850E fixtures
that were used in this application. See data sheet 2029 for
more details.
3
4
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
C-6
2091 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0400
2990.82.673
4072.01.520
4072.02.030
4072.02.060
1590.03.466F
1593.13.412F
1593.13.520
1593.13.510
1590.03.480
7080.90.650
7080.90.710
Exploded Views (Continued)
1. High tensile screws
2. Aluminum alloy cover
3. O-ring gasket between
cover and inner cover
4. Prism sleeve gasket
5. Prism
6. Flat gasket
7. Prism clamp
8. Flashing lamp
9. Lamp/reflector PCB
10. Trigger External Connections PCB
11. Aluminum alloy inner
cover
12. O-ring gasket between
light fitting and base
13. Cable assembly with
molded 5-pole plug
14. Pressure release screw
Exploded Views
Lens/reflector seal
Elevated Lights
Lens
Reflector
Removable front housing,
containing all optical
components
Gasket
Low voltage flash lamp
with trigger transformer
Main housing with slip
fitter, UV resistant
plastic, containing trigger
control circuit
Elevation adjustment screws
Bracing clamp with screw
4072.02.181
4072.20.810
Consists of items 1-4 under elevated lights exploded view
Consists of only item 6 under elevated lights exploded view
The previous version of this lamp with a connector on the trigger
wire is 2990.82.671
Used in the Master Control Cabinet on both 24 VDC and 120 VAC
remote control applications
• Encapsulated (FAA Style) isolation transformers are available for
voltage-driven, medium-intensity approach lighting applications. For 105 W, 240 VAC to 15.9 VAC applications, use part
number 35C0095. For three 62 W lamp applications, a 186 W,
240 VAC to 28.2 VAC transformer is used (Part No. 35C0096).
1.
2.
3.
4.
4071.95.953
4071.99.540
In-pavement Flashing Lights
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
APPROACH LIGHTING
ALSF
High-Intensity Approach Lighting
System
WITH ELEVATED SEQUENCED FLASHERS
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
Military:
Designed according to ALSF-1, ALSF-2, ALSF-2/SSALR
FAA-E-2628; FAA-E-2325 (Sequenced Flashing
Components)
Annex 14 para. 5.3.4.7, 5.3.4.15, 5.3.4.16, 5.3.4.30,
and 5.3.4.31
AFMAN(I) 32-1187/TM 811-5 (UFC 3-535-01)
Approach Applications
Uses
ALSF-1, ALSF-2, and ALSF-2/SSALR approach lighting systems
with elevated sequenced flashing lights are used at airports and
military air bases to provide landing approach guidance, such
as runway alignment, height perception, horizontal reference,
and roll guidance extending from the landing threshold outward
(2,400-3,000 feet) into the approach zone.
ALSF-1
The ALSF-1 approach lighting system is used on Category I Instrument Landing Systems (ILS) and includes up to 24 light stations
(100-foot spacing) with up to 22 centerline bars of steady-burning
lights (five lights to a bar) and up to 15 flashers.
ALSF-2
The ALSF-2 approach lighting system is used on Category II runways
and includes up to 30 light stations (100-foot spacing) with 30
centerline bars of steady-burning lights (five lights to a bar) and up
to 21 flashers.
ALSF-2/SSALR
The SSALR approach lighting system has up to eight sequenced
flashing lights and is used as part of a dual-mode approach lighting system (ALSF-2/SSALR) when Category I conditions exist on
Category II designated runways.
Environmental Operating Conditions
Temperature Range:
-67 °F to +137 °F (-55 °C to +55 °C)
Humidity:
0 to 100%
Altitude:
0 to 10,000 ft (3048 m) maximum
Master Control Cabinet
44D1650-
1
Flashers
1 = 8 flashers (maximum)
2 = 15 flashers (maximum)
3 = 21 flashers (maximum)
Monitoring
1 = Without monitoring
2 = With monitoring (standard)
Voltage
1 = 120/240 VAC (standard)
2 = 480 VAC
Theory of Operation (Continued)
military aircraft share runway usage. Up to 21 flashing lamp
assemblies are installed in the outer portion of the approach lighting system at regular intervals. Flashing lights are arranged and
connected in such a way as to produce a sequenced flashing light
signal that has the appearance of a ball of light traveling down
the system from the outer end (flasher farthest from the runway
threshold) to the flasher assembly closest to the runway threshold.
Note: Steady-burning portion of ALSF system is ordered separately.
See ADB PAR-56 data sheet 1042 for more details
Master Control Cabinet
The master control cabinet contains control circuitry and monitoring PCBs, which provide the power,
timing signals, misfire monitoring
circuitry, and three-step intensity
control signals to the sequenced
flasher assemblies in remote (120
VAC or +48 VDC control) and local
mode. The master cabinet can
control up to 21 sequenced flasher
assemblies, providing power and
trigger signals to produce a sequenced flashing light signal having
the appearance of a ball of light
traveling down the approach zone.
Master Control Cabinet
Theory of Operation
ADB’s sequenced-flasher lighting systems include a master control
unit, junction boxes, individual control cabinets (ICC), and elevated flasher units. In the ALSF configuration, an array of light bars
are installed symmetrically around the centerline of the approach
lighting system, starting at the approach threshold and extending
a total distance of 2,400 feet (731.5 m) outward into the approach
zone up to 3,000 feet (914 m) at facilities where high-speed
1037 Rev. M I Manual No. 96A0106
C-7
APPROACH LIGHTING
ALSF I High-Intensity Approach Lighting System
Master Control Cabinet Equipment Data
Flasher
Input and Output
Voltage
120/240 VAC, +10%, 60 Hz, three-wire,
single-phase (neutral center-tapped).
Optional input: 480 VAC, +10%, 60 Hz,
two-wire, single-phase.
Elevated Flash Head
Output Trigger
Pulses
Time-synchronized with the 60 Hz line
Time from
Trigger Pulse to
Trigger Pulse
In ALSF mode, corresponds to one cycle
of 60 Hz line, 16.67 ms. In SSALR mode,
corresponds to every other cycle of the
60 Hz line or 33.3 ms.
Modes of
Operation
Manual (local) control and remote control
(+48 VDC or 120 VAC)
Enclosure
NEMA 4, outdoor and ventilated (to prevent
condensation)
Maintenance
Features on
Control Cabinet
- Rotary control switch for manual control of
brightness level of system
- Flasher ON/OFF switch to de-energize
flashers (if desired) when the approach
lights are energized
- LED indicators on control panel for system
monitoring
- Service entrance switch disconnects
incoming power to the control unit
- 100 W maintenance light
- Door can be locked in a 120° open position
Lightning
Protection
Each elevated flash head assembly
consists of a flashing light head, which
houses a PAR-56 flashtube and a trigger
transformer. A safety interlock switch is
incorporated in the flash head. It works
in conjunction with the individual control
cabinet (ICC) interlock switch to discharge the voltage across the flash lamp
when either the ICC door is opened or the
flash-tube is removed.
Elevated Flash Head
Equipment Data
Input Voltage
+2,000 VDC
Lamp
PAR-56 xenon flashtube
Lamp Life
Average 1,000 hours on high-intensity step
Intensity
Decrease
30% or less over minimum rated lamp life
Flash Duration
40-100 microseconds
Flash Skipping
Less than 1% with no consecutive skipping
Light Beam
Axis
Adjustable vertically from the horizontal to
25° above the horizontal
Vibration
Withstands vibration in frequency range of
10 to 2,000 Hz in accordance with NEMA
Standard FA1-3.01
Rugged surge protection on all input and
output electrical connections
Enclosure
Rain tight
Dimensions
Gross Weight
Mounting
120/240 VAC
(standard)
37.25 x 30 x 11.38 in
94.6 x 76.2 x 28.9 cm
137 lb
62 kg
480 VAC
48 x 36 x 16.38 in
125.1 x 91.4 x 41.6 cm
279 lb
126.6 kg
On a 2-in (5.08 cm) frangible coupling or 2-in
EMT conduit, or 1.5-inch (3.81 cm) OD tube or
1.5-inch schedule 40 pipe. Mounting can be on a
1-in (2.54 cm) pipe (used on an aluminum tower)
using adapter sleeve.
Installation
Distance
A maximum of 60 ft (18.3 m) from ICC
Dimensions
13.33 x 6.25 x 8.31 in
(33.86 x 15.88 x 21.11 cm)
Weight
4 lb (1.8 kg)
Master Input Power Requirement
Maximum Number
of Flashers
Voltage
120/240 VAC
480 VAC
Maximum Power
Requirements
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
4 kVA
5 kVA
6 kVA
7 kVA
8 kVA
9 kVA
10 kVA
12
21
7.5 kVA
11 kVA
44D1677-
Slip Fit
1 = Slip fitting for 2-inch EMT, 1.5-inch tube and tower
2 = Slip fitting for 1.5-inch Schedule 40 pipe and 62B0064
Frangible Coupling only
Note: Flash head includes lamp.
Elevated Photometric Data
High-Voltage Wire
Used to interconnect elevated flash head and individual control
cabinet. Wire is supplied in 500-foot spools only. Please specify
total length (in feet) of wire required when ordering.
High-Voltage Wire Ordering Code
12 AWG, 3 kV
Flash Head Ordering Code
89A0110-1
Intensity
Setting
Flashtube Intensity
Max. Effective Intensity
Min. Effective Intensity
High
20,000 cd
8,000 cd
Medium
2,000 cd
800 cd
Low
450 cd
150 cd
In-pavement Flasher
In-pavement flashers are not available with this system. If inpavement flashers are required, see data sheet 2091.
C-8
1037 Rev. M I Manual No. 96A0106
APPROACH LIGHTING
ALSF I High-Intensity Approach Lighting System
Individual Control Cabinet (ICC)
Aiming Device
Each flasher unit is controlled
by an individual control cabinet,
which houses triggering circuits,
terminal blocks, and lightning arrestors. A safety interlock switch is
incorporated into the enclosure to
discharge the high-voltage circuitry
when the cabinet door is opened.
The aiming device is used
to adjust and measure the
vertical elevation angle of
PAR-38 and PAR-56 steadyAiming Device
burning or flashing lamp
holders. The aiming device
permits aiming of the lamp
axis perpendicular to the
plane of the cover glass at any angle from 0° to +25° above the
horizontal, even when mounted on low impact-resistant structures conforming to FAA-E-2604 or FAA-E-2702. The aiming angle
is indicated on a scale calibrated in 1° intervals, and the actual
aiming angle of the lamp holder with the aiming device attached
is accurate to within ±0.5°.
Individual Control Cabinet
Equipment Data
Equipment Data
Quantity
One for each flash unit
Enclosure
Outdoor, door handle can be padlocked
Quantity
One
Input Voltage
120/240 VAC, 60 Hz, three-wire, (neutral
center-tapped)
Aiming
Flash lamp axis can be aimed from 0° to 25°
above the horizontal
Input Current
1 A in high intensity (average)
Scale
Calibrated in 1° increments
Flash Lamp
Output Voltage
+2,000 VDC
Accuracy
±0.5°
Dimensions
Maximum Power
Consumption
250 W or less
7 dia. x 10 H in
(17.78 dia. x 25.4 H cm)
Intensity Step
Change
Component Life
150,000 operations minimum
Protection
Rugged surge protection on all external
wiring connections
Mounting
Two 2-inch (5.08 cm) threaded fittings are
provided on bottom of cabinet for mounting.
Mounting lugs are also provided on the back of
the cabinet.
Aiming Device Ordering Code
Installation
Distance
ICC can be installed a maximum of 3,000 ft
(914 m) from master control cabinet
Dimensions
20 x 16 x 8 in
(50.8 x 40.64 x 20.3 cm)
Weight
57 lb (25.85 kg)
ICC Ordering Code
44D1651-
44D1654-
Lamp Application
1 = For PAR-56 Lamp Only
2 = For PAR-56 and PAR-38 Lamps
Flasher Tester
The portable flasher tester is
equipped with a test cable and
plug, which connect to a socket
in the ICC to monitor the operation of the flasher light unit.
The flasher tester is capable of
testing the power circuits and
control signals from the master
control unit to the ICC, and from
the ICC to the flash head.
Flasher Type
1 = Elevated Flasher
3 = Elevated Flasher Panel Only
Flasher Tester
Equipment Data
Contains
Voltmeter, pulse detector, test-signal switch,
and intensity- and trigger-control switches
Test Cable
Plugs into socket in the ICC
Dimensions
9 x 17 x 10 in (22.9 x 43.2 x 25.4 cm)
Weight
3.5 lb (1.59 kg)
Flasher Tester Ordering Code
44D1686-1
1037 Rev. M I Manual No. 96A0106
C-9
APPROACH LIGHTING
ALSF I High-Intensity Approach Lighting System
Junction Box
Ordering Information
Junction boxes are used to distribute power and control signals
to the ICCs. One junction box
is required for each sequenced
flasher in the system. Each junction box has two terminal strips to
accommodate the incoming and
outgoing power, control circuit,
and monitoring wire for the
flasher unit.
The following equipment is supplied for the ALSF-1, ALSF-2, and
ALSF-2/SSALR approach lighting systems per FAA-E-2628:
Quantity
1
Up to 21
Up to 21
Up to 21
1
1
1
Junction Box
Description
Master Control Cabinet
Flashing Light Heads
Individual Control Cabinets
Junction Boxes
Aiming Device
Flasher Tester
Instruction Manual
Equipment Data
Additional equipment may be required, but must be ordered
separately:
Quantity
One for each flasher unit
• PAR-56 Lamp Holder Assemblies
Conduit Hub
Two 2-inch hubs in the bottom of the box
Dimensions
14 x 14 x 6 in (35.56 x 35.56 x 15.24 cm)
• PAR-56 Lamps
Weight
15 lb (6.8 kg)
• Frangible Couplings
• Low Impact-Resistant Structures
Junction Box Ordering Code
44D1653
• High-Voltage Interconnection Wire
• Spare Parts Trunk
Spare Parts Trunk
• L-830 Isolation Transformer
Spare Parts Trunk includes I/O interface, Control PCB, ICC Flasher
PCB, Bleeder, and Monitoring
PCBs.
• 1,500 W, 20 A/20 A, Isolation Transformer
• For in-pavement FAA-E-2952 (Replacement for 2491) ALSF highintensity system applications, see data sheet 2029 for details.
Spare Parts Trunk
Spare Parts Trunk
Ordering Code
44D1652-
1
0
Monitoring
1 = Flasher With Monitoring (Standard)
2 = Flasher Without Monitoring
Frequency
1 = 60 Hz
Flashers
1 = 8 Flashers (Maximum) System
2 = 15 Flashers (Maximum) System
3 = 21 Flashers (Maximum) System
Notes
• The spare parts trunk must be ordered separately for
FAA-E-2628 applications
• Sequenced flashing components (Part No. 44A1788) are ETL
Certified according to FAA-E-2325
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
C - 10
1037 Rev. M I Manual No. 96A0106
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
APPROACH LIGHTING
MALSR
Medium-Intensity Approach Lighting
System
WITH ELEVATED SEQUENCED FLASHERS
AND STEADY BURNING LIGHTS
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
Designed according to MALSR FAA-E-2325
Uses
The MALSR approach lighting system with elevated sequenced
flashing lights are used at airports and military air bases to provide landing approach guidance, such as runway alignment, height
perception, horizontal reference, and roll guidance extending
from the landing threshold outward (2,400-3,000 feet) into the
approach zone.
Environmental Operating Conditions
Temperature Range:
-67 °F to +158 °F (-55 °C to +70 °C)
Humidity:
0 to 100%, condensing
Altitude:
0 to 10,000 feet (3,048 m) maximum
Theory of Operation
ADB’s sequenced-flasher lighting system includes a master control
unit, junction boxes, individual control cabinets, a 15 kVA steadyburning light transformer, and elevated flasher units. In the MALSR
configuration, an array of light bars are installed symmetrically
around the centerline of the approach lighting system, starting at
the approach threshold and extending a total distance of 2,400
feet (731.5 m) into the approach zone and up to 3,000 feet (914.4
m) at facilities where high-speed military aircraft share runway
usage. Up to 11 flashing lamp assemblies are installed in the outer
portion of the approach lighting system at regular intervals. Flashing lights are arranged and connected to produce a sequenced
flashing light signal that has the appearance of a ball of light
traveling down the system from the outer end (flasher farthest
from the runway threshold) to the flasher assembly closest to the
runway threshold.
Master Control Cabinet Ordering Code
44D1655Flashers
1 = 5 flashers (maximum)
2 = 8 flashers (maximum)
3 = 11 flashers (maximum)
Monitoring
1 = With monitoring
2 = Without monitoring (standard)
Equipment Data
Input and
Output Voltage
120/240 VAC, +10%, 60 Hz, three-wire,
single-phase (neutral center-tapped)
Output Trigger
Pulses
Time-synchronized with the 60 Hz line
Time from Trigger
33.3 milliseconds
Pulse to Trigger Pulse
Modes of
Operation
Manual (local) control and remote control
(+48 VDC or 120 VAC)
Enclosure
NEMA 4, outdoor and ventilated (to
prevent condensation)
Maintenance
Features on
Control Cabinet
- Rotary control switch for manual control
of brightness level of system
- Flasher ON/OFF switch to de-energize
flashers (if desired) when the approach
lights are energized
- LED indicators on control panel for
system monitoring
- Service entrance switch disconnects
incoming power to the control unit
- 100 W maintenance light
- Door can be locked in a 120° open position
Dimensions
37.25 x 30 x 11.38 in
94.6 x 76.2 x 28.9 cm
Weight
137 lb (62 kg)
Master Control Cabinet
The master control cabinet contains control circuitry and monitoring PCBs, which provide the power, timing signals, misfire
monitoring circuitry, and three-step intensity control signals to
the sequenced flasher assemblies in remote (120 VAC or +48 VDC
control) and local mode. The master cabinet can control up to 21
sequenced flasher assemblies, providing power and trigger signals
to produce a sequenced flashing light signal having the appearance of a ball of light traveling down the approach zone.
11
High-Voltage Wire
Used to interconnect elevated flash head and individual control
cabinet. Wire is supplied in 500-foot spools only. Please specify
total length (in feet) of wire required when ordering.
Master Input Power Requirements
Max. No. of Flashers
Max. Power Requirements
3
18 kVA
5
19 kVA
8
20 kVA
High-Voltage Wire Ordering Code
89A0110-1
1039 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0106
C - 11
APPROACH LIGHTING
MALSR I Medium-Intensity Approach Lighting System
Flasher
In-pavement Flasher
Elevated Flash Head
In-pavement flashers are not available with this system. If inpavement flashers are required, see catalog sheet 2091.
Each elevated flash head assembly
consists of a flashing light head,
which houses a PAR-56 flashtube and
a trigger transformer. A safety interlock switch is incorporated in the
flash head. It works in conjunction
with the individual control cabinet
(ICC) interlock switch to discharge
the voltage across the flash lamp
when either the ICC door is opened
or the flashtube is removed.
Lamp Holders
PAR-38 Lamp Holder
Elevated Flash Head Unit
Equipment Data
There are 45 clear PAR-38 lamp holders mounted five to a light bar
in the runway approach. Each lamp holder is designed to accommodate 150 W, 120 VAC PAR-38 spot lamps. An adjustable base on
the lamp holder permits vertical adjustment from the horizontal
to 25° above the horizontal. Also, the mounting hardware permits
horizontal alignment of the light beam axis to any horizontal angle
within +1°. The lamp holder has a mounting base that mounts on
the open top of a frangible coupling, on a light bar with an adapter
sleeve, or to a 2-inch (EMT) conduit.
Input Voltage
+2,000 VDC
Lamp
PAR-56 xenon flashtube
Equipment Data
Lamp Life
Average 1,000 hours on high-intensity step
Quantity
45 total
Intensity
Decrease
30% or less over minimum rated lamp life
Installation
Five PAR-38 lamp holders are installed on a
light bar (Nine light bars in system)
Flash Duration
0-100 microseconds
Dimensions
9 x 3 x 3 in (22.9 x 7.6 x 7.6 cm)
Flash Skipping
Less than 1% with no consecutive skipping
Light Beam
Axis
Adjustable vertically from the horizontal to
25° above the horizontal
Vibration
Withstands vibration in frequency range of
10 to 2,000 Hz in accordance with NEMA
Standard FA1-3.01
Enclosure
Rain tight
Mounting
On a 2-inch (5.08 cm) frangible coupling or
2-inch EMT conduit, or 1.5-inch (3.81 cm) OD
tube or 1.5-inch schedule 40 pipe. Mounting
can be on a 1-inch (2.54 cm) pipe (used on an
aluminum tower) using adapter sleeve.
Installation
Distance
A maximum of 60 ft (18.3 m) from ICC
Dimensions
13.33 x 6.25 x 8.31 in
(33.86 x 15.88 x 21.11 cm)
Weight
4 lb (1.8 kg)
PAR-38 Ordering Code
44C1683
Note: 150 W, 120 VAC PAR-38 lamps are sold separately. Use part
number 48A0447.
PAR-56 Lamp Holder
Eighteen PAR-56 lamp holders are installed on
the runway threshold. The lamp holder has
mounting clips to hold the green filter and is
designed to accommodate a 300 W, 120 VAC
PAR-56 lamp. Each lamp holder has an
adjustable base for vertical adjustment and
mounts to a 2-inch EMT conduit or on top of
a frangible coupling. PAR-56 lamp holders are
ordered separately. See data sheet 1042 for
PAR-56 Lamp Holder
ordering information.
15 kVA Power Transformer
Flash Head Ordering Code
44D1677-
Slip Fit
1 = Slip fitting for 2-inch EMT, 1.5-inch tube and tower
2 = Slip fitting for 1.5-inch Schedule 40 pipe and 62B0064
Frangible Coupling only
Note: Flash head includes lamp.
Elevated Photometric Data
Intensity
Setting
Flashtube Intensity
Max. Effective Intensity
Min. Effective Intensity
High
20,000 cd
8,000 cd
Medium
2,000 cd
800 cd
Low
450 cd
150 cd
C - 12
1039 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0106
The 15 kVA, 60 Hz power transformer powers the steady-burning
PAR-56 and PAR-38 lights. Taps on the transformer are switched
by contactors in the master control cabinet to provide power
at any one of three voltage levels to the steady-burning lights.
Taps provided on the primary of the
transformer permit secondary voltage adjustment to within 2.5% of the
required secondary output assuming the primary voltage is between
210 V and 252 VAC. The transformer
is housed in an outdoor, rain-tight
enclosure with lugs provided on the
back of the enclosure for mounting
the cabinet in a vertical position.
Two external lightning arrestors are
Power Transformer
provided for input and output lightning protection.
APPROACH LIGHTING
MALSR I Medium-Intensity Approach Lighting System
15 kVA Power Transformer (Continued)
Equipment Data
Quantity
ICC Ordering Code
Flasher Type
1 = Elevated Flasher
3 = Elevated Flasher Panel Only
One
Rating
15 kVA
Input
210-252 VAC, 60 Hz
Taps
Provided on primary to permit adjustment
of secondary voltages
Output Voltage
(when connected
to 240 VAC
primary input)
Intensity Step
Low
Medium
High
Secondary Output
50/100 VAC ±0.5%
75/150 VAC ±0.5%
120/240 VAC ±0.5%
Dimensions
13.25 x 12 x 18 in (33.7 x 30.48 x 45.7 cm)
Weight
262 lb (119 kg)
15 kVA Power Transformer
Ordering Code
44D1685-1
Individual Control Cabinet (ICC)
Each flasher unit is controlled
by an individual control cabinet,
which houses triggering circuits,
terminal blocks, and lightning
arrestors. A safety interlock
switch is incorporated into
the enclosure to discharge the
high-voltage circuitry when the
cabinet door is opened.
Aiming Device
The aiming device is used to
adjust and measure the vertical
elevation angle of PAR-38 and
PAR-56 steady-burning or flashing lamp holders. The aiming
device permits aiming of the
lamp axis perpendicular to the
plane of the cover glass at any
angle from 0° to +25° above the
Aiming Device
horizontal, even when mounted
on low impact-resistant structures conforming to FAA-E-2604 or
FAA-E-2702. The aiming angle is indicated on a scale calibrated in
1° intervals, and the actual aiming angle of the lamp holder with
the aiming device attached is accurate to within ±0.5°.
Equipment Data
Quantity
One for each system
Aiming
Flash lamp axis can be aimed from 0° to 25°
above the horizontal
Scale
Calibrated in 1° increments
Accuracy
Dimensions
±0.5°
7 dia. x 10 H in (17.78 dia. x 25.4 H cm)
Aiming Device Ordering Code
Individual Control Cabinet
Equipment Data
Quantity
One for each flash unit
Enclosure
Outdoor, door handle can be padlocked
Input Voltage
120/240 VAC, 60 Hz, three-wire, (neutral
center-tapped)
Input Current
1 A in high intensity (average)
Maximum Power
Consumption
250 W or less
Intensity Step
Change
Component Life
150,000 operations minimum
Protection
All components are protected from highvoltage transients
Mounting
Two 2-inch (5.08 cm) threaded fittings are
provided on bottom of cabinet for mounting.
Mounting lugs are also provided on back
of the cabinet.
Installation
Distance
44D1651-
ICC can be installed a maximum of 3,000 ft
(914.4 m) from master control cabinet
Dimensions
20 x 16 x 8 in (50.8 x 40.64 x 20.3 cm)
Weight
57 lb (25.85 kg)
44D1654-
Lamp Application
1 = For PAR-56 Lamp Only
2 = For PAR-56 and PAR-38 Lamps
Junction Box
Junction boxes are used to distribute
power and control signals to the ICCs.
One junction box is required for each
sequenced flasher in the system.
Each junction box has two terminal
strips to accommodate the incoming
and outgoing power, control circuit,
and monitoring wire
for the flasher unit.
Junction Box
Equipment Data
Quantity
One for each flasher unit
Conduit Hub
Two 2-inch hubs in the bottom of the box
Dimensions
14 x 14 x 6 in (35.56 x 35.56 x 15.24 cm)
Weight
15 lb (6.8 kg)
Junction Box Ordering Code
44D1653
1039 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0106
C - 13
APPROACH LIGHTING
MALSR I Medium-Intensity Approach Lighting System
Flasher Tester
Ordering Information
The portable flasher tester is
equipped with a test cable and
plug, which connect to a socket in
the ICC to monitor the operation of
the flasher light unit. The flasher
tester is capable of testing the
power circuits and control signals
from the master control unit to the
ICC, and from the ICC to the flash
head.
The following equipment is supplied for the MALSR approach lighting systems per FAA-E-2325:
Quantity
1
3 to 11
3 to 11
3 to 11
1
2
45
18
1
A/R
Flasher Tester
1
1
2
Equipment Data
Contains
Voltmeter, pulse detector, test-signal switch,
and intensity- and trigger-control switches
Test Cable
Plugs into socket in the ICC
Dimensions
9 x 17 x 10 in (22.9 x 43.2 x 25.4 cm)
Weight
3.5 lb (1.59 kg)
Description
Master Control Cabinet
Sequence Flasher Heads
Individual Control Cabinets
Junction Boxes
15 kVA Power Transformer
Lightning Arrestors
PAR-38 Lamp Holders
PAR-56 Lamp Holders
Flasher Tester
High-Voltage Interconnecting Wire (flash
head to ICC)
Aiming Device (PAR-38/-56)
Spare Parts Trunk
Instruction Manual
Note: Sequenced flashing components (Part No. 44A1788) are ETL
Certified according to FAA-E-2325
Additional equipment may be required, but must be ordered
separately:
• PAR-38, 150 W, 120 VAC spot lamps
Flasher Tester Ordering Code
44D1686-1
• PAR-56, 300 W, 120 VAC spot lamps
• Frangible couplings
Spare Parts Trunk
• Low impact-resistant structures
Spare Parts Trunk includes I/O interface, Control PCB, ICC Flasher
PCB, Bleeder, and Monitoring
PCBs.
• For in-pavement FAA-E-2968 MALSR medium-intensity system,
Style I, unidirectional white applications, use part number
44A6440-2000. This fixture uses one 105W lamp and is photometrically equivalent to the older style 200W L-850B fixtures
that were used in this application. See data sheet 2029 for
more details.
Spare Parts Trunk
Spare Parts Trunk
Ordering Code
44D1652-
Monitoring
1 = Flasher With Monitoring (Standard)
2 = Flasher Without Monitoring
Frequency
1 = 60Hz
1
0
• Encapsulated (FAA Style) isolation transformers are available for
voltage-driven, medium-intensity approach lighting applications.
For 105 W, 240 VAC to 15.9 VAC applications, use transformer
use Part No. 35C0095.
• For in-pavement FAA-E-2968 MALSR medium-intensity system,
Style II, unidirectional green applications, use part number
44A6440-1000. This fixture uses three 62 W lamps and is photometrically equivalent to the older style 200 W L-850E fixtures
that were used in this application. See data sheet 2029 for
more details.
Flashers
1 = 8 Flashers (Maximum) System
4 = 5 Flashers (Maximum) System
5 = 11 Flashers (Maximum) System
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
C - 14
1039 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0106
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
APPROACH LIGHTING
PAR-56
Steady-Burning Approach
Elevated Light
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
Military:
FAA-E-982, FAA-E-2325, FAA-E-2628
UFC 3-535-01, NAVAIR 51-50AAA-2
Uses
PAR-56 Ordering Code
The high light output and wide beam coverage make these lights
particularly well suited for Category III conditions with less than
1,200 RVR.
Features
• Mounted on the ground or on various towers
• Lens is sealed with weatherproof high-temperature gaskets
• Adjustable angles
• The mechanical structure of the steady-burning light fixture is
identical to the ADB PAR-56 flash head, minimizing spare parts
Environmental Conditions
Temperature:
-67 °F to +158 °F (-55 °C to +70 °C)
Humidity:
0 to 100%
Exposure:
Windblown rain, sand and dust particles,
salt-laden atmosphere, solar radiation, and
extreme thermal changes
Equipment Data
• Suitable for replacement of military specification fixtures, per
UFC 3-535-01/02 and NAVAIR 51-50AAA-2
• FAA-E-982 lampholders use standard PAR 56 lamps to meet FAA
photometric requirements. No cord set is usually required.
Filters are clear (no filter), red, or green.
• Filter clips are supplied when a green, yellow, red, or blue filter
is requested
• Input: 6.6 A, 20 A, or 120 VAC depending on lamp used in fixture. See Optional PAR-56 Lamps Ordering Code.
Construction
The PAR-56 Steady-Burning Approach Light Fixture consists of an
aluminum die-cast housing with mounting slip fitter, high-temperature gasket, and lamp-clip assembly. Optional items include
lamps, color filters, shorting device, L-823 cord set, and aiming
device.
44D1661-
Shorting Device
0 = Includes Shorting Device for 6.6 A Lamps*
1 = Includes Shorting Device for 20 A Lamps
2 = Without Shorting Device
Filters
1 = Clear (no filter)
2 = Green Filter
3 = Yellow Filter
4 = Red Filter
5 = Blue Filter (special order only)
Cord Set
1 = With L-823 Cord Set (used with shorting device)
2 = Without L-823 Cord Set
3 = With L-823 Cord Set (used without shorting device)
Slip Fit
1 = Slip fitter for 2-in EMT, 1.5-in Tube & Tower
2 = Slip fitter for 1.5-in Schedule 40 Pipe and
Frangible Coupling (62B0064)
Notes
Lamps and optional accessories must be ordered separately. See
following page for details.
* For 200 W lamps only
Aiming Device Ordering Code
44D1654-
Lamp Application
1 = PAR-56 use only
2 = PAR-56 and PAR-38*
Notes
• Aiming device must be purchased separately. It is used to aim
the ADB PAR-56 and PAR-38 lamp holders and is accurate to
±0.5°.
* PAR-38 lamp holders are normally used on a MALSR system.
PAR-56 Packaging
Quantity per Box:
36
Gross Weight:
125 lb (56.7 kg)
Dimensions of Carton:
26 x 39 x 27 in (66 x 99.1 x 68.6 cm)
Optional Shorting Device
Integrity of the series circuit is maintained on the secondary side
of the transformer in case of lamp failure by an optional shorting device mounted in the housing. The shorting device loads the
circuit to a maximum of 3 VA during normal operation of the lamp.
The shorting device automatically resets when a lamp is replaced.
No manual reset is required.
1042 Rev. N I Manual No. 96A0119
C - 15
APPROACH LIGHTING
PAR-56 I Steady-Burning Approach Elevated Light
Optional Accessories
Inside View
Frangible Coupling, 2-inch slip (EMT) coupling
44B0180
Frangible Coupling, 2-inch threaded coupling
62B0064
200 W, 6.6/6.6 A Transformer
35C0082
200 W, 20/6.6 A Transformer
35C0083
300 W, 6.6/20 A Transformer
35C0084
300 W, 20/20 A Transformer
35C0085
300 W, 6.6/6.6 A Transformer
35C0086
300 W, 20/6.6 A Transformer
35C0087
500 W, 6.6/20 A Transformer
35C0088
500 W, 20/20 A Transformer
35C0089
500 W, 6.6/6.6 A Transformer
35A0224
500 W, 20/6.6 A Transformer
35A0228
35A0675
1500 W, 20/6.6 A Transformer
35D0326
4
6
8.38 in
10.2 in
For additional transformers, see data sheet 1215. For information
on connector kits, see data sheet 1031.
7

Elevated PAR-56 Lamps
8
3.35 in
4.48 in
Application
Spec
Lamp
Part No.
White, centerline
& cross bar
FAA ALSF
300 W - 20 A1
Q20/PAR56
48A0091
ICAO, UFC
200 W - 6.6 A
Q6.6A/PAR56/4
48A0395
NAVAIR
300 W - 20 A2
Q20/PAR56
48A0091
FAA ALSF
500 W - 20 A1
Q20A/PAR56/1
48A0092
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
ICAO, UFC
200 W - 6.6 A
Q6.6A/PAR56/4
48A0395
Spare Components
NAVAIR
500 W - 20 A2
Q20A/PAR56/1
48A0092
FAA ALSF
500 W - 20 A1
Q20A/PAR56/1
48A0092
FAA MALSR
300 W - 120 V3
48A0118
ICAO, UFC
200 W - 6.6 A
Q6.6A/PAR56/4
48A0395
NAVAIR
500 W - 20 A2
Q20A/PAR56/1
48A0092
Red, side row
Green, runway
threshold &
wing bar
1
2
3
Lamp wattage/current as specified in FAA Facility Standards
drawings
Lamp specified in NAVAIR 51-50AAA-2
Lamp wattage/voltage as specified in FAA Facility Standards
drawings
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
C - 16
1042 Rev. N I Manual No. 96A0119
5

1500 W, 20/20 A Transformer
3
2

62B0107-2

Floor Flange
1

44B1092

Part No.
Stake Assembly

Item

4.05 in


Filter (optional)
Lamp Clip
High-temperature Gasket
Lamp (separate purchaseitem)
PAR-56 Lamp Holder
Shorting Device (optional)
Slip Fitter
Filter Clip (supplied with optional filter)
Description
Part No.
Clip, color filter
Cord set, L-823
Filter, green
Filter, red
Gasket, lamp
Head, PAR-56 flashing
Heat shield
Shorting device, 20 A
Shorting device, 6.6 A (200 W max)
Slip fitter for EMT 1 1/2-inch tube
Slip fitter for 1 1/2-inch sch. 40 pipe
Socket, lamp
60B0896
73A0057-84
63B0023
63A0542
63C0532
62D0518
60B0924
44B2340-01
44B2340-02
62D0524-1
62D0524-2
49A0124
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
APPROACH LIGHTING
UEL
Steady-Burning and Flashing
Elevated Approach Light
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
IEC:
NATO:
T/C:
AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition) and FAA-E-982 for
mechanical and environmental properties.
Annex 14, Volume I, para. 5.3.4, 5.3.4.17, 5.3.7,
5.3.8, 5.3.10, 5.3.11, and 5.3.19.4.
IEC 61827
STANAG 3316
Transport Canada TP 312
Uses
• Precision approach lighting Cat. I, II and III, white and red
• Threshold and threshold wing bar lighting Cat. I, II and III
• Runway end lighting Cat. I, II and III
• Supplementary ICAO stop bar lights Cat. I, II and III
• Flashing light head, in conjunction with a FCU cabinet
Features
• Low weight (3.75 lb/1.7 kg, including lamp) construction due to
the use of synthetic material for rear housing that is resistant
to UV and high temperatures.
• Fixture is also available with an aluminum rear housing.
• Reduced dimensions for improved frangibility characteristics
and resistance against jet blast and wind load.
• Easy lamp changing without tools due to a hinged, removable
front cartridge.
• Low power and long life lamps: 1000 hours, 150 W only for approach, threshold and threshold wing bar, 100 W for runway end
and 45 W for ICAO stop bar.
• Cable mechanically protected inside the fixture; built-in stress
relief.
• Front glasses, clear or colored, optimized for the different
functions. No separate color filters.
• Mounts straight onto standard 2” EMT (60 mm O.D.), breakable coupling or frangible mast head.
• Stable elevation adjustment achieved by readily accessible,
lockable adjustment screws.
• Easy aiming, even on top of a mast, by means of dedicated setting devices available either in an electronic or in a simplified,
bubble level version.
• Maintenance-free construction and design.
• Also available with an additional medium intensity – low intensity omnidirectional approach light on top
Environmental Operating Conditions
Temperature: -67 °F to +131 °F (-55 °C to +55 °C)
Humidity:
0 to 100%
Altitude:
0 to 10,000 ft (3,000 m)
Wind:
Velocities up to 302 knots (560 km/hr)
With aluminum
rear housing
With synthetic
rear housing
Ordering Code UEL1-
-
-
Lamp Power
120 = 120 W (flashing light)
045 = 45 W (ICAO stop bar)
100 = 100 W (runway end)
150 = 150 W (other applications)1
Beam Color
C = White
G = Green
R = Red
For Mounting On
0 = Ground (with secondary cable)
2 = Pole or mast (no cable)
Finish (Aluminum)
Y = Aviation yellow
Low Intensity Top Light
0 = Without
1 = With
Special requirements to be specified in full text
Notes
• Extension cables, conduits, connector kits, breakable couplings,
and frangible masts, need to be ordered separately. For
assistance, please contact ADB.
• For Canadian applications with metal rear housing and external
cord set, see ordering code on page 2.
• If mounting to an LIR mast or 2-inch EMT adapter Part No. 4762
must be used.
1
Other applications include: approach, threshold and threshold
wing bar
Elevated Flasher Aiming Device
This aiming device is used to adjust the vertical elevation of the
elevated flash head. For elevated flashing fixture, the aiming
device is available either as an electronic or as a simple mechanical (bubble level) based unit. Both aiming devices are accurate to
within ±0.5°.
Elevated Flasher Aiming Device Ordering Codes
Remote Digital Aiming Device1
Bubble Level Aiming Device2
1570.05.400
1570.05.410
Notes
1
For inaccessible fixture mounting heights up to 33 ft (10 m).
2
For fixture mounting heights accessible from the ground, a
ladder or a bucket truck.
3031 Rev. E I Call for Manual
C - 17
APPROACH LIGHTING
Ordering Code
UEL I Steady-Burning & Flashing Elevated Approach Light
UEL
-1-
-
-
Finish
• Front cartridge: painted aviation yellow
Fixture Type
= (blank) non-metallic fixture
body
C = Cast aluminum fixture body
• Main body: black, temperature and UV-resistant synthetic material. Cast aluminum option available.
• Stainless steel hardware
Lamp Power
100 = 100 W (runway end)
150 = 150 W (other applications)1
Fig. 1
• Temperature resistant wiring, gasket and
front glass
Lens color
C = White (high-intensity approach)
G = Green (threshold, wingbar)
R = Red (elevated stopbar, runway end,
approach siderow)
Special Options
= (blank) none
E = External cable
LL = 1M secondary cable length
NC = No secondary cable
Characteristics
• UV-resistance: Synthetic main body
tested in a Weather-O-Meter per ASTM 23
& 26 for more than 2000 hours
• Degree of protection: IP 43
Fig. 2
Installation
Notes
• Extension cables, conduits, connector kits, breakable
couplings, and frangible masts, need to be ordered separately.
For assistance, please contact ADB.
• To order a Standard Digital Aiming Device for use on readily
accessible fixture mounting heights, use Part No. 080604.
1
Other applications include: approach, threshold and threshold
wing bar
Electrical Supply
From a 2.8 to 6.6 A series circuit, through a suitably rated isolation transformer. Use a 2-core 2.5 mm2 (AWG 12) silicon rubber
insulated cable between the transformer and the light. For flashing system, see catalog sheet 2091.
• At ground level on 2.36 in (60 mm) O.D.
breakable coupling (See Fig. 1)
• On a 2.36 in (60 mm) O.D. aluminum conduit
up to 6.56 feet (2 m) high with breakable
coupling 44B0180 (See Fig. 2 and/or catalog
sheet 2093)
• On top of any safety approach mast having
a 2.36 in (60 mm) O.D. mounting interface
(See Fig. 2)
Fig. 3
• On top of fiberglass LIR mast, use 2.36 in
(60 mm) to FAA LIR lamp support adapter
Part No. 4762. (See Fig. 3).
Dimensions
Construction
Ø 5.71” (145 mm)
10.63” (270 mm)
6
8
1
2
Exploded View
3
4
5 7
9
10
1.
2.
3.
4.
Front glass/reflector seal
Front glass
Reflector
Removable front cartridge, aluminum alloy, containing the
lamp and all optical components
5. Optical cartridge gasket
6. Prefocus halogen lamp
7. Cable stress reliever
8. Main (rear) housing with slip fitter
9. Elevation adjustment screws
10. Bracing clamp with screw
C - 18
3031 Rev. E I Call for Manual
6.69” (170 mm)
Packing Data
UEL-1-150
Net weight*:
3.75 lb (1.7 kg)
In cardboard box:
11.81 x 8.27 x 8.66 in (30 x 21 x 22 cm)
Gross weight:
4.41 lb (2.0 kg)
* Complete with glassware, without lamp, cable or breakable
coupling
APPROACH LIGHTING
UEL I Steady-Burning & Flashing Elevated Approach Light
Photometric Data
Fig. 7 - Threshold Wing Bar
Lamp specification: prefocus halogen - PK 30d - 6.6 A - 1000 hours
rated life at full intensity. Max. power rating: 150 W
Lamp
(W)
Color
Curve
Avg. Int.
(cd)
Beam Spread
150
White
Fig. 4
22,108
150
Red
Fig. 5
6,921
-5 to +9
3 to 13
150
Green
Fig. 6
19,075
-2 to +9
2 to 11
150
Green
Fig. 7
17,929
-5 to +9
2 to 13
100
Red
Fig. 8
5,322
-6 to +6
0.2 to 4.5
45
Red
Fig. 9
309
-10 to +10
(rectangle)
1 to 8
(rectangle)
Horz.
-10 to +10
Vert.
2 to 13
Fig. 8 - Runway End
Fig. 4 - Approach Centerline
Fig. 9 - Supplementary Stop Bar
Fig. 5 - Approach Side Row
Spare Components
Fig. 6 - Threshold
Description
Part No.
Optical assembly*, clear
Optical assembly*, red
Optical assembly*, green
Lens gasket
Lens only, clear
Lens only, red
Lens only, green
Reflector PK30D
Lamp, 45 W, 6.6 A
Lamp, 100 W, 6.6 A
Lamp, 150 W, 6.6 A
4072.00.920
4072.00.950
4072.00.970
4071.95.941
1408.20.201
1408.20.211
1408.20.220
4071.99.450
2990.48.330
2990.48.325
2990.48.340
* Includes gasket, reflector, and lens
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
3031 Rev. E I Call for Manual
C - 19
APPROACH LIGHTING
IAML
Incandescent In-pavement ALSF
and MALSR Approach Light
STYLE 2 HIGH-INTENSITY/MEDIUM-INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ALSF ETL Verified to FAA-E-2952
(Detail Specification for Approach Light, Chemical Resistant,
High Intensity, Semi-flush Steady Burning)
MALSR ETL Verified to FAA-E-2968
(Detail Specification for Semi-flush Approach Light Units
for Medium Intensity Approach Lighting System with
Runway Alignment Indicator Lights)
Uses
• ALSF high-intensity approach centerline, crossbar, and side row
barrettes in white, green, and red
• MALSR medium-intensity approach in white and threshold in
green
ALSF Ordering Code
44A6148-
000
Color
1 = White (Style A)
2 = Green (Style B)
3 = Red (Style C)
Notes
• A Shorting Device is also available. If any lamp opens, the
shorting device places a short on the secondary of the
isolation transformer. This allows certain monitoring systems
to detect a lamp out. The shorting device ordering code is
44A6143.
• To retrofit into older FAA-E-2491 applications, a flange ring
is required. The flange ring ordering code is 128A145-SS-G.
Features
• FAA Style 2–Low protrusion above ground of ≤0.50 inch reduces
vibrations caused by aircraft landing gear in both the light
fixture and the landing gear, increasing lamp life
• Provides numerous advantages–including lower weight, easier
maintenance, and lower life cycle cost–than older style fixtures
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of maintenance in
mind
• Light channel in front of prism windows protects prisms from
damage and prevents rubber buildup thereby maintaining optimal light output
• Low-energy/long-life halogen lamps are 105 W (3 per fixture)
with a rated life of 1,000 hours at 6.6 A for ALSF applications.
For MALSR green threshold applications, the 62 W lamp (3 per
fixture) has a rated life of 1,000 hours at 6.6 A.
• For MALSR white approach applications, the 105 W lamp (1 per
fixture) has a rated life of 1,000 hours at 6.6 A. This fixture
meets the photometric requirements per FAA-E-2968 that previoulsy used an L-850B 200 W fixture. Provides a 48% reduction
in power consumption and double the lamp life.
• Uses latest state-of-the-art in-pavement fixture technology in
order to retrofit older FAA-E-2491, 20 A, 500 W ALSF fixtures.
Provides a 37% reduction in power consumption and double the
lamp life.
• Fixture uses aluminum alloy cover and inner cover, stainless
steel hardware, and aluminum alloy and stainless steel optical
assembly
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 6
earth ground wire
C - 20
2029 Rev. N I Manual No. 96A0293
MALSR Green Ordering Code
44A6440-1000
Notes
• For FAA-E-2968 MALSR system, Style II, unidirectional green
applications, this fixture uses three 62 W lamps and is
photometrically equivalent to the older style 200 W L-850E
fixtures that were used in this application. FAA-E-2968 MALSR
applications are not toed.
• Encapsulated (FAA Style) isolation transformers are available
for voltage-driven, medium-intensity approach lighting
applications. For three 62 W lamp applications, a 186 W,
240 VAC to 28.2 VAC transformer is used (Part No. 35C0096).
MALSR White Ordering Code
44A6440-2000
Notes
• For FAA-E-2968 MALSR medium-intensity system, Style I,
unidirectional white applications, this fixture uses one 105 W
lamp and is photometrically equivalent to the older style
200 W L-850B fixtures that were used in this application.
FAA-E-2968 MALSR applications are not toed.
• Encapsulated (FAA Style) isolation transformers are available
for voltage-driven, medium-intensity approach lighting
applications. For 105 W, 240 VAC to 15.9 VAC applications, use
transformer Part No. 35C0095.
Optional Snow Plow Ring
Depending on installation method and snow plowing technique
used, a snow plow ring may be necessary. Snow plow rings are
available for either standard or stainless steel adjustable Size B
L-868 cans. Contact the ADB Sales Department for additional
details.
APPROACH LIGHTING
IAML I In-pavement ALSF & MALSR Approach Light
Inside View
Spare Components
1. High tensile strength screw with washer
2. Aluminum alloy cover
3. O-ring seal
4. Prism with retainer and gaskets
5. Cold mirror prefocus halogen lamp 105W - 6.6A
6. Optical assembly
7. Terminal block
8. Die cast aluminum inner cover
9. Wire clamp with grommets
10. FAA L-823 two-pole plug molded on heat-resistant wires
11. Pressure relief and test plug
12. Heat-resistant wire
Description
Part No.
Cable assembly, series jumper
Cable clamp
Cord set, L-823
Cord set grommet
Cord set terminal, female
Filter spring clip
Lamp retainer spring
O-ring, pressure release screw
O-ring, top cover
Pressure release screw
Prism clamp
Prism gasket sleeve
Prism keeper plate
Seal, prism keeper plate
Terminal block assembly w/o film disc cutout
44A5955
4071.50.090
73A0133-35
63A1014
6111.87.140
4071.50.160
4071.58.510
63B0267-011
7080.90.710
60A2602
4071.50.360
4071.50.030
4071.50.052
4071.50.041
44A6112-1
ALSF Only Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Lamp, 105 W, 6.6 A
Lamp holder assembly
Lamp holder, left
Lamp holder, right
Prism
Prism, green
Prism, red
2990.40.900
1411.22.002
44A6192-1
44A6192-2
1428.00.300
1428.00.280
1428.00.270
MALSR Only Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Filter, MALSR green
Lamp, 62 W, 6.6 A
Lamp, 105 W, 6.6 A
Lamp holder assembly
Prism
63A0963-1
48A0386
2990.40.900
1411.22.001
63A0993-3
Packaging
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
20 lb (9.07 kg)
Weight without packing:
17 lb (7.71 kg)
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2029 Rev. N I Manual No. 96A0293
C - 21
APPROACH LIGHTING
REIL-L
LED Runway End Identification Light
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
L-849(L) Style A, C or E AC 150/5345-51 (Current Edition)
and the FAA Engineering Brief No. 67. ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. 1, para. 5.3.8
Ordering Code
Uses
LED REIL provides a visual indication to pilots of the runway
threshold during an approach.
L-849V – Powered by a voltage source
L-849I – Powered by a constant current regulator
Style A – High-Intensity/Single-Step
Style C – Low-Intensity/Single-Step
Style E – High-, Medium-, and Low-Intensity/Three-Step
The L-849(L) Style C is recommended when there are lower levels
of background illumination in the surrounding area.
Features
• Long LED life
• Improved safety – Very low voltage internal to LED REIL vs. 2000
VDC in traditional xenon flash lamp units
• Elimination of expensive xenon flash lamp replacement
• Energy savings of up to 33% for L-849A(L)/L-849E(L) voltagedriven, up to 78% for L-849C(L) voltage-driven, and up to 96%
for any series circuit application with power adapters. The LED
REIL can be driven directly from series circuit via an isolation
transformer, no power adapter is required.
• Elimination of ozone, generated by xenon flash lamps, an oxidant
that degrades internal component life
• Includes external alarm indication in case of system fault. System fault indication for:
- Loss of input power
- > 25% LEDs failed
- Number of misfires exceeded (switch selectable from 0-7)
• For current sensing applications, the L-849I REIL does not need
a separate current sensing isolation transformer
• Due to robust primary to secondary flasher unit trigger signal
design, a shielded trigger signal cable is not required
• Easier to install due to reduced size and weight
• Easier to service due to much simpler design
• NEMA 4 rated enclosure
• Field tested
Optional Features
• On/Off Maintenance Switch for current-driven only is available.
Use Part No. 94A0609.
C - 22
FAA Style A/E
2086 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0361 (Style C) 96A0461 (Style A/E)
FAA Style C
REIL-
0
Style
A = High-intensity, one brightness step
C = Low-intensity, one brightness step
E = Three brightness steps
Power
1 = L-849I, current-driven
2 = L-849V, voltage-driven
Current Sensing Option1
0 = Without current sensing
1 = With current sensing
Flash Head Mounting
0 = Integrated with enclosure (Style A, C, or E)
1 = Separate mounting on a 2” EMT (Style C only)
Enclosure Mounting
1 = Single leg
2 = Two legs
0
Enclosure Type
1 = Steel (Painted Aviation Orange)
2 = Stainless Steel (Not ETL Certified)
LED Configuration
0 = Style C
1 = Style A/E (48 LEDs)
Note
1
The current sensing option provides ON/OFF control (L-849(L)
Style A/Style C) or 3-step intensity control (L-849(L) Style E)
of the REIL system depending on the current level in the series
lighting circuit. The L-849I (powered by a CCR) doesn’t require
a separate isolation transformer – The input current from the
isolation transformer that powers the Primary cabinet is also
used for current sensing control. The current sensing input of a
L-849V (voltage-powered) can be connected to 6.6 A or 20 A
series circuits with an appropriate 6.6/6.6 A or 20/6.6 A
isolation transformer.
Optional Features (Continued)
• The L-849 using a single leg enclosure is normally installed onto
a threaded coupling which is attached to the end of a conduit
elbow. Alternatively, a 6.25-inch (15.88 cm) O.D. floor flange
can be bolted over any conduit elbow flush with the top of the
pad. Use ADB Part No. 62B0107-3.
• Baffle: If 15° beam axis is operationally objectionable on the
L-849 REIL, an optional baffle kit is available. If used, REILs are
set at +3° vertical and +10° horizontal. ADB Kit Numbers:
- Style C: 94A0198-LED
- Style A/E: 94A0658-1 and 94A0658-2
APPROACH LIGHTING
REIL-L I LED Runway End Indentification Light
Equipment Data
Control
Spare Components
Remote, local, or automatic (when current
sensing used)
Flash Rate
120 flashes per minute. Both optical assemblies
flash simultaneously with less than a 10-millisecond separation.
Light Beam
Adjustable vertically from 0° to 15° and horizontally 15° each side of the zero reference point.
The horizontal scale is in 1° increments and the
vertical scale is in 0.5° increments. Nominal
setting is +10° vertical and +15° horizontal.
Light Source
Locking
A positive locking device prevents accidental
movement of LED light assembly after aiming
Mounting
Each REIL cabinet with frangible coupling (supplied) can be mounted on a concrete pad with a
2-inch NPT pipe or with an optional floor flange
Enclosure
The cabinets can be padlocked and include an
interlock switch to disconnect input power when
the cabinet door is open
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Humidity:
0 to 100% (including conditions where condensation
takes place in the form of water or frost)
Altitude:
0 to 10,000 ft (3,000 m)
Wind:
Velocities up to 150 knots
Exposure:
Withstands windblown rain, sand, dust particles,and
a salt-laden atmosphere
Part No.
Fuse, Control Board, F1, 1 A, SB
Fuse, Flasher Power Supply Board, F1, 2 A, SB
Fuse, Panel, F4, 1 A, SB
LED Flasher Power Supply Assembly
Lightning Arrestor, 275 VAC
Interlock Switch, Door, SPST, 10 A
47A0017
47A0215
47A0017
44A6545-55
32A0032
45A0269
Spare Components (Voltage Only)
Description
Part No.
Control Board Assembly
Fuse, Panel, F1 and F2, 4 A, SB
Fuse, Panel, F3, 2 A, SB
Solid-State Relay, 24-250 VAC, 5-24 VDC
44A7338-VD
47A0078
47A0004
53A0429
Spare Components (Current Only)
Description
Part No.
Control Board Assembly
Fuse, Panel, F1 and F2, 10 A, SB
Fuse, Panel, F3, 2 A, SB
Power Supply Assembly, PS5
Solid-state Relay, 50-400 VDC, 5-24VDC
44A7338-CD
47A0026
47A0049
44A7107-1
53A0457
Photometric Data
Electrical
The REIL system operates from a 240 VAC (2-wire) or 120/240 VAC
(3-wire), ±10%, 50/60 Hz power supply. The REIL system can also
operate from a series lighting circuit using a 6.6 A/6.6 A or 20 A/
6.6 A L-830/L-831 isolation transformer at each unit.
Maximum Power Requirements
Style
Description
High
Intensity (cd)
Medium
Intensity (cd)
Low
Intensity (cd)
L-849(L) Style A
15,000
N/A
N/A
L-849(L) Style C
N/A
N/A
700
L-849(L) Style E
15,000
1,500
300
Style
Note: Candelas above are within a beam pattern of 10° vertical
by 30° horizontal for each flasher. Tolerance of 50% in effective
intensity.
Packaging
Each Unit
Total
A/E
171 VA
342 VA
Weight
46 lb (20.9 kg) each assembly
C
45 VA
90 VA
REIL Enclosure Dimensions
(H x W x D)
16 x 20 x 9 in
(40.6 x 50.8 x 22.9 cm)
108 VA3
216 VA6
Packaging Dimensions
C1
53 VA4
106 VA6
31 x 31 x 35 in
(78.74 x 78.74 x 88.9 cm)
C2
86 VA5
172 VA6
L-849(L) Type V
L-849 Style A/E
L-849(L) Type I
A/E
1
2
3
4
5
6
L-849 Style C
Without current sensing
With current sensing
Use 200 W isolation transformer each unit
Use 30/45 W isolation transformer each unit
Use 100 W isolation transformer each unit
This is total CCR load and includes isolation transformer losses
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
Weight
40 lb (18.1 kg) each assembly
REIL Enclosure Dimensions
(H x W x D)
16 x 16 x 9 in
(40.6 x 40.6 x 22.9 cm)
Packaging Dimensions
31 x 31 x 35 in
(78.74 x 78.74 x 88.9 cm)
Note: Packaging is for information purposes only and is based
on one palletized box containing one primary and one secondary
cabinet
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2086 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0361 (Style C) 96A0461 (Style A/E)
C - 23
APPROACH LIGHTING
PAPI-L
LED Precision Approach Path Indicator
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
T/C:
CE:
L-880(L) & L-881(L) AC 150/5345-28 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. 1, para. 5.3.5.23 to 5.3.5.45
Transport Canada TP 312 par. 5.3.6.14 and Appendix B,
section B.3.1.
Complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive
2004/108/EC
Uses
The PAPI system uses a single LED light channel on each light unit
to provide the pilot precise visual information, enabling the approach procedure to be performed with the utmost accuracy and
safety.
The FAA Type L-880 PAPI system consists of four light units located
at the side of the runway adjacent to the origin of the glide path.
The nominal glide slope angle is midway between the angular settings of the central pair of the four units. If an aircraft is on the
correct approach path, the pilot will see two red and two white
light indicators. If the aircraft approach is too high, an increased
number of white light indicators will be seen. If the approach
is too low, the pilot will note an increased number of red light
indicators.
The FAA Type L-881 PAPI system is identical to the L-880, except
only two light units (instead of four) are used. The nominal glide
slope is midway between the angular settings of the two units, and
when the pilot is on or close to the correct approach path, the unit
nearest the runway will be seen as red and the other unit as white.
The FAA Style A system is for use with an AC voltage input. The FAA
Style B system is for use on 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits. An electronic inclinometer assembly, which is a mercury-free product, is
provided on each FAA PAPI unit to de-energize all light units if the
optical pattern of any light unit is raised between 0.5° and 1.0° or
lowered between 0.25° and 0.5° with respect to the setting angle
of the light unit.
Features
• Use of LEDs greatly increases light source life and significantly
reduces ongoing maintenance costs and periodic re-lamping
expenses
• Each PAPI light unit uses a maximum of only 120 W when the
heater is active.
• Unique, sealed optical chamber designed to prevent dew/frost
on LED optical elements. Also includes a digitally controlled
heated outer glass that is designed to ensure that the outer
glass is clear of frost/dew within:
- 3 minutes over a temperature range of -21 °C to +55 °C
(-6 °F to +131 °F)
- 4 minutes over a temperature range of -39 °C to -22 °C
(-38 °F to -8 °F)
- 5 minutes over a temperature range of -55 °C to -40 °C
(-67 °F to -40 °F )
C - 24
3058 Rev. B I Manual No. 96A0446
Ordering Code
LPL
-
00
Specification
F = FAA
I = ICAO/TP 3121
Power
A = PAPI A, 215 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz (voltage)2
B = PAPI B, 2.8-6.6 A, 50/60 Hz (current)
Type
2 = 2 Light Units (FAA L-881)
4 = 4 Light Units (FAA L-880)
Housing
0 = Aluminum (Standard)
1 = 316 Stainless Steel
Operation/Control Mode3
0 = Style B (Current) Operation
1 = Style A (Voltage) Operation, Day/Night Control Mode
2 = Style A (Voltage) Operation, Current Sensing Control Mode
3 = Style A (Voltage) Operation, External On/Off Control Mode
Notes
• Contact the ADB Sales Department for information on baffles.
1
ICAO and TP 312 PAPI units are normally provided without a tilt
switch function.
2
All PAPI A units are factory preset to operate from a voltage
range of 215 to 265 VAC. The system can be easily modified in
the field for 108 to 132 VAC (120 VAC nominal operation).
3
See Operation/Control Mode table for details.
Contractor Kit
94A0670-
Power
A = Voltage Driven (PAPI A)
B = Current Driven (PAPI B)
Type
2 = 2 Light Units (FAA L-881)
4 = 4 Light Units (FAA L-880)
Note: Kit provides materials, such as 2” EMT, for contractors
installing eqiupment outside the United States.
Features (Continued)
• Depending on operating mode, light unit uses 62% to 80% less
energy than traditional light units that use three 105 W lamps,
two 200 W lamps or three 200 W lamps.
• Average LED life of 60,000 hours under high-intensity conditions
and more than 150,000 hours under typical operating conditions,
resulting in significant reduction or even elimination of ongoing
maintenance costs and periodic re-lamping expenses.
APPROACH LIGHTING
PAPI-L I LED Precision Approach Path Indicator
Features (Continued)
Features (Continued)
• Very low power rating of LED light units contributes to a lower
life cycle cost. Limits cost for supporting equipment, such as
CCRs, to strict minimum.
• Light units may be aimed at any vertical angle up to 10°
• Use of LED light source improves safety and pilot recognition by
eliminating color shifts typical of incandescent light sources at
lower intensity settings.
• Rugged lightning protection that complies with ANSI/IEEE
C62.41-1991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67.
Category C2 is defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination
wave, with a peak voltage of 10,000 V and a peak current of
5,000 A.
• For Style A (Voltage Powered) FAA systems, a separate Master
Control Cabinet is not used. Master functionality is incorporated into the Primary Light Unit. This minimizes installation
costs and provides for compliance with FAA Safety Management
System requirements to clear the Runway Safety Areas (RSA)
and Runway Obstacle Free Areas (ROFA) of all unnecessary
obstacles. Distance from the voltage power supply is limited
only by the incoming power wire size used. Operates on a wide
input voltage range of 215 VAC to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz and can be
field re-configured to operate on a voltage range of 108 VAC to
132 VAC, 50/60 Hz.
• Outer optical lens protected from sandblast by a hardened front
glass shield
• For Style A (Voltage Powered) systems, a photoelectric control
on the primary light unit automatically provides full intensity
during the day and a reduced intensity (5% or 20% of full intensity) at night. A circuit breaker is provided to permit the input
power to be de-energized for field maintenance.
• Includes an integral deflection plate on the top front edge of
the light unit cover. This prevents the pilot from seeing light
reflected from the back of the light unit.
• For Style B (Series Circuit Powered) systems, operates on either
3- or 5-step CCRs that are designed in compliance with IEC or
FAA requirements
• Light unit body is painted anti-reflective black. Top cover is
painted aviation orange for FAA applications and aviation yellow
for ICAO/TP 312 applications.
• A unique digital display indicating the vertical angle can be
read from outside the light unit. This eliminates the need to
manually use an aiming device during initial installation and
for routine verification of vertical angle setting, minimizing
maintenance time.
• A set of connectorized water proof cables and connector boxes
are provided to allow for a fast and reliable installation of each
PAPI unit.
• In case a light unit tilts, the display locally indicates which light
unit has tilted. Light unit status indicators, including horizontal angle, can also be read from outside the PAPI unit without
removing the top cover. This also allows quick troubleshooting,
minimizing the maintenance effort needed to determine which
light unit is tilted.
• Meets both FAA Class I and II temperature ranges:
- Class I: -31 °F to +131 °F (-35 °C to +55 °C)
- Class II: -67 °F to +131 °F (-55 °C to +55 °C)
Operation/Control Mode
Multiple remote control options are available that maximize operational flexibility and minimize energy usage
Option
Operation/Control Mode
Description
0
Style B (Current) Operation
Powered from a 3-step CCR (4.8 A to 6.6 A, 50/60 Hz) or a 5-step CCR (2.8 A to 6.6 A, 50/60
Hz). Light unit intensity is controlled by CCR setting. Optionally can be configured for no light
output on steps B1 and B2 of a 5-step CCR, but with the heated defroster on the front glass
active to keep it clear of dew/frost. Operating range is field programmable. The heater is activated at turn-on in any step; light output is activated after initial heating period is complete
(up to 3 minutes for Temperature Class I and 5 minutes for Temperature Class II) or instantly
for FAA applications.
1
Style A (Voltage) Operation,
Day/Night Control Mode
Powered from a continuous 50/60 Hz AC voltage source. Provides On/Off control through
current sensing of the runway series circuit during nighttime operations. During daytime,
light units are activated at the 100% step via control from the photocell (current sensing
input is not used). Nighttime intensity is automatically set to 5% or 20% (field selectable).
2
Style A (Voltage) Operation,
Current Sensing Control Mode
Powered from a continuous 50/60 Hz AC voltage source. Provides On/Off control through
current sensing of the runway series circuit. Turns on the light units anytime (Day or Night)
when current greater than 2.8 A is present in the associated series circuit. When On, light
units are activated at the 100% step via control from the photocell during daytime. Nighttime intensity is automatically set to 5% or 20% (field selectable).
3
Style A (Voltage) Operation,
External On/Off Control Mode
Powered from a continuous 50/60 Hz AC voltage source. Provides On/Off control through an
external contact closure connected to Primary Light Unit. When On, light units are activated
at the 100% step via control from the photocell during daytime. Nighttime intensity is automatically set to 5% or 20% (field selectable).
3058 Rev. B I Manual No. 96A0446
C - 25
APPROACH LIGHTING
PAPI-L I LED Precision Approach Path Indicator
Exploded View
Refer to numbers listed in Spare Components
Current Driven (FAA Style B) Only
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Description
Part No.
(1) Mounting Flange
(2) Frangible Coupling
(3) LED Light Engine Replacement Kit
(5) LED PAPI Light Unit Assembly
(6) Heated Front Glass Replacement Kit
(8) Inclinometer (Insulated)
(NS) Desiccant Package
62B0107-2
44B0180
94A0665
44A7343-XXXXXXX
94A0674
44A7290
61A0505-S
(4) Control Board Replacement Kit
(7) Input Power Board
(NS) External Cable Junction Box
94A0666-30
44A7392-3
73A0179-C
Voltage Driven (FAA Style A) Only
Description
Part No.
(4) Control Board Replacement Kit (Primary)
(4) Control Board Replacement Kit (Secondary)
(7) Input Power Board (Primary)
(7) Input Power Board (Secondary)
(9) Photocell (24 VAC/VDC)
(10) Photocell Receptacle
(NS) External Cable Junction Box
Fuses
(NS) F3, F4 Fuse 250V SLO-BLO 3AG 0.5 A
(NS) F1, F2 Fuse 250V SLO-BLO 5x20 mm 3 A
94A0666-10
94A0666-20
44A7392-1
44A7392-2
48A0089-24
44A7397
73A0179-A
47A0233
47A0234
Note: NS = Not Shown
Electrical Supply
Each Style A (Voltage) PAPI system is powered from the Primary
Light Unit. Each Style B (Current) PAPI light unit is powered with
6.6 A maximum via a 6.6A/6.6 A or 20 A/6.6 A 200 W isolation
transformer.
Style A (Voltage Driven)1
Input Voltage:
L-880 (4-box):
Input Voltage:
L-881 (2-box):
L-880 (4-box) – Total CCR Load:
L-881 (2-box) – Total CCR Load:
2
3
3058 Rev. B I Manual No. 96A0446
215 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz or
108 to 132 VAC, 50/60 Hz
264 VA max.3
Style B (Current-Driven)2
1
C - 26
215 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz or
108 to 132 VAC, 50/60 Hz
528 VA max.3
630 VA max.
330 VA max.
As seen at input of PAPI Primary Light Unit
Includes PAPI light units and isolation transformers
Source of primary light source power can be a minimum of 305 m
(1000 ft) away using 6 mm2 (AWG 10) wire.
APPROACH LIGHTING
PAPI-L I LED Precision Approach Path Indicator
Installation
Dimensions
It is recommended that each light unit is installed on a solid wellleveled concrete foundation. Special care should be taken if the
subsoil is known to be unstable.
The PAPI units are installed on three height adjustable frangible
mounting legs with bottom flanges secured on the concrete foundation.
A 12.7 mm (½ inch) hole is provided on the bottom of each light
unit near the wire entrance holes. This hole provides a place to
anchor a pull cable that links the light unit to frangible connectors
at the light unit foundation. This is used to guarantee breakaway
of the connector before the external wiring is pulled out in case
of a light unit knock over.
PAPI A Primary Installation (Style A only)
Packaging
2 Box System = 1 package
4 Box System = 2 packages
Weight per package: 200 lb (91kg)
Package Dimensions: 48 x 40 x 30 in (122 x 102 x 76 cm)
PAPI B Typical or PAPI A Secondary Installation
3058 Rev. B I Manual No. 96A0446
C - 27
APPROACH LIGHTING
PAPI-L I LED Precision Approach Path Indicator
Photometric Curve
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
C - 28
3058 Rev. B I Manual No. 96A0446
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
APPROACH LIGHTING
PAPI-SC
Precision Approach Path Indicator
SINGLE CHANNEL
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
L-880 & L-881 AC 150/5345-28 (Current Edition)
ETL Certified
Annex 14, Vol. 1, para. 5.3.5.23 to 5.3.5.45
Uses
The PAPI system uses a one light channel unit to provide the pilot
precise visual information, enabling the approach procedure to be
performed with the utmost accuracy and safety.
The Type L-880 PAPI system consists of four light units located at
the side of the runway adjacent to the origin of the glide path.
The nominal glide slope angle is midway between the angular settings of the central pair of the four units. If an aircraft is on the
correct approach path, the pilot will see two red and two white
light indicators. If the aircraft approach is
too high, an increased number of white light indicators will be
seen. If the approach is too low, the pilot will note an increased
number of red light indicators.
The Type L-881 PAPI system is identical to the L-880, except only
two light units (instead of four) are used. The nominal glide slope
is midway between the angular settings of the two units, and when
the pilot is on or close to the correct approach path, the unit nearest the runway will be seen as red and the other unit as white.
The Style A system is for use with an AC voltage input. The Style B
system is for use on 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits. An electronic inclinometer assembly, which is a mercury-free product, is provided
on each PAPI unit to de-energize all light units if the optical pattern of any light unit is raised between 0.5° and 1.0° or lowered
between 0.25° and 0.5° with respect to the setting angle of the
light unit.
Features
• Each PAPI light unit uses only three 105 W, 6.6 A lamps. These
are the same lamps as used in F-Range in-pavement lights,
decreasing spare parts requirements
• Lamp wattage is 315 W total, 21% less than traditional light
units that use two 200 W lamps and 48% less than traditional
light units that use three 200 W lamps.
• Very low wind resistance in the landing direction due to the
light unit’s very small shape
• One optical channel consisting of only 2 lenses and 1 filter provides a very sharp transition from red to white never exceeding
three minutes of arc over the full beam width
• A unique digital display indicating the vertical angle is included
in each unit. It eliminates the need to manually use an aiming
device for routine verification of vertical angle setting, minimizing maintenance time. It also eliminates the need to use a
separate aiming device during initial installation.
• Lenses protected from sandblast by a hardened front glass shield
• Long focal length makes adjustment in elevation easy, accurate
and stable
Ordering Code
PAP
-
0
Power
A = PAPI A (voltage)1
B = PAPI B (current)
Style
2 = L-881 (2 Box)
4 = L-880 (4 Box)
Housing
0 = Aluminum Light Units (Standard)
1 = 316 Stainless Steel3
Interlock (PAPI A Only)2
0 = Without
1 = With
Notes
1
L-881 input voltage is 208/220/240 VAC. L-880 input voltage is
240 VAC only.
2
Interlock Relay Option provides ON/OFF control through current
sensing of the runway series circuit during nighttime operations.
During daytime, the PAPI is activated at the 100% step.
3
For both the Style A and Style B PAPI, the light unit housing is
stainless steel. For the Style A PAPI, the master control box
housing is also stainless steel.
• Reference FAA Cert Alert No. 02-08 dated Dec. 12, 2002 regarding prevention of the possibility of dew or frost forming on the
light unit optics: At airports where PAPI units are activated
when needed and thus are not operated continuously, change
airport lighting circuitry to ensure PAPIs are preset to operate
continuously on a low power setting, either 5 percent or 20
percent of full intensity as necessary for local site conditions.
• If aiming angle is greater than 5.1º, order an Elevation
Extension Kit (Part No. 94A0496) for each light unit.
• For non-FAA applications that do not require a tilt switch, use
Part No. 44A6853-C.
2-inch EMT Kit
94A0616-
Type
2 = 2 Light Units (FAA L-881)
4 = 4 Light Units (FAA L-880)
Features (Continued)
• A tilt indicator and lamp failed indicators can be read from outside the PAPI unit without removing the top cover. This also allows quick troubleshooting, minimizing the maintenance effort
needed to determine which light unit is tilted. The horizontal
angle can also be displayed.
• Stable mounting on just 2 mounting legs reduces installation
cost and is much easier to level compared to 3 or 4 leg light
units
2082 Rev. Q I Manual No. 96A0379
C - 29
APPROACH LIGHTING
PAPI-SC I Precision Approach Path Indicator
Features (Continued)
Single Channel PAPI Baffle
• Reduced maintenance. The unit is fully sealed and remains
clean inside. Lamp, front glass, and red filter replacement does
not require any tools.
Light Box
2 = Two box Single Channel PAPI
4 = Four box Single Channel PAPI
• Colorimetric conformity maintained over the whole width of
the red beam
Cut-off Angle (Primary)
1 = 0 to 3.3 degrees
2 = 3.1 to 6.4 degrees
3 = 6.3 to 10 degrees
• No water can accumulate on the cover, so reflections that could
constitute a false optical signal are eliminated
• Use of only aluminum, stainless steel hardware and optical
glass provide a high degree of corrosion resistance. For extreme
environmental conditions, an optional stainless steel housing is
available.
• For Style A systems, a photoelectric control on the Master control cabinet automatically provides full intensity during the day
and a reduced intensity (5% or 20% of full intensity) at night.
Both the full and reduced intensity light level can be field adjusted. A circuit breaker is provided to permit the input power
to be de-energized for field maintenance.
• Only one PAPI light unit assembly is used on either a Style A or
Style B system, minimizing spare part requirements
94A0570-
Cut-off Angle (Secondary)
1 = 0 to 3.3 degrees
2 = 3.1 to 6.4 degrees
3 = 6.3 to 10 degrees
Note
The SC PAPI Baffle allows airports to modify the horizontal light
beam coverage of the PAPI unit for obstacle avoidance in the
approach area. See Service Bulletin ALN152 for field installation
details.
Exploded View
• Fixture uses a black light box with an international orange
cover and stainless steel hardware.
• Meets both Class I and II temperature ranges:
- Class I: -31 °F to +131 °F (-35 °C to +55 °C)
- Class II: -67 °F to +131 °F (-55 °C to +55 °C)
Adjustment of the beam elevation
The beam setting is quickly achieved in a most user friendly way
by means of an internal controller board, allowing for very precise
and stable elevation adjustment. No separate aiming device is
needed.
Electrical Supply
Each Type A PAPI system is powered from a Master Control box.
Each Type B PAPI light unit is powered with 6.6 A maximum via a
6.6A/6.6 A or 20 A/6.6 A 300 W isolation transformer. A field splice
kit is supplied with each light unit to provide for external electrical connections between PAPI system components.
Style A1
Input Voltage: 240 VAC, ±10%, 50/60 Hz
L-880 (4-box) 3-lamps/light unit
1,700 VA max.3
Input Voltage: 208/220/240 VAC, ±10%, 50/60 Hz
L-881 (2-box) 3-lamps/light unit
1,612 VA max.4
Style B
2
Three Lamps – 6.6 A through one 300 W isolation transformer (each
light unit)
L-880 (4-Box) – Total CCR Load:
1,448 VA max.
L-881 (2-Box) – Total CCR Load:
724 VA max.
1
2
3
4
As seen at input of PAPI Master
Includes PAPI light units and isolation transformers
Limit on distance from Master to first light unit is 30 ft (9.1 m)
Limit on distance from Master to first light unit is 150 ft (45.7 m)
C - 30
2082 Rev. Q I Manual No. 96A0379
Construction
1. Aluminum alloy cover (standard)
2. Front glass
3. Front glass gasket
4. Outer lens
5. Inner lens
6. Red filter
7. Filter retainer
8. Lamp holding bracket
9. Prefocus tungsten-halogen MR-16 lamp
10. Cover gasket
11. Lockable latch
12. Aluminium alloy housing (standard)
13. Leveling plate
14. Lower flange
15. Mounting leg, 2-inch EMT (Supplied by others)
16. Frangible adapter
17. Ground mounting flange
18. Anchor bolts (4) (Supplied by others)
APPROACH LIGHTING
PAPI-SC I Precision Approach Path Indicator
Fig. 2 Installation of PAPI A Light Unit
Fig. 3 Typical Installation of a PAPI A Light Unit
Fig. 4 Installation of PAPI B Light Unit
Fig. 5 Light Unit Dimensions
Master Spare Components
Light Unit Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Description
Part No.
CCT Control Board
Frangible Coupling, Master
Fuse, 1 A, SB (F4)
Fuse, 2 A, SB (F1, F2)
Fuse, 0.5 A, SB (F3)
Photocell
SCR
Snubber, SCR
Varistor, 575 VAC, Input
Varistor, 750 VAC, Output
44A6546-3
62B0064
47A0017
47A0049
47A0119
48A0089
28A0011
28A0027
32A0028
32A0025
Baffle, 0 to 3.3 degrees
Baffle, 3.1 to 6.4 degrees
Baffle, 6.3 to 10 degrees
Frangible Coupling, 2-inch EMT
Inclinometer Mount Assembly
Lamp, 105 W, 6.6 A
Red Filter
SC PAPI Control Board
SC PAPI Control Board, Tilt Switch Disabled
SC PAPI Optical Box
SC PAPI Optical Box, Stainless Steel
SC PAPI Optical Box, Tilt Switch Disabled
60B1673-1
60B1673-2
60B1673-3
44B0180
44A6813/INSL1
48A0425
1438.12.220
44A71221
44A7122-11
44A6853
44A6853-1
44A6853-C
Installation
1
It is recommended that each light unit is installed on a solid wellleveled concrete foundation. Special care should be taken if the
subsoil is known to be unstable.
The PAPI units are installed on height adjustable frangible mounting legs with bottom flanges secured on the concrete foundation.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
Upon initial replacement of either of the older SC PAPI Control
Boards (44A6674 or 44A6674-1) or the Inclinoneter Mount
Assembly (44A6813), you must replace both items.
Packaging
Net Weight:
44lb (20kg)
Gross Weight:
46lb (21kg)
In cardboard box:
25.6 x 13 x 40.2 in (65 x 33 x 102 cm)
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2082 Rev. Q I Manual No. 96A0379
C - 31
APPROACH LIGHTING
PAPI
Precision Approach Path Indicator
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
L-880 & L-881 AC 150/5345-28 (Current Edition)
ETL Certified
Annex 14, Vol. 1, para. 5.3.5.23 to 5.3.5.45
Ordering Code Style A
Uses
A PAPI system uses either 2-light channel or 3-light channel units,
which offer the pilot information to carry out the approach procedure with the utmost accuracy and safety.
The L-880 PAPI system consists of four light units located at the
side of the runway adjacent to the origin of the glide path. The
nominal glide slope angle is midway between the angular settings
of the central pair of the four units. If an aircraft is on the correct
approach path, the pilot will see two red and two white light indicators. If the aircraft approach is too high, an increased number
of white light indicators will be seen. If the approach is too low,
the pilot will note an increased number of red light indicators.
The L-881 PAPI system is identical to the L-880, except only two
light units (instead of four) are used. The nominal glide slope is
midway between the angular settings of the two units, and when
the pilot is on or close to the correct approach path, the unit nearest the runway will be seen as red and the other unit as white.
The Style A system is for use with either a 220 or 240 VAC input
voltage. The Style B system is for use on 6.6 or 20 A series circuits.
A tilt switch assembly is provided on each PAPI unit to de-energize
the system in the case that the optical pattern of any light unit is
raised between 0.5° and 1.0° or lowered between 0.25° and 0.5°
with respect to the setting angle of the unit.
Features
• The use of two lenses in tandem in each light channel makes
a sharp transition from white to red (never exceeding three
minutes of arc over the full beam width)
• ICAO chromaticity conformity is maintained over the whole
width of the red beam
• For FAA Style A systems, a photoelectric control on the master
control cabinet automatically provides full intensity during
the day and a reduced intensity (5% or 20% of full intensity) at
night. A circuit breaker is provided to permit de-energization of
the input power for field maintenance.
• Available in 2-lamp or 3-lamp configurations
• Easy to use digital aiming device
• Lenses protected from sandblast by a hardened front glass
shield
• Long-life tungsten halogen lamps are 200 W PK30d with a rated
life of 1,000 hours at 6.6 A
• Interlock Relay Option available for Style A
• Only one PAPI box assembly is used on either a Style A or Style B
system, minimizing spare part requirements
C - 32
1020 Rev. U I Manual No. 96A0209 (Style A) 96A0236 (Style B)
44A4733-
Style
1 = L-880 (4 Box)
2 = L-881 (2 Box)
Interlock Options
1 = With Interlock Relay
2 = Without Interlock Relay
Lamp
1 = 3-Lamp Optical Box
2 = 2-Lamp Optical Box (ETL Certified)
Legs
1 = Three Legs
2 = Four Legs
Ordering Code Style B
44A5860-2
Power
2 = Style B (Current Powered)
Style
1 = L-880 (4 Box)
2 = L-881 (2 Box)
Lamp
1 = 2-Lamp Optical Box (ETL Certified)
2 = 3-Lamp Optical Box
Legs
1 = Three Legs
2 = Four Legs
Notes
Each PAPI system requires a digital aiming device kit, which is
ordered separately.
• Interlock Relay Option provides ON/OFF control through
current sensing of the runway series circuit during nighttime
operations. During daytime, the PAPI is activated at the 100%
step.
• Reference NTSB Cert Alert No. 02-08 dated Dec. 12, 2002,
regarding prevention of the possibility of dew or frost forming on the light unit optics: At airports where PAPI units are
activated when needed and thus are not operated continuously, change airport lighting circuitry to ensure PAPIs are
preset to operate continuously on a low power setting, either
5 percent or 20 percent of full intensity as necessary for local
site conditions.
Digital Aiming Device Kit
44A6031
APPROACH LIGHTING
PAPI I Precision Approach Path Indicator
Features (Continued)
Electrical Supply
• Available in 3-leg or 4-leg configuration
Style A1
• A unique PC board inside the PAPI box indicates if it is tilted or
not, minimizing troubleshooting time
Input Voltage: 220-240 VAC ±10% (VA max.)2
• Reduced cabling between PAPI boxes
L-880 (4-box) 2-lamps/optical box
1,800
L-880 (4-box) 3-lamps/optical box
2,700
• Reduced maintenance. The unit is fully gasketed and remains
clean inside. Lamp and filter replacement does not require any
tools.
L-881 (2-box) 2-lamps/optical box
1,650
L-881 (2-box) 3-lamps/optical box
1,650
• Condensation water is drained away through wire gauze covered drain holes
Style B
• No water can accumulate on the cover, so reflections that could
constitute a false optical signal are eliminated
L-880 (4-Box) – Total CCR Load3:
1960 VA maximum
L-881 (2-Box) – Total CCR Load :
980 VA maximum
• Corrosion-resistant aluminum, stainless steel hardware, and
optical glass are used in the assembly
Three Lamp – 6.6 A through one 500 W and one 200 W isolation
transformer
• Fixture uses a black light box with an international orange
cover and stainless steel hardware
L-880 (4-Box) – Total CCR Load3:
3,160 VA maximum
L-881 (2-Box) – Total CCR Load3:
1,580 VA maximum
• Meets both Class I and II temperature ranges:
- Class I system operates down to -35 °C (-31 °F)
- Class II system operates down to -55 °C (-67 °F)
Two Lamp – 6.6 A through one 500 W isolation transformer
3
1
2
3
Limit on distance from Master to first light unit is 100 ft (30.5 m)
As seen at input of PAPI Master
Includes PAPI light units and isolation transformers
PAPI A or PAPI B Overview
Field Splice Kits*
Field Splice Kits* (Continued)
Part No. 94A0235-3
Part No. 94A0235-4
Style
A – 4-box w/out interlock option 2 or 3 lamp
Style
A – 2-box w/out interlock option 2 or 3 lamp
Qty.
4
6
4
15
30
Description
Frangible coupling
6-pin female plug
1-inch (2.54 cm) cable clamp
Field splice heat shrink kit 6 inches (15.2 cm) long
Butt splices for wire
Qty.
2
4
2
6
12
Description
Frangible coupling
6-pin female plug
1-inch (2.54 cm) cable clamp
Field splice heat shrink kit 6 inches (15.2 cm) long
Butt splices for wire
1020 Rev. U I Manual No. 96A0209 (Style A) 96A0236 (Style B)
C - 33
APPROACH LIGHTING
PAPI I Precision Approach Path Indicator
Field Splice Kits* (Continued)
Spare Components
Part No. 94A0235-1
Description
Part No.
Style
A – 4-box with interlock option 2 or 3 lamp
Qty.
4
6
4
15
1
30
Description
Frangible coupling
6-pin female plug
1-inch (2.54 cm) cable clamp
Field splice heat shrink kit 6 inches (15.2 cm) long
Connector secondary plug kit
Butt splices for wire
Filter, Red, 2-lamp
Filter, Red, 3-lamp
Frangible Coupling 2” EMT
Frangible Coupling 2” Threaded One End
Gasket, Optical Assembly (2-lamp unit)
Gasket, Optical Assembly (3-lamp unit)
Glass, Protective Shield (2-lamp unit)
Glass, Protective Shield (3-lamp unit)
Inductor 33 μH, PAPI B Only
Lamp, 200 W, 6.6 A, with female leads
Lamp driver/tilt sensing PCB (2-lamp and 3-lamp)
LC Control Board, PAPI A Only 2
Leg Assembly
Master Box, 240 V, 4 Box, PAPI A Only
Master Box, 240 V, 2 Box, PAPI A Only
Optical Box, 2-Lamp (ETL Certified)
Optical Box, 3-Lamp
SCR Block, 95 A, PAPI A Only
Shorting Device PCB, 6.6 A
Spare Lamp Kit1
Tilt Switch Assembly, PAPI A Only (w/o heater)
Tilt Switch Assembly, PAPI A Only (with heater)
Tilt Switch Assembly, PAPI B Only
63A1019
1438.12.220
44B0180
62A0711
63A0672
4071.41.550
63A0984
63A0671-1
33A0144
48A0077-1
44A5857
44A6546-3
44C2362S
44A4734-1210
44A4734-2210
44A5861-1
44A5861-2
28A0011
44D4538
94A0337
44A5863-2
44A5863-1
44A5863
Part No. 94A0235-2
Style
A – 2-box with interlock option 2 or 3 lamp
Qty.
2
4
2
6
1
12
Description
Frangible coupling
6-pin female plug
1-inch (2.54 cm) cable clamp
Field splice heat shrink kit 6 inches (15.2 cm) long
Connector secondary plug kit
Butt splices for wire
Part No. 94A0255-1
Style
B – 2 lamp, 2- or 4-box
Qty.
1
1
1
2
1
Description
Frangible coupling
Cable clamp
Wire harness, 44A5913-1
Butt splices
Heat shrink tubes
Part No. 94A0255-2
Style
B – 3 lamp, 2- or 4-box
Qty.
1
1
1
2
1
Description
Frangible coupling
Cable clamp
Wire harness, 44A5913-2
Butt splices
Heat shrink tubes
1
2
For installations before May 2002. Spare Lamp Kit includes lamp
and disconnects to convert power leads so lamp 48A0077-1 can
be installed.
For PAPI As ordered before Fall 2007, the LC Control Board may
have part no. 44D1475/3. This part is now obsolete. To order
a retrofit kit, use part no. 94A0549 for both L-880 and L-881.
An L-880 unit also requires part no. 94A0548 to replace the T1
transformer.
Precision Approach Path Indicators installed prior to June
1998 have some different spare parts and optional features.
Please contact the ADB Sales Department for this information.
Part No. 94A0255-4
Style
B – 3 lamp, 2- or 4-box, ICAO
Qty.
1
1
1
2
1
Description
Frangible coupling
Cable clamp
Wire harness, 44A5913-4
Butt splices
Heat shrink tubes
Part No. 94A0255-5
Packaging
Net weight:
In cardboard box:
Gross weight:
L-880 Master Box:
Style
B – 1 lamp, 2- or 4-box
Gross weight:
Qty.
1
1
1
2
1
Description
Frangible coupling
Cable clamp
Wire harness, 44A5913-5
Butt splices
Heat shrink tubes
L-881 Master Box:
Gross weight:
2-Lamp
3-Lamp
44 lb (20 kg)
25.6 x 13 x 40.2 in
65 x 33 x 102 cm
46 lb (21 kg)
90 lb (41 kg)
35.8 x 15.6 x 39.8 in
91 x 39 x 101 cm
103 lb (47 kg)
20 x 24 x 8 in
50.8 x 61 x 20.3 cm
65 lb (29.5 kg)
20 x 24 x 8 in
50.8 x 61 x 20.3 cm
65 lb (29.5 kg)
20 x 24 x 8 in
50.8 x 61 x 20.3 cm
25 lb (11.3 kg)
20 x 24 x 8 in
50.8 x 61 x 20.3 cm
25 lb (11.3 kg)
Note: Quantity of anchoring legs or adjustable frangible legs
affects packaging data.
* One for each optical assembly. Included with PAPI System.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
C - 34
1020 Rev. U I Manual No. 96A0209, 96A0236
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
APPROACH LIGHTING
RCM
Runway Closure Marker
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-893 FAA AC 150/5345-55 (Current Edition). Complies
with applicable requirements in FAA AC 150/5370-2 and
NTSB Safety Recommendation A-03-05.
Applications
The Runway Closure Marker is an effective method to warn pilots
of closed runways and taxiways.
Features
• Easily set up by one person in 2-3 minutes, without tools
• 3 year/3,000 hour engine warranty
• Four folding arms open to 14-foot length
• 20 PAR lamps deliver over 170,000 candelas at beam center
• Visible 10-25 miles from runway under VFR conditions
RCM-D Ordering Codes
To order a runway closure marker, request the following part
numbers:
• RCM-Diesel: Runway Closure Marker, 6 kW Diesel Generator
• RCM-Cover: RCM Cover
• RCM-Rear Hitch: RCM-D Rear Hitch Option
Light Assembly Specifications (Continued)
• Solid-state flasher, no mechanical contacts
• Photocell automatically reduces intensity at night
• 2-year warranty on light assembly, excluding lamps
• Selectable brightness levels to suit environmental conditions
Trailer Specifications
• Photocell dimming for night operation
• 2,200-pound axle
• Four rear-mounted white lamps allow visual monitoring from
rear side
• 2-inch ball or optional pintle hitch, safety chains
• Powered by a three-cylinder, liquid cooled Mitsubishi diesel
engine and Marathon brushless generator
• Operates 140 hours between fuel fills
• Highway towable with a standard 2-inch hitch coupler
• 2,200-pound, DOT-compliant trailer
• Three swivel leveling jacks, one tongue jack
• Adjustable light beam angle
• Optional rear hitch, allows tandem towing of 2 units
• Optional cover
• Three 2000-lb leveling jacks. Side jacks are on extendable 38inch outriggers
• DOT-compliant tail and marker lights
• Tires - ST175/80 D13, highway-rated
• All steel tubing construction
• Width: 67 inches
• Length: 105 inches
• Height: 64 inches
• Total wet weight: 1600 lb
• Made in the USA and ETL certified by Hali-Brite, Inc., Crosby, MN
Engine and Generator Specifications
Light Assembly Specifications
• Engine: Mitsubishi L3E Diesel, 12.7 hp, 3-cylinder, liquid-cooled,
4-stroke, 1800 RPM, electric start
• Arm length: 14 feet when operating
• Hinged to generator housing, swings upright for use, swings to
horizontal position when stowed
• Engine Warranty: 2 years/2,000 hours on entire engine,
3 years/3,000 hours on major components
• Glow plugs and elapsed hour meter
• Assembly arms fold to a 5’ x 5’ square for transport and storage
• Low oil/high temperature auto-shutdown
• Arms constructed of 4” x 4” extruded aluminum, with
yellow epoxy powder-coat paint.
• Generator: Marathon Electric, 6.0 kW, 120 VAC, 4-pole, brushless
• Twenty 90-watt halogen lamps mounted in front, plus
4 monitor lamps in rear, 24 total
• Fuel tank capacity: 57 gallon, consumption 0.4 gph, 140 hour
runtime
• PAR 38 halogen lamp, 25 degree beam width, rated life 4,200
hours
• Lamps flash 2.5 seconds on, 2.5 seconds off
3051 Rev. B I Call for manual
C - 35
APPROACH LIGHTING
RCM I Runway Closure Marker
Set Up Procedure (2-3 minutes)
1. Level as necessary using 3 leveling jacks
3. Tilt the light to the upright position.
2. Extend the 4 light assembly arms.
4. Start the generator and activate the lights.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
C - 36
3051 Rev. B I Call for manual
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
APPROACH LIGHTING
REIL
Runway End Identification Light
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
L-849 Type V and I Style A, C and E AC 150/5345-51
(Current Edition). ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. 1, para. 5.3.8
REIL Ordering Code
Uses
Provides a visual indication to pilots of the runway threshold during
an approach.
L-849V – Voltage-powered REIL (ETL Certified)
L-849I – Current-powered REIL
Style A – High-Intensity/Single-Step
Style C – Low-Intensity/Single-Step
Style E – High-, Medium-, and Low-Intensity/Three-Step
The L-849 Style C is recommended when maximum single-step
flashtube lamp life is desired. The L-849 Style E is recommended
for intermittent use, such as when activated by radio control.
Environmental Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Humidity:
0 to 100% (including conditions where condensation
takes place in the form of water or frost)
Altitude:
0 to 10,000 ft (3,000 m)
Wind:
Velocities up to 150 knots
Exposure:
Withstands windblown rain, sand, dust particles,
and a salt-laden atmosphere
Theory of Operation
The L-849 REIL system consists of a primary control cabinet with
strobe head and a secondary cabinet with strobe head. The
secondary unit is identical to the primary except that it does not
have a master oscillator PCB. The strobe heads consist of a sealed
PAR-56 xenon flashtube and trigger transformer.
An input voltage of 120/240 VAC is input into the input module
on both primary and secondary units. The input module provides
power to the high-voltage power supply, which generates +2,000
VDC to charge up one or more capacitors. The REIL system uses a
high-voltage ferroresonant transformer and rectifier circuit to provide a constant charging current to the flash capacitors, thereby
reducing power consumption and providing an output voltage not
subject to fluctuations in input power.
The master oscillator PCB in the primary cabinet generates lowvoltage trigger pulses twice per second, which is output to the
trigger interface PCB in both primary and secondary cabinets. The
trigger interface PCB converts the low-voltage trigger commands
to a high-voltage trigger pulse on the primary of the trigger transformer to discharge one or more capacitors (as determined by the
selected intensity) through both strobe heads. Immediately after
the flashtubes are fired, the lamps have a high resistance to current flow (since the triggering voltage is not present), causing the
flash capacitors to charge up again to repeat the firing sequence.
44A1161-
Current Sensing Option (Type V or I)
1 = Style A without current sensing1
2 = Style C without current sensing1
3 = Style E without current sensing1
4 = Style A with one-step current sensing1
5 = Style C with one-step current sensing1
6 = Style E with one-step current sensing1
7 = Style E with three-step current sensing1
Hourmeter/Power Adapter Option
1 = L-849 Type V, Style A1, C1 or E1 w/out hourmeter
2 = L-849 Type V, Style A1, C1 or E1 with hourmeter
3 = L-849 Type I, Style A or C w/out hourmeter2
4 = L-849 Type I, Style A or C with hourmeter2
5 = L-849 Type I, Style E w/out hourmeter2
6 = L-849 Type I, Style E with hourmeter2
Notes
• Current sensing for runway interlock ON/OFF or intensity
change can be used on 6.6 A or 20 A series circuits with
appropriate 6.6/6.6 A or 20/6.6 A isolation transformers.
1
Voltage-powered REILs are ETL Certified.
2
If the REIL system is powered from a 6.6 A or 20 A series circuit,
Type I REILs require a PA-4 power adapter. Power adapter is
ordered separately. See ADB catalog sheet 1035 for additional
details. It is recommended that the L-849 REIL system with
power adapter be powered with ferroresonant type CCRs.
The thyristor type CCR should not be used to power an L-849
REIL system unless the CCR is at least half loaded with steady
burning lights. Do not route output cable in the vicinity of
other wiring sensitive to electromagnetic interference or radio
frequency interference.
Optional Features
• Resettable Elapsed-Time Meter: Indicates the number of hours
ON for L-849 Style A/C and the number of hours of lamp operation in high-intensity for L-849 Style E applications
• One- or three-step current sensing for automatic control of the
flashing light system. This option requires a separate isolation
transformer or requires an isolation transformer option on the
ADB PA-4 power adapter.
The one-step current sensor option provides ON/OFF control of
the REIL system depending on the current level in the runway
lighting circuit.
The three-step option, available only for the L-849 Style E system, provides three brightness control levels. The current sensor
monitors the current level of the runway edge lighting circuit and
automatically turns the L-849 Style E system either OFF or to low,
1029 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0008
C - 37
APPROACH LIGHTING
REIL I Runway End Identification Light
Optional Features (Continued)
Photometric Data
medium, or high intensity. The preset current levels for turning
on the REIL can be easily changed by adjusting the potentiometer
settings on the current sensor printed circuit board.
• Baffle: If 15° beam axis is operationally objectionable, an
optional baffle is available. If used, REILs are set at +3° vertical
and +10° horizontal. ADB Ordering Code: 44D2408-1 for Left
Hand Baffle and 44D2408-2 for Right Hand Baffle
• Enclosure/Flash Head Mounting–The standard mounting supplied
with the L-849 is with one leg that has a 2-inch threaded frangible coupling. Several other enclosure and flash head mounting
options are available. If two legs are desired, use ADB ordering
code 94A0205.
• The L-849 is normally installed onto a threaded coupling onto
the end of a conduit elbow. Alternatively, a 6.25-inch (15.88 cm)
O.D. floor flange can be bolted over any conduit elbow flush
with the top of the pad. Use ADB ordering code 62B0107-3.
• The flash head can be mounted on top of the enclosure or on a
separate extension (not ETL Certified). Contact the ADB Sales
Department for details.
Electrical
The REIL system operates from a 120/240 VAC, ±10%, 60 Hz power
supply. The 120/240 VAC supply is a three-wire input with the
center wire being neutral. The REIL system can also operate from
a 6.6 A and 20 A series lighting circuit with a separately purchased
PA-4 power adapter unit. The PA-4 is available in 60 Hz. See ADB
catalog sheet 1035 for power adapter CCR loading data.
Equipment Data
Maximum
Power
Requirements
L-849 Style A, 600 VA
L-849 Style C, 400 VA
L-849 Style E, 600 VA
Control
Remote, local, or automatic (when current
sensing used)
Flashtube Life
1,000 hours at high intensity mode
Flash Rate
120 flashes per minute with less than 1% misfiring (no consecutive skips) over average life.
Both optical assemblies flash simultaneously
with less than a 10-millisecond separation.
Light Beam
Adjustable vertically from 0° to 15° and horizontally 20° each side of the zero reference
point. All scales are in 1° increments. Nominal
setting is +10° vertical and +15° horizontal.
Lighting Head
A positive locking device prevents accidental
movement of head after aiming
Mounting
Each REIL cabinet with frangible coupling
(supplied) can be mounted on a concrete pad
with a 2-inch NPT pipe or with an optional floor
flange.
Enclosure
The cabinets can be padlocked and include
an interlock switch to disconnect input power
when either the flash head or the cabinet door
is open.
C - 38
1029 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0008
Style
High
Intensity (cd)
Medium
Intensity (cd)
Low
Intensity (cd)
L-849 Style A
15,000
N/A
N/A
L-849 Style C
N/A
N/A
700
L-849 Style E
15,000
1,500
300
Note: Candelas above are within a beam pattern of 10° vertical
by 30° horizontal for each flasher. Tolerance of 50% in effective
intensity.
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Current sensing assembly, one-step
Current sensing assembly, three-step
Fuse, 4 A, slow blow, 125 V
Fuse, 1.5 A, slow blow, 250 V
High-voltage diode assembly
Lamp gasket
Lighting arrestor, 150 VAC
Master oscillator PCB ass’y, L-849 Style E
Master oscillator PCB ass’y, L-849 Style A/C
PAR-56 xenon flash lamp
Relay, intensity switching, DPDT, 120 VAC,
without power adapter
Relay, intensity switching, DPDT, 110 VDC
with power adapter
Relay, input power switching, DPDT, 120 VAC
without power adapter
Relay, input power switching, DPDT, 110 VDC
with power adapter
Resistor mounting block assembly
Trigger transformer assembly
Trigger interface PCB
44D1988-1100
44D1988-2100
47A0078
47A0030
44B1164
63C0532
32A0011
44B1157
44B1156
48B0022
53A0182
1
See note1
53A0260
53A0261
44B1165
44B1780-4
44B1105
To replace obsolete relay Part No. 53A0257, order DC Relay
Kit Part No. 94A0602. This kit includes two 53A0182 relays to
replace the 53A0257 relays and a new 44A7196 PCB to replace
the existing 44B1781 PCB. Both old relays and the existing
44B1781 PCB must be replaced at the same time. The relays and
PCB are direct replacements; no wiring changes are needed.
Packaging
Gross Weight
210 lb (95 kg)
REIL Box Dimensions
24 x 20 x 8 in
(60.96 x 50.8 x 20.32 cm)
Packaging Dimensions
31 x 31 x 35 in
(78.74 x 78.74 x 88.9 cm)
Packaging is for information purposes only and is based on one
palletized box containing one primary and one secondary cabinet.
APPROACH LIGHTING
REIL I Runway End Identification Light
Inside View
Outside View
10
11
12
13
3
23
14
1
15
22
2
17
6
4
21
5
20
16
19
Secondary
View Identification
1. Flashtube
2. Flash Head Assembly (Trigger Transformer and Safety Switch
located on inside)
3. Air Vents
4. Primary or Secondary Cabinet
5. Mounting Hub
6. Angle Indicator
7. Master Oscillator PCB
8. Local/Remote Switch
9. Optional Current Sensor PCB
10. Mounting Lug
11. Input Module
12. ON/OFF Switch
13. Fuses
14. ON/OFF Switching Relay
15. Ground Lug
16. Interlock Switch
17. Lightning Arrestor
18. Current Sensing Input Terminal Block
19. Input/Output Power and Control Terminal Block
20. Trigger Interface PCB
21. Flash Head Connections Terminal Block
22. High-Voltage Power Supply Transformer
23. Flash Capacitor
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
7
9
10
8
11
12
13
14
23
15
22
18
21
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
16
5
20
19
Primary
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
1029 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0008
C - 39
APPROACH LIGHTING
This page left blank
intentionally
C - 40
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSF-L
LED Light Bar Airfield Guidance Sign
FAA
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-858Y(L), L-858R(L), L-858L(L) and L-858B(L)
AC 150/5345-44 (Current Edition) and the FAA
Engineering Brief No. 67. ETL Certified.
Features (Continued)
Uses
• Direct replacement for existing sign
FAA L-858Y(L)
Direction, Destination, and Boundary
(Informational Sign)
• Creates a highly uniform distribution of light, eliminating hot
spots and shadows
FAA L-858R(L)
Mandatory Sign
FAA L-858L(L)
Runway/Taxiway Location Sign: These signs
are designed to guide pilots to a particular
point on the field, identify holding positions,
identify taxiway and runway intersections, and
prohibit aircraft entry into designated areas.
• Operates on ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs that are designed
in compliance with FAA or IEC requirements
FAA L-858B(L)
Runway Distance Remaining Sign: The L-858B
is used at 1,000-foot intervals adjacent to the
runway edge in order to provide runway distance remaining information to pilots during
takeoff and landing operations.
Sign Legends
Type
Purpose
Legend
Color
Background
Color
L-858Y
Direction, Destination
& Boundary
Black
Yellow
L-858R
Mandatory Sign
White with
Black Outline
Red
L-858L
Runway/Taxiway
Location
Yellow
Black
L-858B
Runway Distance
Remaining
White
Black
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
• Operates on all steps of a 3-step or 5-step CCR and on a 5.5 A
CCR.
• Eliminates re-lamping expenses and reduces on-going maintenance costs
• Improved safety — low, regulated DC voltage inside sign
• Rugged lightning protection that complies with ANSI/IEEE
C62.41-1991 Location Category C2 given in FAA Eng. Brief 67.
Category C2 is defined as a 1.2/50μS – 8/20 μS combination
wave, with a peak voltage of 10,000 Volts and a peak current of
5,000 Amps.
Dimensions
Sign Heights
Sign
Size
No.
Sign
Face
Height
in (cm)
Legend
Height
in (cm)
Sign
Style
No.
Sign
Class
No.
Overall
Mounting
Height
in (cm)
L-858Y/R/L
1
1
18
(45.7)
12
(30.5)
2,3,5
2,3,5
1,2
1,2
29.7
(75.5)
L-858Y/R/L
2
2
24
(61)
15
(38.1)
2,3,5
2,3,5
1,2
1,2
35.7
(90.8)
L-858Y/R/L
3
3
30
(76.2)
18
(45.7)
2,3,5
2,3,5
1,2
1,2
41.7
(106)
L-858B
4
4
48
(122)
40
(101.6)
2,3,5
2,3,5
1,2
1,2
58.2
(147.8)
L-858B
5
5
30
(76.2)
25
(63.5)
2,3,5
2,3,5
1,2
1,2
41.7
(106)
Type
Humidity: 0 to 100%
Wind:
- ADB Mode 2 signs withstand wind velocities up to 225 mph
- ADB Mode 3 signs withstand wind velocities up to 327 mph
Features
• Unique LED Light Bar design maximizes energy efficiency
• Available Battery Tester provides for quick and easy testing of
individual LED Light Bars
• Electrical design uses a minimal number of components which
maximizes sign MTBF and greatly simplifies troubleshooting
efforts.
• Virtually eliminates runway and taxiway shutdowns due to longlasting LED light source
Sign Lengths Inches (Centimeters)
Size No.
1 Module
2 Module
3 Module
4 Module
1
29.4 (75)
58.6 (149)
87.9 (223)
117.2 (298)
2
35.9 (91)
71.6 (182)
107.4 (273)
143.2 (364)
3
42.4 (108)
84.6 (215)
126.9 (323)
169.2 (430)
4
47.9 (122)
N/A
N/A
N/A
5
42.4 (108)
N/A
N/A
N/A
Notes
• Sign depth is 9.39 in (23.85 cm).
• See our website for additional dimension and installation
information.
3006 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0402, 96A0455
D-1
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSF-L I LED Light Bar Airfield Guidance Sign - FAA
Construction
Sign Load & Transformer Requirements
Corrosion-resistant sign construction requires minimal maintenance.
In the table below, the number for the total VA load imposed on
the CCR represents the actual load imposed on the regulator and
accounts for power factor and load imposed by the transformer.
• Aluminum housing
• Acrylic sign legend panels
• Stainless steel hardware
• Retroreflective sheeting
• Translucent plastic panel dividers used between multi-module
legend panels
Installation
Each sign is furnished complete with mounting flanges for installation on a concrete pad, which is the recommended method of
installation. Refer to ADB sign manual for typical sign installations. Contact ADB Sales Department for more information on sign
installation hardware.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
L-823 Cord Set
Cable Clamp
Floor Flange
2-inch Conduit Elbow (contractor supplied)
L-867 Blank Cover Plate with Gasket
L-823 Extension Cord (purchased separately)
L-867 Base (purchased separately)
L-867 Base Plate (special - purchased separately)
Remote Mounting
(Recommended)
Sign
Size
No. of
Modules
Transformer
Power
Factor
Volt Amp
VA Load
Style 2, 3-Step LED Signs (4.8 - 6.6 A)
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
65 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
0.83
0.83
0.88
0.91
85
95
95
95
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
65 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
0.88
0.88
0.91
0.91
90
95
100
100
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
4
100 W
100 W
100 W
150 W
0.83
0.91
0.91
0.88
95
95
100
115
4
1
100 W
0.84
95
5
1
100 W
0.83
95
Style 3, 5-Step LED Signs (2.8 - 6.6 A)
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
100 W
150 W
150 W
150 W
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.90
75
95
95
100
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
150 W
150 W
150 W
150 W
0.88
0.90
0.83
0.85
90
95
100
100
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
4
150 W
150 W
150 W
200 W
0.88
0.90
0.83
0.85
95
100
100
115
4
1
150 W
0.88
95
5
1
150 W
0.83
95
Style 5, Single-Step LED Signs (5.5 A)
Direct Mounting
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
65 W
65 W
100 W
100 W
0.84
0.84
0.88
0.88
75
85
85
95
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
65 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
0.92
0.89
0.90
0.90
75
85
100
100
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
4
65 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
0.84
0.88
0.92
0.92
85
95
100
110
4
1
65 W
0.83
85
5
1
65 W
0.92
85
Electrical Supply
Signs are internally lighted. The signs are connected to a series
circuit using the appropriately-sized 50 or 60 Hz L-830/L-831
isolation transformer(s).
D-2
3006 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0402, 96A0455
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSF-L I LED Light Bar Airfield Guidance Sign - FAA
L-858 Sign LED Retrofit Kits for ADB Signs
Spare Components
Application
Description
Part No.
A retrofit kit is available to convert any existing ADB Airfield Solutions tungsten-halogen or fluorescent sign to an LED light source.
Note that the same retrofit kit can be used to convert signs using
LED light tubes (Part No. 48A0408 and 48A0409) to the new LED
light bar design. The kit is available for all FAA Types: L-858Y,
L-858R, L-858L and L-858B; all Sizes: Size 1 through 5; and all
module lengths: up to 4 modules. Retrofitting a sign is fast and
easy. It typically takes 20 minutes to retrofit a 2-module sign. The
retrofit process converts the sign to the same type as an existing
ADB ETL-Certified sign.
Floor flange (2-bolt)
Floor flange, high wind speed (4-bolt)
Frangible coupling, size 1
Frangible coupling, size 2
Frangible coupling, size 3 or 5
Frangible coupling, size 4
Tether
LED light engine (tube), Size 1, 2, 3, and 5
LED light engine (tube), Size 4
LED light engine (bar), Size 1 and 4
LED light engine (bar), Size 2
LED light engine (bar), Size 3 and 5
LED sign power supply lead assy
LED sign lead terminator assy
LED sign lead jumper assy 18”
LED sign On/Off switch retrofit kit
LED sign power supply ass’y, single (tube)
LED sign power supply ass’y, dual (tube)
LED sign power supply assembly (bar)
62A2142
62A2146
60A2678-10
60A2678-20
60A2678-30
60A2678-40
94A0054
48A04082
48A04093
48A0442-16
48A0442-24
48A0442-32
44A6920
44A6921
44A6922-18
94A0632
44A7086-LT2
44A7088-101,2
44A7260-010
Reduced Maintenance costs
An LED sign virtually eliminates runway and taxiway shutdowns
due to the long life LED light source. It eliminates re-lamping
expenses and reduces on-going maintenance costs. The LED
optical design also creates a highly uniform distribution of light,
eliminating hot spots and shadows. Also, the sign provides for
improved safety because there is only a low, regulated DC voltage
inside sign.
Use a dual LED sign power supply assembly for sign sizes 2 and
3 that are 3 and 4 modules. For all other configurations, use a
single power supply assembly.
For all signs shipped before January 1, 2013, use these spare
parts.
Use LED Retrofit Kit 94A0628 for replacement purposes.
1
Energy savings
An LED sign provides greatly reduced energy consumption
compared to existing types of signs. See chart below for more
information.
2
3
The LED sign operates on ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs that are
designed in compliance with FAA requirements. The sign electronics are designed to operate on 3-step, 5-step and 5.5 A dedicated
series circuits.
See chart on previous page for sign loading and optimum sign
transformer size. Note that the existing larger size transformer, if
present, can be reused. Ask for Service Bulletin ALN158 for details
on how to retrofit the sign.
LED Retrofit Kit for ADB Signs
Ordering Code
Size
1 = Size
2 = Size
3 = Size
4 = Size
5 = Size
94A0628-
0
1
2
3
4
5
Number of Modules
1 = 1 module
2 = 2 modules
3 = 3 modules
4 = 4 modules
Packaging Data
Signs are shipped with L-823 cord set(s), frangible couplings, and
floor flanges–ready for installation.
Gross Weight1
Description
Carton Dimensions
(lb)
(kg)
Size
Size
Size
Size
1,
1,
1,
1,
Module
Module
Module
Module
1
2
3
4
46
78
115
169
21
35
52
77
34
34
34
34
x
x
x
x
34 x 13
63 x 13
92 x 13
121 x 13
87
87
87
87
Size
Size
Size
Size
2,
2,
2,
2,
Module
Module
Module
Module
1
2
3
4
71
104
153
2202
32
47
70
1002
40
40
40
40
x
x
x
x
40 x 13
76 x 13
112 x 13
147 x 13
102
102
102
102
x
x
x
x
102
193
285
374
x
x
x
x
33
33
33
33
Size
Size
Size
Size
3,
3,
3,
3,
Module
Module
Module
Module
1
2
3
4
81
131
199
252
37
60
90
114
46
46
46
46
x
x
x
x
46 x 13
89 x 13
131 x 13
173 x 13
117
117
117
117
x
x
x
x
117
226
333
440
x
x
x
x
33
33
33
33
Size 4, Module 1
122
56
62 x 52 x 13
158 x 132 x 33
Size 5, Module 1
81
37
46 x 46 x 13
117 x 117 x 33
1
2
(in)
(cm)
x
x
x
x
86.4 x 33
160 x 33
234 x 33
307 x 33
Estimated weight
Weights listed are for halogen signs. Contact ADB for high
wind speed sign weights.
LED and Halogen Sign Comparison Table
Sign Size
Style
No. of Modules
Isolation Transformer
Size Required
2,3
Style 2 (3-step)
3
500 W for T-H
100 W for LED
1
Style 3 (5-step)
4
500 W for T-H
150 W for LED
LED
Max. CCR VA Load*
Tungsten Halogen
Max CCR VA Load*
Energy Savings
100
340
71%
100
233
57%
* CCR Load includes both sign and isolation transformer load.
3006 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0402, 96A0455
D-3
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSF-L I LED Light Bar Airfield Guidance Sign - FAA
Ordering Codes
Legend Panel Replacement
Size
1 = Size
2 = Size
3 = Size
4 = Size
Ordering Code
44A6084-
1
2
3 and 5
4
Sign Type
0 = Standard
1 = High Wind
Face
1 = Single
2 = Double
Size
1 = Size 1
2 = Size 2
3 = Size 3 and 5
Total Number of Panels
X = To be determined by ADB Sales
Department based on legend and
module configurations.
Paint Coverage
A = Solid (black only)1
C = Clear (paint top only)
3
Power
1 = Power through leg without ON/OFF switch
2 = Power through leg with ON/OFF switch
3 = Power through side without ON/OFF switch3
4 = Power through side with ON/OFF switch3
5 = Customer-provided entry without ON/OFF switch2,3
6 = Customer-provided entry with ON/OFF switch2,3
9 = Power through bottom without ON/OFF switch3
A = Power through bottom with ON/OFF switch3
Paint Color
R = Red
Y = Yellow
B = Black1
Note:
1
For option A (solid), customer must select option B (black).
Option C (clear) can be paired with either red or yellow.
44A7264-1
Battery-powered tester is used during maintenance activities to
separately test a single LED light bar. Uses four size D batteries
and outputs 350 mA. Output is activated using a momentary
switch.
Note: Tester can also be used on all ADB SB-type LED signs.
94A0649
Kit contains a weatherproof cover, template and hardware to
put a cover over the ON/OFF switch.
D-4
3006 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0402, 96A0455
0
Style
7 = LED Style 2, Style 3, and Style 5
Legend Panel Divider Assembly 44A6173-
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
3
Module
1 = 1 Module
2 = 2 Modules
3 = 3 Modules
4 = 4 Modules
Panel Type
1 = With legend (retroreflective)
2 = Black
ON/OFF Switch Cover Kit
-7
Sign Size
1 = Size 1
2 = Size 2
3 = Size 3
4 = Size 4
5 = Size 5
Number of Modules
1 = 1 module
2 = 2 modules
LED Light Engine Tester
S
Lamp Type
R = LED
S = LED High Wind1
Tether
0 = No tether3
1 = One tether on one end of sign
2 = Two tethers, one on each end
3 = One tether per leg
Notes
• Customer to provide legend information and power connection
side. It is important to match power cord exit location with
legend side.
1
Use high wind signs in locations where actual wind speed
exceeds FAA specifications (Mode 3). High wind signs are tested
to a minimum wind load of 327 mph as recommended by FAA
technical paper DOT/FAA/AR-TN00/32: Evaluation of WindLoading on Airport Signs. High wind signs require four anchor
bolts per floor flange except Size 1, which uses the standard
2-bolt foot.
2
Cord set coiled up inside. Customer provides entry hole.
3
Not ETL Certified
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSB-L
LED Light Bar Airfield Guidance Sign
ICAO/TP 312
Compliance with Standards
ICAO:
T/C:
Annex 14, Volume I, para 5.4 and Appendix 4
Transport Canada TP 312
TP 312 LED Sign
ICAO LED Sign
Uses
Features (Continued)
On Civil Airfields:
• Mandatory instruction signs
• Creates a highly uniform distribution of light, eliminating hot
spots and shadows
• Information signs
• Operates on ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs that are designed
in compliance with FAA or IEC requirements
• VOR check-point sign
On Military Airbases:
• Mandatory instruction signs
• Information signs
• Operates on all steps of a 3-step or 5-step CCR and on a 5.5 A
CCR.
• Improved safety — low, regulated DC voltage inside sign
• VOR check-point sign
• Eliminates re-lamping expenses and reduces on-going maintenance costs
• Runway distance-to-go signs
• Exceeds latest ICAO and TP 312 requirements for colorimetry.
• Arrester barrier signs
Mandatory signs – are used to identify a location beyond which an
authorization from the tower is required to proceed. They include
road-, taxi- and Cat I, II and III holding position signs, runway
designation signs and “NO ENTRY” signs. They have white legends
on red background.
Information signs – are all the other signs (except runway distance
signs) providing information on routing (direction or destination)
and on location. Information signs have black lettering on yellow
background, except location signs. Location signs have a yellow
legend on a black background. The message on stand-alone location signs is surrounded by a yellow border.
Operating Conditions
The taxiway and runway signs are designed for continuous outdoor
use under the conditions presented below for operating temperature range, humidity, and wind.
Temperature: -55 °F to +131 °F (-55 °C to +55 °C)
Humidity: 0 to 100%
Wind: ADB standard signs withstand a wind loading of 320 km/h
(200 mph) and break before the wind loading reaches
480 km/h (300 mph).
Features
• Modular construction: commonality of mechanical and electrical components throughout entire sign range.
• Low mass, frangible yet rigid construction based on aluminum
extrusions and panels.
Installation
Remote Mounting
Each sign is furnished complete with (Recommended)
mounting flanges
for installation on a
level concrete pad,
which is the recommended method of
installation. Refer to
ADB sign manual for
typical sign installations. Other mounting
options such as steel
transition plates are available. Contact ADB Sales Department for
more information on sign installation hardware.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
• Unique LED Light Bar design maximizes energy efficiency
• Available Battery Tester provides for quick and easy testing of
individual LED Light Bars
• Electrical design uses a minimal number of components which
maximizes sign MTBF and greatly simplifies troubleshooting
efforts.
6.
7.
8.
L-823 Cord Set
Direct Mounting
Cable Clamp
Floor Flange
2-inch Conduit Elbow
(contractor supplied)
L-867 Blank Cover Plate
with Gasket
L-823 Extension Cord
(purchased separately)
L-867 Base (purchased
separately)
L-867 Base Plate (special - purchased separately)
• Virtually eliminates runway and taxiway shutdowns due to longlasting LED light source
3060 Rev. B I Manual No. 96A0467
D-5
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSB-L I LED Light Bar Airfield Guidance Sign - ICAO/TP 312
Sign Dimensions
1 section, 2 legs
Standard mounting height shown.
3 sections,
4 legs
2 sections,
3 legs
600 mm and 800 mm Height Sign Dimensions (mm/inches)
Sign Type
Illuminated Face Length
B
C
D
E
NA
NA
1 Section, 2 Legs
SBXA
700 mm
655.3 (25.90)
759.7 (29.92)
SBXB
900 mm
855.5 (33.68)
959.9 (37.79)
NA
NA
SBXC
1100 mm
1055.4 (41.55)
1159.8 (45.66)
NA
NA
SBXD
1300 mm
1255.3 (49.42)
1359.7 (53.53)
NA
NA
SBXE
1500 mm
1455.4 (57.30)
1559.8 (61.41)
NA
NA
SBXF
1700 mm
NA
1759.7 (69.28)
SBXG
1900 mm
NA
1959.7 (77.16)
927.7 (36.53)
NA
SBXH
2100 mm
NA
2159.7 (85.03)
1027.7 (40.26)
NA
2 Section, 3 Legs
827.7 (32.59)
NA
SBXJ
2300 mm
NA
2359.7 (92.90)
1127.7 (44.40)
NA
SBXK
2500 mm
NA
2559.7 (100.78)
1227.7 (48.34)
NA
SBXL
2700 mm
NA
2759.7 (108.65)
1327.7 (52.27)
NA
SBXM
2900 mm
NA
2959.7 (116.53)
1427.7 (56.21)
NA
SBXN
3300 mm
NA
3359.7 (132.27)
1077.7 (42.43)
1100.0 (43.31)
SBXP
3700 mm
NA
3636.5 (143.17)
1277.7 (50.30)
1100.0 (43.31)
3 Section, 4 Legs
Electrical Supply
Sign Load & Transformer Requirements
Signs are internally lighted. The signs are connected to a series
circuit using the appropriately-sized 50 or 60 Hz L-830/ L-831
isolation transformer.
Contact the ADB Sales Department for sign load information.
D-6
3060 Rev. B I Manual No. 96A0467
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSB-L I LED Light Bar Airfield Guidance Sign - ICAO/TP 312
Packaging Data (600 mm Signs)
Gross Assembled Weight1
Sign
Type
SB6A
STD Height
SBDX 1219 mm (48”)
SBEX2 1524 mm (60”)
Carton Dimensions (h x w x d2)
SBFX2 1829 mm (72’)
(lb)
(kg)
(lb)
(kg)
(lb)
(kg)
(lb)
(kg)
64
29.0
69
31.3
75
34.0
79
35.8
Standard Height
(in)
(mm)
36 x 37 x 13
914 x 950 x 330
SB6B
72
32.6
77
34.9
83
37.6
87
39.5
36 x 45 x 13
914 x 1150 x 330
SB6C
80
36.3
85
38.5
91
41.3
95
43.1
36 x 53 x 13
914 x 1350 x 330
SB6D
88
39.9
93
42.2
99
44.9
103
46.7
36 x 61 x 13
914 x 1550 x 330
SB6E
97
44.0
102
46.3
108
49.0
112
50.8
36 x 70 x 13
914 x 1750 x 330
SB6F
122
55.3
130
59.0
138
62.6
145
65.8
36 x 77 x 13
914 x 1950 x 330
SB6G
130
59.0
138
62.6
146
66.2
153
69.4
36 x 85 x 13
914 x 2150 x 330
SB6H
138
62.6
146
66.2
154
69.8
161
73.0
36 x 93 x 13
914 x 2350 x 330
SB6J
146
66.2
152
68.9
162
73.5
169
76.6
3.6 x 100 x 13
914 x 2550 x 330
SB6K
153
69.4
161
73.0
169
76.6
176
79.8
36 x 108 x 13
914 x 2750 x 330
SB6L
161
73.0
169
76.6
177
80.3
184
83.5
36 x 116 x 13
914 x 2950 x 330
SB6M
169
76.6
177
80.3
185
83.9
192
87.1
36 x 124 x 13
914 x 3150 x 330
SB6N
203
92.1
213
96.6
225
102.0
233
101.1
36 x 140 x 13
914 x 3550 x 330
SB6P
220
99.8
230
104.3
242
109.8
250
113.4
36 x 156 x 13
914 x 3950 x 330
Notes
● 1219 mm (48”) signs ship 1295 mm (51”) high. 1524 mm (60”) and 1829 mm (72”) signs ship at standard height.
1
Weights listed are for standard LED signs.
2
Shipped as standard height with legs enclosed separately; requires assembly.
Packaging Data (800 mm Signs)
Signs are shipped with L-823 cord set(s), frangible couplings, and
floor flanges – ready for installation.
Sign
Type
Gross Weight1
(lb)
(kg)
Carton Dimensions (h x w x d)
(in)
(mm)
SB8A
72
32.6
43.5 x 37 x 13
1105 x 950 x 330
SB8B
82
37.0
43.5 x 45 x 13
1105 x 1150 x 330
SB8C
94
42.6
43.5 x 53 x 13
1105 x 1350 x 330
SB8D
104
47.0
43.5 x 61 x 13
1105 x 1550 x 330
SB8E
114
51.7
43.5 x 70 x 13
1105 x 1750 x 330
SB8F
136
61.7
43.5 x 77 x 13
1105 x 1950 x 330
SB8G
149
67.6
43.5 x 85 x 13
1105 x 2150 x 330
SB8H
161
73.0
43.5 x 93 x 13
1105 x 2350 x 330
SB8J
173
78.5
43.5 x 100 x 13
1105 x 2550 x 330
SB8K
182
82.5
43.5 x 108 x 13
1105 x 2750 x 330
SB8L
193
87.5
43.5 x 116 x 13
1105 x 2950 x 330
SB8M
205
93.0
43.5 x 124 x 13
1105 x 3150 x 330
SB8N
242
110.0
43.5 x 140 x 13
1105 x 3550 x 330
SB8P
265
120.2
43.5 x 156 x 13
1105 x 3950 x 330
1
Weights listed are for standard LED signs.
Construction
Corrosion-resistant sign construction requires minimal maintenance. The sign uses aluminum housing, acrylic sign legend panels,
stainless steel hardware, and translucent sheeting.
Legend Panel Replacement
Ordering Code
44A7
-
0
Panel Color
157 = Black
433 = All other colors
Visible Face Height
6 = 600 mm
8 = 800 mm
Visible Panel Width
07 = 700 mm
09 = 900 mm
11 = 1100 mm
13 = 1300 mm
15 = 1500 mm
17 = 1700 mm
19 = 1900 mm
21 = 2100 mm
23 = 2300 mm
25 = 2500 mm
27 = 2700 mm
29 = 2900 mm
33 = 3300 mm
37 = 3700 mm
Panel Type
1 = With legend
2 = Black
Wind Rating
0 = Standard
Note: Customer to specify character height and legend
information.
3060 Rev. B I Manual No. 96A0467
D-7
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSB-L I LED Light Bar Airfield Guidance Sign - ICAO/TP 312
Ordering Code
S
-
6
Type
B = ICAO/TP 312 LED Light Bar
Viewing Window
0 = Without LED viewing window
1 = With LED viewing window2
Sign Height1
6 = 600 mm standard height
8 = 800 mm standard height
D = 600 mm 48” (1219 mm) OAH2
E = 600 mm 60” (1524 mm) OAH2
F = 600 mm 72” (1829 mm) OAH2
G = 800 mm 48” (1219 mm) OAH2
H = 800 mm 60” (1524 mm) OAH2
J = 800 mm 72” (1829 mm) OAH2
Tether
0 = No tether
1 = One tether on one end of sign
2 = Two tethers, one on each end
3 = One tether per leg
Power
1 = Power through leg without ON/OFF switch
2 = Power through leg with ON/OFF switch
3 = Power through side without ON/OFF switch
4 = Power through side with ON/OFF switch
5 = Customer-provided entry without ON/OFF switch4
6 = Customer-provided entry with ON/OFF switch4
7 = Power through bottom without ON/OFF switch
8 = Power through bottom with ON/OFF switch
Illuminated Face Length
A = 700 mm
B = 900 mm
C = 1100 mm
D = 1300 mm
E = 1500 mm
F = 1700 mm
G = 1900 mm
H = 2100 mm
J = 2300 mm
K = 2500 mm
L = 2700 mm
M = 2900 mm
N = 3300 mm
P = 3700 mm
6
Wind Rating
S = Standard (320 km/h, 200 mph)
Notes
• Left-Right designation determined when viewing secondary
side of the sign
• Customer to provide legend information and power
connection side. It is important to match power cord exit
location with legend side.
1
Standard character height for 600 mm sign is 400 mm.
Standard character height for 800 mm sign is 600 mm.
Customer to advise if different character height is needed.
2
TP 312 standard configuration
3
Operates on 3-step, 5-step and 5.5 A dedicated series circuits.
4
Cord set coiled up inside. Customer provides entry hole.
Illumination
7 = Constant illumination from 2.8 to 6.6 A3
Face
1 = Single
2 = Double
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
For frangible couplings, see drawing 117A00691
Cord set, L-823
Cord set, TP 312, 12/2 SO cord, 2.5 m
Floor flange (2-bolt)2
Floor flange (4-bolt)2
LED Light Bar, 16”
LED Light Bar, 24”
LED Light Bar, 32”
LED Strip Field Replacement Kit, 800 mm
Tether
73A0107-72
73A0155-2.5
62A2142
62A2146
48A0442-16
48A0442-24
48A0442-32
94A0627-8
94A0054
1
2
LED Light Engine Tester
44A7264-1
Battery-powered tester is used during maintenance activities to
separately test a single LED light bar. Uses four size D batteries
and outputs 350 mA. Output is activated using a momentary
switch.
Note: Tester can also be used on all ADB SR- or SS-type LED signs.
This installation drawing is available on the ADB website or you
can request a copy from your sales representative.
Refer to installation drawing 117A0069 to determine which floor
flange is needed.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
D-8
3060 Rev. B I Manual No. 96A0467
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSF
Incandescent Airfield Guidance Sign
FAA
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-858Y, L-858R, L-858L, and L-858B
AC 150/5345-44 (Current Edition). ETL Certified.
Uses
Features (Continued)
FAA L-858Y(L)
Direction, Destination, and Boundary
(Informational Sign)
• One of the lowest installation costs in the industry. Reduced
number of legs and two-hole flanges minimize installation labor.
FAA L-858R(L)
Mandatory Sign
FAA L-858L(L)
Runway/Taxiway Location Sign: These signs
are designed to guide pilots to a particular
point on the field, identify holding positions,
identify taxiway and runway intersections, and
prohibit aircraft entry into designated areas.
• Thinnest sign width of all the major sign manufacturers (9.39
inches) minimizes size of concrete pad required.
FAA L-858B(L)
Runway Distance Remaining Sign: The L-858B
is used at 1,000-foot intervals adjacent to the
runway edge in order to provide runway distance remaining information to pilots during
takeoff and landing operations.
• Sign is shipped pre-assembled with mounting hardware and
tethers (when supplied) and is ready for installation upon
arrival.
• No need to open sign for common maintenance activities.
Lamps can be replaced from the top without tools.
• Unique low volt/amp, high power factor active ballast for outstanding energy-efficient operation on tungsten-halogen Style 2
and 3 signs. Same electronics used for both Style 2 and 3 signs.
• Sign color legible at night from more than 800 feet
Sign Legends
• Distortion-free flat legend panels
Type
Purpose
Legend
Color
Background
Color
L-858Y
Direction, Destination
& Boundary
Black
Yellow
L-858R
Mandatory Sign
White with
Black Outline
Red
L-858L
Runway/Taxiway
Location
Yellow
Black
• Panel dividers not required for contiguous messages. Panel
dividers normally used only on sign message arrays.
L-858B
Runway Distance
Remaining
White
Black
• Bolted structure allows easy field repairs and refurbishing,
reducing repair costs for damaged and aging signs
• Retroreflective sheeting is used on all legend panels to increase
visibility. Aircraft lights will illuminate sign face if lamp out
occurs.
• Modular construction allows for easy panel replacement
Features
• Multi-length continuous legend panels available
• Corrosion-resistant sign construction requires minimal maintenance (aluminum housing and stainless steel hardware)
• Unique illumination system creates a highly uniform distribution
of light, eliminating hot spots and shadows, resulting in a much
more readable sign and improved visibility, leading to safer
runways and taxiways
• Legend and blank acrylic sign panels are easily removable and
interchangeable
• Unlike conventional signs, ADB guidance signs are more uniformly illuminated and brighter, providing optimal pilot visibility
under all weather conditions regardless of the type of aircraft
being operated
• Optional lamps-out indicator is visible even if power is off
• Low-energy/long-life halogen lamps are 48 W with a rated lamp
life of 1,500 hours and an actual lamp life in excess of 6,000
hours, leading to a reduction of ongoing maintenance costs and
periodic relamping expenses
• Backup lamp option available; lamps switch on automatically
(Style 2 & 3 signs)
• Optional high-wind speed sign is available for those locations
where wind speed is higher than FAA specification value. Any
sign can be converted to a high-wind speed version
• An optional fluorescent sign is available. These signs use 18 W
lamps with a rated lamp life of 10,000 hours.
• Lamps are the same as used on F-Range in-pavement lights,
minimizing spare parts needs
• Uses fewer legs than conventional signs and 50% fewer anchor
bolts per leg. Number of legs = N + 1, with N being the number
of modules.
2040 Rev. Y I Manual No. 96A0286
D-9
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSF I Incandescent Airfield Guidance Sign - FAA
Sign Load & Transformer Requirements
Sign Load & Transformer Requirements
In the table below, the number for the total VA load imposed
on the CCR represents the actual load imposed on the regulator
and accounts for power factor and load imposed by the L-830
transformer.
In the table below, the number for the total VA load imposed
on the CCR represents the actual load imposed on the regulator and accounts for power factor and load imposed by the
L-830 transformer.
Low VA Halogen Lamps
Fluorescent Lamps
Sign
Size
No. of
Modules
Transformer
No. of
Lamps
Sign
Power
Factor
Volt
Amp
VA Load
48 Watt Lamps—Style 2, 3-Step Signs (4.8 - 6.6 A)
2,
2,
2,
2,
1
2
3
4
100 W
200 W
300 W
300 W
1
2
3
4
0.98
0.99
0.98
0.99
106
155
202
250
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
4
200 W
300 W
500 W
300 W (2)
2
4
6
8
0.99
0.99
0.98
0.97
155
250
340
450
4
1
300 W
4
0.99
250
5
1
200 W
2
0.99
155
Transformer
No. of
Lamps
Sign
Power
Factor
Volt
Amp
VA Load
2,
2,
2,
2,
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
1
2
3
4
0.96
0.95
0.93
0.93
68
88
106
127
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
4
200 W
200 W
300 W
300 W
2
4
6
8
0.95
0.93
0.92
0.93
88
127
172
203
4
1
200 W
4
0.93
127
5
1
200 W
2
0.95
88
18 Watt Lamps—Style 3, 5-Step Signs (2.8 - 6.6 A)
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
200 W
300 W
500 W
500 W
1
2
3
4
0.97
0.98
0.98
0.98
105
145
190
233
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
4
300 W
500 W
500 & 300 W
500 W (2)
2
4
6
8
0.98
0.98
0.98
0.97
145
233
350
440
4
1
500 W
4
0.98
233
5
1
300 W
2
0.98
145
48 Watt Lamps—Style 5 Signs (5.5 A
2,
2,
2,
2,
No. of
Modules
18 Watt Lamps—Style 2, 3-Step Signs (4.8 - 6.6 A)
1
1
1
1
48 Watt Lamps—Style 3, 5-Step Signs (2.8 - 6.6 A)
2,
2,
2,
2,
Sign
Size
2,
2,
2,
2,
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
200 W
200 W
200 W
300 W
1
2
3
4
0.96
0.95
0.93
0.93
68
88
106
127
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
4
200 W
300 W
500 W
500 W
2
4
6
8
0.95
0.93
0.92
0.89
88
127
172
199
4
1
300 W
4
0.93
127
5
1
200 W
2
0.95
88
18 Watt Lamps—Style 5 Signs (5.5 A)
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
45 W*
100W
200 W
200 W
1
2
3
4
0.99
0.99
0.99
0.99
48
96
144
192
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
4
100 W
200 W
300 W
500 W
2
4
6
8
0.99
0.99
1.00
0.98
96
192
288
384
2,
2,
2,
2,
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
100 W
100 W
100 W
200 W
1
2
3
4
0.96
0.95
0.93
0.93
57
77
96
116
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
4
100 W
200 W
200 W
300 W
2
4
6
8
0.95
0.93
0.92
0.93
77
116
158
192
4
1
200 W
4
0.99
192
4
1
200 W
4
0.93
116
5
1
100 W
2
0.99
96
5
1
100 W
2
0.95
77
* Substitute 65 W transformer when implementing an LED retrofit
kit.
Electrical Supply
Environmental Conditions
Operating
Temperature Range
Class
1
2
Wind2
Humidity Velocities
1
-4 °F to +131 °F (-20 °C to +55 °C)
0 to 100%
225 mph
21
-40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
0 to 100%
225 mph
All halogen signs are Class II.
ADB Mode 2 signs withstand wind velocities up to 225 mph. ADB
Mode 3 (high wind) signs withstand wind velocities up to 327 mph.
D - 10
2040 Rev. Y I Manual No. 96A0286
Informational, mandatory and location signs are available in
three sizes. The runway distance remaining signs are available in
two sizes. The signs are connected to a series circuit using the
appropriately-sized 50 or 60 Hz L-830 isolation transformer(s).
Sign
Size No.
1
2
3
4
5
Quartz Halogen, 6.6 A,
48 W Lamps Required
Fluorescent, 6.6 A
18 W Lamps Required
1
2
2
4
2
1 per Module
2 per Module
2 per Module
4 only
2 only
per Module
per Module
per Module
only
only
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSF I Incandescent Airfield Guidance Sign - FAA
Installation
L-858 Sign LED Retrofit Kits for ADB Signs
Each sign is furnished complete with mounting flanges for installation on a concrete pad, which is the recommended method of
installation. Stake mounting option is available. Refer to ADB
sign instruction manual for typical sign installations. Contact the
ADB Sales Department for more information on sign installation
hardware.
Application
1. L-823 Cord Set
2. Cable Clamp
A retrofit kit is available to convert any existing ADB Airfield Solutions FAA incandescent tungsten-halogen or fluorescent sign to
an LED light source. The kit is available for all FAA Types: L-858Y,
L-858R, L-858L and L-858B; all Sizes: Size 1 through 5; and all
module lengths: up to 4 modules. Retrofitting a sign is fast and
easy. It typically takes 20 minutes to retrofit a 2-module sign. The
retrofit process converts the sign to the same type as an existing
ADB ETL-Certified sign.
3. Floor Flange
4. 2-inch Conduit Elbow (contractor supplied)
Reduced Maintenance Costs
5. L-867 Blank Cover Plate with Gasket
An LED sign virtually eliminates runway shutdowns due to the
long life LED light source. It eliminates re-lamping expenses and
reduces on-going maintenance costs. The LED optical design also
creates a highly uniform distribution of light, eliminating hot spots
and shadows. Also, the sign provides for improved safety because
there is only a low, regulated DC voltage inside sign.
6. L-823 Extension Cord (purchased separately)
7. L-867 Base (purchased separately)
8. L-867 Base Plate (special - purchased separately)
Remote Mounting
(Recommended)
Energy Savings
An LED sign provides greatly reduced energy consumption
compared to existing types of signs. See chart below for more
information.
The LED sign operates on ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs that are
designed in compliance with FAA requirements. The sign electronics are designed to operate on all steps of a 3-step or 5-step CCR
and on a 5.5 A CCR.
See LED sign load chart on data sheet 3006 - AGSF-L for sign loading and optimum sign transformer size. Note that the existing
larger size transformer, if present, can be reused. Ask for Service
Bulletin ALN158 for details on how to retrofit the sign.
Direct Mounting
LED Retrofit Kit for ADB Signs
Ordering Code
Size
1 = Size
2 = Size
3 = Size
4 = Size
5 = Size
94A0628-
0
1
2
3
4
5
Number of Modules
1 = 1 module
2 = 2 modules
3 = 3 modules
4 = 4 modules
LED and Halogen Sign Comparison Table
Sign Size
Style
No. of Modules
Isolation Transformer
Size Required
LED
Max. CCR VA Load*
Tungsten Halogen
Max CCR VA Load*
Energy Savings
2,3
Style 2 (3-step)
3
500 W for T-H
100 W for LED
100
340
71%
1
Style 3 (5-step)
4
500 W for T-H
150 W for LED
100
233
57%
* CCR Load includes both sign and isolation transformer load.
2040 Rev. Y I Manual No. 96A0286
D - 11
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSF I Incandescent Airfield Guidance Sign - FAA
Ordering Code
Dimensions
Sign Heights
Sign
Size
No.
Sign
Face
Legend
Height Height
in (cm) in (cm)
Sign
Style
No.
Sign
Class
No.
Overall
Mounting
Height
in (cm)
L-858Y/R/L
1
1
18
(45.7)
12
(30.5)
2,3,5
2,3,5
1,2
1,2
29.7
(75.5)
L-858Y/R/L
2
2
24
(61)
15
(38.1)
2,3,5
2,3,5
1,2
1,2
35.7
(90.8)
L-858Y/R/L
3
3
30
(76.2)
18
(45.7)
2,3,5
2,3,5
1,2
1,2
41.7
(106)
L-858B
4
4
48
(122)
40
(101.6)
2,3,5
2,3,5
1,2
1,2
58.2
(147.8)
L-858B
5
5
30
(76.2)
25
(63.5)
2,3,5
2,3,5
1,2
1,2
41.7
(106)
Type
Size No.
1 Module
2 Module
3 Module
4 Module
1
29.4 (75)
58.6 (149)
87.9 (223)
117.2 (298)
2
35.9 (91)
71.6 (182)
107.4 (273)
143.2 (364)
3
42.4 (108)
84.6 (215)
126.9 (323)
169.2 (430)
4
47.9 (122)
N/A
N/A
N/A
5
42.4 (108)
N/A
N/A
N/A
Signs are shipped with L-823 cord set(s), frangible couplings, and
floor flanges–ready for installation.
Carton Dimensions
(kg)
(in)
(cm)
x
x
x
x
Size
Size
Size
Size
1,
1,
1,
1,
Module
Module
Module
Module
1
2
3
4
46
78
115
169
21
35
52
77
34
34
34
34
x
x
x
x
34 x 13
63 x 13
92 x 13
121 x 13
87
87
87
87
86.4 x 33
160 x 33
234 x 33
307 x 33
Size
Size
Size
Size
2,
2,
2,
2,
Module
Module
Module
Module
1
2
3
4
71
104
153
2202
32
47
70
1002
40
40
40
40
x
x
x
x
40 x 13
76 x 13
112 x 13
147 x 13
102
102
102
102
x
x
x
x
102
193
285
374
x
x
x
x
33
33
33
33
Size
Size
Size
Size
3,
3,
3,
3,
Module
Module
Module
Module
1
2
3
4
81
131
199
252
37
60
90
114
46
46
46
46
x
x
x
x
46 x 13
89 x 13
131 x 13
173 x 13
117
117
117
117
x
x
x
x
117
226
333
440
x
x
x
x
33
33
33
33
Size 4, Module 1
122
56
62 x 52 x 13
158 x 132 x 33
Size 5, Module 1
81
37
46 x 46 x 13
117 x 117 x 33
Notes
1
Weights listed are for halogen signs. Contact ADB for high
wind speed sign weights.
2
Estimated weight
D - 12
2040 Rev. Y I Manual No. 96A0286
(1
(2
(2
(4
(2
lamp per module)
lamps per module)
lamps per module)
lamps only)
lamps only)
Style
1 = Low VA Halogen Style 2 & 3 (3- & 5-Step)
2 = Low VA Halogen Style 5 (5.5 A)
3 = Fluorescent Style 2 (3-Step),
Style 3 (5-Step) & Style 5 (5.5 A)3,4
Face
1 = Single
2 = Double
Backup Lamps
0 = 18 W fluorescent without backup lamps4
1 = 48 W halogen without backup lamps
2 = 48 W halogen with backup lamps
Packaging Data
(lb)
Sign Size
1 = Size 1
2 = Size 2
3 = Size 3
4 = Size 4
5 = Size 5
Total Number of Panels
X = To be determined by ADB Sales Department
based on legend and module configurations.
Notes
• Sign depth is 9.39 in (23.85 cm).
• See our website for additional dimension and installation
information.
Description
-
Module
1 = 1 Module
2 = 2 Module
3 = 3 Module
4 = 4 Module
Sign Lengths - Inches (Centimeters)
Gross Weight1
S
Lamp Type
H = Halogen
W = High Wind/Halogen1
F = Fluorescent4
N = High Wind/Fluorescent1,4
Power
1 = Power through leg without ON/OFF switch
2 = Power through leg with ON/OFF switch
3 = Power through side without ON/OFF switch4
4 = Power through side with ON/OFF switch4
5 = Customer-provided entry without ON/OFF switch2,4
6 = Customer-provided entry with ON/OFF switch2,4
9 = Power through bottom without ON/OFF switch4
A = Power through bottom with ON/OFF switch4
Tether
0 = No tether4
1 = One tether on one end of sign
2 = Two tethers, one on each end
3 = One tether per leg
Lamps Out Indicator (Halogen Only)
0 = Without
1 = With
Sign Ordering Code Notes
• Customer to provide legend information and power
connection side. It is important to match power cord exit
location with legend side.
1
Use high wind signs in those locations where actual wind speed
exceeds FAA specifications (Mode 3). High wind signs tested
to a minimum wind load of 327 mph as recommended by FAA
technical paper DOT/FAA/AR-TN00/32: Evaluation of WindLoading on Airport Signs. High wind signs require four anchor
bolts per floor flange except Size 1, which uses the standard
2-bolt foot.
2
Cord set coiled up inside side. Customer provides entry hole.
3
Backup lamps and lamps out features are not available.
4
Not ETL Certified
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSF I Incandescent Airfield Guidance Sign - FAA
Spare Components
Ordering Codes
Legend Panel Replacement
Size
1 = Size
2 = Size
3 = Size
4 = Size
44A6084-
1
2
3 and 5
4
Number of Modules
1 = 1 module
2 = 2 modules
Panel Type
1 = With legend (retroreflective)
2 = Black
Part No.
Cover Kit, On/Off Switch1
Mounting flange (2-bolt)
Mounting flange, high wind speed (4-bolt)
Optical bracket assembly, without optional lamp
Optical bracket assembly, with optional lamp
Optional On/Off Switch
Panel support assembly, Size 1
Panel support assembly, Size 2
Panel support assembly, Size 3 and 5
Panel support assembly, Size 4
Tether
94A0649
62A2142
62A2146
44A6527-1
44A6527-2
45A0456
44A6172-1
44A6172-2
44A6172-3
44A6172-4
94A0054
Notes
1
Contains a weatherproof cover, template and hardware to put a
cover over the On/Off switch.
Sign Type
0 = Standard
1 = Hi-Wind
Legend Panel Divider Assembly
Description
Halogen Spare Components
44A6173-
Size
1 = Size 1
2 = Size 2
3 = Size 3 and 5
Paint Coverage
A = Solid (black only)1
C = Clear (paint top only)
Paint Color
R = Red
Y = Yellow
B = Black1
Notes
1
For option A (solid), customer must select option B (black).
Option C (clear) can be paired with either red or yellow.
Optional Lamps-Out Indicator Kit
Part Number _____________________________ 94A0373
Note: Used to add lamps-out indicator on existing tungstenhalogen signs.
Construction
Corrosion-resistant sign construction requires minimal maintenance.
• Aluminum housing
• Acrylic sign legend panels
• Stainless steel hardware
• Retroreflective sheeting
• Translucent plastic panel dividers used between multi-module
legend panels
Description
Part No.
Capacitor, 5-step, std. VA sign (1 and 2 lamps)1
Capacitor, 5-step, std. VA sign (4, 6, or 8 lamps)1
Cord set, L-823
Frangible coupling, size 1
Frangible coupling, size 2
Frangible coupling, size 3 or 5
Frangible coupling, size 4
Halogen sign power supply assembly2
Lamp, 48 W, 6.6 A, halogen
Sign active ballast assembly, low VA signs (8 lamps)3
Sign active ballast assembly, low VA signs (4 lamps)3
Sign rectifier assembly, Size 1, 2, 3, and 53
Sign rectifier assembly, Size 43
Transformer, 5.5-6.2 A (Style 5 Signs)
Transformer, 3-step, standard VA signs (all lamps)
Transformer, 5-step, standard VA signs (1 & 2 lamps)
Transformer, 5-step, standard VA signs (4, 6, or 8 lamps)
20A0036
20A0035
73A0107-72
60A2678-10
60A2678-20
60A2678-30
60A2678-40
44A7156-200
2990.40.827
44A6225
44A6225-4
44A6251-1
44A6251-2
35A0455
35A0635
35A0644
35A0642
Notes
1
No capacitor needed for 3-step signs.
2
Does not include PCB drip shield cover.
3
For all signs shipped before May 2013, use these spare parts.
Fluorescent Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Fluorescent sign ballast, one-lamp1
Fluorescent sign ballast, two-lamp1
Fluorescent sign optical bracket
Fluorescent sign power supply
Fluorescent sign, diffuser, panel retainer
Fluorescent sign, Size 1-3, diffuser panel
Fluorescent sign, Size 1-3, bottom diffuser panel
Lamp, 18 W, fluorescent
35A0687-1
35A0687-2
60A2953
44A6631
63A1039
63A1042-X
63A1056-XX
48A0376
Notes
1
If you need to replace a fluorescent sign ballast, please refer to
Manual 96A0286 before placing an order.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2040 Rev. Y I Manual No. 96A0286
D - 13
GUIDANCE SIGNS
Benefits Sheet: AGSF
Incandescent Airfield Guidance Sign
FAA, INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED
Unique Illumination System
ADVANTAGES
• Creates a highly uniform distribution of light, eliminating hot
spots and shadows
Thinnest sign width in the industry
BENEFITS
ADVANTAGES
• Much more readable sign and improved visibility, resulting in
safer runways and taxiways
• Smallest sign footprint in industry minimizes size of concrete
mounting pad
BENEFITS
Low-energy/long-life 48 W/6.6 A quartz halogen lamps
• One of the lowest installation costs in the industry
ADVANTAGES
• Rated lamp life of 1,500 hours and an actual lamp life in excess
of 6,000 hours
• Installation, labor and material cost saving
BENEFITS
Easy to maintain
• Reduction of ongoing maintenance costs and periodic relamping
expenses
ADVANTAGES
Energy-efficient, high power factor
• Bolted structure allows easy field repairs and refurbishing
ADVANTAGES
• Unique low volt/amp, high power factor active ballast for outstanding energy-efficient operation on tungsten-halogen Style 2 &
3 signs. Same electronics used for both Style 2 & 3 signs.
• No need to open sign for common maintenance activities — lamps
can be replaced from the top without tools
• Modular construction allows for easy panel replacement
• Legend and blank acrylic sign panels are easily removable and
interchangeable
• Corrosion-resistant sign construction requires minimal maintenance (aluminum housing and stainless steel hardware)
BENEFITS
• Energy savings
• Any sign can be converted to a high-wind speed version
Uses fewer legs than conventional signs and 50% fewer anchor
bolts per leg
ADVANTAGES
BENEFITS
• Reduces maintenance labor costs
• Faster and easier to install
• Reduces repair costs for damaged and aging signs
BENEFITS
Shipped pre-assembled with mounting hardware
• One of the lowest installation costs in the industry
ADVANTAGES
• Installation, labor and material cost savings
• No preparation required, sign is ready for installation upon
arrival
Retroreflective, distortion-free, flat legend panels
BENEFITS
ADVANTAGES
• One of the lowest installation costs in the industry
• Retroreflective sheeting is used on all FAA legend panels to
increase visibility. Aircraft lights will illuminate sign face if lamp
out occurs.
• Multi-length continuous legend panels available
• Panel dividers not required for contiguous messages. Dividers
normally used only on sign message arrays
• Installation and labor cost savings
Optional features reduce maintenance costs
• Backup lamps switch on automatically (Style 2 & 3 signs)
• Lamps-out indicator — visible even if power is off
• Translucent plastic panel dividers used between multimodule
legend panels
High Wind Sign Option
BENEFITS
• Optional high-wind speed sign is available for those locations
where wind speed is higher than FAA specification value
• Increased message legibility and sign visibility
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
D - 14
2058 Rev. G
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSI-L
LED Airfield Guidance Sign
ICAO/TP 312
Compliance with Standards
ICAO:
T/C:
TP 312 LED Sign
ICAO LED Sign
Annex 14, Volume I, para 5.4 and Appendix 4
Transport Canada TP 312
Uses
On Civil Airfields:
• Mandatory instruction signs
• Information signs
• VOR check-point sign
On Military Airbases:
• Mandatory instruction signs
Features (Continued)
• Eliminates re-lamping expenses and reduces on-going maintenance costs
• Exceeds latest ICAO and TP 312 requirements for luminance and
colorimetry.
• Modular construction: commonality of mechanical and electrical components throughout entire sign range.
• Low mass, frangible yet rigid construction based on aluminum
extrusions.
• Information signs
• VOR check-point sign
Electrical Supply
• Runway distance-to-go signs
Signs are internally lighted. The signs are connected to a series
circuit using the appropriately-sized 50 or 60 Hz L-830/ L-831
isolation transformer(s).
• Arrester barrier signs
Mandatory signs – are used to identify a location beyond which an
authorization from the tower is required to proceed. They include
road-, taxi- and Cat I, II and III holding position signs, runway
designation signs and “NO ENTRY” signs. They have white legends
on red background.
Information signs – are all the other signs (except runway distance
signs) providing information on routing (direction or destination)
and on location. Information signs have black lettering on yellow
background, except location signs. Location signs have a yellow
legend on a black background. The message on stand-alone location signs is surrounded by a yellow border.
Operating Conditions
The taxiway and runway signs are designed for continuous outdoor
use under the conditions presented below for operating temperature range, humidity, and wind.
Temperature: -55 °F to +131 °F (-55 °C to +55 °C)
Humidity: 0 to 100%
Wind: ADB standard signs withstand a wind loading of
320 km/h (200 mph) and break before the wind
loading reaches 480 km/h (300 mph).
Features
• Virtually eliminates runway shutdowns due to long-lasting LED
light source
• Creates a highly uniform distribution of light, eliminating hot
spots and shadows
• Operates on ferroresonant or thyristor CCRs that are designed
in compliance with FAA or IEC requirements
• Operates on all steps of a 3-step or 5-step CCR and on a 5.5 A
CCR.
• Improved safety — low, regulated DC voltage inside sign
Construction
Corrosion-resistant sign construction requires minimal maintenance. The sign uses aluminum housing, impact-resistant acrylic
sign legend panels, stainless steel hardware, and translucent
sheeting.
Installation
Each sign is furnished complete with mounting flanges for installation on a level concrete pad, which is the recommended method of
installation. Refer to ADB sign manual for typical sign installations.
Other mounting
Remote Mounting
options such as
(Recommended)
steel transition
plates are available.
Contact ADB Sales
Department for
more information
on sign installation
hardware.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
L-823 Cord Set
Cable Clamp
Direct Mounting
Floor Flange
2-inch Conduit Elbow
(contractor supplied)
L-867 Blank Cover
Plate with Gasket.
L-823 Extension Cord
(purchased separately)
L-867 Base (purchased
separately)
L-867 Base Plate (special - purchased separately)
3032 Rev. E I Manual No. 96A0436
D - 15
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSI-L I LED Airfield Guidance Sign - ICAO/TP 312
Sign Load & Transformer Requirements
Sign Load & Transformer Requirements
In the table below, the number for the total VA load imposed
on the CCR represents the actual load imposed on the regulator and accounts for power factor and load imposed by the
transformer.
In the table below, the number for the total VA load imposed
on the CCR represents the actual load imposed on the regulator and accounts for power factor and load imposed by the
transformer.
600 mm Single Face Sign*
600 mm Double Face Sign*
Sign
Type
No. of
Modules
Sign
Length
(mm)
Transformer
Power
Factor
Volt
Amp
VA Load
3-Step LED Signs (4.8 - 6.6 A
Sign
Type
No. of
Modules
Sign
Length
(mm)
Transformer
Power
Factor
Volt
Amp
VA Load
3-Step LED Signs (4.8 - 6.6 A)
SI6A
SI6B
SI6C
SI6D
SI6E
1
1
1
1
1
700
900
1100
1300
1500
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
84
84
84
84
84
SI6A
SI6B
SI6C
SI6D
SI6E
1
1
1
1
1
700
900
1100
1300
1500
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
0.82
0.82
0.83
0.83
0.88
84
84
86
86
120
SI6F
SI6G
SI6H
SI6J
SI6K
SI6L
SI6M
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1700
1900
2100
2300
2500
2700
2900
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
0.82
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.83
0.88
0.88
84
86
86
86
86
120
120
SI6F
SI6G
SI6H
SI6J
SI6K
SI6L
SI6M
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1700
1900
2100
2300
2500
2700
2900
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.85
0.85
0.87
0.87
120
146
146
206
206
234
234
SI6N
SI6P
3
3
3300
3700
200 W
200 W
0.88
0.88
118
146
SI6N
SI6P
3
3
3300
3700
200 W
300 W
0.87
0.87
234
249
5-Step LED Signs (2.8 - 6.6 A)
5-Step LED Signs (2.8 - 6.6 A)
SI6A
SI6B
SI6C
SI6D
SI6E
1
1
1
1
1
700
900
1100
1300
1500
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
84
84
84
84
84
SI6A
SI6B
SI6C
SI6D
SI6E
1
1
1
1
1
700
900
1100
1300
1500
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
0.82
0.82
0.83
0.83
0.88
84
84
86
86
120
SI6F
SI6G
SI6H
SI6J
SI6K
SI6L
SI6M
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1700
1900
2100
2300
2500
2700
2900
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
0.82
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.83
0.88
0.88
84
86
86
86
86
120
120
SI6F
SI6G
SI6H
SI6J
SI6K
SI6L
SI6M
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1700
1900
2100
2300
2500
2700
2900
200 W
300 W
300 W
300 W
300 W
300 W
300 W
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.85
0.85
0.87
0.87
120
146
146
206
206
234
234
SI6N
SI6P
3
3
3300
3700
200 W
300 W
0.88
0.88
118
146
SI6N
SI6P
3
3
3300
3700
500 W
500 W
0.87
0.87
234
249
Single-Step LED Signs (5.5 A)
Single-Step LED Signs (5.5 A)
SI6A
SI6B
SI6C
SI6D
SI6E
1
1
1
1
1
700
900
1100
1300
1500
100 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
84
84
84
84
84
SI6A
SI6B
SI6C
SI6D
SI6E
1
1
1
1
1
700
900
1100
1300
1500
100 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
0.82
0.82
0.83
0.83
0.88
84
84
84
84
120
SI6F
SI6G
SI6H
SI6J
SI6K
SI6L
SI6M
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1700
1900
2100
2300
2500
2700
2900
100 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
0.82
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.83
0.88
0.88
84
86
86
86
86
120
120
SI6F
SI6G
SI6H
SI6J
SI6K
SI6L
SI6M
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1700
1900
2100
2300
2500
2700
2900
100 W
150 W
150 W
150 W
150 W
150 W
150 W
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.85
0.85
0.87
0.87
120
146
146
206
206
234
234
SI6N
SI6P
3
3
3300
3700
100 W
150 W
0.88
0.88
118
146
SI6N
SI6P
3
3
3300
3700
200 W
200 W
0.87
0.87
234
249
* Load data listed above are estimates for worst case scenario
D - 16
3032 Rev. E I Manual No. 96A0436
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSI-L I LED Airfield Guidance Sign - ICAO/TP 312
Sign Load & Transformer Requirements
Sign Load & Transformer Requirements
In the table below, the number for the total VA load imposed
on the CCR represents the actual load imposed on the regulator and accounts for power factor and load imposed by the
transformer.
In the table below, the number for the total VA load imposed
on the CCR represents the actual load imposed on the regulator and accounts for power factor and load imposed by the
transformer.
800 mm Single Face Sign*
800 mm Double Face Sign*
Sign
Type
No. of
Modules
Sign
Length
(mm)
Transformer
Power
Factor
Volt Amp
VA Load
3-Step LED Signs (4.8 - 6.6 A)
Sign
Type
No. of
Modules
Sign
Length
(mm)
Transformer
Power
Factor
Volt
Amp
VA Load
3-Step LED Signs (4.8 - 6.6 A)
SI8A
SI8B
SI8C
SI8D
SI8E
1
1
1
1
1
700
900
1100
1300
1500
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
84
84
84
84
84
SI8A
SI8B
SI8C
SI8D
SI8E
1
1
1
1
1
700
900
1100
1300
1500
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
0.84
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.88
86
118
118
118
118
SI8F
SI8G
SI8H
SI8J
SI8K
SI8L
SI8M
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1700
1900
2100
2300
2500
2700
2900
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
0.84
0.84
0.84
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.88
86
86
86
118
118
118
118
SI8F
SI8G
SI8H
SI8J
SI8K
SI8L
SI8M
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1700
1900
2100
2300
2500
2700
2900
200 W
300 W
300 W
300 W
300 W
300 W
300 W
0.88
0.85
0.85
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.88
146
206
206
234
234
234
234
SI8N
SI8P
3
3
3300
3700
200 W
200 W
0.88
0.85
146
206
SI8N
SI8P
3
3
3300
3700
500 W
500 W
0.88
0.88
262
262
5-Step LED Signs (2.8 - 6.6 A)
5-Step LED Signs (2.8 - 6.6 A)
SI8A
SI8B
SI8C
SI8D
SI8E
1
1
1
1
1
700
900
1100
1300
1500
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
84
84
84
84
84
SI8A
SI8B
SI8C
SI8D
SI8E
1
1
1
1
1
700
900
1100
1300
1500
300 W
300 W
300 W
300 W
300 W
0.84
0.84
0.84
0.84
0.84
86
118
118
118
118
SI8F
SI8G
SI8H
SI8J
SI8K
SI8L
SI8M
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1700
1900
2100
2300
2500
2700
2900
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
0.84
0.84
0.84
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.88
86
86
86
118
118
118
118
SI8F
SI8G
SI8H
SI8J
SI8K
SI8L
SI8M
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1700
1900
2100
2300
2500
2700
2900
300 W
500 W
500 W
500 W
500 W
500 W
500 W
0.89
0.89
0.89
0.89
0.89
0.89
0.89
146
206
206
234
234
234
234
SI8N
SI8P
3
3
3300
3700
300 W
300 W
0.88
0.85
146
206
SI8N
SI8P
3
3
3300
3700
500 W
500 W
0.88
0.88
262
262
Single-Step LED Signs (5.5 A)
Single-Step LED Signs (5.5 A)
SI8A
SI8B
SI8C
SI8D
SI8E
1
1
1
1
1
700
900
1100
1300
1500
100 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
84
84
84
84
84
SI8A
SI8B
SI8C
SI8D
SI8E
1
1
1
1
1
700
900
1100
1300
1500
100 W
200 W
200 W
200 W
300 W
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.88
86
118
118
118
118
SI8F
SI8G
SI8H
SI8J
SI8K
SI8L
SI8M
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1700
1900
2100
2300
2500
2700
2900
100 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
100 W
0.84
0.84
0.84
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.88
86
86
86
118
118
118
118
SI8F
SI8G
SI8H
SI8J
SI8K
SI8L
SI8M
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1700
1900
2100
2300
2500
2700
2900
300 W
300 W
300 W
300 W
300 W
300 W
300 W
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
146
206
206
234
234
234
234
SI8N
SI8P
3
3
3300
3700
150 W
150 W
0.88
0.85
146
206
SI8N
SI8P
3
3
3300
3700
300 W
300 W
0.90
0.90
262
262
* Load data listed above are estimates for worst case scenario
3032 Rev. E I Manual No. 96A0436
D - 17
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSI-L I LED Airfield Guidance Sign - ICAO/TP 312
Sign Dimensions
1 section, 2 legs
Standard mounting height shown.
3 sections,
4 legs
2 sections,
3 legs
600 mm and 800 mm Height Sign Dimensions (mm/inches)
Sign Type
Illuminated Face Length
B
C
D
E
NA
NA
1 Section, 2 Legs
SIXA
700 mm
655.3 (25.90)
759.7 (29.92)
SIXB
900 mm
855.5 (33.68)
959.9 (37.79)
NA
NA
SIXC
1100 mm
1055.4 (41.55)
1159.8 (45.66)
NA
NA
SIXD
1300 mm
1255.3 (49.42)
1359.7 (53.53)
NA
NA
SIXE
1500 mm
1455.4 (57.30)
1559.8 (61.41)
NA
NA
1700 mm
NA
1759.7 (69.28)
2 Section, 3 Legs
SIXF
827.7 (32.59)
NA
SIXG
1900 mm
NA
1959.7 (77.16)
927.7 (36.53)
NA
SIXH
2100 mm
NA
2159.7 (85.03)
1027.7 (40.26)
NA
SIXJ
2300 mm
NA
2359.7 (92.90)
1127.7 (44.40)
NA
SIXK
2500 mm
NA
2559.7 (100.78)
1227.7 (48.34)
NA
SIXL
2700 mm
NA
2759.7 (108.65)
1327.7 (52.27)
NA
SIXM
2900 mm
NA
2959.7 (116.53)
1427.7 (56.21)
NA
SIXN
3300 mm
NA
3359.7 (132.27)
1077.7 (42.43)
1100.0 (43.31)
SIXP
3700 mm
NA
3636.5 (143.17)
1277.7 (50.30)
1100.0 (43.31)
3 Section, 4 Legs
D - 18
3032 Rev. E I Manual No. 96A0436
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSI-L I LED Airfield Guidance Sign - ICAO/TP 312
Packaging Data (600 mm Signs)
Gross Assembled Weight1
Sign
Type
SI6A
STD Height
SIDX 1219 mm (48”)
SIEX2 1524 mm (60”)
Carton Dimensions (h x w x d2)
SIFX2 1829 mm (72’)
(lb)
(kg)
(lb)
(kg)
(lb)
(kg)
(lb)
(kg)
64
29.0
69
31.3
75
34.0
79
35.8
Standard Height
(in)
36 x 37 x 13
(mm)
914 x 950 x 330
SI6B
72
32.6
77
34.9
83
37.6
87
39.5
36 x 45 x 13
914 x 1150 x 330
SI6C
80
36.3
85
38.5
91
41.3
95
43.1
36 x 53 x 13
914 x 1350 x 330
SI6D
88
39.9
93
42.2
99
44.9
103
46.7
36 x 61 x 13
914 x 1550 x 330
SI6E
97
44.0
102
46.3
108
49.0
112
50.8
36 x 70 x 13
914 x 1750 x 330
SI6F
122
55.3
130
59.0
138
62.6
145
65.8
36 x 77 x 13
914 x 1950 x 330
SI6G
130
59.0
138
62.6
146
66.2
153
69.4
36 x 85 x 13
914 x 2150 x 330
SI6H
138
62.6
146
66.2
154
69.8
161
73.0
36 x 93 x 13
914 x 2350 x 330
SI6J
146
66.2
152
68.9
162
73.5
169
76.6
3.6 x 100 x 13
914 x 2550 x 330
SI6K
153
69.4
161
73.0
169
76.6
176
79.8
36 x 108 x 13
914 x 2750 x 330
SI6L
161
73.0
169
76.6
177
80.3
184
83.5
36 x 116 x 13
914 x 2950 x 330
SI6M
169
76.6
177
80.3
185
83.9
192
87.1
36 x 124 x 13
914 x 3150 x 330
SI6N
203
92.1
213
96.6
225
102.0
233
101.1
36 x 140 x 13
914 x 3550 x 330
SI6P
220
99.8
230
104.3
242
109.8
250
113.4
36 x 156 x 13
914 x 3950 x 330
Notes
1219 mm (48”) signs ship 1295 mm (51”) high. 1524 mm (60”) and 1829 mm (72”) signs ship at standard height.
1
Weights listed are for standard LED signs.
2
Shipped as standard height with legs enclosed separately; requires assembly.
●
Packaging Data (800 mm Signs)
Signs are shipped with L-823 cord set(s), frangible couplings, and
floor flanges – ready for installation.
Sign
Type
Gross Weight1
(lb)
(kg)
Carton Dimensions (h x w x d)
(in)
(mm)
SI8A
72
32.6
43.5 x 37 x 13
1105 x 950 x 330
SI8B
82
37.0
43.5 x 45 x 13
1105 x 1150 x 330
SI8C
94
42.6
43.5 x 53 x 13
1105 x 1350 x 330
SI8D
104
47.0
43.5 x 61 x 13
1105 x 1550 x 330
SI8E
114
51.7
43.5 x 70 x 13
1105 x 1750 x 330
SI8F
136
61.7
43.5 x 77 x 13
1105 x 1950 x 330
SI8G
149
67.6
43.5 x 85 x 13
1105 x 2150 x 330
SI8H
161
73.0
43.5 x 93 x 13
1105 x 2350 x 330
SI8J
173
78.5
43.5 x 100 x 13
1105 x 2550 x 330
SI8K
182
82.5
43.5 x 108 x 13
1105 x 2750 x 330
SI8L
193
87.5
43.5 x 116 x 13
1105 x 2950 x 330
SI8M
205
93.0
43.5 x 124 x 13
1105 x 3150 x 330
SI8N
242
110.0
43.5 x 140 x 13
1105 x 3550 x 330
SI8P
265
120.2
43.5 x 156 x 13
1105 x 3950 x 330
1
Weights listed are for standard LED signs.
Legend Panel Replacement
Ordering Code
44A7157-
0
Visible Face Height
6 = 600 mm
8 = 800 mm
Visible Panel Width
07 = 700 mm
09 = 900 mm
11 = 1100 mm
13 = 1300 mm
15 = 1500 mm
17 = 1700 mm
19 = 1900 mm
21 = 2100 mm
23 = 2300 mm
25 = 2500 mm
27 = 2700 mm
29 = 2900 mm
33 = 3300 mm
37 = 3700 mm
Panel Type
1 = With legend
2 = Black
Wind Rating
0 = Standard
Notes
Customer to specify character height and legend information
3032 Rev. E I Manual No. 96A0436
D - 19
GUIDANCE SIGNS
AGSI-L I LED Airfield Guidance Sign - ICAO/TP 312
Ordering Code
S
-
Type
I = ICAO/TP 312 LED
Sign Height1
6 = 600 mm
8 = 800 mm
D = 600 mm
E = 600 mm
F = 600 mm
G = 800 mm
H = 800 mm
J = 800 mm
Viewing Window
0 = Without LED viewing window
1 = With LED viewing window2
standard height
standard height
48” (1219 mm) OAH2
60” (1524 mm) OAH2
72” (1829 mm) OAH2
48” (1219 mm) OAH2
60” (1524 mm) OAH2
72” (1829 mm) OAH2
Tether
0 = No tether
1 = One tether on one end of sign
2 = Two tethers, one on each end
3 = One tether per leg
Power
1 = Power through leg without ON/OFF switch
2 = Power through leg with ON/OFF switch
3 = Power through side without ON/OFF switch
4 = Power through side with ON/OFF switch
5 = Customer-provided entry without ON/OFF
switch4
6 = Customer-provided entry with ON/OFF switch4
7 = Power through bottom without ON/OFF
switch
8 = Power through bottom with ON/OFF switch
Illuminated Face Length
A = 700 mm
B = 900 mm
C = 1100 mm
D = 1300 mm
E = 1500 mm
F = 1700 mm
G = 1900 mm
H = 2100 mm
J = 2300 mm
K = 2500 mm
L = 2700 mm
M = 2900 mm
N = 3300 mm
P = 3700 mm
Secondary Side Illumination
0 = No sections illuminated (single face design)
1 = Left section illuminated
2 = Right section illuminated
3 = Center section illuminated
4 = Left and center sections illuminated
5 = Right and center section illuminated
6 = Entire face illuminated
Illumination
7 = Constant illumination from 2.8 to 6.6 A3
Wind Rating
S = Standard (320 km/h, 200 mph)
Face
1 = Single (only primary side illuminated)
2 = Double
Spare Components
Description
For frangible couplings, see drawing 117A0069
Cord set, L-823
Cord set, TP 312, 12/2 SO cord, 2.5 m
Floor flange (2-bolt)2
Floor flange (4-bolt)2
LED Strip Field Replacement Kit, 600 mm
LED Strip Field Replacement Kit, 800 mm
Power supply ass’y, 600 mm sign
Power supply ass’y (single), 800 mm sign3
Tether
1
2
3
Part No.
1
73A0107-72
73A0155-2.5
62A2142
62A2146
94A0627-6
94A0627-8
44A7156-100
44A7086-ICAO
94A0054
Notes
• Left-Right designation determined when viewing secondary
side of the sign
• Customer to provide legend information and power
connection side. It is important to match power cord exit
location with legend side.
1
Standard character height for 600 mm sign is 400 mm.
Standard character height for 800 mm sign is 600 mm.
Customer to advise if different character height is needed.
2
TP 312 standard configuration
3
Operates on 3-step, 5-step and 5.5 A dedicated series
circuits.
4
Cord set coiled up inside. Customer provides entry hole.
This drawing is available on the ADB website or you can request
a copy from your sales representative.
Refer to drawing 117A0069 to determine which floor flange is
needed.
For double-sided signs, contact ADB Sales to determine if a dual
power supply assembly is required.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
D - 20
3032 Rev. E I Manual No. 96A0436
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
CONTROL & MONITORING
How to Select the Control and Monitoring System
That Is Best for Your Airport
In the early 1990s, computerized control systems first started
seeing wide use in airfield lighting control and monitoring systems.
Prior to that time, FAA L-821 control panels were typically used
to interface with Air Traffic Controllers (ATC). The L-821 typically consisted of an array of ON/OFF switches, rotary switches
and pushbuttons. The L-821 was hardwired to the various airfield
lightng devices using customized relay or contactor configurations.
Most major airports today use some sort of computerized control
system to interface with airfield lighting equipment using fiber optic, hardwired (copper cables), or wireless communication links.
Touchscreens are commonly used as the Human Machine Interface (HMI) for ATC. In addition, the use of computers for airfield
monitoring has allowed the development of many sophisticated
software tools for airfield maintenance troubleshooting. This includes automated series circuit insulation resistance measurement
systems, detailed Constant Current Regulator (CCR) input and output monitoring, and sophisticated graphical user interfaces (GUI)
– allowing detailed event/alarm data to be graphically displayed
in an easy-to-read format.
A committee of industry experts was formed in 2003 to develop
an FAA Advisory Circular (AC) for these systems. The resulting
Advisory Circular, 150/5345-56, is titled “Specification for L-890
Airport Lighting Control and Monitoring System (ALCMS)” and was
first issued September 30, 2004. This AC allows either PC (Personal
Computer) or PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) based systems
to be used. Questions often come up about which system should
be used for a particular situation. This article aims to answer
many of those questions. In general terms, choice of a particular
L-890 architecture depends on what you need to accomplish. This
can be a complex decision based on multiple factors or a relatively easy one depending on your airport’s specific requirements.
Airfield lighting control and monitoring systems can be generally
placed into four categories:
• PC-based architecture (with distributed control)
• PLC-based architecture (with centralized control)
• PLC-based architecture (with distributed control)
• L-821 Lighting Control using PLC architecture
What applications are better suited to a PC-based architecture
with distributed control?
In general, a PC-based control system is ideal for medium to
large applications that require full FAA L-827/L-829 CCR monitoring or that have Surface Movement Guidance and Control System
(SMGCS) – monitored Runway Guard Lights or Stop Bars as part of
the requirements. High level ALCMS
applications require additional data
manipulation, storage and reporting
characteristics that are difficult to
implement in a standard PLC.
PC-based ALCMS architectures
often maximize reliability. Modern
systems typically use industrialgrade computers and redundant
hardware and communication links.
The use of solid state flash drives
eliminates rotating disk drive storage, the most common point of
system failure. PCs have standard
development platforms, available
high-end application software,
well-known programming languages
and familiar graphical interfaces
(Windows®). Also, megging systems
can be merged into a fully redundant
control and monitoring architecture.
This provides detailed megging data,
which can be viewed at any node in
the system.
3046 Rev. A I No manual
E-1
CONTROL & MONITORING
Executive Summary I ALCMS, PLCs, Navigator
What applications are better suited to a PLC-based system with
centralized control?
In general, PLC systems with centralized control are ideal for
small to medium ALCMS applications where basic monitoring, such
as CCR status and ON/OFF monitoring, is needed, but more advanced monitoring is not required. PLCs are well known for being
robust and reliable. And, a PLC system uses various modules that
are easy to integrate and easy to replace. A PLC architecture is
optimized to run sequential processes, increasing reliability.
What applications are better suited to
a PLC-based system with distributed
control?
It is also possible to scale up the functional capabilities of a PLC-based system.
Distributed L-827/L-829 monitors, for
example, can be connected to the PLC
to provide overall fault monitoring. A
fully redundant PLC configuration allows for redundant controllers, network
interfaces, power supplies and other
components. A open system architecture
allows for easy upgrade and expansion of
the system to meet the needs of any size
airfield now, and in the future.
E-2
3046 Rev. A I No manual
CONTROL & MONITORING
Executive Summary I ALCMS, PLCs, Navigator
Can I use an L-821 Lighting Control using PLC architecture to
provide basic airfield lighting control?
For smaller applications, an integrated Touchscreen/PC can be
used to operate Touchscreen graphics and can also connect to a
standard PLC for remote control and simple contact monitoring.
This type of system is designed to implement the functionality of
an FAA L-821 Lighting Control Panel with a PLC and Touchscreen.
The FAA revised AC 150/5345-3 Specification for L-821, Panels for
the Control of Airport Lighting in September, 2010 to allow this
type of control configuration. This is exactly what we implement
in our Navigator™ system, which is intended for smaller applications with up to 18 controllable items.
Only ADB Airfield Solutions provides you with various configuration
solutions to provide you with the flexibility to design an ALCMS
that will truly meet the needs of our operation.
Following are a series of questions to help you decide which
system is right for your airport:
• What are my operations going to be?
• Is latching remote control
required?
• What does the airport currently use for control and/
or what are their control
expectations?
• What are the future applications?
• Can circuit status monitoring be reported manually
or are frequent updates
needed?
• Is a series circuit Insulation Resistance Monitoring
System (IRMS) required?
• Do you want to minimize
installation cost/time at a
larger airport?
• What is the project budget?
• Which system is easier to
maintain?
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
3046 Rev. A I No manualI
E-3
CONTROL & MONITORING
ALCMS
Airport Lighting Control & Monitoring
System
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
Military:
L-890 AC 150/5345-56 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. 1, para. 5.3 and 8.3 and Aerodrome
Design Manual part 5, para. 3.4 and 3.7.
UFC 3-353-01 par. 15-3.
System Overview
ADB’s Airport Lighting Control and Monitoring System (ALCMS) provides state-of-the-art programmable intelligence for control and
monitoring of airfield lighting circuits to meet FAA Airport Lighting
Control and Monitoring System L-890XY. The ALCMS can automatically control and monitor stop bars or runway guard lights as part
of a surface movement guidance and control system (SMGCS). In
addition, the system can control and monitor Land and Hold Short
systems (LAHSO) and can be customized to interface with constant
current regulators (CCRs), generators, approach lighting, or other
devices requiring remote control and/or monitoring. The system
can also be used in remote deicing stations and remote air terminal applications. ADB’s ALCMS is unmatched in performance, longterm reliability, and flexibility with many standard features and a
wide range of innovative, cost-effective options.
Features
• Real-time status of the airfield lighting system
• Distributed control and monitoring PC-based design or centralized PLC control and monitoring
• Realistic airfield graphic displays provide detailed information
to air traffic controllers and maintenance personnel
• Touchscreen Creations software, developed specifically for
airfield lighting applications, provides a powerful and flexible
means for airport personnel to make modifications to the lighting system after initial installation
TM
Ordering Code
ALCMS-
Monitoring Options
A = Control Only
B = Basic Monitoring
C = Advanced Monitoring
D = SMGCS Ready
Fail-safe Options
A = Preset
B = Last State
Note
Call ADB Sales Department for complete description of configurations.
Applications (Continued)
Such systems include:
• ADB’s BRITETM Systems (power-line carrier technology) – Offer
individual lamp control/monitoring, sign monitoring, stop bar,
in-pavement or elevated runway guard light control/monitoring, and taxiway routing
• PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) – A centralized I/O based
control and monitoring system utilizing off-the-shelf PLC components and programming intelligence.
• Surface Movement Surveillance Systems – Provide an integrated
workstation that allows lighting control, aircraft tracking,
aircraft tagging, and ground movement conflict detection (i.e.
runway incursion detection)
• Time-saving diagnostics and monitoring from remote locations
• Deicing Stations – Advanced routing control and lamps-out monitoring of aircraft deicing station lights
• Redundant network configurations are available using any combination of Ethernet, fiber optics, hard-wire, and wireless
• Approach Systems – Advanced control and monitoring of the approach system steady burning lights and the strobe system
• Easily integrated into existing airport Ethernet networks
• Remote Air Terminals – Using ADB’s surface guidance system, remote air terminal personnel can control and monitor taxi lanes/
apron areas between the main airport surface movement area
and a remotely-owned/operated air terminal
Open-architecture design offers easy integration of the latest
technology. (Examples: LAHSO, in-pavement and elevated Runway
Guard Light systems, Stop Bars, etc.)
Applications
ADB’s ALCMS offers a modular design that gives airports the flexibility to easily expand their system as their requirements change
and as new FAA regulations require additional capabilities. The
open architecture of the ALCMS allows the system to be integrated
with any of the latest advanced technologies in airport systems.
E-4
1041 Rev. I I Call for manual
• Land and Hold Short Systems – Indicate the location of holdshort points on runways approved for land and hold short
operations
CONTROL & MONITORING
ALCMS I Airport Lighting Control & Monitoring System
ACE™ (Advanced Control Equipment)
Alarm Reporting
ADB’s ALCMS design uses the ACE system to provide distributed
control rather than a centralized system of discrete I/O modules. This dramatically simplifies computer system wiring to the
airport’s CCRs. With the ACE system, all control and monitoring
signals are transferred through a pair of redundant high-speed
data buses, eliminating the hundreds of discrete wire connections
found in traditional installations. The use of quick disconnects
and standard 18-20 gauge shielded, twisted-pair cabling for the
data buses greatly simplifies installation and maintenance. An
unlimited number of CCRs can be accommodated by simply adding
additional data buses as required. Data bus redundancy ensures
continuous operation in the event one of the buses fails.
• Extensive searching and reporting capabilities
The ACE module consists of an integrated control unit that is
interfaced to each CCR either internally or within a small external
enclosure. Optional packages can be added depending on system
requirements. The ACE module features very quick control response, unparalleled monitoring performance (current/voltage is
sampled 50,000 times/sec), and built-in programmable fail-safe
modes. Configuration and calibration of the ACE system is performed directly through the ALCMS user interface, eliminating the
need for dedicated programming devices or laptop computers. For
stand-alone ACE applications, configuration is easily performed
using buttons on the front of the ACE display. See ADB data sheet
2084 for additional information on this product.
Touchscreen
• Alarming capabilities to meet the requirements of each airport
• Alarming tolerances are configurable to adjust sensitivity
• Alarm and event filtering provides the flexibility to control messages to the airport traffic control tower and maintenance
• Search filters can sort based on date, range of dates, circuit,
regulator, reported location and type of alarm
• Report hard-copy printing and exporting to electronic file
Multiple touchscreen control stations (TCS) can be integrated
within an ALCMS. Each TCS may share control of an airfield or have
a specific area of control. Each TCS operates independently of one
another and provides complete redundancy for airfield lighting
control and monitoring.
Features
• High-definition airfield graphic representation
• High-contrast, anti-glare monitors
• CRT or LCD flat screen displays
Control
• Programmable preset lighting controls automate common
procedures
• Touchscreen – Single or multiple touchscreen control stations
can be integrated within the ALCMS with built-in transfer
procedures
• L-821 – Systems will support new or existing L-821 control panels with the addition of PLC components
• Intuitive user interface provides ‘pop-up’ buttons that lead the
air traffic controllers through lighting control tasks
• Highly flexible preset or selective airfield lighting control
• Programmable event and alarm filters reduce information overload for air traffic controllers
• Easily integrated with SMGCS operation requirements (i.e. stop
bar control/monitoring and taxiway routing)
• Provisions for air-to-ground radio control of the airport lighting
• Soft-start control feature provides programmable delays between intensity step switching
• Programmable smart failsafe provides mechanically latching or
preset fail-safe design to meet the airport requirements
• Maintenance lock-out feature allows circuit maintenance,
graphical maintenance indication and circuit control protection
Monitoring
• Real-time monitoring functions
• Capable of monitoring constant current regulators, circuit
selectors and any non-regulated circuit
• Custom monitoring options provide the flexibility to configure
for full L-827 monitoring or simple current sensing relay monitoring
• Remote dial-up access – password-protected access allows
for remote service and diagnostic by airport personnel or ADB
Airfield Solutions service representative
• Roaming Maintenance Center – Mobile maintenance computer
linked to the ALCMS via a cellular modem or other wireless
technology to provide real-time control, monitoring and diagnostics of the system
1041 Rev. I I Call for manual
E-5
CONTROL & MONITORING
ALCMS I Airport Lighting Control & Monitoring System
Maintenance Center
System Options
The Maintenance Center provides the airport with convenient
ALCMS status monitoring from any remote location, on or off the
airfield.
In addition to the distributed control system, ADB Airfield Solutions continues to offer traditional control systems with any or all
of the following features.
The maintenance computer(s) provides real-time and historical
information regarding the status of the airfield lighting as
well as any other device that is being controlled and/or monitored
by the ALCMS.
• L-821 Airfield Lighting Control Panel
• Support to existing L-827 stand-alone airport monitoring or
L-829 Scanning Monitor Ready CCRs
• Industrial style I/O system
Graphics
The detailed graphical displays provide quick status of the airfield
lighting systems. High-resolution graphics are fully scalable and
allow for detailed zooms of any portion of the airfield.
BRITETM
The ADB Airfield Solutions BRITE System is an integral component
in Surface Movement Guidance Control Systems (SMGCS). It is used
to precisely control and monitor a single light or groups of lights
on the airport runway/taxiway series circuit.
Computerized Taxiway Stop Bar
Several stop bars may be connected to the same series circuit loop
while still allowing selective switching and individual monitoring
of each stop bar.
When a red stop bar is switched ON, a number of green taxiway
centerline lights beyond the stop bar are switched OFF. When the
aircraft receives clearance and when the red stop bar lights are
extinguished by the air traffic controller, the green centerline
lights are illuminated to indicate the aircraft is cleared to proceed. Incorporating a microwave sensor with the BRITE will allow
automatic relighting of the stop bar and extinguishing of the green
centerline lights in anticipation of the next aircraft.
Power-line Communication Technology
The Maintenance Center provides valuable maintenance tools that
allow quick diagnosis and maintenance of the system. Some of the
tools available are as follows:
• Remote Lighting Control – A password-protected window allows
airport personnel control of the airfield lighting from locations
other than the tower, such as the maintenance center, computer operations center, and other lighting vaults
Controlling and monitoring the stop bar lights, taxiway entry
lights, and presence detectors are accomplished by using ADB’s
BRITE Remote control devices. Each device on the airfield that
requires individual control and monitoring is interfaced to one
of the Remotes. All communication data is superimposed onto
the airfield series circuit cabling (power-line) and is received by
the BRITE Remotes. BRITE Remotes can also transmit a variety of
monitoring data back to a BRITE Master. See data sheet 2092 for
more information on ADB’s BRITE System.
• Report Printing – Flexible report printing capabilities allow
specific data to be printed out
Please contact the ADB Airfield Solutions Sales Department
for more information on ADB’s advanced technology products.
Features
• On-line Documentation – Manuals and wiring diagrams are available on-line and provide easy access to important information
• Remote Dial-up Access – Password-protected access allows ADB
Airfield Solutions as well as airport personnel to dial into the
maintenance computer to determine ALCMS status
• Roaming Maintenance Vehicle Laptop – Remote laptop mounted
in maintenance vehicle allows full control and monitoring capabilities via wireless radio link
E-6
1041 Rev. I I Call for manual
CONTROL & MONITORING
ALCMS I Airport Lighting Control & Monitoring System
General Application
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
1041 Rev. I I Call for manual
E-7
CONTROL & MONITORING
ALCMS-PLC
Airport Lighting Control & Monitoring
System
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
WITH CENTRALIZED CONTROL
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
Designed in compliance with FAA Advisory Circular
150/5345-56 (Current Edition). ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. 1, para. 5.3 and 8.3 and Aerodrome
Design Manual part 5, para. 3.4 and 3.7.
UFC 3-353-01 par. 15-3.
ICAO:
Military:
System Overview
ADB’s Airport Lighting Control and Monitoring System (ALCMS) is
based on centralized Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) architecture and is typically used in small- to medium-sized airfield lighting
applications to meet FAA Airport Lighting Control and Monitoring
System specification L-890-XY. A PLC is a small industrial computer
used to automate control and monitoring of airfield lighting equipment. L-890 PLCs are also typically interfaced to one or more
touchscreen panels, which provides a graphical user interface to
the air traffic controller and maintenance personnel. ADB’s PLCbased ALCMS is unmatched in performance, long-term reliability,
and flexibility with many standard features and a wide range of
innovative, cost-effective options.
Features
• Real-time status of the airfield lighting system
• Centralized PLC I/O-based control and monitoring utilizing commercially available, highly reliable, cost-effective Siemens PLCs
• Realistic airfield graphic displays provide detailed information
to air traffic controllers and maintenance personnel
• Time-saving diagnostics and monitoring from remote locations
• Multiple redundant network configurations are available using
any combination of fiber optic, hard-wire, and wireless networks
Ordering Code
ALCMS-
Monitoring Options
A = Control Only
B = Basic Monitoring
Fail-safe Options
A = Preset
B = Last State - Latching
Features (Continued)
Monitoring
• Real-time monitoring functions
• Capable of monitoring constant current regulators, circuit selectors, emergency generators, automatic transfer switches and
any non-regulated circuit
• Custom monitoring options provide the flexibility to configure
for full L-827 monitoring or simple current sensing relay monitoring
• Remote dial-up access – password-protected access allows
for remote service and diagnostic by airport personnel or ADB
Airfield Solutions service representative
• Roaming Maintenance Center – Mobile maintenance computer
linked to the ALCMS via a cellular modem or other wireless
technology to provide real-time control, monitoring and diagnostics of the system
Alarm Reporting
• Extensive searching and reporting capabilities
• Alarming capabilities to meet the requirements of your airport
• Alarming tolerances are configurative to adjust sensitivity
Control
• Programmable preset lighting controls automate common
procedures
• Alarm and event filtering provides the flexibility to control messages to the airport traffic control tower and maintenance
• Touchscreen – Single or multiple touchscreen control stations
can be integrated within the ALCMS with built-in transfer procedures
• Search filters can sort based on date, range of dates, circuit,
regulator, reported location and type of alarm
• L-821 – Systems will support new or existing L-821 control panels with the addition of PLC components
• L-854 – Provisions for air-to-ground radio control of the airport
lighting when tower is not staffed
• Soft-start control feature provides programmable delays between intensity step switching
• Programmable fail safe provides mechanically latching or preset
fail-safe design to meet the airport requirements
E-8
2076 Rev. D I Call for manual
• Report hard-copy printing and exporting to electronic file
CONTROL & MONITORING
ALCMS-PLC I Centralized Control
Touchscreen
• Multiple touchscreen control stations can be integrated within
an ALCMS
• Each touchscreen control station may share control of an airfield or have a specific area of control
Each touchscreen control station operates independently of one
another and provides complete redundancy for airfield lighting
control and monitoring
Touchscreen Features
• High-definition airfield graphic representation
• High-contrast, anti-glare monitors, with multiple installation
options
• LCD flat screen displays, with various sizes available
• Intuitive user interface provides ‘pop-up’ buttons that lead the
air traffic controllers through lighting control tasks. Each action
must be “confirmed” before execution.
• Highly flexible preset or selective airfield lighting control, easily
configured
• Programmable event and alarm filters reduce information overload for air traffic controllers
PLC Cabinet
Environmental Protection
PLC Cabinet:
NEMA 12 (IP 40)
Environmental Operating Conditions
Touchscreen/Panel PC
Operating Temperature
0 °C (+32 °F) to +40 °C (+104 °F)
Relative Humidity:
10-95% at 40 °C (non-condensing)
PLC Cabinet
Operating Temperature:
-25 °C (-13 °F) to +50 °C (+122 °F)
Relative Humidity:
Up to 95%
Electrical Supply
Touchscreen/Panel PC
Input power:
Single phase, 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
PLC Cabinet
Input power:
Single phase, 100-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Please contact the ADB Airfield Solutions Sales Department for
more information on ADB’s advanced technology products.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2076 Rev. D I Call for manual
E-9
CONTROL & MONITORING
IRMS
Insulation Resistance Monitoring
System
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
AC 150/5340-26 chapter 3, section 2, para. 27.
Annex 14 para. 8.3. and Aerodrome Design Manual,
Part 5, para. 3.7.11.
Electrical Specification
System Overview
The IRMS provides state-of-the-art configurable insulation resistance measurements on airfield series circuits. Unique IRMS architecture allows up to 256 constant current regulators (CCRs) to be
connected to a single IRMS communication server. The system can
be provided either as a stand-alone system or as an integral part
of an Airport Lighting Control and Monitoring System (ALCMS). See
ADB data sheet 1041 for more information.
Uses
The IRMS performs scheduled cable insulation resistance measurements and can also perform manually requested measurements,
allowing maintenance personnel to monitor the long-term degradation of airfield series circuit cabling. This data can be presented
in text or graphical format.
When integrated with an ALCMS, an ACETM Unit, which interfaces
with IRMS, is installed at each CCR. See ADB data sheet 2084 for
more information.
An Insulation Resistance Monitoring Module (IRMM) is installed at
each constant current regulator or circuit selector.
6.6 A RMS and 20 A RMS
50, 500, 1,000 VDC
20 kΩ to 2,000 MΩ (2 GΩ)
Two models available:
Specifications:
An automatic self-calibration test is conducted prior to each circuit measurement. The IRMS can be programmed to automatically
test energized or de-energized circuits on a regular basis.
Product Configuration
• Aids airport in monthly circuit monitoring for cable degradation
as recommended in AC 150/5340-30
The IRMS is designed to airport specifications. Please contact the
ADB Sales and provide the following information:
• Provides tool to assist maintenance in troubleshooting series
circuit failures
• Number of vaults
• Number of constant current regulators in each vault
• Number of L-847 Circuit Selector Switches for each CCR
Features
• CCR output current type (6.6 A or 20 A)
• Provides a wide range of resistance measurements from less
than 20 kΩ up to 2,000 MΩ (2 GΩ)
• Maximum distance between CCRs
• Uses user selectable circuit charge voltages of 50, 500, or 1,000
VDC to provide accurate resistance measurement for varying
circuit conditions
• Fiber optic interface insures isolation from high-voltage series
circuit, providing the highest level of safety
• Automatic self-calibration checks the hardware to verify proper
operation prior to taking measurements
• Can be used on energized or de-energized circuits
• User can easily add new circuits and change circuit names
• Resistance measurement data can be printed in graphical trend
plots or in tabular format
• Data is automatically logged after each measurement for future
analysis and can be easily backed up
• Programmable warning and alarm set points
• Data can be exported to allow for data manipulation by the
user
• Compatible with CCRs made by all manufacturers
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
E - 10
1218 Rev. G I Call for Manual
Programmable Features
The IRMS will operate while the circuit is energized or de-energized and allows for automatic or manual readings during either
condition. The IRMS is user programmable and allows for all of
the following variables to be programmed by the user at the IRMS
computer:
• Start Time 1 – This represents the first time of the day in which
the IRMS is to take the first automatic reading of the series
circuit
• Start Time 2 – This represents the second time of the day in
which the IRMS is to take an additional automatic reading of the
series circuit
• Period – This specifies how often the circuit is measured (i.e.,
daily, weekly, monthly, etc.)
• Warning Limit – This is a limit value, in ohms, at which point a
resistance warning will be generated
• Alarm Limit – This is a limit value, in ohms, at which point a
resistance alarm will be generated
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
CONTROL & MONITORING
BRITE™
Individual Lamp Control & Monitoring
System (III)
BRITE III Master
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
Approved for use with SMGCS systems. This includes both
Stop Bar and Runway Guard Light control/monitoring
according to AC 150/5340-30 (Current Edition); manufactured to AC 120-57 (Current Edition).
Complies with CAT I/II/III ICAO lamp supervision requirements. Supports A-SMGCS for enhanced aircraft guidance
in all weather conditions to prevent aircraft collisions and
runway incursions.
Introduction
The BRITE III is a key subsystem in various Airfield Ground Lighting
Automation Systems. ADB’s BRITE III system is the latest stateof-the art individual airfield light control and monitoring system.
BRITE III provides a radical leap in performance over prior airfield
power line carrier systems. This system is designed to communicate on the existing airfield series circuit power line without
requiring separate dedicated cabling. This system has patents
pending in many countries around the world.
Uses
• BRITE III provides distributed intelligence in the airfield to
control and monitor a variety of airfield lighting devices. It can
be used in the following applications:
- Stop bar control and monitoring
- Elevated and in-pavement Runway Guard Light (RGL) control
and monitoring
BRITE III Remote
Customer Benefits (Continued)
• Precise control of each airfield lighting segment.
• For Stop Bar or RGL applications, adjacent lamp failure or total
lamp failure within a bar exceeded is automatically reported.
• Most economic solution for modernization projects through
power line communication on existing circuits. Eliminates high
cost of a separately cabled system.
• Future upgrades are quickly and easily added, allowing a
phased migration strategy to be implemented.
• Optimized planning of runway and taxiway maintenance downtimes.
BRITE III Technology
• Communicates using a high frequency signal imposed on the
high-voltage airfield series circuit cable - no separate communication cable needed.
• Communication quality is automatically optimized for each
series circuit.
• New communication principle together with Forward Error Correction drastically reduces signal disturbance caused by impulse
and narrow band interference.
- Interface with aircraft/vehicle presence sensors (option)
- FAA Runway Status Light (RWSL) systems
Features
- As a key component in a Surface Movement Guidance Control
System (SMGCS)
• Most cost-effective and proven solution for existing ground
lighting systems.
- Failed-lamp detection and location identification
- Selective control and monitoring of various airfield lighting
devices
• BRITE III provides relevant information concerning the status of
various airfield lighting devices to both maintenance and airport
control tower personnel.
• The BRITE III can also be used to:
- Support optimization of traffic volume, flexibility, and air
side safety.
• User friendly Human Machine Interface allows easy operation
and system status recognition.
• Up to 8 different frequency bands can be used in parallel, and
8 different time slots which allow an increase in the number of
independent communication channels up to 64. This results in
greatly improved communication rates.
• Fast and predictable switching times through the use of reliable
communication methods.
- Ensure reliable Stop Bar guidance for aircraft on the ground
during CAT III conditions, increasing safety and reducing the
risk of runway incursions.
• Advanced Network Management system includes an automatic
network configuration function. This outstanding functionality
provides for dynamic communication adaptation in all environmental conditions (such as humidity variation). The system
dynamically optimizes communication, even when any Remote
in the communication path has failed.
- Automatically detects and reports lamp failure location,
decreasing downtime and maintenance costs.
• No manual configuration is necessary to implement communication settings.
- Meet stringent command timing requirements while ensuring
elimination of interference on FAA RWSL applications
Customer Benefits
• Firmware and application software can be downloaded into
either the Master or Remotes.
• Faster, more robust power line carrier communication method
ensures highest reliability even for long airfield circuits that
contain large number of lamps.
• Less crosstalk due to symmetrical design of coupling components (transmit and receive path) and lower transmission power
compared to similar systems in the market.
2092 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0429 (Remote) 96A0428 (Master) 96A0430 (Software)
E - 11
CONTROL & MONITORING
BRITE I Individual Lamp Control & Monitoring System III
Features (Continued)
BRITE III Master
• Each Remote can be a part of many different groups (blocks),
allowing a group of Remotes to be controlled using only one
command. This unique feature ensures fast response for complex applications.
For use on up to 30 kW CCR, 19-inch Rack Mount
• Can be used as a stand-alone monitoring system or integrated
with an L-890 ALCMS (Airfield Lighting Control and Monitoring
System).
Configuration
1100 = Single Channel, no Runway Guard Light
1160 = Single Channel with RGL, Initial Flash OFF
1161 = Single Channel with RGL, Initial Flash ON
1210 = Dual Channel, no Runway Guard Light
1241 = Dual Channel with Elevated RGL
1270 = Dual Channel with RGL, Initial Flash ON
1271 = Dual Channel with RGL, Initial Flash OFF
• BRITE III Remotes can be added on separate series circuits even
if BRITE II Remotes are present on the airfield.
• Runway Guard Light Remotes can be used to automatically
implement pulsing functionality- no Master is needed.
• Fast commissioning. The network management system organizes
the communication by itself.
44A6898
BRITE III Remote
44A6899-
Dimensions
• State-of-the-art diagnostic tools provide a quick overview of
communication behavior.
Master (H x W x D)
• Special heat dissipating, Remote housing ensures environmental
resistance under all operating conditions.
Remote (H x W x D)
6.98 x 17.15 x 16.59 in
• Remotes can be used on 2.8 A to 6.6 A series circuits.
3.07 x 8.18 x 5.59 in
(178 x 436 x 422 mm)
(78 x 208 x 142 mm)
• Both single and dual Remote versions are available, reducing
acquisition costs for some applications.
System Specifications
• Actual status of all lights-returned after issuing block command.
BRITE Master Input Voltage:
110-230 VAC, 50/60 Hz (±15 %)
BRITE Master Power Consumption: Max. 15 W
• Status poll provides detailed Remote and lamp parameters.
Environmental Conditions
Series circuit operating voltage:
Max. 5000 VAC (Master)
Series circuit peak voltage:
Max. 15 kV (Master)
Transmit Frequency:
Operating Temperature:
-Remote: -40 °F to +149 °F (-40 °C to +65 °C)
-Master: +32 °F to +131 °F (0 °C to +55 °C)
8 different frequency bands
between 20 kHz and 150 kHz
Maximum switching power:
6.6 A/360 W for each remote
Storage Temperature:
-Remote: -40 °F to +167 °F (-40 °C to +75 °C)
-Master: -67 °F to +185 °F (-55 °C to +85 °C)
Power line current:
1.9 up to 6.93 A RMS
LAN connection to redundant network interface:
IEEE 802.3
100 BaseT
Altitude:
0 - 6,600 feet above sea level
Humidity:
-Remote: 0 - 100%
-Master: 0 - 90% (non-condensing)
Enclosure Protection Level:
-Remote: IP 68 (NEMA 6P) -Master: IP 20 (NEMA 1)
Fail-Safe Mode:
On; Off; Flashing, Maintained
(last commanded state)
Data transmission rate power line: -Remote: Up to 40 kB/s
-Master: Up to 40 kB/s
Lightning Protection:
BRITE III system is designed to exceed the lightning test requirements defined in FAA AC 150/5345-10 (Current Edition). Specification: 10 by 20 microsecond current surge of 15 kA with the
subsequent power-follow current and a voltage surge of 10 kV
per microsecond.
BRITE Remote Power Consumption: Max. 15 W
Maximum roundtrip series circuit length: Up to 9.3 miles (15 km)
Lamp failure reaction: Short is placed across isolation transformer
as soon as lamp filament failure detected
Operation State after Power-Off: Remote does not reset and
remains in operation, if circuit
power loss <1.5 sec.
Mean-Time-Between Failure:
Weight
49.16 lb (22.3 kg)
Remote: 4.8 lb (2.2 kg) - Single
5.07 lb (2.3 kg) - Dual
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
E - 12
On; Off; Flashing; Maintained
(last commanded state)
Number of controlled and monitored lamps per unit:
-Remote: 1 or 2
-Master: Up to 300 Remotes depending on circuit design
EMC (CE Approved):
-Compliant to EN-61000-6-4 (EMC emission standard)
-Compliant to EN-61000-6-2 (EMC immunity standard)
-Compliant to 60950 (IT equipment standard)
Master:
Power Up Mode:
2092 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0429, 96A0428, 96A0430
-Master: 100,000 hours
-Remote: 150,000 hours
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
CONTROL & MONITORING
ADB NavigatorTM
Airport Lighting Control System
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-821 AC 150/5345-3 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
ICAO:
Annex 14, Vol. 1, para. 5.3 and 8.3 and Aerodrome
Design Manual part 5, para. 3.4 and 3.7.
Military: UFC 3-535-01 par. 15-3.
System Overview
The ADB Navigator Airport Lighting System represents the next
generation of lighting control systems specifically designed for airports that seek a cost-effective control and monitoring solution,
such as general aviation airports or military bases. Typically, this
system can be used to replace hard-wired control desks and mimic
panels (L-821/L-841 type) providing basic control and monitoring
of airfield ground lighting functions.
Ordering Code
44A6579-
Touchscreen
1 = 12-inch all-in-one touchscreen
computer assembly with flush
mount or desktop stand
2 = 15-inch all-in-one touchscreen
computer assembly with flush
mount or desktop stand
Standard System Features
Communications Package
1 = No communication extension1
2 = Short-haul modem communication
extension2
3 = Multi-mode serial fiber optic
communication extension3
4 = Single-mode serial fiber optic
communication extension3
5 = 2.4 GHz serial radio communication
extension
• Commissioning can be performed by the airport’s technical staff
(“out-of-the-box”), simplifying system delivery and setup on
site. ADB support available if needed.
UPS
1 = No UPS backup of PLC cabinet
2 = External UPS with 15-minute backup6
• The lighting control system is built around an integrated Touchscreen/Panel PC, requiring only minimal installation space in
the ATC tower. It incorporates a Human Machine Interface (HMI)
with control functionalities for approach, runway, taxiway and
apron visual aids.
Alarm Package
1 = Embedded audible alarm at touchscreen
station
3 = External speakers at touchscreen station
The standard ADB Navigator system consists of one Touchscreen/
Panel PC and one PLC cabinet. It controls up to 18 airfield devices,
such as CCRs, beacons, REILs, PAPIs, and floodlights. In addition,
the Navigator has dedicated contact points to monitor if utility
and/or generator is available or on-line. If the airfield device is a
CCR, there can be up to six 5-step and twelve 3-step CCRs.
• High-contrast, anti-glare resistive 12-inch LCD Touchscreen.
Standard Touchscreen can be either pedestal or flush mount.
• Intuitive user interface provides buttons that lead air traffic
controllers through lighting control tasks
• The ADB Navigator can be remotely controlled using an L-854
Radio Control, photocell or phone dial-in device
• A static airfield touchscreen graphic (.png file) can be added
• Provides visual alarm indications for all monitored points
• Soft-start CCR control provides programmable delays between
intensity step switching
• Based on Windows™ Embedded Standard 2009
• Entire system uses only off-the-shelf components
• Highly reliable and effective PLC-based control and monitoring
of CCRs and auxiliary circuits
• Panel touchscreen has embedded PC with flash memory – no
hard drive, fans or moving parts – limiting the need for maintenance and providing a highly reliable control system
-000
CCR Control
1 = No B1 or B10 control provided4
2 = Separate B1 or B10 control provided5
Remote Dial-In
1 = No remote dial-in diagnostic
2 = Remote dial-in diagnostic included
Notes
Part number for a standard (out-of-the-box) system is
44A6579-111111-000.
1
PLC cabinet must be within 9 ft of Touchscreen/PC
2
PLC cabinet can be 4,000 ft away from Touchscreen/PC.
Belden 9842 communication cable supplied by others.
3
Fiber optic cable supplied by others, multi-mode wavelength
1300 nm, single-mode 1310 nm
4
Use this option if all CCRs present do not require B1 (5-Step) or
B10 (3-Step) to activate the low-intensity step
5
Use this option if any CCRs are present that require both B1
(5-Step) or B10 (3-Step) and CC to activate the low-intensity
step
6
For use with 120 VAC 60 Hz operation only.
2077 Rev. L I Manual No. 96A0363
E - 13
CONTROL & MONITORING
ADB NAVIGATOR I Airport Lighting Control System
Standard System Features (Continued)
• If the controllable item is a CCR, each CCR can have up to 3
dedicated feedback contact points (Primary Power; Remote/
Local status; CCR Output Current Sensing) or may have a single
General Fault feedback point. A General Fault feedback point
is used, for example, to tie an FAA L-827/L-829 Fault indication
into the system.
• PLC enclosure can be installed in either the tower (if space
is available) or an electrical vault (standard 9 feet/3 m, or
optionally, up to 4,000 feet/1,219 m away) using EIA-485 communication
• Fail-safe – Fail-safe provides preset relays to meet airport
operational requirements. Fail-safe is manually wired to select
a dedicated CCR step. Fail-safe can be manually overridden for
maintenance troubleshooting purposes.
Hardware Options
Typical Preset Lighting Page (Shown with optional static graphic)
• Second Touchscreen for tower or vault
• 15-inch Touchscreen display
• Audible alarm speakers
• EIA-485 short haul modem that allows the PLC cabinet to be
installed in an electrical vault up to 4,000 feet (1.2 km) away.
Communication cable supplied by others.
• Alternate communication methods: Fiber optic or wireless radio
communication link
• CCR Monitoring Kit: Primary Power; Remote/Local and CCR ON
Current Sensor
• UPS with UL1449 surge protection
• Remote dial-in capability (modem and software) for remote
service and maintenance. A dedicated telephone line (customer
supplied) is connected to a modem that is added to the panel PC.
• L-854 radio remote control (see ADB data sheet 3002)
Typical Runway Lighting Page (Shown with “pop up” button
configuration option)
• Phone dial-in device for password-protected lighting control
• Photocell (day vs. night input)
Electrical Supply
Touchscreen/Panel PC
Environmental Operating Conditions
Input power:
Touchscreen/Panel PC
Operating Temperature:
0 °C (+32 °F) to +45 °C (+113 °F)
Relative Humidity:
10-95% at 40 °C (non-condensing)
Single phase, 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
PLC Cabinet
Input power:
PLC Cabinet
Operating Temperature:
-25 °C (-13 °F) to +50 °C (+122 °F)
Relative Humidity:
Up to 95%
Single phase, 100-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Dimensions
12” Touchscreen/Panel PC with Stand (H x W x D)
10.6 x 13.41 x 2.78 – in
(26.9 x 34.06 x 7.06 – cm)
Environmental Protection
Stainless Steel Enclosure (H x W x D)º
Touchscreen Front Panel: NEMA 4 (IP 65)
41.75 x 35.75 x 10.75 – in
(106.0 x 90.8 x 27.3 – cm)
PLC Cabinet: NEMA 12 (IP 40)
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
E - 14
2077 Rev. L I Manual No. 96A0363
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
CONTROL & MONITORING
ALCP
Airport Lighting Control Panel
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
MIL:
ICAO:
L-821 AC 150/5345-3 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
MIL-P-8944A.
Annex 14, Vol. 1, para. 5.3 and 8.3 and Aerodrome Design
Manual part 5, para. 3.4 and 3.7.
Uses
FAA L-821
& ICAO
Airport Lighting Panels are designed for remote
control of airport lighting and auxiliary aids.
Overview
The configuration of the control panel is custom-designed and
built to accommodate the lighting control features and functions
required at each specific airport. Toggle, rotary, or push-button
switches can be installed on the panel to manually turn on and off
airport lighting equipment requiring remote control. The L-821
can be used in conjunction with a computerized control and monitoring system to increase functionality and reduce cabling costs.
Custom Product
L-821
ADB Airfield Solutions manufactures custom L-821 panels for
remote control of airfield lighting. All types, classes, styles and
modes specified in AC 150/5345-3 (Current Edition) are available.
The following ADB L-821 configurations are ETL Certified:
Type:
I, Conventional Panels
Class:
F, Flush Mount
S, Surface Mount
W, Wall Mount
Style:
1, Unlighted
Mode:
1, Generic Panel
Please contact the ADB Airfield Solutions Sales Department for
information regarding custom L-821 Panels configured for your
airfield’s requirements.
Features
• An electronic L-821 is available. See data sheet 2077 for more
details about ADB’s Navigator System.
• Panel layouts are custom-designed and built according to enduser requirements
• Standard L-821 control panels are cost-efficient and readily
available with options (Contact the ADB Sales Department for
details)
• Rotary switches have a minimum angular throw of 30° and
three to six positions
• Toggle switches have either two or three positions
• All illuminated push-button switches are softly backlighted in
the OFF position and illuminate brighter when engaged
• The color and gloss of the case and panel plate conforms to
Federal Standard 595, Color 30372, brown
• A grounding lug is supplied in each panel box or case and is
capable of handling 12 AWG wire
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
Touchscreen
Touchscreen control panels are available in conjunction with
computerized control systems. Refer to ADB data sheets 1041 and
2076 for details. The touchscreen control panels comply with all
applicable requirements of AC 150/5345-3 (Current Edition).
Theory of Operation
For installation purposes, the L-821 control panels are available in
a flush (Class F), surface (Class S), or wall (Class W) mountable enclosure. The Class F control panels are intended for mounting to a
console or cabinet, while Class S control panels may be secured to
a table top or other suitable surface. The top plate of Class F and
S panels is attached to the case by means of a continuous hinge
along the top edges of the case. A latch is mounted inside the
case to support the panel plate at a near vertical position when
open. Class W control panels use a commercial outlet, utility, or
pull box designed for mounting on a wall. The wall-mounted panel
is used primarily at an airport requiring minimal lighting control.
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
1032 Rev. J I Manual No. 96A0087
E - 15
CONTROL & MONITORING
ACE
Advanced Control Equipment
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
Monitoring: Certified to AC 150/5345-10 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
Insulation Resistance: AC 150/5340-26 Chapter 3,
Section 2, para. 27.
ACE2 Wall Mount Assembly
Overview
The ACE2 can operate either as the remote interface between the
L-890 ALCMS and any controlled element in the airfield lighting
vault or as the stand-alone constant current regulator (CCR) monitor, performing all L-827/L-829 functions in accordance with FAA
AC 150 /5345-10. The ACE2 is a universal device that can be used
to control any type of CCR and/or controlled element regardless
of the manufacturer.
The ACE2 can be packaged as a remote mount, wall mount, CCR
internal mount, or Combo Box. A remote mount is typically placed
on top of the CCR. The wall mount is typically bolted to a wall
or can be mounted on the front of a CCR. The internal mount is
mounted inside a ADB L-828 CCR (Also called a L-829 CCR). The
Combo Box Assembly is a wall-mount version, which houses the
ACE controller board. The Combo Box Assembly also houses the
IRMS board and the CVM, which are normally mounted inside a
ADB L-829 CCR.
Each CCR and controllable item is connected to an ACE2. The ACE2
is a microprocessor-based module that includes all of the communication, control commands, input/output inter-face, and fail-safe
functionality for the controlled element.
Note: For those applications that require:
• Connection with up to a four-circuit L-847
• Up to eight discrete input or outputs
Use ADB’s first generation ACE system. Request data sheet 2016
for more information.
Theory of Operation
The Advanced Control Equipment (ACE2™) represents the heart
of ADB’s airfield lighting distributed control system. Distributed
control technology has many advantages over traditional central
control, including but not limited to: cost-effectiveness, system
expandability, ease of maintenance, ease of installation, interchangeable parts, and ease of troubleshooting. In a distributed
control scenario, each ACE2 unit is locally installed at or near a
controllable item (CCR, Generator, ATS, etc.). Each ACE2 would,
in turn, talk with the airfield lighting control network and execute
remote lighting commands. Multiple ACE2 units can be daisychained together, making system expansion very easy.
The ACE2 is a universal device that can be used to control any
type of CCR and/or controlled element regardless of the manufacturer. The printed circuit boards are mounted inside a small and
rugged environmental enclosure that can be mounted on top of
the CCR, wall mounted or directly attached to the door of an ADB
Airfield Solutions L-828 CCR.
E - 16
2084 Rev. G I Manual No. 96A0357
Combo Box Assembly
44A6602-
0
CCR Output Current
1 = 6.6 A
2 = 20 A
IRMS Monitoring
0 = Without IRMS
1 = With IRMS
Current Voltage Monitoring
0 = Without CVM
1 = With CVM
Lamps-Out Monitoring
0 = Without lamps-out monitoring
1 = 1 channel lamps-out monitoring
2 = 2 channel lamps-out monitoring
3 = 3 channel lamps-out monitoring
Display
2 = LCD display
Remote Mount Assembly
44A6505-
0
Lamps-Out Monitoring
0 = Without lamps-out monitoring
1 = With lamps-out monitoring
Wall Mount Assembly
44A6507-
0
Mounting
2 = Wall mount
Display
1 = LCD display
Lamps-Out Monitoring
0 = Without lamps-out monitoring
1 = 1 channel lamps-out monitoring
2 = 2 channel lamps-out monitoring
Theory of Operation (Continued)
The ACE2 consists of a microprocessor-based module(s) that includes all of the communication, control commands, input/output
interface, and fail-safe functionality for the controlled element.
The ACE2 is ADB Airfield Solutions’ second generation distributed
control/monitor system. ACE2 network communications are compatible with ADB Airfield Solutions’ first generation system simply
called ACE. Thus ACE and ACE2 units can be connected on the
same distributed network.
CONTROL & MONITORING
CVM/IRM Enclosure*
ACE I Advanced Control Equipment
44A6415-
0
Theory of Operation (Continued)
Current Voltage Module Monitoring Options
0 = IRMS only (no CVM)
1 = 6.6 A (requires 1 fiber optic cable assembly,
see 44A6006-XXXX below)
2 = 20 A (requires 1 fiber optic cable assembly,
see 44A6006-XXXX below)
closure. Some examples include generator monitoring, monitoring
of Automatic Transfer Switch position, and control of Circuit Selector Switch loops. In addition, the ACE2 can be optionally expanded
to perform CCR input voltage and current monitoring as well as
airfield circuit cable Insulation Resistance Monitoring.
IRMS Option
0 = Without IRMS
1 = With IRMS (requires 2 fiber optic cable assemblies,
see 44A6006-XXXX below)
Fail-safe Functionality
Note
* For use with Remote Mount or Wall Mount Assembly
Fiber Optic Cable Assembly
44A6006-
Fiber optic cable length in feet
(5-foot increments only)*
Note
* Not to exceed 25 feet. For applications greater than 25 feet,
contact the ADB Sales Department.
Theory of Operation (Continued)
Communication
Each of the ACE2 units connected to a CCR or other controllable
device will have a unique factory set number and a field programmable communication address. This address is used by the ADB
Airfield Solutions L-890 ALCMS to direct lighting commands to the
corresponding ACE2, which in turn executes the commands and
returns the operational status of the element back to the ALCMS.
Each ACE2 is connected to redundant communication networks
via two RS-422 serial communication ports located on the main
printed circuit board. The ACE network is comprised of a communications server and all the daisy-chained ACE2 and ACE (if present) units in the lighting vault. Both the ACE2 and ACE devices can
be connected to the same network. The communications server
stays in constant communication with all the ACE2 and ACE units
in both of the networks while at the same time staying in constant
contact with the main ALCMS network. This communications protocol dictates that the local ACE2 store all data and parameters
specific to the controlled element. This characteristic frees up the
ALCMS computers from having to store the parameters for each of
the controlled elements. The result of this is real-time communication between all of the ACE2 and ACE units and the rest of the
ADB L-890 ALCMS, even if a network connection fails in one of the
ACE2 or ACE units.
Input/output interface
The ACE2 incorporates an input/output interface that supports
full FAA L-827/L-829 CCR control monitoring capabilities. The
pluggable terminal blocks provide an easy-to-service point of connection.
The latching output relays can be configured to control CCR
brightness steps or simple ON/OFF control as required by the controlled element. The input lines can be configured to monitor any
external event that is determined by a discrete dry contact
Each ACE2 unit provides a self-contained fail-safe feature. This
feature insures default airfield lighting operation in the event of an
L-890 ALCMS component failure or even a complete ALCMS failure.
In addition, each ACE2 can monitor its output and verify that the
proper command is executed. The fail-safe system also permits
maintenance of portions of the control system without changing
the operational status of the lighting system. The fail-safe system
is by definition only used in the ALCMS modes, and must be set up
by a qualified ADB Airfield Solutions technician.
The fail-safe mode of each ACE2 unit is defined per requirements
of the airport/owner. The fail-safe modes are as follows:
Latching Fail-safe mode: This mode is executed as follows:
• If the CCR was switched ON before the failure, it will remain
ON at the same brightness level.
• If the CCR was switched OFF before the failure, it will remain
OFF.
Simple Fail-safe mode: This mode is executed as follows:
• After a failure occurs, the CCR will switch ON to a predetermined brightness level without regard to the current step.
Smart Fail-safe mode: This mode is executed as follows:
• If the CCR was switched ON before the failure, it will remain
ON at the same brightness level.
• If the CCR was switched OFF before the failure, it will switch
ON to a predetermined brightness level.
Graphics User Interface (GUI)
The ACE2 graphic user interface (GUI) consists of the 128 x 64 pixel
monochrome LCD display and four momentary switch buttons. In
typical modes of operation, the upper half of the LCD displays a
monitored parameter or in the stand-alone mode a configuration
menu. The first string of the LCD lower half is reserved for warning
and alarm messages in “reverse color”. Reverse color means that
the background is white and the text is blue. The second string is
split to indicate several fields and displays:
• Brightness step. Reverse color means protective shutdown,
blank – OFF.
• Remote (“Rmt”)/Local (“Lcl” reverse color)
• Primary power present (“PP”) / loss of power (“LoP” reverse
color)
• RS422 channel A message received (‘A’)
• RS422 channel B message received (‘B’)
• IRMS response received (small ‘W’), megging has been reported
(large ‘W’)
2084 Rev. G I Manual No. 96A0357
E - 17
CONTROL & MONITORING
ACE I Advanced Control Equipment
Specifications
Spare Components
Input Voltage:
85 to 256 VAC, 12 VA, 50/60 Hz
Description
Part No.
Input Power:
12VA maximum
Operating Conditions:
-10 to +55 °C (+14 to +131 °F)
Altitude:
Sea Level to 10,000 feet
PCB assembly, lamps-out monitoring
PCB assembly, main
LCD display
44A4802-1
44A6377
44A6494
Dimensions:
Remote Mount:
Wall Mount:
Internal Mount:
Combo Box:
13.3 x 10.4 x 3.9 in
13.2 x 11.3 x 4.2 in
13.2 x 10.3 x 2.7 in
20.0 X 20.0 X 8.7 in
(33.8 x 26.4 x 9.9 cm)
(33.5 x 28.7 x 10.7 cm)
(33.5 x 26.2 x 6.9 cm)
(50.8 x 50.8 x 22.1 cm)
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
E - 18
2084 Rev. G I Manual No. 96A0357
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
CONTROL & MONITORING
RCE
Digital Radio Control
AIR-TO-GROUND (TYPE I) RADIO CONTROL
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
FCC:
T/C:
L-854 AC 150/5345-49 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
Aerodrome Design Manual, Part 5 para. 3.4.6.
47 CFR, Part 15:2007 (Class A).
Transpoort Canada TP 312 - Aerodromes Standards
and Recommended Practices.
Uses
FAA L-854,
ICAO, FCC
& TP 312
Provides air-to-ground (Type I) radio control of
airport lighting systems.
Features
• Unattended all-weather operation
• Simple installation, low cost
• Input power – 120 or 240 VAC, +10%, 50/60 Hz or 12 or 48 VDC,
+20%
• Output – 3 A relay contact rating, optional 40 A rating available
• Operating temperature: -67 °F to +131 °F (-55 °C to +55 °C)
• Frequency – 118.0 to 136.0 MHz VHF. Digital control electronics
allow operating frequency to be easily reprogrammed by the
user. This eliminates the need — required by older analog units
— to return the L-854 to the factory for operating frequency
changes.
Ordering Code
RCE-
Power Input
1 = 120 VAC, ±10%, 50/60 Hz
2 = 240 VAC, ±10%, 50/60 Hz
3 = 12 VDC ±20%
4 = 48 VDC ±20%
Antenna
1 = Top Mount
2 = Remote Antenna (with standard antenna)1,2
3 = Remote Antenna (with heavy duty antenna)2
4 = Remote Mount (without antenna and coax)3
Enclosure Type
1 = NEMA 4 (indoor/outdoor)
Output
1 = 0 to
2 = 3 to
3 = 0 to
4 = 3 to
3 amps
40 amps (single step)
3 amps with RMM Option
40 amps (single step) with RMM Option
Notes
1
The remote antenna is an omnidirectional ground-plane
antenna with an additional 50 feet of cable for remote
mounting.
2
For use in locations with high wind or ice.
3
For use in locations with an existing antenna and coax.
• Antenna – whip (standard) or remote
• Built-in speaker with volume control
• Optional Remote Maintenance Module (RMM) available to interface to FAA equipment
• For Canadian applications, the L-854 is configurable as a Type J
or Type K ARCAL unit via DIP switch selection
Application
The primary function of the L-854 Radio Controller is to allow
maximum utilization of airport runway lighting systems during
times when the airport is unattended.
Runway or approach lighting systems may be activated and
intensity controlled remotely by using the L-854 Radio Controller.
This is accomplished by the simple process of keying the microphone button of the regular VHF communication transmitter in the
approaching aircraft. No special airborne equipment or adapters
are required. Two independent sets of output relays can be programmed for either individual or incremental operation.
Application (Continued)
Selectable decoder enable/disable prevents multiple relay operation during the daytime when ATC normally controls the lights.
Runway edge lighting, MALSR, or REILs are prime candidates for
radio control operation.
In Canada, ARCAL systems are generally available in two forms.
Type J allows connected systems to be activated at a single intensity. Type K allows three selections of connected systems and are
generally used to scale the light intensity selection on connected
high and medium intensity lights.
Environmental Operating Conditions
Tempature: -67 °F to +131 °F (-55 °C to +55 °C)
Humidity: 0 to 100%
Altitude: 0 to 6,600 ft (2,000 m)
The lights are activated remotely from the air and remain on for
a period of 15 minutes and turn off automatically thereafter. Additional timer settings of 1, 30, 45 and 60 minutes are available.
Selectable re-command enable/disable prevents setting outputs
to a different state until the L-854 has timed out.
3002 Rev. J I Manual No. 96A0390
E - 19
CONTROL & MONITORING
RCE I Digital Radio Control
Electrical
Spare Components
The Receiver is a single-conversion superheterodyne design operating at a nominal radio frequency within the VHF band 118 to
136 MHz. The sensitivity is adjustable from 1 to 30 microvolts as
desired by the user, permitting a control range of 1 to 20 miles.
The receiver may be programmed to operate on any frequency
in the specified VHF range. The Unicom channel, 122.8 MHz, is a
frequent choice. Decoding is accomplished by solid-state digital
circuitry, which is designed to sense the presence of three, five, or
seven pulses within a five-second time period. The digital circuitry
determines if any of these conditions exist and affect proper output relay closures. The L-854 Radio Control Equipment complies
with FCC Part 15 rules and regulations.
Description
Part No.
Display Assembly
Relay Assembly
Control Assembly
Fuse, 0.5 A, 5mm x 20mm, SLO BLO
Fuse, 5 A, 5mm x 20mm, SLO BLO
Power Supply Assembly
Remote Antenna (Rami AV-5)
Remote Antenna, Heavy Duty (Rami AV-1)
Remote Antenna Cable (50 ft/15.2 m)
Remote Antenna Cable (100 ft/30.5 m)
Remote Maintenance Module (RMM)
Whip Antenna
Internal Antenna Mounting Kit (with cable)
44A6746
44A6747
44A6748
47A0213
47A0214
44A6749
61A0448
61A0470
61A0447
61A0447-100
44A6770
61A0430
61A0429-01
Input Power Requirements
1
2
Voltage
Maximum VA
12 VDC
48 VDC
120 VAC
240 VAC
112
13
151
181
Packaging
The optional 40 A relay will add 10 VA when energized
Typical standby power is 4 VA at 12 VDC for calculating solar
power autonomy
Weight:
21 lb (9.5 kg)
Size:
12 x 10 x 8 in
(30.48 x 25.4 x 20.32 cm)
Theory of Operation (Continued)
Theory of Operation
The system is activated upon receiving a series of pulses of radio
frequency energy within a five-second period.
There are two independent sets of relays that can be programmed
for individual or incremental operation. In incremental operation
at the third pulse, the first relay closes, at the fifth pulse, the
second relay closes, at the seventh pulse, the third relay closes. In
individual operation only the relay for the selected step is closed
at any time.
An ideal application for series constant-current lighting systems
is that of operating at a low power setting, using the L-854
controller to bring the lighting to full brilliancy, and if desired,
simultaneously energizing the REILs. Maximum life and utility are
thus achieved for both systems. Runway lighting and REIL/xenon
flash lamp life is greatly increased. Since the L-854 controller is
designed for outdoor, unattended, and continuous operation, it
eliminates costly trenching and installation of control lines to
remote facilities.
At any time in the sequence, the pilot has the option of sending
three, five, or seven pulses to command the system to the desired
intensity level. The system will remain at the intensity level of the
last command received. The solid-state timer will continue to operate for 15-60 minutes (selectable) after which it will cause the
system to revert to the original “off” condition. The timer is reset
by the receipt of any command at any time, unless re-command
is set to disable, which requires the L-854 controller to time out
before a new command is accepted.
In the event of a power interruption while the relays are energized,
the controller and associated relays will resume operation for
the remainder of the period at the previously selected brightness
setting.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
E - 20
3002 Rev. J I Manual No. 96A0390
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
CONTROL & MONITORING
BRITETM
Individual Lamp Control & Monitoring
System (II)
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
Approved for use with SMGCS systems. This includes both
Stop Bar and Runway Guard Light control/monitoring
according to AC 150/5340-30 (Current Edition); manufactured to AC 120-57 (Current Edition).
Compliance with recommendations for European
Manual on A-SMGCS.
Overview
The BRITETM system is the second generation of ADB Airfield Solutions’ successful individual lamp control and monitoring system. It
combines modern microprocessor technology with ADB’s expertise
in airfield lighting. ADB Airfield Solutions has the largest number of
operational individual lamp control and monitoring systems in the
world. The BRITE system is patented under U.S. patent numbers
5,926,115 and 5,969,642.
Uses
ADB’s BRITE system provides distributed intelligence in the airfield
to control and monitor a variety of airfield lighting devices. It can
be used in the following applications:
BRITE Master
BRITE Remote
Features (Continued)
• Each Remote can be a part of 20 different groups, allowing a
group of Remotes to be controlled using only one command.
This unique feature insures fast lighting commands at complex
taxiway intersections.
• Predefined power-on and fail-safe settings (ON/OFF/Flashing)
• Monitoring of current for lamps-out detection
• When connected to aircraft movement sensors, a BRITE Remote
transmits aircraft presence and progression to the control
system
• Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) error checking insures a high
degree of data integrity and reliable performance
• Remote units are waterproof and are manufactured according
to NEMA 6P (IP 68)
• Stop bar and Runway Status Light control and monitoring
• The BRITE system is designed to exceed the lightning test requirements defined in FAA AC 150/5345-10 (Current Edition)
• Elevated and in-pavement Runway Guard Light (RGL) control
and monitoring. For unmonitored RGL applications, only BRITE
Remotes are needed. No separate control wires or timing control boxes are needed.
System Description
• Interface with aircraft/vehicle presence sensors (including
microwave and inductive loop sensors)
• Surface Movement Guidance Control System (SMGCS)
• Failed-lamp detection and location identification
• Selective control and monitoring of any airfield lighting device
Features
• Provides bidirectional communication between the BRITE Master
and the Remotes
• BRITE Remotes are connected on the low-voltage, secondary
side of the airfield isolation transformer
• High data transmission rate (9600 Baud) insures time-critical
performance
• The BRITE Remote is impervious to all deicing fluids
• When a lamp fails, a short is placed across the secondary side
of the isolation transformer, reducing the load on the constant
current regulator (CCR)
The BRITE system has an open architecture and modular design,
allowing simple upgrades and integration with other airfield lighting systems.
A typical BRITE system has the following components:
• BRITE Master
• BRITE Remotes
• Vault Computer
The BRITE system is normally used in conjunction with an Airport
Lighting Control and Monitoring System (ALCMS). It provides relevant information concerning the status of various airfield lighting
devices to both maintenance and airport control tower personnel.
See data sheet 1041 for more information on ALCMS components.
BRITE System
On the airfield side, the BRITE Master interfaces to the BRITE Remotes and can be either wall-mounted or 19-inch rack-mounted.
Communications methodology is power line carrier. The BRITE
Master is connected to the high-voltage airfield lighting circuit on
the output of the CCR and acts as a high-voltage modem.
• Lamp control functions: ON/OFF and flashing lamp ON and OFF
• Both single and dual lamp Remotes are available
• Any BRITE Remote can be configured as a communication signal
amplifier
1227 Rev. U I Manual No. 96A0199, 96A0200
E - 21
CONTROL & MONITORING
BRITE I Individual Lamp Control & Monitoring System II
BRITE Remote
Aircraft/Vehicle Movement Detectors
The BRITE Remote is a sealed microprocessor-based local control
and monitoring device. It interfaces to the secondary, low-voltage
side of the isolation transformer.
Microwave and inductive loop presence sensors may be interfaced
to a BRITE Sensor Remote, allowing automatic control and monitoring of taxiway Stop Bars and taxiway centerline lights, which
can be incorporated into an ALCMS. See ALCMS catalog sheet 1041
for more information. Contact the ADB Sales Department for BRITE
equipment needed for inductive loop applications.
Remote Features
• Performs automatic self-test and diagnostics
• Easily configured via software. Default state (address, channel
number...) is stored in nonvolatile memory
• Internal watchdog timer provides reliable fail-safe operation
• Command to a group of lamps is accomplished using a predefined “block” command, which greatly improves response
time
• Any Remote can be configured as a communication signal
amplifier. This provides additional communication integrity in
case of noise or degraded series circuits. There is no physical
difference between a Remote configured as an amplifier and a
standard Remote.
• An optional increased corrosion-resistant version that meets
military specifications is available. The Remote enclosure is
double impregnated per MIL-I-17563B. The enclosure is also anodized per MIL-A-8625F, Type II, Class 2, olive drab. This version
is normally used where a highly corrosive or salty environment
may be present (for example, at an airport by the sea).
• Remote replacement is easily done without the need for separate programming devices
Typical devices to be controlled and monitored by the BRITE Remote are airfield lighting lamps and sensor/detection devices.
The Remote can:
• Switch ON/OFF or flash a lamp or a group of lamps up to 500 W
ADB Microwave Sensor
The ADB Model 385 Outdoor Microwave Sensor (Fig. 3) is a transceiver that provides reliable, three-dimensional detection in
outdoor environments. It is primarily used for aircraft or vehicle
detection on Stop Bars. Both the transmitter and receiver are combined into one unit. Sensitive, field-adjustable detection circuitry
is capable of detecting an object at a distance up to 400 feet (122
m) from the transceiver. A patented Range Cutoff (RCO) Circuit
positively rejects all microwave targets beyond a pre-selected
range. This unique capability makes the Model 385 immune to
alarms from any object outside the RCO distance, even very large
microwave targets such as vehicles or other aircraft.
Operating at K-band, which is much less crowded than X-band, the
Model 385 is inherently less susceptible to outside interference
from airport landing systems, aircraft radar, and other microwave
intrusion systems.
The ADB Model 385 is also equipped with a patented Zero-Range
Suppression (ZRS) Circuit that reduces the amplitude of any microwave target in close proximity to the transceiver. This circuit dramatically reduces nuisance alarms from rain, vibration, birds, and
windblown objects. Neither the RCO nor the ZRS circuit affects the
detection pattern.
Microwave
Transceiver
3-in Pipe Column
• Determine the status of a lamp, such as ON, OFF, or OPEN
• Determine status of a sensor/detection device
• Be configured for use in unmonitored Runway Guard Light (RGL)
applications–No BRITE Master or vault PC is used. The BRITE
Remote is configured for both a power-ON and fail-safe mode
of flashing. RGLs then stay synchronized using a circuit that requires no external timing inputs. RGLs meet all timing requirements of AC 150/5340-28.
Frangible
Coupling
Pipe Coupling
Frangible Coupling
Base Plate
Base Plate
w/Gasket
L-867B Base Can
L-823 Connector
Field Circuit DC Power Supply
A dedicated field circuit DC power supply is available, which can
be used to power a variety of airfield devices, including aircraft
and vehicle movement detectors. These devices are connected
into the series circuit (2.8 A-6.6 A) and provide a regulated 24
VDC at 1.5 A. These DC supplies are physically similar to a BRITE
Remote and meet the same environmental parameters.
Field Circuit Power Supply Electrical
• Output: 24 VDC at 1.5 A
• Connects to series circuit via 300 W isolation transformer
• 3-step thyristor (SCR type) CCRs must be loaded to at least 25%
of rated or tapped load
• 5-step thyristor (SCR type) CCRs must be loaded to at least 50%
of rated or tapped load
• Can be used with any load on ADB ferroresonant-type CCR
E - 22
1227 Rev. U I Manual No. 96A0199, 96A0200
Fig. 3 Microwave Sensor Installation
Microwave Features
• Pattern: Maximum range of 400 feet (122 m) and a maximum
width of 20 feet (6 m). Adjustment can reduce the pattern to
about 100 feet (30 m) in length by 3 feet (0.9 m) in width. Horizontal and vertical antenna beam width is about 3.8 degrees.
These distances are for a mounting height of 3-4 feet (0.9-1.2 m).
• Self-supervision:
1) Antenna blockage causes constant alarm
2) Computer checks for proper sensor operation
CONTROL & MONITORING
BRITE I Individual Lamp Control & Monitoring System II
Microwave Features (Continued)
Environmental Conditions (Continued)
• Radiated output: 32 milliwatts peak at 24.13 GHz. Spurious
emissions conform to FCC Regulation Part 15.
EMC (CE Approved):
-Compliant to EN 50081-2 (EMC emission standard)
-Compliant to EN 50082-2 (EMC immunity standard)
-Compliant to 60950 (IT equipment standard)
• DC input: 11 to 14.5 VDC, 160 mA nominal Uses a 65 W isolation
transformer. 60 VA load on CCR as seen at input of isolation
transformer.
• Alarm relay contacts: SPDT-Form C, 2 A at 28 VDC
• Remote monitor: External connector for connection of test
meter provides quick setup
Lightning Protection:
BRITE system is designed to exceed the lightning test requirements defined in FAA AC 150/5345-10 (Current Edition)
Dimensions
BRITE Configuration
Master Wall Mount
Only ADB uses fully automated AutoConfig™ software to configure
Remotes. This unique software optimizes overall communication
performance and minimizes installation time.
Overall Height
26.5 in
(67.3 cm)
Overall Width
20 in
(50.8 cm)
Overall Depth
9.3 in
(23.7 cm)
Electrical
Mounting Height
25.3 in
(64.2 cm)
Nominal Input Range
-Remote: 2.72-6.7 A, 50/60 Hz
-Master: 85-265 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 2.5 A at 120 VAC
Mounting Width
14 in
(35.6 cm)
Master Rack Mount
8.7 in
(22.2 cm)
Minimum input current (Remote): 2.2 A RMS, Crest Factor 2.8
Minimum peak current, any 1/2 AC cycle (Remote): 3.1 A
Maximum series circuit operating voltage: 5,000 VAC
Maximum series circuit current (Remote):
7 A RMS; 20 A peak (any 1/2 AC cycle)
Dielectric strength
-Master: 15 kVDC
-Remote: Recommended series circuit minimum of 100 kΩ
Overall Height
Overall Width
19 in
(48.3 cm)
Depth (front handle to rear of enclosure)
19.2 in
(48.7 cm)
5.1 in
(12.9 cm)
Remote Control Device
Overall Height:
Box Width Only:
6.6 in
(16.8 cm)
Overall Width (includes Lead Length):
19 in
(48.3 cm)
Overall Depth
2.7 in
(6.7 cm)
Lead Length
19 in
(48.3 cm)
Remote self-check time, after power-ON: < 2 seconds
Weight
4.2 lb
(1.9 kg)
Wiring Interface
-Remote: Series circuit connection via an FAA L-823 connector
-Master: Series circuit - FAA L-823
Input Voltage - IEC Power Receptacle
Communication Link - 14 pin circular connector
(AMP 208487-1)
Microwave Sensor
Power-ON Time (Remote): 0.72 seconds. This is time from initial
presence of power until Remote is in power-ON state
Diameter
10.6 in
(27 cm)
Overall Height
10.13 in
(25.7 cm)
Transceiver Weight
10 lb
(4.5 kg)
9.5 in
(24.1 cm)
Field Circuit DC Power Supply
Overall Height
Environmental Conditions
Box Width Only
6.75 in
(17.2 cm)
Operating Temperature
-Remote: -67 °F to +149 °F (-55 °C to +65 °C)
-Master: +32 °F to +131 °F (0 °C to +55 °C )
-Microwave Sensor: -30 °F to +150 °F (-35 °C to +66 °C)
Overall Width (includes Lead Length):
26.75 in
(68 cm)
Storage Temperature:
-Remote: -67 °F to +185 °F (-55 °C to +85 °C)
-Master: -67 °F to +185 °F (-55 °C to +85 °C)
Humidity:
-Remote and Microwave Sensor: 0 - 100%
-Master: 10-90% (non-condensing)
Altitude:
-Remote: 6,600 feet (0-2000 m)
-Master: 6,600 feet (0-2000 m)
Enclosure Protection Level:
-Remote: IP68 (NEMA 6P)
-Master: NEMA 1
Overall Depth
3.25 in
(8.3 cm)
Lead Length
20 in
(50.8 cm)
Spare Components (Master)
Description
Part No.
DC Power supply
Fan 51A0031
Fuse, 2.5 A
Lightning arrestor, series circuit (VR1-6)
Lightning protection, RS422
PCB, Master assembly
PCB, high-voltage interface
Wall-mounted Master Component Panel
(Enclosure Not Included)*
Wall-mounted Master (Enclosure Included)*
97A0018
47A0170
44A6053
105A0064
44D2643
44D4662
44A6116-10
44A6124-10
* For replacement purposes only
1227 Rev. U I Manual No. 96A0199, 96A0200
E - 23
CONTROL & MONITORING
BRITE Master1 Wall-Mount
BRITE I Individual Lamp Control & Monitoring System II
44A6230-
00
Communication Style
1 = Networked Communication2
2 = Standard3
44A6829
Note
This remote is for use with monitoring an ADB L-804 LED fixture
(Part No. ERGL-X2XXX). See data sheet 2087 for more information.
Lightning Protection
0 = Local Installation5
1 = Airfield Installation4
19-Inch Rack-Mount6
Single-Channel ERGL LED Remote
Single-Channel BRITE Remote
Configuration
0 = Standard Remote Configuration1
1 = In-pavement RGL Configuration Initial Flash On
(Flash Rate of 31 for 60 Hz FAA Applications)2
2 = In-pavement RGL Configuration Initial Flash Off
(Flash Rate of 31 for 60 Hz FAA Applications)2
44A6117-
Communication Style
10 = Standard3
11 = Networked Communication2
Notes
1
Suitable for all series circuit current ratings
2
Used in applications where multiple Masters are networked
together via RS-422
3
Used in stand-alone applications where Master is directly
connected to the BRITE PC
4
Master installed remotely on airfield. Lightning protection
installed on both input and output series circuit connections.
No primary cord sets supplied.
5
Master installed close to CCR output, typically in the vault.
Lightning protection installed only on output series circuit
connections.
6
To mount the BRITE Master on top of the CCR, use Master
Mounting Stand Part No. 94A0315-2
BRITE Sensor
44A6062-11
44A594
6 = Microwave Sensor Assembly
(Includes microwave sensor, mounting pole and
mounting base. Base can must be ordered separately)
Cord Set
1 = With FAA Style 8 (with ball) Lamp Cord Set
Dual-Channel BRITE Remote
44A6062-12
Configuration
0 = Standard Remote Configuration1
1 = In-pavement RGL Configured CH A Flash On
(Flash Rate of 31/lamp for 60 Hz FAA Applications),
CH B Off3
2 = In-pavement RGL Configured CH A Flash Off
(Flash Rate of 31/lamp for 60 Hz FAA Applications),
CH B Off3
3 = In-pavement RGL Configured CH A Flash On,
CH B Flash Off, Both Channels. (Flash Rate of
31/lamp for 60 Hz FAA Applications)4
4 = Elevated RGL Configured CH A Flash On, CH B
Flash Off, (Flash Rate of 20/lamp for 60 Hz
FAA Applications)5
Cord Set
1 = With FAA Style 8 (with ball) Lamp Cord Set
Note
Inductive loop sensor also avilable. Contact the ADB Sales
Department for additional information.
BRITE Dedicated Power Supply, +12 VDC
44A6551
Note
Contact the ADB Sales Department if other DC voltage levels are
desired.
Notes (for Single- and Dual-Channel Remotes)
For unmonitored RGL applications, any quantity of BRITE Remotes
can be used up to the full load on the CCR. For monitored RGL
applications, contact the ADB Sales Department for the maximum
recommended number of Remotes per circuit.
1
2
3
4
5
Can be used with any application including Runway Status Lights
Used on in-pavement RGL applications with one Remote
per lamp. Alternate initial Flash ON and initial Flash OFF
Remotes for in-pavement RGL applications in which the lights
alternately flash.
Used on L-852G/S applications. Channel A is connected to RGL
lamp. Channel B is connected to Stop Bar lamp.
Used on in-pavement RGL applications to reduce overall cost.
Channel A is connected to RGL lamp and Channel B is connected
to the next physically adjacent RGL lamp.
Used on elevated RGL applications. Channel A is connected to
one lamp and channel B is connected to the other lamp.
Contact the ADB Sales Department if a separate communi-cation
link or 50 Hz Runway Guard Light applications are required.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
E - 24
1227 Rev. U I Manual No. 96A0199, 96A0200
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
POWER EQUIPMENT
APS
Advanced Power Supply System
Compliance with Standards
APS:
Power supply designed in accordance with applicable
requirements in L-828/L-829 AC 150/5345-10 (Current
Edition).
Fixtures: APS LED fixtures designed in accordance with applicable
requirements in AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition) and
FAA Engineering Brief No. 67. ETES fixtures meet ICAO
Annex 14, Vol. 1 par. 5.3.17.8 and Fig. A1-1 for photometry. See Ordering Code for details.
CE:
Complies with Directives: 2004/108/EC (EMC) and
2006/95/EC (LV).
Uses
Existing LED airfield lighting fixtures require an internal power
supply to convert AC current in the range of 2.8 A to 6.6 A to a
form usable by the LED source, which results in less than optimal
L-828/L-829 constant current regulator (CCR) and fixture electrical
efficiency. The Advanced Power Supply System (APSS) maximizes
power supply efficiency, eliminates the fixture’s internal power
supply, and allows the airport to reuse its existing series circuit
infrastructure. The APSS architecture is based on Pulse Width Modulation (PWM), greatly reducing airfield lighting system electrical
power requirements.
Advanced Power Supply
System Overview
The Advanced Power Supply System is designed to maximize energy
efficiency and minimize LED fixture complexity when compared
to traditional incandescent or LED 6.6 A (or 20 A) systems. The
APSS allows the existing airfield lighting infrastructure, including
existing L-824 wire/L-823 primary connectors, to be reused. An
electrical diagram of the APSS is shown in Figure 1. A traditional
series circuit using an L-828/L-829 CCR can typically be converted
to the APSS architecture quickly by simply:
• Substituting the CCR with the Advanced Power Supply (APS) unit
• Removing the existing lighting fixture and substituting the APSS
fixture components. Existing isolation transformers can be reused. However, substituting smaller appropriately-size isolation
transformers further reduces overall system energy use.
For new installations, standard 600 V or 1,000 V cable can be
used, if desired, assuming the cable is not physically in the same
conduit/base cans as traditional 5,000 V series circuits.
Fig. 1. PWM Series Circuit LED Power System
3010 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0406
F-1
POWER EQUIPMENT
APS I Advanced Power Supply System
APS Unit
APSS Fixture
The Advanced Power Supply (APS) is housed in a compact, 19-inch
rack mountable enclosure, and multiple APS units can be installed
in a vertical cabinet. See Figure 2. The APS is rated either 1 kW or
2 kW and outputs an alternating Pulse Width Modulated (PWM)
current of 2 A maximum. See Figure 3. The output current alternates from +2 A to - 2 A in order to pass the current through the
fixture ratio transformer. The maximum output voltage for the
1 kW APS is 500 V and for the 2 kW APS is 1000 V. Pulse Width
Modulation is characterized by a signal that turns ON and OFF at
a predetermined frequency. The APS varies the width of the ON
time to effect a change in the LED fixture’s light output. Because
intensity information is present in the PWM signal, no active elements are needed in the LED fixture other than the LED(s). Use of
PWM also ensures that the fixture LED turns fully on even in the
lower intensity steps.
The APSS elevated and in-pavement fixtures use the same
mechanical housing and optical elements (LED/lens/prisms) as
traditional 6.6 A-based LED fixtures. Therefore, the photometric
output meets all applicable regulatory specification requirements.
The number of components in the fixture, however, is radically
reduced. See Figure 3.
The APS has a front-mounted LCD display to indicate output step
setting, Remote/Local control status, and alarm indication.
The APS monitors the following faults:
• Open-circuit
• Remote/Local
If any fault occurs, a dry contact relay alarm closure is activated.
Remote control is accomplished with 120 VAC or 48 VDC signals
using the same method as standard FAA or ICAO CCRs. Both the
remote control and alarm contact signals are accessible via a
terminal strip on the inside of the APS enclosure. A front panelmounted circuit breaker protects the APS input.
Fig. 3. APSS In-pavement Fixture with Minimum Internal
Components.
Alternating PWM current enters the fixture via a compact ratio
transformer (step-down). The ratio transformer converts the input
current to the nominal current needed by the LED(s) in a particular fixture. This allows one type of APS with a maximum current of
2 A alternating PWM to be used in any airfield application, regardless of the number of fixtures LEDs or nominal current needed by a
specific LED type.
The alternating PWM current then enters a full-wave bridge
rectifier and is then connected to the LED(s), effectively doubling
the frequency of the PWM current to the LED. Use of a full-wave
bridge rectifier also ensures that LED current of the proper polarity is always present, regardless of the circuit polarity or the
orientation of the connections made on the primary series circuit.
Rugged surge protection is present on both the fixture input and
across the LED itself.
The ETL-certified LED fixtures that have been converted to an
APSS architecture are:
• L-861T(L) Elevated Taxiway Edge Light
• L-852C(L)/L-852D(L) In-pavement Taxiway Centerline Light
• L-852T(L) In-pavement Taxiway Edge Light
• L-861(L)/L-861E(L) Medium-Intensity Elevated Runway Edge
Light
• L-858(L) Signs
• L-804(L) Runway Guard Light
APSS Shorting Device
Fig. 2. Four APS units are installed in a vertical cabinet.
F-2
3010 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0406
The shorting device is a compact waterproof device that, when
used with an isolation transformer, bypasses the PWM current in
case an elevated fixture is knocked over and prevents opening the
circuit at the fixture’s frangible coupling. See Figure 4.
POWER EQUIPMENT
APS I Advanced Power Supply System
Fig. 4. APSS Shorting Device
Features
Features (Continued)
• The Advanced Power Supply (APS), designed to increase the efficiency of LED lighting circuits, uses an alternating Pulse Width
Modulated (PWM) power supply to reduce energy costs
• If APS input power loss occurs, operation will resume in less
than five seconds after restoration of input power
• When compared to traditional (6.6 A) LED technology fixtures,
a simplified LED fixture further reduces maintenance time and
cost
• Due to the reduction in overall system complexity, system MTBF
is greatly increased. An LED fixture uses very few parts, providing even greater reliability than present-day 6.6 A LED fixtures
have already proven to have.
• APS includes both input and output lightning protection
• All fixtures use the same high-quality mechanical construction
as traditional ADB fixtures.
APS Electrical Supply
Input Voltage:
220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Maximum Input Current:
5 A (1 kW) or 9.5 A (2 kW)
• A better way to capitalize on LED technology — By using a series
circuit, the APS, and APSS-specific LED fixtures, airports can
reduce maintenance costs, increase savings on energy costs,
and lower operating voltages
Power Factor*:
0.99
Efficiency*:
90% minimum
Remote Control:
120 VAC, 50/60 Hz
• Allows airports to reuse the existing series circuit
* Using 100% resistive load according to FAA AC 150/5345-10
(Current Edition).
• Maintenance staff is familiar with series circuits
• Increased safety and longer series circuit wiring component life
because the maximum APS output voltage is less than 500 V for
the 1 kW APS or 1,000 V for the 2 kW APS
• The APS regulates LED intensity using Pulse Width Modulation
(PWM), ensuring consistent light output at all intensity steps.
The width of the PWM ON time at the output of the APS is
preprogrammed to comply with the LED dimming curve requirement in FAA Engineering Brief 67. This eliminates the need for
more complex electronics inside the fixture.
Environmental Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C (-40 °F to +131 °F)
Humidity:
10 to 95%
Altitude:
0 to 6,600 ft (2,000 m)
• APS is available in either 3 or 5 Brightness Steps
• The physical size of the APS is greatly reduced, minimizing
vault space required compared to traditional CCRs
• A simple pull-and-replace process for installing LED fixtures
allows for a rapid change-over. Existing L-824 wire/L-823 connectors can be reused.
3010 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0406
F-3
POWER EQUIPMENT
APS I Advanced Power Supply System
Packaging
APS Enclosure
Dimensions (H x W x D, excluding handles):
9.06 in (23.0 cm) x 19 in (48.3 cm) x 20.10 in (51.1 cm)
Weight: 1 kW = 49 lb (22.2 kg)
2 kW = 70 lb (31.75 kg)
APS Cabinet
Dimensions (H x W x D):
62.35 in (158.4 cm) x 23.95 (60.8 cm) x 31.02 in (78.8 cm)
APSS Shorting Device
Device Dimensions (H x W x D, maximum):
1.25 in (3.18 cm) x 2.25 in (5.7 cm) x 4.45 in (11.3 cm)
Lead Length:
Primary Connections: 24 in (60.96 cm)
Secondary: 12 in (30.48 cm)
Cord Set Options
APS Ordering Code
APS-
0
Power
10 = 1,000 W1
20 = 2,000 W2
Input Voltage
3 = 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Intensity
3 = 3-Step
5 = 5-Step
Remote Control Voltage
0 = 120 VAC
1 = 48 VDC
Notes
1
The 1 kW APS carries the CE Mark
2
CE certification pending for the 2 kW APS
APS Cabinet
56A0617
Isolation Transformer Ordering Codes
Elevated/in-pavement fixtures, 20/25 W
1 module sign, 65 W
2 module sign, 100 W
3 or 4 module sign, 200 W
Shorting Device Ordering Code
1ST020666010
1ST065666010
1ST100666010
1ST200666010
44A7092-
0
Type
E = Elevated fixtures
I = In-pavement fixtures
A = 1 module sign
B = 2 module sign
C = 3 module sign
D = 4 module sign
APSS LED Fixtures
L-861(L)/L-861E(L) Ordering Code1
Note
1
Each cord set is used to supply power to one side of the bidirectional fixture
2
Style 6 is used when shorting device is required
3
Style 2 and 9 cord sets are not normally used in new
applications. If interested, contact ADB Sales.
IMIL-
00
LED Color
1 = Omnidirectional White (L-861)
2 = Omnidirectional Yellow (L-861)
3 = Bidirectional White/Yellow (L-861)
4 = Bidirectional White/Red (L-861)
5 = Bidirectional Yellow/Red (L-861)
7 = Bidirectional Red/Green, L-867 mounting (L-861E)
8 = Bidirectional Red/Red, L-867 mounting (L-861E)
9 = Unidirectional Green, L-867 mounting (L-861E)
A = Bidirectional Red/Green, L-868 mounting (L-861E)
B = Bidirectional Red/Red, L-868 mounting (L-861E)
C = Unidirectional Green, L-868 mounting (L-861E)
D = Omnidirectional Blue, L-867 mounting (L-861T)4
Power
A = APS with L-823 Style 2 and 9 Cord with Connector
Ridge2
B = APS with L-823 Style 6 Cord
C = APS with L-823 Style 6 Teflon® Cord3
Notes
1
Low-profile elevated L-861(L) and L-861E(L)
2
For Style 2 and 9 cord set, contact ADB Sales
3
Teflon is a registered trademark of DuPont
4
Use of this fixture should be limited to where elevated lights
may be damaged by jet blast or where they interfere with
aircraft operations.
F-4
3010 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0406
POWER EQUIPMENT
APS I Advanced Power Supply System
APSS LED Fixtures (Continued)
APSS LED Fixtures (Continued)
L-852C(L)/L-852D(L) Ordering Code
ITCF-
0
0
Series
C = L-852C(L) (narrow beam)
D = L-852D(L) (wide beam)
LED Color
1 = Yellow/Yellow
2 = Green/Green
3 = Yellow/Green1
5 = Green/Obscure
6 = Yellow/Obscure
8 = Red/Green1
0
Mounting and Cord Set
1 = Two L-823 cord sets, L-868B (12”) standard base
3 = One L-823 cord set, L-868B (12”) standard base
5 = One L-823 cord set, L-868A (10”)2
6 = Two L-823 cord sets, L-868A (10”)2
0
Power
B = APS with enhanced LED and L-823 Style 6 cord set3
Notes
1
Color configuration not recognized by the FAA
2
Refers to older style 10-inch L-868A base can compliant to AC
150/5345-42C. 10-inch base cans are no longer specified in
the current FAA Advisory Circular.
3
For Style 2 and 9 cord set, contact ADB Sales.
L-804(L) Ordering Code
ERGL-
Power
A = APS
Monitoring
1 = No Monitoring (2-pin cord set)
LED Color
1 = FAA Traffic Signal Yellow
3 = ICAO Aviation Yellow
Photocell Feature
1 = Without photocell (series circuit powered
applications only)
Incoming Power On/Off Switch
0 = No switch
L-861T(L) Ordering Code
ETES-
0
LED Color
1 = Blue (Glass)1
2 = Red (special applications only)
3 = White (special applications only)
4 = Green (special applications only)
5 = Yellow (special applications only)
6 = Blue (UV-resistant Polycarbonate)
Column Height
0 = 14-inch OAH
1 = 14-inch OAH
2 = 24-inch OAH
3 = 30-inch OAH
4 = 14-inch OAH
5 = 24-inch OAH
6 = 30-inch OAH
7 = 14-inch OAH
8 = 24-inch OAH
9 = 30-inch OAH
without coupling2
with 1.5-inch coupling
with 1.5-inch coupling
with 1.5-inch coupling
with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI3
with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI3
with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI3
Power
A = APS
Notes
1
Fixture meets FAA AC 150/5345-46 and ICAO Annex 14, Vol. 1,
para. 5.3.17.8 for photometry.
2
Configuration sold with no column and no coupling
3
Normally used in metric applications
L-852T(L) Ordering Code
ITEL-
0
Lens
7 = Blue
8 = Yellow
9 = White
A = Green
B = Red
Mounting
1 = 12-inch fixture for standard L-868B light base
2 = 12-inch fixture for standard L-867B light base
3 = 8-inch fixture for ICAO light base
4 = 8-inch fixture with L-868B adapter ring
6 = 8-inch fixture with L-867B adapter ring,
bottom mounted
Power
B = APS with L-823 Style 6 Teflon® cord set1,2
C = APS with L-823 Style 6 cord set
Notes
1
For Style 2 and 9 cord set, contact ADB Sales.
2
Teflon is a registered trademark of DuPont.
3010 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0406
F-5
r
POWER EQUIPMENT
APS I Advanced Power Supply System
APSS LED Light Bar FAA Sign Ordering Code
S
3
APSS LED Fixtures (Continued)
L-861(L)/L-861E(L) Ordering Code
EMIL-
00
LED Color
1 = Omnidirectional White (L-861)
2 = Omnidirectional Yellow (L-861)
3 = Bidirectional White/Yellow (L-861)
4 = Bidirectional White/Red (L-861)
5 = Bidirectional Yellow/Red (L-861)
6 = Bidirectional Green/Yellow (L-861)
7 = Bidirectional Red/Green (L-861E)
8 = Bidirectional Red/Red (L-861E)
9 = Unidirectional Green/Obscure (L-861E)1
B = Unidirectional Yellow/Obscure (L-861)1
C = Unidirectional White/Obscure (L-861)
E = Bidirectional Red/Green (L-861E)6
F = Bidirectional Red/Red (L-861E)5
G = Bidirectional Red/Obscure (L-861E)5
FAA Sign Size
1 = Size 1
2 = Size 2
3 = Size 3
4 = Size 4
5 = Size 5
Module
1 = 1 Module
2 = 2 Modules
3 = 3 Modules
4 = 4 Modules
Style
A = APS
Column Height
1 = 14-inch OAH with 1.5-inch coupling, 12 TPI
2 = 24-inch OAH with 1.5-inch coupling, 12 TPI
3 = 30-inch OAH with 1.5-inch coupling, 12 TPI
4 = 14-inch OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
5 = 24-inch OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
6 = 30-inch OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11.5 TPI
7 = 14-inch OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI3
8 = 24-inch OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI3
9 = 30-inch OAH with 2-inch coupling, 11 TPI3
A = 14-inch OAH without coupling2,4
Face
1 = Single
2 = Double
Total Number of Panels
X = To be determined by ADB Sales Department
based on legend and module configurations.
3
Power
A = APS
Notes
1
For the yellow/green fixture on a threshold bar in displaced
threshold applications, use one green/obscure L-861E(L) and
one yellow/obscure L-861(L). Requires a 2-hub base plate
Part No. 2835-2 (for 1.5” coupling) or 2832-2 (for 2” coupling)
mounted on an L-867D base can.
2
Not submitted for ETL testing
3
Normally used in metric applications
4
Configuration sold with no column and no coupling
5
Optics for red side enhanced to provide a beam much wider
than FAA requirements.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
F-6
3010 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0406
0
Lamp Type
R = LED
S = LED High Wind1
Power
1 = Power through leg without ON/OFF switch
2 = Power through leg with ON/OFF switch
3 = Power through side without ON/OFF switch3
4 = Power through side with ON/OFF switch3
5 = Customer-provided entry without ON/OFF switch2
6 = Customer-provided entry with ON/OFF switch2
Tether
0 = No tether3
1 = One tether on one end of sign
2 = Two tethers, one on each end
3 = One tether per leg
Notes
• Customer to provide legend information and power connection
side. It is important to match power cord exit location with
legend side.
1
Use high wind signs in locations where actual wind speed
exceeds FAA specifications (Mode 3). High wind signs are tested
to a minimum wind load of 327 mph as recommended by FAA
technical paper DOT/FAA/AR-TN00/32: Evaluation of WindLoading on Airport Signs. High wind signs require four anchor
bolts per floor flange except Size 1, which uses the standard
2-bolt foot.
2
Cord set coiled up inside. Customer provides entry hole.
3
Non-standard FAA configuration
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
POWER EQUIPMENT
CSF
Constant Current Regulator
FERRORESONANT, AIR-COOLED
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-828/L-829 AC 150/5345-10 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
ICAO:
Aerodrome Design Manual Part 5, para. 3.2.1.4 to 3.2.1.6.
Military: UFC 3-535-01; NAVAIR 51-50AAA-2
Uses
FAA L-828/
L-829 & ICAO
Supplies three or five precision output levels
to power series lighting circuits on airport
runways and taxiways.
ACETM Unit
The optional ACE unit provides L-829 monitoring and optional
megging or CCR input monitoring capability. Each unit is installed
locally at each CCR that requires remote control and/or monitoring within the airfield lighting electrical vault. Optional CCR input
monitoring monitors the following:
• CCR input current
Features
• CCR input voltage
• Advanced CCR architecture produces minimal EMI, high efficiency, and near unity power factor for AC 150/5345-10 test conditions, exceeding FAA and military requirements for power factor
and efficiency. Advanced architecture has excellent input power
factor and efficiency at all intensity steps and lower loads.
• CCR input volt-amps (VA)
• Does not exceed the conducted power line emission limits given
in Table 4 of AC 150/5345-10 with testing as specified in the Code
of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 47, Subpart B, Section 15.107b.
Does not exceed the radiated emission limits given in Table 5 of
AC 150/ 5345-10 with testing as specified in the Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) Title 47, Subpart B, Section 15.109b.
• Optional integrated ACETM unit provides state-of-the-art remote
control and L-829 monitoring capability. Unique “cycle” mode
allows output True-RMS current and voltage, VA, watts, lampsout, and series circuit insulation resistance value to be alternately displayed. A visual indication is also provided for all other
FAA-monitored parameters, including open circuit, overcurrent,
loss of input power, loss of input voltage, low VA (drop in load VA
of 10%), Remote/Local status, and incorrect output current.
• No input turn on in-rush current surge
• Comes standard with interlock switch, which cuts power to the
contactor when door is opened.
• CCR input power (watts)
• CCR input power factor
• CCR % efficiency
• CCR run-time by step
• CCR cycle count
The ACE unit is also a component of ADB’s distributed control
and monitoring system. Each unit can be easily connected to an
Airport Lighting Control & Monitoring System (ALCMS) by simply
adding redundant communication wires. See ADB ACE data sheet
2084 for additional information.
Environmental Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C (-40 °F to +131 °F)
Humidity:
10 to 95%
Altitude:
0 to 6,600 ft (2,000 m)
Weights and Dimensions
CCR Size
• Available in two classes and styles:
Class 1 = 6.6 A maximum output current (2.5-30 kW only)
Class 2 = 20 A maximum output current (15-30 kW only)
Style 1 = 3 Brightness Steps
Style 2 = 5 Brightness Steps
2.5 kW
4 kW
• If input power loss occurs, operation will resume within five
seconds after restoration of input power
• Number of Brightness Steps can be changed in the field (between 3 and 5 Steps). New label required.
Theory of Operation
1
2
Shipping Weight lb (kg)
277 (125.65)
311 (141.07)
443 (200.94)
483 (219.09)
505 (229.06)
545 (247.21)
7.5 kW
597 (270.79)
631 (286.22)
10 kW
663 (300.73)
703 (318.88)
1
20 kW
• Input lightning protection & output lightning protection included
CCR Weight lb (kg)
5 kW1
15 kW
• Field upgradable from L-828 to L-829 with ACE unit
Ferroresonant circuitry and a solid-state control system accurately
regulate the output current to within the FAA-allowable range
from no load to full load and with input voltage variations of -5%
to +10% of nominal.
1
755 (342.46)
795 (360.61)
1048 (475.36)
1088 (493.51)
25 kW1
1201 (544.76)
1241 (562.91)
30 kW
1355 (614.62)
1395 (632.76)
CCR Size
H x W x D - inches
H x W x D - mm
All
442 x 31.5 x 31.5 in
1,1182 x 800 x 800 mm
Estimated weight
Height includes CCR feet.
3055 Rev. F I Manual No. 96A0451
F-7
POWER EQUIPMENT
Ordering Code
CSF I Constant Current Regulator - Ferroresonant
CSF
-
Amperage
66 = 6.6 A output
20 = 20 A output
Size
02 = 2.5 kW, 6.6 A only
04 = 4 kW, 6.6 A only
05 = 5 kW, 6.6 A only
07 = 7.5 kW, 6.6 A only
10 = 10 kW, 6.6 A only
15 = 15 kW
20 = 20 kW
25 = 25 kW
30 = 30 kW
Output Range
3 = 3-step without Series Cutout1
4 = 3-step with Series Cutout1
5 = 5-step without Series Cutout
6 = 5-step with Series Cutout
Input Voltage
1 = 208, 60 Hz
2 = 240, 60 Hz
3 = 480, 60 Hz
4 = 347, 60 Hz
5 = 220, 60 Hz
6 = 400, 50 Hz
8 = 220, 50 Hz
9 = 230, 50 Hz
A = 240, 50 Hz
B = 380, 60 Hz
C = 380, 50 Hz
D = 600, 60 Hz
Monitoring Options (See Application Notes)
0 = None (Standard L-828)
3 = L-829 Monitoring (ACE)
4 = Insulation Resistance Monitoring System (IRMS) Ready
5 = L-829 Monitoring (ACE) and IRMS
6 = L-828 with Digital Power Meter
CCR Input/Output Monitoring
0 = No optional CCR input or output circuit monitoring2
A = With L-829 or IRMS monitoring; without optional
input CCR monitoring3
G = With L-829 or IRMS monitoring; with optional
input CCR monitoring3
Notes
• A ferroresonant CCR is preferred for airports that require low
output harmonic content (EMI) or that have varying loads, such
as Runway Guard Lights using incandescent (tungsten-halogen)
lamps, L-849 REILs using xenon flash lamps, or Runway Status
Lights (RWSL)
• Runway Guard Lights using incandescent (tungsten-halogen)
lamps should be powered with ferroresonant type CCRs and not
with thyristor type CCRs
• Refer to data sheet 3013 for 20 A 50 and 70 kW CCRs.
1
3-step, 20 A is not standard FAA operation. ADB can offer a
non-ETL Certified Style 1, Class 2 CCR for dedicated 5.5 A sign
circuits or other needs. Please contact the Sales Department
for more details.
2
Used only with Monitoring Options 0 and 6.
3
Used only with Monitoring Options 3 and 5.
F-8
3055 Rev. F I Manual No. 96A0451
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Control PCB assembly
Dual SCR Block (2.5-10 kW)
Dual SCR Block (15 kW)
Dual SCR Block (20 kW)
Dual SCR Block (25, 30 kW)
Fuse 25 A 250 V Time Delay
Fuse 45 A 250 V
Fuse 60 A 250 V
Fuse 125 A 250 V
Fuse 90 A 250 V
Fuse 30 A 600 V
Fuse 40 A 600 V
Fuse 60 A 600 V
Fuse 50 A 600 V
Fuse 12 A 600 V
Fuse 25 A 600 V
Fuse 30 A 250 V
Fuse 50 A 250 V
Fuse 70 A 250 V
Fuse 80 A 250 V
Fuse 90 A, 600 V
Fuse 110 A 250 V
Fuse 175 A 250 V
Fuse 200 A 250 V
Fuse 125 A, 600 V
Fuse 15 A, 250 V
Fuse 17 A, 600 V
Fuse 20 A, 600 V
Fuse 35 A, 600 V
Fuse 80 A, 600 V
Fuse 6 A, 600 V
Fuse 10 A, 600 V
Fuse 45 A, 600 V
Fuse 70 A, 600 V
Fuse 8 A, 600 V
Fuse 100 A, 600 V
Fuse 20 A, 250 V
Fuse 35 A, 250 V
Fuse 150 A, 250 V
For Input Fuses F1, F2 please see table on pg. B-9
Fuse 2 A 250 V (4-10 kW 208-347 V) (Fuses F3, F4)
Fuse 1 A 500 V (4-10 kW 480 V) (Fuses F3, F4)
Fuse 3 A 500 V (15-70 kW) (Fuses F3, F4)
Fuse 0.5 A 250 V (Fuses F5)
Fuse 1 A 250 V (Control Board)
Input Lightning Arrestor
Output Lightning Arrestor (2.5-10kW 6.6A, 15-20kW 20A)
Output Lightning Arrestor (15-30kW 6.6A, 30kW 20A)
44A7293-00
28A0056
28A0057
28A0055
28A0054
47A0069
47A0070
47A0071
47A0072
47A0083
47A0085
47A0086
47A0087
47A0088
47A0090
47A0091
47A0092
47A0093
47A0094
47A0096
47A0097
47A0099
47A0101
47A0102
47A0106
47A0175
47A0190
47A0191
47A0193
47A0217
47A0222
47A0223
47A0224
47A0225
47A0226
47A0227
47A0228
47A0229
47A0230
47A0113
47A0108
47A0187
47A0119
47A0017
32A0028
32A0115
32A0114
Note: For additional spare parts refer to manual 96A0451.
Electrical Supply
Power Input:
50/60 Hz, single-phase, available in
multiple voltages
Power Factor:
0.99 or more for 2.5 to 30 kW
Efficiency:
90% minimum for 2.5 to 25 kW
92% minimum for 30 kW
Remote Control:
120 VAC or +48 VDC, ±10%
POWER EQUIPMENT
CSF I Constant Current Regulator - Ferroresonant
Application Notes
Monitoring
Option
Description
Application
0
None
Standard L-828 supplied with analog ammeter
3
L-829 Monitoring (ACETM)
Includes FAA L-829 monitoring equipment.
• If application is for connection to ADB L-890 ALCMS: Add a “/A” to end of Ordering
Code. The ACE unit will then be programmed to provide monitoring data via dualredundant communication links.
• If application is for a stand-alone L-829 CCR: Ordering Code is not changed. The
ACE unit is programmed to deactivate a dry contact closure if a fault is present.
The fault alarm can then be connected to any external monitoring system.
4
Insulation Resistance Monitoring System (IRMS) Ready
This option adds an IRMS board in the CCR. Application: connection to externally
mounted ADB ACE unit.
5
L-829 Monitoring (ACE) and
IRMS
Includes FAA L-829 and IRMS equipment.
• If application is for connection to ADB L-890 ALCMS: Add a “/A” to end of Ordering
Code. The ACE unit will then be programmed to provide monitoring data via dual
redundant communication links.
• If application is for a stand-alone L-829 CCR with Insulation Resistance Monitoring:
Ordering Code is not changed. The ACE unit is programmed to deactivate a dry
contact closure if a fault is present. The fault alarm can then be connected to any
external monitoring system.
6
L-828 with Digital Power Meter
This option replaces the analog ammeter with a Digital Power Meter. The Digital
Power Meter is used on L-828 CCRs to indicate True RMS output current, voltage, VA,
and watts. It can also be set to activate an alarm if there is a 10% or 15% drop in the
load (Low VA).
Input Fuses F1, F2
Size
208 V
220 V
230 V
240 V
2.5 kW
47A0228
47A0228
4 kW
47A0092
47A0092
5 kW
47A0229
7.5 kW
47A0093
10 kW
47A0094
47A0094
15 kW
47A0099
20 kW
47A0230
25 kW
47A0101
47A0101
30 kW
47A0102
47A0102
347 V
380-400 V
480 V
600 V
47A0175
47A0223
47A0223
47A0226
47A0222
47A0069
47A0069
47A0191
47A0191
47A0090
47A0223
47A0229
47A0092
47A0191
47A0191
47A0090
47A0090
47A0093
47A0070
47A0193
47A0085
47A0091
47A0191
47A0071
47A0071
47A0086
47A0086
47A0085
47A0091
47A0099
47A0096
47A0083
47A0087
47A0087
47A0088
47A0086
47A0072
47A0072
47A0072
47A0097
47A0217
47A0087
47A0224
47A0230
47A0227
47A0097
47A0217
47A0087
47A0101
47A0101
47A0106
47A0106
47A0097
47A0225
CCR Kits
Various kits are available to customize CCRs for specific application
requirements.
Current Sensing Relay Kit
94A0343
Provides a dedicated contact closure if CCR output current is
present.
Elapsed Time Meter Kit
Provides CCR run-time information on L-828 CCRs.
94A0263
Auxiliary ACE Monitoring
94A0512
Provides CCR Run Time, which displays total hours in each CCR
step setting, and CCR Cycle Count, which displays the total number of times the CCR has been turned on/off.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
CCR Output Analog Voltmeter Kit
Part No.
7.5 kW, 6.6 A; 20 kW, 20 A
10-15 kW, 6.6 A; 30 kW, 20 A
20-30 kW, 6.6 A
94A0128
94A0129
94A0130
Door Documentation Pocket Kit
94A0654
Provides a pocket for CCR documentation on the inside of the
front door.
Stacking Kit
94A0655
ADB CSF regulators can be stacked to minimize the floor space
required in a vault. Kit allows two 800 mm x 800 mm regulators to
be stacked together. Regulators can only be stacked two high.
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
3055 Rev. F I Manual No. 96A0451
F-9
POWER EQUIPMENT
CHF
Constant Current Regulator
FERRORESONANT, AIR-COOLED, 50/70 KW
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-828/L-829 AC 150/5345-10 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
UFC 3-535-01; NAVAIR 51-50AAA-2
Military:
Uses
FAA L-828/
L-829
Supplies three or five precision output levels
to power series lighting circuits on airport
runways and taxiways.
Features
Electrical Supply
Power Input:
60 Hz, single-phase, available in 480 VAC
Power Factor:
0.95 or more for 50 and 70 kW
Efficiency:
93% minimum for 50 kW
94% minimum for 70 kW
Remote Control:
120 VAC, 60 Hz or +48 VDC, ±10%
• Advanced CCR architecture produces minimal EMI, high efficiency, and near unity power factor for AC 150/5345-10 test conditions, exceeding FAA and military requirements for power factor
and efficiency. Advanced architecture has excellent input power
factor and efficiency at all intensity steps and lower loads.
Theory of Operation
• Does not exceed the conducted power line emission limits given
in Table 4 of AC 150/5345-10 with testing as specified in the
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 47, Subpart B, Section
15.107b. Does not exceed the radiated emission limits given
in Table 5 of AC 150/ 5345-10 with testing as specified in the
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 47, Subpart B, Section
15.109b.
ACETM Unit
• Optional integrated ACETM unit provides state-of-the-art remote control and L-829 monitoring capability. Unique “cycle”
mode allows output True-RMS current and voltage, VA, watts,
lamps-out, and series circuit insulation resistance value to be
alternately displayed. A visual indication is also provided for
all other FAA-monitored parameters, including open circuit,
overcurrent, loss of input power, loss of input voltage, low VA
(drop in load VA of 10%), Remote/Local status, and incorrect
output current.
• No input turn on in-rush current surge
• Available in one class and two styles:
Class 2 = 20 A maximum output current (50-70 kW only)
Style 2 = 5 Brightness Steps
• If input power loss occurs, operation will resume within five
seconds after restoration of input power
• Field upgradable from L-828 to L-829 with ACE unit
• Industrial powder coat finish
• Input lightning protection and output lightning protection
included
Environmental Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C (-40 °F to +131 °F)
Humidity:
10 to 95%
Altitude:
0 to 6,600 ft (2,000 m)
F - 10
3013 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0408
Ferroresonant circuitry and a solid-state control system accurately regulate the output current to within the FAA-allowable range
from no load to full load and with input voltage variations of -5%
to +10% of nominal.
The optional ACE unit provides L-829 monitoring and optional
megging or CCR input monitoring capability. Each unit is installed
locally at each CCR that requires remote control and/or monitoring within the airfield lighting electrical vault. Optional CCR input
monitoring monitors the following:
• CCR input current
• CCR input voltage
• CCR input volt-amps (VA)
• CCR input power (watts)
• CCR input power factor
• CCR % efficiency
• CCR run-time by step
• CCR cycle count
The ACE unit is also a component of ADB’s distributed control
and monitoring system. Each unit can be easily connected to an
Airport Lighting Control & Monitoring System (ALCMS) by simply
adding redundant communication wires. See ADB ACE data sheet
2084 for additional information.
POWER EQUIPMENT
Ordering Code
CHF I Constant Current Regulator - Ferro 50-70 kW
CHF
Spare Components
-
Amperage
20 = 20 A output
Size1
50 = 50 kW, 20 A only
70 = 70 kW, 20 A only
Output Range
5 = 5-step without Series Cutout2
6 = 5-step with Series Cutout2
Input Voltage
3 = 480
Description
Part No.
Control PCB assembly
Dual SCR Block (50, 70 kW)
Fuse 125 A, 600 V, 480 V input, 50 kW (Fuses F1, F2)
Fuse 200 A, 600 V, 480 V input, 70 kW (Fuses F1, F2)
Fuse 3 A 500 V (50-70 kW) (Fuses F3, F4)
Fuse 0.5 A 250 V (Fuses F5, F6, F7)
Input Lightning Arrestor
Output Lightning Arrestor (50-70kW 20A)
44A7075-1
28A0037
47A0106
47A0141
47A0187
47A0119
32A0028
32A0114
Note: For additional spare parts refer to manual 96A0408.
Monitoring Options (See Application Notes)
0 = None (Standard L-828)
1 = ALCMS Scanning Monitor Interface
2 = ALCMS Scanning Monitor Ready
3 = L-829 Monitoring (ACE)
4 = Insulation Resistance Monitoring System (IRMS) Ready
5 = L-829 Monitoring (ACE) and IRMS
6 = L-828 with Digital Power Meter
CCR Input/Output Monitoring
0 = No optional CCR input or output circuit monitoring3
A = With L-829 or IRMS monitoring; without optional input
CCR monitoring4
G = With L-829 or IRMS monitoring; with optional input
CCR monitoring4
Notes
1
For CHF sizes 4-30 kW, contact the ADB Sales Department.
2
3-step, 20 A is not standard FAA operation. ADB Airfield Solutions
can offer a non-ETL Certified Style 1, Class 2 CCR for dedicated
5.5 A sign circuits or other needs. Please contact the ADB Sales
Department for more details.
3
Used only with Monitoring Options 0, 1, 2, and 6.
4
Used only with Monitoring Options 3 and 5.
Input Fuses F1, F2
Size
208 V
220 V
240 V
347 V
480 V
50 kW
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
47A0106
70 kW
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
47A0141
Dimensions
CCR Size
Dimensions (H x W x D)1
Weight - lb (kg)
50 kW
2
70 x 33 x 34 - in
2150 (975.2)2
70 kW
2
177.8 x 83.8 x 86.4 - cm
2400 (1088.6)2
1
2
Based on Input Voltage
50 kW and 70 kW CCRs are only available on 480 V input
CCR Kits
Various kits are available to customize CCRs for specific application requirements.
Current Sensing Relay Kit
94A0343
Provides a dedicated contact closure if CCR output current is
present.
Elapsed Time Meter Kit
Provides CCR run-time information on L-828 CCRs.
94A0263
Input Lightning Protection Kit, 208-480V AC
94B0011
Provides input lightning protection for older CCRs. Input lightning
protection is included and required for CCRs certified to FAA AC
150/ 5345-10F or later.
Auxiliary ACE Monitoring
94A0512
Provides CCR Run Time, which displays total hours in each CCR
step setting, and CCR Cycle Count, which displays the total number of times the CCR has been turned on/off.
3013 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0408
F - 11
POWER EQUIPMENT
CHF I Constant Current Regulator - Ferro 50-70 kW
Application Notes
Monitoring
Option
Description
Application
0
None
Standard L-828 supplied with analog ammeter
1
ALCMS Scanning Monitor
Interface (SMI)
The SMI option adds Primary Power and Remote/Local monitoring relays. Dry relay
contacts are connected to a dedicated terminal block for each monitored point. Typical
application: connecting ADB L-828 CCR to ALCMS or L-827 that is manufactured by
others. Note that this option does not provide dedicated output current or voltage
transformers.
2
ALCMS Scanning Monitor
Ready (SMR)
The SMR option adds several monitoring relays (including Primary Power and Remote/
Local) and also CCR output current and voltage transformers. All monitored signals are
connected to a dedicated terminal block. Application only for connecting ADB L-828 CCR
to ADB Gen I/II ALCMS scanning monitoring system.
3
L-829 Monitoring (ACETM)
Includes FAA L-829 monitoring equipment.
• If application is for connection to ADB L-890 ALCMS: Add a “/A” to end of Ordering
Code. The ACE unit will then be programmed to provide monitoring data via dualredundant communication links.
• If application is for a stand-alone L-829 CCR: Ordering Code is not changed. The ACE
unit is programmed to deactivate a dry contact closure if a fault is present. The fault
alarm can then be connected to any external monitoring system.
4
Insulation Resistance Monitoring System (IRMS) Ready
This option adds an IRMS board in the CCR. Application: connection to externally
mounted ADB ACE unit.
5
L-829 Monitoring (ACE) and
IRMS
Includes FAA L-829 and IRMS equipment.
• If application is for connection to ADB L-890 ALCMS: Add a “/A” to end of Ordering
Code. The ACE unit will then be programmed to provide monitoring data via dual
redundant communication links.
• If application is for a stand-alone L-829 CCR with Insulation Resistance Monitoring:
Ordering Code is not changed. The ACE unit is programmed to deactivate a dry
contact closure if a fault is present. The fault alarm can then be connected to any
external monitoring system.
6
L-828 with Digital Power
Meter
This option replaces the analog ammeter with a Digital Power Meter. The Digital Power
Meter is used on L-828 CCRs to indicate True RMS output current, voltage, VA, and watts.
It can also be set to activate an alarm if there is a 10% or 15% drop in the load (Low VA).
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
F - 12
3013 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0408
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
POWER EQUIPMENT
CCT
Constant Current Regulator
THYRISTOR, AIR-COOLED
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
Military:
L-828/L-829 AC 150/5345-10 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
Aerodrome Design Manual Part 5, para. 3.2.1.4
to 3.2.1.6
UFC 3-353-01; NAVAIR 51-50AAA-2
Uses
FAA L-828/
L-829 & ICAO
Supplies three or five precision output levels
to power series lighting circuits on airport
runways and taxiways.
Features
• Solid-state operation with no relays eliminates mechanical
failures
• Optional integrated ACETM unit provides state-of-the-art remote
control and L-829 monitoring capability. Unique “cycle” mode
allows output True-RMS current and voltage, VA, watts, lampsout, and series circuit insulation resistance value to be alternately
displayed. A visual indication is also provided for all other FAAmonitored parameters, including open circuit, overcurrent, loss of
input power, loss of input voltage, low VA (drop in load VA of 10%),
Remote/Local status, and incorrect output current.
• No input turn on in-rush current surge
• To minimize the floor space required in a vault, ADB
4-30 kW regulators can be stacked using a stacking kit. See Kits
section for details.
• Available in two classes and styles:
Class 1 = 6.6 A maximum output current
Class 2 = 20 A maximum output current (15-30 kW only)
Style 1 = 3 Brightness Steps
Style 2 = 5 Brightness Steps
• Power taps on output winding of main transformer provide efficient (high primary power factor) operation at all load levels:
10% taps from 10% to 100% on all CCR sizes
• If input power loss occurs, operation will resume within five
seconds after restoration of input power
• Number of Brightness Steps can be changed in the field (between 3 and 5 Steps). New label required.
• Field upgradable from L-828 to L-829 with ACE unit
• Industrial powder coat finish
• Input lightning protection and output lightning protection
included
Environmental Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C (-40 °F to +131 °F)
Humidity:
10 to 95%
Altitude
0 to 6,600 ft (2,000 m)
Shown with optional ACE2
Ordering Code
CCT
-
Amperage
66 = 6.6 A output
20 = 20 A output
Size
04 = 4 kW, 6.6 A only
05 = 5 kW, 6.6 A only
07 = 7.5 kW, 6.6 A only
10 = 10 kW, 6.6 A only
15 = 15 kW
20 = 20 kW
25 = 25 kW
30 = 30 kW
Output Range
3 = 3-step without Series Cutout1
4 = 3-step with Series Cutout1
5 = 5-step without Series Cutout
6 = 5-step with Series Cutout
Input Voltage
1 = 208, 60 Hz
2 = 240, 60 Hz
3 = 480, 60 Hz
4 = 347, 60 Hz
5 = 220, 60 Hz
6 = 400, 50 Hz, 6.6 A only (Not
7 = 208, 50 Hz, 6.6 A only (Not
8 = 220, 50 Hz, 6.6 A only (Not
9 = 230, 50 Hz, 6.6 A only (Not
A = 240, 50 Hz, 6.6 A only (Not
B = 380, 50/60 Hz, 6.6 A only
ETL Certified)
ETL Certified)
ETL Certified)
ETL Certified)
ETL Certified)
Monitoring Options (See Application Notes)
0 = None (Standard L-828)
1 = ALCMS Scanning Monitor Interface
2 = ALCMS Scanning Monitor Ready
3 = L-829 Monitoring (ACE)
4 = Insulation Resistance Monitoring System (IRMS) Ready
5 = L-829 Monitoring (ACE) and IRMS Ready
6 = L-828 with Digital Power Meter
CCR Input/Output Monitoring
0 = No optional CCR input or output circuit monitoring2
A = With L-829 or IRMS monitoring; without optional
input CCR monitoring3
G = With L-829 or IRMS monitoring; with optional
input CCR monitoring3
Notes
1
3-step, 20 A is not standard FAA operation. ADB Airfield
Solutions can offer a non-ETL Certified Style 1, Class 2
CCR for dedicated 5.5 A sign circuits or other needs.
2
Used only with Monitoring Options 0, 1, 2, and 6.
3
Used only with Monitoring Options 3 and 5.
2052 Rev. W I Manual No. 96A0296
F - 13
POWER EQUIPMENT
CCT I Constant Current Regulator - Thyristor
Application
Theory of Operation
The CCT-Type CCR should not be used to power an L-849 REIL system using xenon flash lamps unless the CCR is at least half loaded
with steady burning lights. The CCT-Type CCR should not be used
to power Runway Guard Lights using incandescent (tungsten-halogen) lamps regardless of load. Do not route output cable in the
vicinity of other wiring sensitive to electromagnetic interference
or radio frequency interference. See CSF regulator data sheet
3055 for these applications.
Solid-state control and monitoring feedback circuitry is used for
output current regulation of ±3% and input voltage variation of
-5% to +10% of nominal. If the load on the regulator varies, a
gating signal controlled by feedback circuitry changes the control
circuit conduction angle in order to ontrol the power to the main
transformer. This maintains the transformer’s output current at
the preset brightness level.
Dimensions
ACETM Unit
The optional ACE unit provides L-829 monitoring and optional
megging or CCR input monitoring capability. Each unit is installed
locally at each CCR that requires remote control and/or monitoring within the airfield lighting electrical vault. Optional CCR input
monitoring monitors the following:
CCR
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Weight lb (kg)
4, 7.5 & 10 kW
33 x 24 x 25 – in
83.8 x 61 x 63.5 – cm
4 kW: 215 (91.5)
7.5 kW: 265 (120.2)
10 kW: 302 (137)
15, 20 & 30 kW
36 x 29 x 30 – in
91.4 x 73.7 x 76.2 – cm
15 kW: 470 (213.5)
20 kW: 553 (250.9)
30 kW: 705 (320)
• CCR input current
• CCR input voltage
• CCR input volt-amps (VA)
Spare Components
• CCR input power (watts)
Description
Part No.
• CCR input power factor
CCT Control PCB, 50/60 Hz
CCT 3-step Switch PCB
CCT 5-step Switch PCB
Digital Power Meter
Dual SCR Block (4 kW)
Dual SCR Block (7.5 kW)
Dual SCR Block (10 kW)
Dual SCR Block (15 kW)
Dual SCR Block (20-30 kW)
For Input Fuses F1, F2 please see table below
Fuse 1 A 500 V (Fuses F3, F4)
Fuse 2 A 250 V (Fuses F3, F4)
Fuse 3 A 500 V (Fuses F3, F4)
Fuse 0.5 A 250 V (Fuses F5, F6)
Input Lightning/Surge Arrestor Kit
Output Lightning/Surge Arrestor Kit
(4-10 kW 6.6 A)
Output Lightning/Surge Arrestor, 15-30 kW, 6.6 A
Output Lightning/Surge Arrestor, 20 A
44A65461
44D1476-1
44D1476-2
44A6528
28A0045
28A0039
28A0038
28A0034
28A0041
• CCR input % efficiency
The ACE unit is also a component of ADB’s distributed control
and monitoring system. Each unit can be easily connected to an
Airport Lighting Control & Monitoring System (ALCMS) by simply
adding redundant communication wires. See ADB ACE data sheet
2084 for additional information.
Electrical Supply
Power Input:
60 Hz, single-phase available in 208, 220, 240,
347, 380 and 480 VAC
50 Hz, single-phase available in 208, 220, 230,
240, 380 and 400 VAC2
Power Factor1:
0.90 minimum for 4 kW to 10 kW
0.95 minimum for 15 kW to 30 kW
Efficiency1:
90% minimum for 4 kW to 20 kW
92% minimum for 30 kW
Remote Control:
120 VAC, 50/60 Hz or +48 VDC, ±10%
1
2
1
Tested with 100% resistive load according to FAA AC 150/5345-10
(Current Edition).
Not ETL Certified
47A0108
47A0113
47A0187
47A0119
94B0011
94A0576
32A0114
32A0115
For CCTs ordered before Fall 2007, the LC Control Board
may have part no. 44D1475. This part is now obsolete.
To order a retrofit kit containing a 44A6546 board, use part no.
44A6546/KIT.
Spare Components (Input Fuses F1, F2 Table)
Size
208 V
220 V
240 V
347 V
380/400 V
480 V
4 kW
47A0092
47A0069
47A0069
47A0191
47A0191
47A0090
7.5 kW
47A0093
47A0093
47A0070
47A0193
47A0193
47A0091
10 kW
47A0094
47A0071
47A0071
47A0088
47A0086
47A0085
15 kW
47A0099
47A0096
47A0096
47A0217
47A0087
47A0088
20 kW
47A0072
47A0072
47A0099
47A0097
47A0217
47A0087
30 kW
47A0102
47A0101
47A0101
47A0106
47A0217
47A0097
F - 14
2052 Rev. W I Manual No. 96A0296
POWER EQUIPMENT
CCT I Constant Current Regulator - Thyristor
Application Notes
Monitoring
Option
Description
Application
0
None
Standard L-828 supplied with analog ammeter
1
ALCMS Scanning Monitor
Interface (SMI)
The SMI option adds Primary Power and Remote/Local monitoring relays. Dry relay contacts are connected to a dedicated terminal block for each monitored point. Typical
application: connecting ADB L-828 CCR to ALCMS or L-827 that is manufactured by others.
Note that this option does not provide dedicated output current or voltage transformers.
2
ALCMS Scanning Monitor
Ready (SMR)
The SMR option adds several monitoring relays (including Primary Power and Remote/
Local) and also CCR output current and voltage transformers. All monitored signals are
connected to a dedicated terminal block. Application only for connecting ADB L-828 CCR
to ADB Gen I/II ALCMS scanning monitoring system.
3
L-829 Monitoring (ACETM)
Includes FAA L-829 monitoring equipment.
• If application is for connection to ADB L-890 ALCMS: Add a “/A” to end of Ordering
Code. The ACE unit will then be programmed to provide monitoring data via dualredundant communication links.
• If application is for a stand-alone L-829 CCR: Ordering Code is not changed. The ACE
unit is programmed to deactivate a dry contact closure if a fault is present. The fault
alarm can then be connected to any external monitoring system.
4
Insulation Resistance Monitoring System (IRMS) Ready
This option adds an IRMS board in the CCR. Application: connection to externally mounted
ADB ACE unit.
5
L-829 Monitoring (ACE) and
IRMS
Includes FAA L-829 and IRMS equipment.
• If application is for connection to ADB L-890 ALCMS: Add a “/A” to end of Ordering
Code. The ACE unit will then be programmed to provide monitoring data via dual
redundant communication links.
• If application is for a stand-alone L-829 CCR with Insulation Resistance Monitoring:
Ordering Code is not changed. The ACE unit is programmed to deactivate a dry contact
closure if a fault is present. The fault alarm can then be connected to any external
monitoring system.
6
L-828 with Digital Power
Meter
This option replaces the analog ammeter with a Digital Power Meter. The Digital Power
Meter is used on L-828 CCRs to indicate True RMS output current, voltage, VA, and watts.
It can also be set to activate an alarm if there is a 10% or 15% drop in the load (Low VA).
CCR Kits
Kits (Continued)
Various kits are available to customize CCRs for specific application requirements.
Current Sensing Relay Kit
94A0343
Provides a dedicated contact closure if CCR output current is
present
Input Lightning Protection Kit, 208-480 VAC
94B0011
Provides input lightning protection for older CCRs. Input lightning
protection is included and required for CCRs certified according to
FAA AC 150/5345-10F or later.
CCR Output Analog Voltmeter Kit
Part No.
Elapsed Time Meter Kit
Provides CCR run-time information on L-828 CCRs
7.5 kW, 6.6 A; 20 kW, 20 A
10-15 kW, 6.6 A; 30 kW, 20 A
20-30 kW, 6.6 A
94A0128
94A0129
94A0130
94A0290
Stacking Kit
94A0475-XX
Provides ability to stack 4 to 30 kW CCRs. The first X is for the bottom CCR and the second X is for the top CCR. The frame sizes are
L, M, and S. There are six allowable combinations: LL, LM, LS, MM,
MS, and SS. When stacking ADB regulators, the upper regulator
must be the same frame size or smaller than the bottom regulator. Request catalog sheet 2096 for more details or download it
from our web site.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
Auxiliary ACE Monitoring
94A0512
Provides CCR Run Time, which displays total hours in each CCR
step setting, and CCR Cycle Count, which displays the total number of times the CCR has been turned on/off.
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2052 Rev. W I Manual No. 96A0296
F - 15
POWER EQUIPMENT
Benefits Sheet: SGRS
Ferroresonant SwitchGear Regulator Systems
Unique high- and low-voltage stab connectors
ADVANTAGES
• Provide easy powerpack connection to bus bar and all control
and monitoring wiring
• High-voltage feeds through auto-aligning stab connector located
in rear of bay so there is no high-voltage on the door. Eliminates
need for L-823 connectors/wiring on CCR output.
• Input power/control and monitoring feeds through a low-voltage stab connector located in the rear of the bay. There is no
need to manually connect power or control wiring.
• Each powerpack is hot-swappable, eliminating costly shutdowns
• No tools required to remove powerpack from bay (except for
seismic version)
• Quick electrical disconnect from bus bar allows routine maintenance to be done by one person using a battery- operated
powerpack lift in about 15 minutes
BENEFITS
• Faster maintenance by fewer workers reduces labor costs
• Significantly increases safety
Removable powerpacks using battery-operated lift
ADVANTAGES
• Hot-swappable powerpacks reduce downtime when changing
out a powerpack
Space saving
• 2.5-30 kW powerpacks easily slide in and out of the power bays
ADVANTAGES
• An SGRS system uses up to 67% less space in a vault
• Battery-operated lift allows work to be done by a single maintenance person
• For new construction, can build a smaller vault
• One person with lift takes 15 minutes for routine maintenance
vs. 3 people taking 6-8 hours to replace an individual CCR
• Can use space in existing vault for other purposes, such as a
maintenance shop
BENEFITS
• Easy to service, saves on labor costs and eliminates costly
shutdowns
• Can expand power distribution system without building a new
vault
• Only need one spare regulator on hand for 2.5-30 kW lineups,
reducing material costs and inventory needs
Ability to combine different powerpack sizes in a single SGRS
lineup
ADVANTAGES
• 50 and 70 kW air-cooled ferroresonant CCRs are available in a
single bay and can be combined with 2.5-30 kW CCRs in a single
lineup
BENEFITS
• Provides increased flexibility to meet airport needs
• Spare equipment is minimized because only one spare powerpack of the largest CCR size is needed for a
2.5-30 kW SGRS lineup
BENEFITS
• Reduces expenditures on building, maintenance and operation
• Reduces the cost of new vault or the expansion of an existing
power distribution system
Pre-wired at factory
ADVANTAGES
• All the high-voltage wiring is pre-wired and in the rear of the
bay
• Easier for contractor to install
• No expensive maze of cabling needed to connect an SGRS
lineup. One cable to the input power bay is all that’s needed to
connect the SGRS lineup to power.
BENEFITS
• Reduced installation costs
• Increased safety
F - 16
2059
Rev. F I No Manual
I
POWER EQUIPMENT
BENEFITS SHEET: SGRS I SwitchGear Regulator System
Optional integrated series cutout bay
ADVANTAGES
• Allows the series circuit to be disconnected from the regulator
in a simple and safe manner during maintenance or testing,
eliminating downtime
• Provides the ability to isolate faulty components quickly without affecting the entire system or airport operations
• Insulation resistance measurement between the series circuit
and ground is possible without disconnecting the series cable
• Each series cutout can be locked for security measures
BENEFITS
• Allows appreciable time reduction and enhanced safety for
maintenance personnel, especially at airports with a large
number of series circuits
• Operational and material cost savings
• Eliminates costly shutdowns
• Increased security
Rollers have safety lock
ADVANTAGES
• Keeps CCRs immobile in the bay or on the lift
BENEFITS
• Safer and easier to service compared to stacked regulators that
are bolted together
All-in-one enclosure that contains CCRs, control and monitoring
equipment, power system, and current protection
ADVANTAGES
• No exposed wires or cables
• No high-voltage on the door
• Eliminates the need for separate input power wiring to individual CCRs
• Only one connection to input power bay
BENEFITS
• Significant increase in safety
• Significant decrease in space requirements
• Easier to install
Modular design
ADVANTAGES
• Easy to install
• Easy to add bays
• Easy to upgrade powerpack size
• Future expansion location for IRMS in powerpack
• Functionality upgrades: current, voltage, wattage, lamps-out
monitoring, and IRMS
BENEFITS
• Flexibility to meet airport needs
• Cost saving because airport can easily increase capacity without
having to increase vault size or build a new building
• Upgrade expenses are reduced
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2059 Rev. F I No Manual
F - 17
POWER EQUIPMENT
SGRS
SwitchGear Regulator System
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-828/L-829 AC 150/5345-10 (Current Edition). Monitoring
according to AC 150/5345-10 (Current Edition).
Ferroresonant powerpacks are ETL Certified.
ICAO:
Aerodrome Design Manual Part 5, para. 3.2.1.4
to 3.2.1.6
Military: UFC 3-535-01; NAVAIR 51-50AAA-2
Uses
Supplies three or five precision output currents to power series
lighting circuits on airport runways and taxiways. The SwitchGear
Regulator System is available in a ferroresonant design, which is
optimized for lowest EMI and best power factor.
Ordering Information
To order a SwitchGear Regulator System, contact the ADB Airfield
Solutions Sales Department.
Protection
L-828 SGRS CCRs have the following protection devices:
• Output overcurrent
• Output open-circuit
Features
• Lightning and transient protection on output terminals
• Integrated Advanced Control Equipment (ACETM) system provides
full control and L-827/L-829 capabilities. See data sheet 2084
for additional information.
• Fuse protection: Remote control supply voltage (+48 VDC or
120 VAC) and power supply for control board
• Uses up to 67% less space in the airfield vault
• All wiring goes into an incoming power bay and is transferred
via bus bars to the powerpacks, eliminating the need for
separate input power wiring to individual Constant Current
Regulators (CCRs)
• Front doors have a two-point latching system for smooth operation and positive seal
• Built-in True-RMS reading ammeter
• Available in two classes and styles:
Class 1 = 6.6 A max. output current from 2.5 kW to 30 kW
Class 2 = 20 A max. output current from 15 kW to 70 kW
Style 1 = 3 Brightness Step CCR (6.6 A only)
Style 2 = 5 Brightness Step CCR (6.6 A or 20 A)
• Air-cooled to allow more efficient transfer of heat from the
power core and eliminate the need for oil containment reservoirs in the vault
• Accurately regulates the output current to within ±3% of the
adjustable nominal level from no load to full load and with an
input voltage variation of -5% to +10%
• Input breaker for supply voltage
• Input lightning protection
Control
L-828 SGRS CCRs have the following controls:
• Local operation using a front panel rotary switch
• Remote operation using either +48 VDC or 120 VAC signals
• Optional remote operation via an Airport Lighting Control &
Monitoring System (ALCMS) using ADB’s integrated ACE system
Theory of Operation
Ferroresonant
The regulator consists of a ferroresonant transformer, capacitors,
and control circuitry. Output current regulation is accomplished
by adjusting the ferroresonance in the capacitor bank using an
electronic feedback network.
Environmental Operating Conditions
• Nominal output current levels are maintained even when 30% of
the isolation transformers have open secondaries
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Humidity:
10 to 95%
• If input power loss occurs, operation will resume within five
seconds after restoration of input power
Altitude:
0 to 6,600 ft (2,000 m)
• A gray polyester paint is electrostatically applied over a zinc
undercoat to the NEMA 12-rated enclosure.
F - 18
2021 Rev. R I Call for manual
POWER EQUIPMENT
SGRS I SwitchGear Regulator System
SGRS Electrical Supply
SGRS CCR Dimensions/Weight
Power Input:
480 VAC, 60 Hz, three-phase
Each individual CCR is powered by
480 VAC, 60 Hz, single-phase
Ferroresonant H x W x D
PSF Power Factor*:
0.99 or more for 2.5 to 30 kW
0.95 or more for 50 and 70 kW
Cutout Bay
102 x 38.5 x 48 in (259 x 97.79 x 121.92 cm)
PSF Efficiency*:
90% minimum for 2.5 to 25 kW
92% minimum for 30 kW
93% minimum for 50 kW
94% minimum for 70 kW
Power Bay
102 x 24 x 48 in (259 x 61 x 121.92 cm)
Powerpack Bay
102 x 38.5 x 48 in (259 x 97.79 x 121.92 cm)
* Tested with 100% resistive load according to FAA AC 150/5345-10
(Current Edition).
Options
Interface Bay
102 x 24 x 48 in (259 x 61 x 121.92 cm)
Maximum Weight - 30kW Powerpack
1300 lb (590 kg)
Notes
• Built-in LED True-RMS output current digital meter can optionally display output True-RMS voltage and VA
• Custom fault current ratings available, 65K AIR standard
• Ferroresonant SGRS is certified under part number PSFXXXX-XXX
for 2.5 to 30 kW powerpacks and PHFXXXX-XXX for 50 to 70 kW
powerpacks.
• Seismic ferroresonant SGRS is certified under part number
PSSFXXXX-XXXX for 2.5 to 30 kW powerpacks and PHSFXXXXXXXX for 50 to 70 kW powerpacks, and is verified to 1997
Uniform Building Code (UBC)/2001 California Building Code
(CBC) Earthquake Simulation Test.
• Temperature alarm
• Double bus for large systems
• Fan ON indicator
• Seismic zone 4 rated systems
• Door interlock LED indicates door not properly closed
• Airfield insulation resistance measurement system (see ADB
data sheet 1218 for details)
Optional Equipment
Description
Part No.
Ferroresonant SGRS Lift, Battery Operated
(Requires 11 feet of space in front of lineup)
44A7027
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2021 Rev. R I Call for manual
F - 19
POWER EQUIPMENT
SCO
Series Circuit Cutout
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
AC 150/5340-30 (Current Edition)
Uses
A series cutout (SCO) isolates the series circuit from the constant
current regulator (CCR) during maintenance or testing operations.
It allows periodic insulation resistance measurement of the series
circuit to ground without disconnecting the series cable. ADB’s
SCO is patented under U.S. patent number 5952737.
Ordering Code
1475.92.030
Note: For unique key option, use part number 1475.92.030-1
Performance
Withstands: Permanent 5 kV circuit voltage and currents up to 20 A
Ambient temperature: -67 °F to +131 °F (-55 °C to +55 °C)
Features
• Speeds up routine maintenance operations – no need to disconnect any cable
• Three positions —“operation”, “maintenance” and “test”—can
be used by rotating the plug-in cover 90° in either direction
• “Normal” and “maintenance” positions can be locked with a key
for enhanced safety
• Reliable operation, even in moist environments, due to its
unique body shape and the improved separators that increase
the arcing distances
• Prevents arcing thus ensuring the long life of the contacts. The
built-in microswitch energizes the regulator after the contacts
are engaged (or de-energizes the regulator before the contacts
are totally opened).
Microswitch rated: 2 A, 440 VAC
Construction
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Cover
Body
Insulation measurement socket.
Locking key
Microswitch
Body fastening holes
Series cable stress relief and grounding clamps. Grounding
clamps for use only on shielded series circuit cable.
8. Grounding terminals
Construction
1
• Provision for grounding of the series circuit cable shield (if used)
• High mechanical resistance – the special epoxy resin is more
shock-resistant than porcelain
• Integral handle provides positive grip to assist extraction and
insertion efforts
• 20 A current carrying capacity, 5 kV working voltage
• Compatible with all types of L-828/L-829 CCRs and L-847 circuit
selectors
8
2
3
7
4
6
8
• Heavy brass terminals for easy and reliable connection of series
cables
• Dependable insulation under all conditions due to the use of
flame retardant epoxy resin
• Permits undisturbed operation of the remote control circuits
during maintenance or repair of field circuits
• Body fastening holes reinforced with metal inserts
• The SCO has a red color-saturated epoxy resin finish
• Unique Key Option: Standard units come keyed alike. For units
with unique keys, use part number 1475.92.030-1.
Fig. 1
SCO Grounding Cover
A technique used during series circuit maintenance and troubleshooting procedures is to connect one of the constant current
regulator output terminals to earth ground. SCO Grounding Covers
are available to allow this to be quickly and easily accomplished.
Two different Grounding Covers are used. Substituting the graycolored SCO top cover (in the “Operation” position) grounds one
side of the CCR output. Substituting the black-colored SCO top
cover grounds the other side of the CCR output.
SCO Grounding Cover Ordering Code
Packaging
Net weight
6 lb (2.7 kg)
Packing specifications
Variable with quantity
F - 20
5
2003 Rev. L I Manual No. 96A0294
Gray SCO Grounding Cover
Part No. 63A1090/1
Black SCO Grounding Cover
Part No. 63A1090/2
POWER EQUIPMENT
Outline Dimensions
Working Diagrams
5.1 in (130 cm)
Three positions are provided (see Fig. 4 & 5):
• “Operation” position – the regulator is connected to the series
circuit and the microswitch is activated.
• “Maintenance” position – the regulator and the series circuit
are both shorted and grounded and the microswitch is not
activated.
2.4 in
(6.0 cm)
0.43 in (1.1 cm)
• “Test and measure” position – the regulator is shorted and
grounded; the series circuit is shorted and connected to the
measurement socket; and the microswitch is activated. In this
position, the insulation resistance of the series circuit can be
measured. The regulator operation can be tested under shortcircuited output conditions.
8.7 in (22.0 cm)
1.8 in
(4.6 cm)
SCO I Series Circuit Cutout
0.63 in
(1.6 cm)
5.5 in
(14.0 cm)
An activated microswitch means that the normally open contact is
closed and that the normally closed contact is open. For interlocking with the CCR, only the normally open contact is used. When
the cover is removed, the microswitch is not activated.
Fig. 2
Working Diagrams
Installation
The SCO is installed in the vault, for example, on the output side
of the regulator and wired between the series loop on one side and
the constant current regulator output terminals on the other side.
The CCR and load sides of the cutout are clearly marked and must
not be reversed (Fig. 5).
Microswitch
NO
NC
Series Circuit
Regulator
“OPERATION”
In case L-847 circuit selectors are used, the cutouts may be used
on either side (input or output) of the selectors, but most often on
the output side (one cutout for each series circuit).
Ground
Microswitch
Note: Grounding terminal (Fig. 1, Item 8) must be grounded for
safe operation. Grounding clamp (Fig. 1, Item 7) must not be present for unshielded L-824 applications.
NO
NC
Series Circuit
Regulator
“MAINTENANCE”
Installation
Ground
Microswitch
Series Circuit
Regulator
“TEST AND
MEASURE”
NO
NC
Ground
Measurement
Socket
Fig. 4
Fig. 3
CCR
Load
Spare Component
Description
Part No.
SCO Lock and Key Assembly
85A0105
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Fig. 5
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2003 Rev. L I Manual No. 96A0294
F - 21
POWER EQUIPMENT
CSS
Circuit Selector Switch
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
L-847 AC 150/5345-5 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
In compliance with ICAO Aerodrome Design Manual,
Part 5, para. 3.2.1.3
UsesFAA L-847
ICAO
To switch the output of a constant current
regulator (CCR) to one or more series lighting
loops.
44D4520-
Circuit Control
1 = One Circuit
2 = Two Circuit
3 = Three Circuit
4 = Four Circuit
Interlock Switch
0 = Without Interlock Switch
1 = With Interlock Switch1
Features
• Easy installation and operation
• All solid-state-type switching control to activate reliable output
vacuum relays
• Operated from remote or local control
• Up to four circuit selector switches available in a single unit
• Rated for 5,000 V at 6.6 A or 20 A
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Humidity:
0 to 100%
Altitude:
0 to 10,000 feet (3,000 m)
Theory of Operation
The L-847 circuit selector switch is designed to switch the output
of a 6.6 A or 20 A CCR to one, two, three, or four series lighting
loops using remote or local control. Turning off the L-847 from remote or local mode short-circuits the CCR output and disconnects
all series lighting loops from the CCR output.
All ADB L-847 Circuit Selector Switch enclosures meet both Class A
(indoor use) and Class B (outdoor use) requirements. They are suitable for Rating 1 (6.6 A, 5,000 V) and Rating 2 (20 A, 5,000 V) use.
The optional fiberglass NEMA 4X enclosure is suitable for outdoor
applications, and includes an internal anti-condensation heater.
Each L-847 series lighting circuit control is identical and consists
essentially of a low-voltage, solid-state time-delay relay PCB controlled by remote or by local. The solid-state PCB controls a set
of high-voltage vacuum relays. One of the high-voltage vacuum
relays (KV2, KV4, KV6, or KV8) actually breaks/makes the series
circuit lighting loop current. The other high-voltage vacuum relays
(KV1, KV3, KV5, or KV7) switch the series lighting loop when appropriate. The power supply provides a regulated +24 VDC to the
coils of the high-voltage vacuum relays and time-delay PCB.
The L-847 is controlled remotely via dry relay contacts that are
connected to the L-847 remote control terminal block.
F - 22
Ordering Code
1001 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0204
Monitor and Current Sensor
0 = Without Monitor and Current Sensor
1 = With Remote/Local Monitor and Current Sensor2
Type
0 = Standard L-847
R = Reverse L-8474
Enclosure
0 = Standard NEMA 4 Enclosure3
1 = Stainless Steel NEMA 4 Enclosure4
2 = Fiberglass NEMA 4X Enclosure with Heater3,4
Notes
1
Used to switch CCR off when L-847 door is opened
2
Remote/Local Monitor provides separate dry contact closures
to indicate Remote or Local control status. Current sensor
provides separate 120 VAC outputs indicating current is present
on one of the L-847 outputs.
3
Enclosure painted aviation orange
4
Not ETL Certified
Reversed L-847
A special “reversed” L-847 is also available. This L-847 allows a
single load to be individually powered from multiple CCRs.
A typical application would be to have a primary and a backup
CCR connected to a single load. In case of primary CCR failure,
the L-847 allows a backup CCR to be quickly manually switched
into the circuit. Contact the ADB Airfield Solutions Sales Department for details.
POWER EQUIPMENT
CSS I Circuit Selector Switch
Inside View
Dimensions
Type
H x W x D in (cm)
Weight lb (kg)
Standard Steel Enclosure
L-847-1
20 x 24 x 10 (50.8 x 61 x 25.4)
50 (22.7)
L-847-2
20 x 24 x 10 (50.8 x 61 x 25.4)
54 (24.5)
L-847-3
24 x 30 x 10 (61 x 76.2 x 25.4)
71 (32.2)
L-847-4
24 x 30 x 10 (61 x 76.2 x 25.4)
75 (34)
Stainless Steel Enclosure
L-847-1
24 x 30 x 10 (61 x 76.2 x 25.4)
62.5 (28.4)
L-847-2
24 x 30 x 10 (61 x 76.2 x 25.4)
66.5 (30.2)
L-847-3
24 x 30 x 10 (61 x 76.2 x 25.4)
83.5 (38.0)
L-847-4
24 x 30 x 10 (61 x 76.2 x 25.4)
87.5 (39.8)
Fiberglass Enclosure
L-847-1
20.6 x 27 x 10 (52.3 x 68.6 x 25.4)
31 (14.1)
L-847-2
20.6 x 27 x 10 (52.3 x 68.6 x 25.4)
35 (15.9)
L-847-3
30.7 x 39.2 x 10 (78 x 99.6 x 25.4)
70.5 (32.0)
L-847-4
30.7 x 39.2 x 10 (78 x 99.6 x 25.4)
74.5 (33.9)
Input Power Requirements
Type
Two Circuit Model Shown
Circuit Overview
Average Volt Amp (VA)
L-847-1
40
L-847-2
65
L-847-3
85
L-847-4
110
Electrical
Input voltage:
120 VAC, +10%, 50/60 Hz
Control voltage:
120 VAC, +10%, 50/60 Hz
Output rating:
5,000 VAC at 6.6 A or 20 A
Spare Components
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
Description
Part No.
Fuse, 1.5 A
Power Supply, +24 VDC
Relay, PCB, Time Delay
Relay, SPST-NC, Vacuum
Relay, DPDT, Vacuum
Toggle Switch, DPDT, 6 A
47A0027
97A0010
44C2455
53B0165
53B0166
45A0274
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
1001 Rev. O I Manual No. 96A0204
F - 23
POWER EQUIPMENT
CCR Stacking Kits
CCR Stacking Kits
ADB 4-30 kW regulators can be stacked to minimize the floor space
required in a vault. When stacking regulators, the upper regulator
must be the same frame size or smaller than the bottom regulator.
To stack regulators, order the appropriate ADB stacking kit.
The part numbers for stacking kits are 94A0475-XX. The first X
is for the bottom CCR and the second X is for the top CCR. The
frame sizes are L, M, and S, and there are six allowable combinations: LL, LM, LS, MM, MS, and SS. Small (S) is for CCRs that are
33” x 24” x 25” (H x W x D). Medium (M) is for CCRs that are 36”
x 29” x 30”. Large (L) is for CCRs that are 40” x 33” x 34”. The
kit raises the top CCR up 13 inches to allow for proper airflow. To
ensure easy access to the controls on the top regulator, the CCRs
can only be stacked two high.
Fig. 1
If a smaller CCR is mounted on top of a larger CCR, it is not
centered above the lower CCR, but off-set to the one side or the
other as shown in Figure 2. For information on CCR dimensions and
weights see data sheets 3013 (ferro) and 2052 (thyristor).
Fig. 2
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
F - 24
2096 Rev. D I No Manual
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
POWER EQUIPMENT
LAHSO
Land and Hold Short Operations
Power and Control Unit
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
LAHSO - Power and Control Unit AC 150/5345-54
(Current Edition). ETL Certified.
Uses
Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO) include landing and
holding short of an intersecting runway, taxiway, predetermined
point on the runway, or an approach/departure flight path. LAHSO
is used to increase airport capacity. A LAHSO system, controlled
by an L-884 Power and Control Unit (PCU), consists of a row of six
or seven in-pavement unidirectional pulsing white lights installed
across the runway at the hold-short point.
For new installations, six lights are used. Seven lights are used
if five lights were installed according to AC 150/5345-54. Lights
pulse simultaneously at a rate of 1.72 seconds ON, 0.46 seconds
OFF. The fixture may be either clear L-850A or L-850F (incandescent fixtures only). The L-850F has two lamps, one primary and
one backup. If two or more lights in the primary LAHSO bar have
failed, the PCU switches from the primary to the backup lamp bar.
See data sheet 2001 (L-850A) or data sheet 2037 (L-850F) for more
information.
Features
• Graphical display provides detailed troubleshooting information
• Uses dual photocells to insure accurate detection of one failing
photocell
• Provides optional interfaces in excess of FAA requirements:
- LAHSO ON Output–Provides positive feedback to the control
system that LAHSO is operating
- Caution Alarm–Provides pre-alarm information
- Alarm Reset Input–Allows either Caution or Fault alarm to be
reset remotely
- Test Backup Input–Forces PCU to switch to backup L-850F
lamp bar for test purposes
- Sign monitor input–Two inputs are present to monitor each
LAHSO runway hold short position sign. (Requires individual
dry contact feedback points from each sign, supplied by
others.) Per FAA Order 7110.118, if one of the two signs is
not functional or is destroyed, LAHSO may continue if LAHSO
lights are operational. A feedback point from the sign activates a Caution (one sign failed) or a Fault (two signs failed).
• Can be mounted either indoors or outdoors
• Provides all signals needed for connection to a Mode 2 L-821
LAHSO control panel or L-890 Touchscreen, including ON/OFF,
Fault, and Field/Tower.
Ordering Code1,2
44A601
-
Location
1 = Indoor LAHSO3
2 = Outdoor LAHSO
Input Voltage
1 = 240 V
2 = 208 V (indoor only)
3 = 120 V (indoor only)
Contact Relay
0 = Without dry contact relay (standard)
1 = With dry contact relay (optional)4
Notes
1
Current sensing relays are mounted separately. Current sensing
relays are connected to the runway edge circuit associated
with the LAHSO fixture.
2
To insure proper lamp-out monitoring, L-850A and L-850F
fixtures must not have film disc cutouts
3
Photocells are automatically mounted on the enclosure but can
be removed and mounted separately
4
Custom monitoring output points when used with non-ADB
control systems. Contact the ADB Sales Department for more
details.
PCU Specifications
Input Voltage Outdoor unit: 240 VAC, 60 Hz
Indoor unit: 120 VAC, 208 VAC, 240 VAC; 60 Hz
PCU maximum load
Distance
1,600 VA
LAHSO lights may be up to 10,000 ft (3 km) away
(20,000 ft/6 km round trip) using AWG 8, L-824 wire
Indoor enclosure
- NEMA 1
- Style I, -40 °F to +131 °F (40 °C to +55 °C)
- 63 lb (28.58 kg)
- 24 x 8.63 x 24 in (61 x 22 x 61 cm)
Outdoor enclosure
- NEMA 4
- Style II, -67 °F to +158 °F (-55 °C to +70 °C)
- 72 lb (32.66 kg)
- 24 x 8 x 24 in (61 x 20.3 x 61 cm)
Note: Outdoor PCU must be mounted outside airfield safety area.
Mounting an outdoor PCU in the vicinity of the LAHSO fixtures is
the preferred method of installation.
2007 Rev. I I Manual No. 96A0235
F - 25
POWER EQUIPMENT
LASHO I Land and Hold Short Operations PCU
Theory of Operation (Continued)
A fault alarm is generated if one of the following conditions occurs:
• Failure of the PCU electronics due to failure of the DC power
supply (Time Delay = 0 sec)
• Loss of input power to PCU (Time Delay = 0 sec)
• Failure to pulse the lights (Time Delay = 5 sec)
• Two or more lights in a bar have failed (Time Delay = 5 sec)
The PCU has the following fail-safe modes:
• If the photocell fails, intensity reverts to the highest step
• If PCU DC power supply fails (using either L-850A or L-850F
lamps), a Fault alarm is generated and LAHSO lamps go OFF
• If L-850A fixtures are used or if the LAHSO PCU has switched to
the backup L-850F lamps and if the number of lamps out for
Fault alarm occurs, then a Fault alarm is generated and the
remaining LAHSO lamps continue to pulse
Theory of Operation
LAHSO lights are flashing in-pavement white lights designed to
pulse simultaneously so that they are distinguishable from the
various runway lights. The lights pulse from one of the three steps
(6.6 A, 5.2 A, or 4.1 A) for 1.72 seconds and then to 1 A for 0.46
seconds. The pulsing lights provide an effective visual cue for
the pilot from short final through the landing rollout, indicating
the point beyond which the landing aircraft is not authorized to
proceed. Either six or seven unidirectional clear L-850A or L-850F
lights (without film disc cutouts) are used.
The L-884 PCU consists of a microprocessor-controlled circuit
that regulates the output current in a manner similar to an L-828
constant current regulator.
ON/OFF control is activated from the Air Traffic Control Tower or
by a local control switch on the PCU (See Figure 1). If the PCU
local control switch is in the Local position (OFF or B3/B4/B5),
then the Field/Tower PCU contact will open, activating a “Field
Control” light on the LAHSO panel. When the PCU local control
switch is in the Remote position, the Field/Tower PCU contact will
close, activating a “Tower Control” light on the LAHSO panel.
Note: The PCU is not designed for use with an L-847 Circuit Selector Switch.
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
URC PCB assembly
SCR/Snubber PCB assembly
Fuse, 2 A, 250 V, Slo-Blow
Relay SPDT, 25 A, 240 VAC, coil
Varistor, V271DA40
PCB assembly, DC Power Supply
PCB assembly, LAHSO control
Current sensor
Varistor, 575 V
Photocell (outdoor)
Contactor, 4 pole, 15 A, 120 V coil, 60 Hz
Current sensing transformer 6.6 A to 66 mA
Relay SPDT, 120 VAC plug in
(dry contact option)
44A6546/LAHSO
44A6360
47A0049
53A0421
32A0032
44A5943
44A5928
35A0493
32A0028
48A0089
53A0222
35A0548
53A0422
The PCU photocell defines whether day or night conditions exist.
During daytime, the intensity is always set to B5 (6.6 A) even if
the runway edge lights are off. At nighttime, the PCU uses two
current sensing relays (mounted separately) to monitor the intensity of the corresponding HIRL (5-step) or MIRL (3-step) runway
edge lighting circuit and to automatically set the intensity step.
Alternately, an L-830 transformer can be used to monitor the
runway edge circuit.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
F - 26
2007 Rev. I I Manual No. 96A0235
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
OBSTRUCTION & BEACONS
SBOL-L
LED Steady Burning Obstruction Light
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
L-810(L) AC 150/5345-43 (Current Edition) and the
FAA Engineering Brief No. 67. ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. 1, para. 6.3, Type A & B
Single L-810(L)
Dual L-810(L)
Uses
FAA L-810(L)
ICAO
Steady-burning red light fixture marking all
fixed obstructions to eliminate air navigational
hazards.
Features
• Average individual LED life of 100,000 hours
• Very low power rating for LED lights contributes to a lower life
cycle cost
• SBOL with arctic option (U.S. Patent 7192155 B2) uses a thermostatically controlled heater to prevent ice and snow buildup
from obscuring light output. Melts ice similar to traditional
incandescent fixtures.
• Thermostatically controlled heater cycles on and off when
temperature drops below freezing, reducing overall energy
consumption
• Offers longer intervals between maintenance, resulting in lower
life cycle costs
• Direct replacement for existing incandescent fixture
• All parts are corrosion-resistant
• Mounting Hub – Standard bottom port ready to receive a
1-inch to 11.5 TPI NPT
• Gasket seal between lens cap and fixture base prevents moisture penetration
• Rugged surge protection – Designed to comply with lightning protection requirements per Category C1 of ANSI/IEEE
C62.41-1991
• Fixture uses aluminum casting and stainless steel hardware and
is protected with aviation yellow powder coat finish. The locking ring is protected with aviation red powder coat.
• Separate earth ground wire, connected to body, provided on all
fixtures
Ordering Code
SBOL-
Color
1 = Obstruction Light Red, FAA
2 = Obstruction Light Red, ICAO, Type A & B3
Mounting
1 = Single, bottom mount 1 inch-11.5 inch NPT
2 = Single, side mount 1 inch-11.5 inch NPT
3 = Dual, bottom mount 1 inch-11.5 inch NPT
5 = Dual, side mount 1 inch-11.5 inch NPT
7 = Single, 1-inch EMT column mount3
Power
2 = 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz1
Arctic Option
0 = Without arctic option
1 = With arctic option2,3
Notes
• Contact the Sales Department if a DC-powered obstruction
light is needed.
1
Fixture (without heater) is designed to operate from
95 VAC (min.) to 264 VAC (max.), 50/60 Hz.
2
When powered by a parallel circuit, heater is designed for
use at only 120 VAC, +10%, 50/60 Hz.
3
Not ETL Certified.
Operating Conditions
Temperature:
-40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Humidity:
0 to 100%
Wind speeds:
Up to 150 mph (240 kph)
Electrical Supply
Single, with heater:
120 VAC, 22 W (29 VA)
Single, without heater:
95-264 VAC, 7 W (14 VA)
Energy Cost Savings
SBOL fixture results in a significant reduction in energy costs.
Electrical
Variant
LED Fixture
Load
Incand./Tungsten
Halogen Load
Energy
Savings
95-264 VAC
14 VA
116 VA, 120 VAC
8 times
2063 Rev. V I Manual No. 96A0328
G-1
OBSTRUCTION & BEACONS
SBOL-L I LED Steady Burning Obstruction Light
Packaging
Spare Components
Single
Description
Part No.
Actual fixture
3.69 in diameter x 10.8 in height
(9.37 cm dia. x 27.43 cm height)
In cardboard box
6.5 x 6.5 x 20.5 in
(16.5 x 16.5 x 52 cm)
Net weight
2.4 lb (1.09 kg)
Glassware, clear, ICAO
Glassware, red, FAA
Lens attaching ring, red
SBOL glassware assembly, clear, ICAO
SBOL glassware assembly, red, FAA
Seal, side emitting lens
Thread locking ring, red
63A1081
63A1054-2
60A2975-1
44A6334-2
44A6334-1
63A1048
62A2155-1
Dual
Actual fixture
3.69 in diameter per fixture x 14.4 in
overall width
(9.37 cm dia. per fixture x 36.58 cm
overall width)
In cardboard box
13 x 15 x 25 in
(33 x 38.1 x 63.5 cm
Net weight
7.9 lb (3.6 kg)
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
G-2
2063 Rev. V I Manual No. 96A0328
Note
• See manual 96A0328 for LED assembly and PCB assembly spare
part information.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
OBSTRUCTION & BEACONS
SBOL
Incandescent Steady Burning
Obstruction Light
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
L-810 AC 150/5345-43 (Current Edition).
ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. 1, para. 6.3.11 for use as low-intensity
obstacle light.
Uses
FAA L-810
ICAO
Steady-burning red light fixture marking all
fixed obstructions to eliminate air navigational
hazards.
Features
• All parts are corrosion-resistant
• Optional lamp-out relay switches power to backup lamp if the
normally operating lamp fails. Available only on dual 120 VAC
fixtures.
L-810 Single Light
Ordering Codes
L-810 Single/Dual Fixture
Without Lamp-Out Relay
• Mounting Hub – Three optional mounting ports are available for
the dual L-810 with the lamp-out relay option:
Lamp Wattage
1 = 120 VAC Fixture With 69 W Lamp
3 = 130 VAC Fixture With 116 W Lamp
- side port (0.75-inch, 14 TPI, NPT)
• Units without lamp-out relay option:
- standard bottom port (1-inch, 11.5 TPI, NPT)
• Optional Lamps:
- 45 W/6.6 A
- 69 W/120 VAC
- 116 W/120 VAC
- 116 W/130 VAC
• Lamp Life: 120 VAC lamps rated at 8,000 hours, 6.6 A lamps
rated at 1,000 hours
• Gasket seal between lens cap and fixture base prevents moisture penetration
• Two spring latches allow fast removal of the red lens cap from
the base of the fixture for replacing lamps and lenses, providing
easy maintenance
• A safety cable attached to the lens cap permits hands-free,
rapid lamp and lens replacement
-
Lamp Wattage
1 = 120 VAC Fixture With 69 W Lamp*
2 = 6.6 A Fixture With 45 W Lamp
3 = 120 VAC Fixture Only (No Lamps)
4 = 6.6 A Fixture Only (No Lamps)
7 = 130 VAC Fixture With 116 W Lamp
L-810 Dual Light Fixture
With Lamp-Out Relay
- side port (1-inch, 11.5 TPI, NPT)
44C100
Fixture
5 = Single Light Fixture*
7 = Dual Light Fixture*
• Units with lamp-out relay have an alarm terminal that can activate an alarm (user-supplied) in case of lamp failure
- standard bottom port (1-inch, 11.5 TPI, NPT)
L-810 Dual Light
44C1532-
1
Include Lamp
0 = Fixture Without Lamps
1 = Fixture With Lamps
1
Port Size/Location
1 = 1-inch, 11.5 TPI, NPT Bottom Port (Standard)
2 = 1-inch, 11.5 TPI, NPT Side Port (Special Order)
3 = 0.75-inch, 14 TPI, NPT Side Port (Special Order)
Note
* ETL Certified
Lamp-Out Relay Operation
120 VAC input power to the dual L-810 fixture energizes a relay
and the normally operating lamp #1. If lamp #1 fails, the relay is
de-energized causing the 120 VAC to be switched to the backup
lamp #2. At the same time, 120 VAC power is also switched to the
alarm terminal, which can be used to activate a user-supplied
alarm.
• Both single and dual units are available for use with either
120 VAC parallel or 6.6 A series lighting circuits
Environmental Conditions
Temperature: -67 °F to +131 °F (-55 °C to +55 °C)
Humidity: 0 to 100%
Wind speeds: Up to 150 mph (240 kph)
1013 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0006
G-3
OBSTRUCTION & BEACONS
SBOL I Incandescent Obstruction Light
Construction
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Gasket
Lamp, 45 W/6.6 A
Lamp, 69 W/120 V (ETL Certified)
Lamp, 116 W/130 VAC1
Lamp-out relay
Lens clamp (clamp lever)
Lens, collar (2 required per lens)
Lens, red
Socket, 45 W/6.6 A
Socket, 69 W, 116 W/120-130 VAC
63B0015-1
48A0007
48A0009
48A0010
53A0232
61A0130
62B0457S
63A0149
49A0002
49A0014
1
Packaging
Single
Actual fixture
5.63 dia. x 8.09 H - in
14.30 dia. x 20.55 H - cm
In cardboard box
6 H x 6 W x 8.5 D - in
15.24 H x 15.24 W x 21.59 D - cm
Net weight
4 lb (1.81 kg)
Lamp shown is a replacement for older 116 W/120 VAC lamp.
Use 48A0010 as replacement for older 116 W/130 VAC lamp (PN
48A0169).
Dual
Actual fixture
5.63 dia. x 8.06 H x 12.25 W - in
14.30 dia. x 20.47 H x 31.12 W - cm
In cardboard box
12 H x 9 W x 9.5 D - in
30.48 H x 22.86 W x 24.13 D - cm
Net weight
8 lb (3.63 kg)
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
G-4
1013 Rev. K I Manual No. 96A0006
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
OBSTRUCTION & BEACONS
RBMI
Airport Rotating Beacon
MEDIUM INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
L-801 AC 150/5345-12 (Current Edition)
Annex 14, para. 5.3.3
Uses
Ordering Code
L-801 beacons are designed primarily for night operation as identification and location markers for airports.
44A4837-
1
Type
0 = Airport
Style
1 = Standard Base, Belt-Driven
Features
• Patented belt-drive system eliminates the lubrication required
by conventional gear-drive beacons. (U.S. Patent No. 5,339,224)
• Patented liquid-filled lamp connector eliminates the slip rings
and brushes found on conventional beacons (U.S. Patent No.
5,816,678)
• Two 13,000 lumen, 150-watt pulse-start metal-halide lamps
Power
0 = 120 VAC, 60 Hz, without heater, Class I
1 = 220-240 VAC, 50 Hz, without heater, Class I
2 = 120 VAC, 60 Hz, with heater, Class II
3 = 220-240 VAC, 50 Hz, with heater, Class II
4 = 220-240 VAC, 60 Hz, without heater, Class I
5 = 220-240 VAC, 60 Hz, with heater, Class II
• One clear lens and one aviation green lens
Relay
0 = No Relay
1 = Lamp Monitor/Tell-Tale Relay
• No maintenance except lamp replacement
Note: 220-240 VAC must be single wire with neutral.
• 12,000 hour typical lamp life (3 years)
• All moving parts are permanently lubricated
Spare Components
• Impedance-protected motor eliminates burn outs
• 12 rpm rotation, 24 flashes per minute
• Lamps preset at 5° above horizontal, adjustable
• Weatherproof steel cabinet with powder-coated international
orange finish
• Optional photocell and/or tell-tale relay
• Mountable on a Hali-Brite Tipdown Pole. See catalog sheet 2035
for photo and details.
• Electrical Power – The beacon operates on 120 VAC, 60 Hz or
220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
• Power Consumption–Class I: 395W; Class II: 795W
Description
Part No.
Ballast Assembly 50 Hz
Ballast Assembly 60 Hz
Belt
Fuse, motor, 0.5 A
Fuse, lamp, 6.25 A
Lamp, 150 W pulse-start metal-halide
Lens, amber
Lens, clear
Lens, green
Lens clip
0200-0024
0200-0023
0600-0003
2300-0002
2300-0010
3400-0125
2800-0025
2800-0006
2800-0043
1500-0011
Optional Mounting
• Made in the USA and ETL certified by Hali-Brite, Inc., Crosby, MN
Operating Conditions
Tower Mounting Kit
4200-0000
REA Pole Mounting Kit
4200-0002
Temperature:
Class I: -22 °F to +131 °F (-30 °C to +55 °C)
Class II: -67 °F to +131 °F (-55 °C to +55 °C)
Packaging
Wind:
Velocities up to 100 mph (161 kph)
Cube Shipping Volume:
48 x 25 x 25 in (122 x 63.5 x 63.5 cm)
Weight:
110 lb (49.9 kg) - shipping
75 lb (34 kg) - unpackaged
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2004 Rev. H I Call for beacon manual
G-5
OBSTRUCTION & BEACONS
RBHM/RBHH
Heliport Rotating Beacon
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
L-801H & L-802H AC 150/5345-12 (Current Edition)
Annex 14, para. 5.3.3
Uses
Ordering Code
L-801H/L-802H beacons are designed primarily for night operation
as identification and location markers for heliports.
Type
2 = Civilian Heliport
4 = Civilian Hospital Heliport
Features
Style
1 = Standard Base, Belt-Driven
• Patented belt-drive system eliminates the lubrication required
by conventional gear-drive beacons. (U.S. Patent No. 5,339,224)
• Patented liquid-filled lamp connector eliminates the slip rings
and brushes found on conventional beacons (U.S. Patent No.
5,816,678)
• Three 13,000 lumen, 150-watt metal-halide lamps
• 12,000 hour typical lamp life (3 years)
44A4838-
1
Power
0 = 120 VAC, 60 Hz, without heater, Class I
1 = 220-240 VAC, 50 Hz, without heater, Class I
2 = 120 VAC, 60 Hz, with heater, Class II
3 = 220-240 VAC, 50 Hz, with heater, Class II
4 = 220-240 VAC, 60 Hz, without heater, Class I
5 = 220-240 VAC, 60 Hz, with heater, Class II
Relay
0 = No Relay
1 = Lamp Monitor/Tell-Tale Relay
• One clear, one aviation green, and one yellow lens
• Available in Hospital Heliport version (not FAA certifiable)
Note: 220-240 VAC must be single wire with neutral.
• No maintenance except lamp replacement
• All moving parts are permanently lubricated
Spare Components
• Impedance-protected motor eliminates burn outs
Description
Part No.
• Lamps preset 5° above horizontal, adjustable
Ballast, 120/240 VAC, 60 Hz
Belt
Fuse, motor, 0.5 A
Fuse, lamp, 8 A
Lamp, 150 W metal-halide
Lens, amber
Lens, clear
Lens, green
Lens, red
Lens clip
0200-0007
0600-0003
2300-0002
2300-0012
3400-0125B
2800-0025
2800-0006
2800-0043
2800-0010
1500-0011
• 12 rpm rotation, 36 flashes per minute
• Weatherproof steel cabinet with powder-coated international
orange finish
• Optional photocell and/or tell-tale relay
• Mountable on a Hali-Brite Tipdown Pole. See catalog sheet 2035
for photo and details.
• Military version available
• Electrical Power – The beacon operates on 120 VAC, 60 Hz or 220240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Optional Mounting
• Power Consumption – Class I: 595 W; Class II: 955 W
Tower Mounting Kit
4200-0000
REA Pole Mounting Kit
4200-0002
• Made in the USA and ETL certified by Hali-Brite, Inc., Crosby, MN
Operating Conditions
Packaging
Temperature:
Cube Shipping Volume:
48 x 28 x 25 in (122 x 71.1 x 63.5 cm)
Shipping Weight:
124 lb (56 kg)
Wind:
Class I: -22 °F to +131 °F (-30 °C to +55 °C)
Class II: -67 °F to +131 °F (-55 °C to +55 °C)
Velocities up to 100 mph (161 kph)
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
G-6
2005 Rev. I I Call for beacon manual
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
OBSTRUCTION & BEACONS
RBHI
Airport Rotating Beacon
HIGH INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
L-802A AC 150/5345-12 (Current Edition)
Annex 14, para. 5.3.3
Uses
Ordering Code
L-802A Rotating Beacons are designed primarily for night operation as identification and location markers for airports.
Style
3 = Two 400W pulse-start metal-halide lamps
Features
• Patented belt-drive system eliminates the lubrication required
by conventional gear-drive beacons. (U.S. Patent No. 5,339,224)
• Patented liquid-filled lamp connector eliminates the slip rings
and brushes found on conventional beacons (U.S. Patent No.
5,816,678)
• Two 40,000 lumen, 400-watt pulse-start metal-halide lamps
• Pulse-start lamps fully bright in 3-5 minutes
44A6008-0
Power
0 = 120 VAC, 60 Hz, without heater, Class I
1 = 220-240 VAC, 50 Hz, without heater, Class I
2 = 120 VAC, 60 Hz, with heater, Class II
3 = 220-240 VAC, 50 Hz, with heater, Class II
4 = 220-240 VAC, 60 Hz, without heater, Class I
5 = 220-240 VAC, 60 Hz, with heater, Class II
Relay
0 = No Relay
1 = Lamp Monitor/Tell-Tale Relay
Note: 220-240 VAC must be single wire with neutral.
• 26,000 hour typical lamp life (6 years)
• One clear lens and one aviation green lens
• No maintenance except lamp replacement
• All moving parts are permanently lubricated
• Thermally-protected motor eliminates burn outs
• 12 rpm rotation, 24 flashes per minute
• Lamps preset at 5° above horizontal, adjustable
• Weatherproof steel cabinet with powder-coated international
orange finish
• Optional photocell and/or tell-tale relay
• Mountable on a Hali-Brite Tipdown Pole
• Electrical Power – The beacon operates on 120 VAC, 60 Hz or
220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
• Power Consumption – Class I: 965 W; Class II: 1365 W
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Ballast, 50 Hz, 400 W pulse-start
Ballast, 60 Hz, 400 W pulse-start
Belt
Fuse, motor, 0.5 A
Fuse, lamp, 10 A
Lamp, metal-halide, 400W pulse-start
Lens, green
Lens, clear
Lens clip
0200-0016
0200-0013
0600-0003
2300-0002
2300-0003
3400-0400-H75-PS
2800-0044
2800-0035
0100-3825
Optional Mounting
Tower Mounting Kit
4200-0000
REA Pole Mounting Kit
4200-0002
• Made in the USA and ETL certified by Hali-Brite, Inc., Crosby, MN
Packaging
Operating Conditions
Cube Shipping Volume:
48 x 42 x 32 in (122 x 107 x 81 cm)
Temperature:
Class I: 22 °F to +131 °F (-30 °C to +55 °C)
Class II: -67 °F to +131 °F (-55 °C to +55 °C)
Weight:
150 lb (68 kg) - unpackaged
250 lb (113.4 kg) - shipping
Wind:
Velocities up to 100 mph (161 kph)
2035 Rev. H I Call for beacon manual
G-7
OBSTRUCTION & BEACONS
RBHI I Airport Rotating Beacon
Dimensions
Hali-Brite Tipdown Pole
The Tipdown Pole makes it easy to change lamps and perform
routine maintenance.
• Increases safety–no risk of falling or hazard of working on a
platform
• Easy to operate–Can be quickly lowered and raised by one
person without special equipment. Uses a hand-operated winch
system
• Can be installed in locations inaccessible to bucket trucks
• Not designed for DCB-36 or DCB-224 beacons
• Greatly reduces maintenance costs and downtime
For more information, contact the ADB Sales Department.
All dimensions in inches
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
G-8
2035 Rev. H I Call for beacon manual
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
OBSTRUCTION & BEACONS
RB36
Refurbished & Retrofitted Rotating Airport Beacon 36”
Uses
Beacons are designed primarily for night operation as identification and location markers for airports.
Features
Ordering Code
• Patented belt-drive system eliminates the lubrication required
by conventional gear-drive beacons. (U.S. Patent No. 5,339,224)
Refurbished Condition
3 = 400 W without exchange of core
4 = 400 W with exchange of core
• Available for exchange or direct purchase
• One 36,000 lumen, 400 watt metal-halide lamp
• 20,000 hour typical lamp life (3-4 years)
• One clear lens and one aviation green lens
• Thermally-protected motor eliminates burn outs
• 12 rpm rotation, 24 flashes per minute
• All new stainless steel fasteners
• Plated steel parts
44A4839-
Drive and Base
1 = Belt-Driven, Std. Base
3 = Belt-Driven, Triangle Base
Power
0 = 120 VAC, 60 Hz, without heater, Class I
2 = 120 VAC, 60 Hz, with heater, Class II
Options
0 = No Relay
1 = Lamp Monitoring/Tell-Tale Relay
Note: 220-240 VAC available. Contact ADB Sales Dept.
• All new Teflon-coated wire
• Lamps preset at 5° above horizontal, adjustable
Operating Conditions
• Weatherproof aluminum housing with powder-coated international orange finish
Temperature:
Class I: -22 °F to +131 °F (-30 °C to +55 °C
Class II: -67 °F to +131 °F (-55 °C to +55 °C)
• Winterization option available for cold climates
Wind:
Velocities up to 100 mph (161 kph)
• Optional photocell and/or tell-tale relay
• Warranty–Two years on parts and one year on labor
(excludes lamps)
Packaging
Cube Shipping Volume:
48 x 48 x 77 in (122 x 122 x 196 cm)
• Electrical Power – The beacon operates on 120 VAC, 60 Hz.
Contact ADB Sales Department for 220-240 VAC options.
Weight:
450 lb (204.12 kg) - unpackaged
950 lb (431 kg) - shipping
• Power Consumption–Class I: 635 W; Class II: 1035 W with winterization option
• Refurbished and retrofitted in the USA by Hali-Brite, Inc.,
Crosby, MN
2006 Rev. G I Call for beacons manual
G-9
OBSTRUCTION & BEACONS
Dimensions
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
G - 10
2006 Rev. G I Call for beacons manual
RB36 I Refurb. & Retrofit Rotating Airport Beacon
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Ballast, 60 Hz, 400 W
Belt
Fuse, 10 A
Lamp, metal-halide, 400 W
Lens, inner, green
Lens, inner, clear
Lens, left outer sector
Lens, outer bull’s-eye
Lens, right outer sector
0200-0005
0600-0001
2300-0005
3400-0400U
2800-0011
2800-0033
2800-0001
2800-0003
2800-0002
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
OBSTRUCTION & BEACONS
RBML
Military Airport Rotating Beacon
HIGH INTENSITY
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-802M A/C 150/5345-12 (Current Edition)
Uses
L-802M Rotating Beacons are designed for operation as identification and location markers for military airports.
Features
• Patented belt-drive system eliminates the lubrication required
by conventional gear-drive beacons. (U.S. Patent No. 5,339,224)
• Patented liquid-filled lamp connector eliminates the slip rings
and brushes found on conventional beacons (U.S. Patent No.
5,816,678)
• Two 33,000 lumen, 320 watt pulse-start metal-halide lamps
• Pulse-start lamps are fully bright in 3-5 minutes
• 20,000+ hour typical lamp life (4-5 years)
• One white dual beam lens, one aviation green lens
• No maintenance except lamp replacement
• All moving parts are permanently lubricated
• Thermally-protected motor eliminates burnouts
• Lamps preset 5° above horizontal, adjustable 2-10°
• 6 RPM rotation, 18 flashes/minute
• Weatherproof steel cabinet, powder-coated international
orange
• Optional photocell and/or tell-tale relay
• Mountable on a Hali-Brite Tipdown Pole
• Electrical Power – The beacon operates on 120 VAC, 60 Hz or
220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
• Power Consumption – Class I: 793 W; Class II: 1193 W
Ordering Code
44A4841-
Power
1 = 120 VAC, 60 Hz, without heater, Class I
2 = 120 VAC, 60 Hz, with heater, Class II
3 = 220-240 VAC, 60 Hz, without heater, Class I
4 = 220-240 VAC, 60 Hz, with heater, Class II
5 = 220-240 VAC, 50 Hz, without heater, Class I
6 = 220-240 VAC, 50 Hz, with heater, Class II
Relay
0 = No Relay
1 = Lamp Monitor/Tell-Tale Relay
Note: 220-240 VAC must be single wire with neutral
Spare Components
Description
Part No.
Ballast Assembly, 60Hz
Ballast Assembly, 50Hz
Belt
Fuse, motor, 0.5A
Fuse, lamp, 10A
Lamp, 320W pulse-start
Lens, aviation green
Lens, aviation white
Lens clip
0200-0027
0200-0029
0600-0004
2300-0002
2300-0003
3400-0136
2800-0057
2800-0056
0100-3825
Packaging
Cube Shipping Volume:
48 x 42 x 32 in
(122 x 107 x 81 cm)
Weight:
155 lb (70.3 kg) - unpackaged
250 lb (113.4 kg) - shipping
• Made in the USA and ETL certified by Hali-Brite, Inc., Crosby, MN
Operating Conditions
Temperature:
Class I: -22 °F to +131 °F (-30 °C to +55 °C)
Class II: -67 °F to +131 °F (-55 °C to +55 °C)
Wind:
Velocities up to 100 mph (161 kph)
Optional Mounting
Tower Mounting Kit
4200-0000
REA Pole Mounting Kit
4200-0002
3000 Rev. C I Call for beacon manual
G - 11
OBSTRUCTION & BEACONS
RBML I Military Airport Rotating Beacon
Dimensions
Hali-Brite Tipdown Pole
The Tipdown Pole makes it easy to change lamps and perform
routine maintenance.
• Increases safety–no risk of falling or hazard of working on a
platform
• Easy to operate–Can be quickly lowered and raised by one
person without special equipment. Uses a hand-operated winch
system
• Can be installed in locations inaccessible to bucket trucks
• Not designed for DCB-36 or DCB-224 beacons
• Greatly reduces maintenance costs and downtime
For more information, contact the ADB Sales Department.
All dimensions in inches
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
G - 12
3000 Rev. C I Call for beacon manual
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
WIND CONES
WC806
LED & Incandescent
Supplemental Wind Cone
FRANGIBLE
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
T/C:
L-806 and L-806(L) AC 150/5345-27 (Current Edition)
and the FAA Engineering Brief No. 67. ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. 1, Ed. 6, par 5.1.1.1 and 5.1.1.2
Transport Canada TP 312 Para. 5.1
Uses
FAA L-806,
L-806(L),
ICAO & T/C
Provides visual surface wind direction and velocity
information to pilots in flight or on the ground at
airports and heliports
Features
• The L-806 wind cone is a low-mass, frangible-designed wind
cone available in two styles, lighted or unlighted, with an eightfoot wind sock
• The LED lighted wind cone assemblies may be powered directly
from a 2.8-6.6 A or 8.5-20 A series circuit using only an isolation transformer. No power adapter is needed, significantly
reducing CCR load. It may also be powered from a direct 95-264
VAC source. LED light output stays constant regardless of input
current range (for series powered) or input voltage level (for
voltage powered) wind cones.
• Any AC voltage-powered incandescent wind cone may be powered by a 60 Hz only 6.6 A or 20 A series circuit using an ADB
power adapter or from a direct 120 VAC source
• Sealed bearings allow precision vaning for true wind direction in
all types of weather and wind conditions
• Bearing covers are provided for additional bearing protection
against dirt and moisture
• Easy installation and maintenance
• The nylon fabric sock is treated for water repellency and resistance to rot and mildew
• The sock is available for FAA/ICAO applications in orange and
ICAO applications in orange/white or red/white banded. The
colorfastness exceeds Method 5671 of Federal Standard 191.
Other colors are available as a special order.
• An optional L-810(L) red LED obstruction light is available (see
catalog sheet 2063). For wind cone configurations available with
an LED L-810(L), see ordering code.
Lighting Assembly - Incandescent
The lighting assembly consists of:
Lighting Assembly - LED
• The internally lighted wind cone provides an average illumination on the top and lateral surface of a fully extended windsock
of 10- to 30-ft lamberts. The internally lighted 8-foot wind cone
uses one LED optical assembly.
• The externally lighted wind cone provides a minimum illumination of 2 foot-candles on the upper surface of the fully
extended windsock. The externally lighted 8-foot wind cone
uses two LED optical assemblies.
• Solid orange colored wind socks are illuminated with orange
LEDs. Color-banded socks are illuminated with only white LEDs.
Electrical Supply, LED Current Driven
For 6.6 A or 20 A, 60 Hz circuits, a 150 W or 200 W L-830 transformer with appropriate primary input (i.e. 6.6 or 20 A) must be
selected. Use 150 W or 200 W L-831 series for 50 Hz circuits.
L-806(L) LED
Fixture
Load
Isolation
Transfmr.
Isol. XF
Load
CCR
Load
Internally Lit
W/out LED L-810(L)
79 VA
150 W
18 VA
97 VA
With LED L-810(L)
87 VA
150 W
20 VA
107 VA
W/out LED L-810(L)
87 VA
200 W
26 VA
113 VA
With LED L-810(L)
102 VA
200 W
27 VA
129 VA
Externally Lit
Electrical Supply, LED Voltage Driven
Input voltage: 95 VAC (min.) to 264 VAC (max.), 50/60 Hz
Maximum Input Power
Internally Lit
Externally Lit
Without LED L-810(L)
69 VA
80 VA
With LED L-810(L)
75 VA
87 VA
Operation
The operation of the wind cone is entirely dependent on the direction and relative velocity of the surface wind. Movement of the
wind through the open throat of the cage and into the sock causes
the tail to inflate. The tail of the inflated sock indicates true wind
direction for velocities as low as three knots through a 360° circle
about the vertical shaft.
• Two 100 W/120 VAC reflectorized lamps that illuminate the
interior of the wind cone (internally lighted).
FAA Wind Cone Classifications
• The incandescent wind cone can be used on any solid-colored or
color-banded wind sock.
Style I-A: Externally Lighted
Size 1:
8 foot
Style I-B: Internally Lighted
Style II:
Unlighted
3012 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0352
H-1
WIND CONES
WC806 I LED & Incandescent Supplemental Wind Cone
Dimensions
LED Internally Lighted Wind Cone Assembly
Internally Lighted
Wind Cone
Type
Overall Height
in (cm)
Height 1
in (cm)
Height 2
in (cm)
Incandescent
112.75 (286.4)
40.75 (103.5)
72 (182.9)
LED
127.6 (324.1)
55.6 (141.2)
72 (182.9)
Height 1
Externally Lighted
Wind Cone
Type
Overall Height
in (cm)
Height 1
in (cm)
Height 2
in (cm)
LED
127.6 (324.1)
55.6 (141.2)
72 (182.9)
Overall
Height
116.3 Inches
Height 2
Spare Components (Incandescent)
Description
Part No.
Cage assembly, 8 ft
Cage bearings
Cage bearing (weather) shields
Glassware, red, incandescent, L-810
Glassware assembly, red, LED
Lamp, bi-pin, 100 W, 120 VAC (Internal)
L-810 incandescent obstruction light
(69 W, 120 VAC) and mounting assembly
L-810 incandescent lamp, 69 W, 120 VAC
Pole assembly, 8 ft
Rope cleat
Sock, orange, nylon, 8 ft, FAA/ICAO
Sock, orange/white, nylon, 8 ft
Sock, red/white, nylon, 8 ft
44A6454-8
75A0027
63A0332-1
63A0149
44A6334-1S
48A0375
44B0936S
LED Externally Lighted Wind Cone Assembly
48A0009
44A6457-8
62B0319S
77C0061-1
77C0061-4
77C0061-5
Height 1
Spare Components (LED)
Description
Part No.
LED (700 mA) and mount assembly, obstruction light
Surge protection assembly (voltage)
Surge protection assembly (current)
L-810(L) replacement kit (voltage) - FAA wind cone
L-810(L) replacement kit (voltage) - ICAO wind cone
wind cone
Light engine assembly, orange (700 mA)
Light engine assembly, white (700 mA)
Power supply PCB/mounting assembly,
current-driven, 8-ft internally lit (700 mA)
Power supply PCB/mounting assembly,
current-driven, 8-ft externally lit (700 mA)
Power supply PCB/mounting assembly,
voltage-driven, 8-ft internally lit (700 mA)
Power supply PCB/mounting assembly,
voltage-driven, 8-ft externally lit (700 mA)
44A73951
44A6815-VD
44A6815-CD
94A0646-1
94A0646-2
Overall
Height
119.6 inches
44A7237
44A7237-1
44A6683-16
44A6683-15
Incandescent Internally Lighted Wind Cone Assembly
44A6683-17
Incandescent L-810
44A6683-17
Notes
• To replace the entire LED obstruction light on voltage-powered
wind cones shipped prior to January 2013, order replacement kit
94A0646.
• For wind cones shipped prior to January 2013, see the
instruction manual for LED and PCB part replacement guidance.
1
Use 44A7395 as a direct substitute for older 44A7163-020W part
number.
Height 1
3012 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0352
Rotating Power
Overall Height
Wind Cone Cage
Height 2
H-2
Height 2
Internal Lighted Assembly
Assembly
WIND CONES
WC806 I LED & Incandescent Supplemental Wind Cone
Ordering Codes
Ordering Codes
L-806(L) LED Wind Cone Internally Lit
Retrofit Kit
94A0500-
L-806 & L806(L)
Size and Switch Option
1 = 8-foot cage
2 = 8-foot cage with ON/OFF switch
Power1
5 = Current-driven 2.8-6.6 A, 50/60 Hz, orange LEDs
6 = Voltage-driven 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, orange LEDs
7 = Current-driven 2.8-6.6 A, 50/60 Hz, white LEDs
8 = Voltage-driven 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, white LEDs
Style
0 = Unlit cage2
7 = Internally lit incandescent, 120 VAC1
B = Internally lit LED, 2.8-6.6 A, 50/60 Hz (700 mA)1,6
C = Externally lit LED, 2.8-6.6 A, 50/60 Hz (700 mA)6
D = Internally lit LED, 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz (700 mA)1,6
E = Externally lit LED, 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz (700 mA)6
Obstruction Light
0 = Without L-810(L) LED Obstruction Light
1 = With FAA L-810(L) LED Obstruction Light
2 = With ICAO L-810(L) LED Obstruction Light
Cage Type2
2 = Retrofit to bolted cage, 8-foot3
4 = Retrofit to welded cage, 8-foot4
Notes
This kit may be used to retrofit existing ADB incandescent wind
cones.
1
Orange LED for use only with solid orange colored wind socks.
White LED for use only with white/color-banded wind socks.
2
Internally lit 8-foot wind cone uses one LED optical assembly.
See drawings on page 2.
3
Bolted cage, ADB PN 44A6454
4
Welded cage, ADB PN 44D0923S
Power1
5 = Current-driven 2.8-6.6 A, 50/60 Hz, orange LEDs
6 = Voltage-driven 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, orange LEDs
7 = Current-driven 2.8-6.6 A, 50/60 Hz, white LEDs
8 = Voltage-driven 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, white LEDs
Obstruction Light
0 = Without L-810(L) LED Obstruction Light
1 = With FAA L-810(L) LED Obstruction Light
2 = With ICAO L-810(L) LED Obstruction Light
Cage Type2
4 = Retrofit to bolted cage, 8-foot3
6 = Retrofit to welded cage, 8-foot4
Notes
This kit may be used to retrofit existing ADB incandescent wind
cones.
1
Orange LED for use only with solid orange colored wind socks.
White LED for use only with white/color-banded wind socks.
2
Externally lit 8-foot wind cone uses two LED optical
assemblies. See drawings on page 2.
3
Bolted cage, ADB PN 44A6454
4
Welded cage, ADB PN 44D0923S
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
Obstruction Light
0 = No obstruction light
1 = FAA L-810(L) LED READY3
2 = Integrated ICAO/TP 312 LED
3 = FAA L-810(L) LED, 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz4
4 = ICAO/TP 312 LED, 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz9
9 = FAA incandescent L-810, 120 VAC
Special Applications
0 = With solid orange wind sock7
1 = No wind sock5
5 = Orange/white 12-ft. sock, ICAO8
6 = Red/white 12-ft. sock, ICAO8
Notes
1
ETL Certification Pending.
2
Unlit cage can be used with no obstruction light or obstruction
light options 3, 4 and 9.
3
Used only on internally or externally lit FAA LED wind cones
(Style options B through E). To obtain an FAA LED L-810, order
kit 94A0635.
4
Available only on unlit or internally lit incandescent wind cones
(Style options 0 or 7).
5
For applications where wind socks other than orange, orange/
white or red/white are used. Special wind sock colors supplied
separately.
6
LED internally or externally lit configurations are available only
with obstruction light options 0, 1 and 2.
7
Uses orange LEDs to illuminate wind cone cage.
8
Uses white LEDs to illuminate wind cone cage.
9
Available with options 0 and 7 only.
L-806(L) LED Wind Cone Externally Lit
Retrofit Kit
94A0531-
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
WC806-
Packaging
Description
Box Type
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Weight
L-806 8-ft.
Wind Cone
Pole
72 x 4 x 4 in
182.9 x 10.2 x 10.2 cm
135 lb
61.2 kg
Hardware
30 x 14 x 7 in
76.2 x 35.6 x 17.8 cm
47 lb
21.3 kg
Basket
20 x 20 x 2 in
50.8 x 50.8 x 5.1 cm
42 lb
19.1 kg
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
3012 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0352
H-3
WIND CONES
WC807
LED & Incandescent Primary Wind Cone
NON-FRANGIBLE
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
T/C:
L-807 & L-807(L) AC 150/5345-27 (Current Edition) and
the FAA Engineering Brief No. 67. ETL Certified.
Annex 14, Vol. 1, Ed. 6, par. 5.1.1
Transport Canada TP 312 par. 5.1
Uses
Externally Lit
LED Wind Cone
Lighting Assembly - Incandescent
FAA L-807,
L-807(L),
ICAO & T/C
Provides visual surface wind direction and velocity
information to pilots in flight or on the ground at
airports and heliports
Features
• The L-807 wind cone is a non-frangible designed wind cone
available in three styles, lighted (internal or external) or unlighted, and in two sizes, eight- or twelve-foot wind socks.
• Pole is available with either a center hinge or bottom hinge.
Center hinge allows easier pole lowering. Bottom hinge includes
a swing-out support leg that allows the mast to be lowered to a
convenient servicing height for light source replacement.
• The LED lighted wind cone assemblies may be powered directly
from a 2.8-6.6 A or 8.5-20 A series circuit using only an isolation transformer. No power adapter is needed, significantly
reducing CCR load. It may also be powered from a direct 95-264
VAC source. LED light output stays constant regardless of input
current range (for series powered) or input voltage level (for
voltage powered) wind cones.
• Any AC voltage-powered incandescent wind cone may be powered from a 60 Hz (only) 6.6 A or 20 A series circuit using an ADB
power adapter or from a direct 120 VAC source
• Sealed bearings allow precision vaning for true wind direction
in all types of weather and wind conditions
• Bearing covers are provided for additional bearing protection
against dirt and moisture
• The nylon fabric sock is treated for water repellency and resistance to rot and mildew
• The internally lighted wind cone consists of two 100 W/120 VAC
lamps for an 8-foot wind cone or three 100 W/120 VAC lamps
for a 12-foot wind cone
• An incandescent lighted wind cone cage may be provided with
an optional L-810(L) LED red obstruction light.
• The incandescent wind cone can be used on any solid-colored
or color-banded wind sock.
Lighting Assembly - LED
• The internally lighted wind cone provides an average illumination on the top and lateral surface of a fully extended windsock
of 10- to 30-ft lamberts. The internally lighted 8-foot wind cone
uses one LED optical assembly and the 12-ft uses three LED
optical assemblies.
• The externally lighted wind cone provides a minimum illumination of 2 foot candles on the upper surface of the fully
extended windsock. The externally lighted 8- and 12-foot wind
cones use two LED optical assemblies.
• Solid orange colored wind socks are illuminated with orange
LEDs. Color-banded socks are illuminated with only white LEDs.
Operation
The operation of the wind cone is entirely dependent on the direction and relative velocity of the surface wind. Movement of the
wind through the open throat of the cage and into the sock causes
the tail to inflate. The tail of the inflated sock indicates true wind
direction for velocities as low as three knots through a 360° circle
about the vertical shaft.
• Standard colors are orange, orange/white banded, and red/
white banded. The colorfastness exceeds Method 5671 of
Federal Standard 191. A TP 312 orange/white banded sock is
also available that complies with Canadian specification K305-5.
Other colors are available as a special order.
FAA Wind Cone Classifications
• An optional L-810(L) red LED obstruction light is available (see
catalog sheet 2063). For wind cone configurations available
with an LED L-810(L), see ordering code.
Style I-B:
Internally Lighted
Style II:
Unlighted
H-4
Internally Lit
LED Wind Cone
3011 Rev. N I Manual No. 96A0345
Size 1:
8 foot
Size 2:
12 foot
Style I-A:
Externally Lighted
WIND CONES
WC807 I LED & Incandescent Primary Wind Cone
LED Externally Lighted Wind Cone
Assembly
LED Internally Lighted Wind Cone Assembly
8-foot internally lit wind cone
has one LED assembly
12-foot internally lit wind
cone has three LED assemblies
8- and 12-foot externally lit wind
cones have two LED assemblies
Packaging
Description
8-ft. Wind
Cone, Lighted
8-ft. Wind
Cone,
Unlighted
12-ft. Wind
Cone, Lighted
12-ft. Wind
Cone,
Unlighted
Quantity
Per Box
Dimensions
(H x W x D)
Weight
1 Pole
199.2 x 10 x 10 in
506 x 25.4 x 25.4 cm
150 lb
68 kg
1 Basket
20 x 20 x 15 in
50.8 x 50.8 x 38.1 cm
47 lb
21.3 kg
1 Pole
199.2 x 10 x 10 in
506 x 25.4 x 25.4 cm
135 lb
61.2 kg
1 Basket
20 x 20 x 15 in
50.8 x 50.8 x 38.1 cm
42 lb
19.1 kg
1 Pole
199.2 x 10 x 10 in
506 x 25.4 x 25.4 cm
150 lb
68 kg
1 Basket
45 x 42 x 6 in
114.3 x 106.7 x 15.2 cm
42 lb
19.1 kg
Hardware
20 x 20 x 15 in
50.8 x 50.8 x 38.1 cm
45 lb
20.4 kg
1 Pole
199.2 x 10 x 10 in
506 x 25.4 x 25.4 cm
135 lb
61.2 kg
1 Basket
45 x 42 x 6 in
114.3 x 106.7 x 15.2 cm
42 lb
19.1 kg
Hardware
20 x 20 x 15 in
50.8 x 50.8 x 38.1 cm
45 lb
20.4 kg
Externally Lit Orange/White Wind Sock
3011 Rev. N I Manual No. 96A0345
H-5
WIND CONES
WC807 I LED & Incandescent Primary Wind Cone
Electrical Supply, LED Current Driven
Spare Components (Incandescent)
For 6.6 A or 20 A, 60 Hz circuits, a 150 W or 200 W L-830 transformer with appropriate primary input (i.e. 6.6 or 20 A) must be
selected. Use 150 W or 200 W L-831 series for 50 Hz circuits.
Description
Part No.
Cage assembly, 8 ft
Cage assembly, 12 ft
Cage bearings
Cage bearing (weather) shields
Glassware, red, incandescent, L-810
Glassware assembly, red, LED
Lamp, bi-pin, 100 W, 120 VAC (Internal)
L-810 incandescent obstruction light
(69 W, 120 VAC) and mounting assembly
L-810 incandescent lamp, 69W, 120 VAC
Pole assembly, bottom hinge, 8 ft
Pole assembly, bottom hinge, 12 ft
Rope cleat
Sock, orange, nylon, 8 ft, FAA/ICAO
Sock, orange, nylon, 12 ft, FAA/ICAO
Sock, orange/white, nylon, 8 ft
Sock, orange/white, nylon, 12 ft per K305-5
Sock, orange/white, nylon, 12 ft, FAA/ICAO
Sock, red/white, nylon, 8 ft
Sock, red/white, nylon, 12 ft
Center-hinged pole assembly, L-807 internally/
externally lit with or w/out SBOL
44A6454-8
44A6454-12
75A0027
63A0332-1
63A0149
44A6334-1S
48A0375
44B0936S
Fixture
Load
Isolation
Transfmr.
Isol. XF
Load
CCR
Load
W/out LED L-810(L)
79 VA
150 W
18 VA
97 VA
With LED L-810(L)
87 VA
150 W
20 VA
107 VA
W/out LED L-810(L)
87 VA
200 W
26 VA
113 VA
With LED L-810(L)
102 VA
200 W
27 VA
129 VA
W/out LED L-810(L)
96 VA
200 VA
25 VA
121 VA
With LED L-810(L)
110 VA
200 VA
23 VA
133 VA
L-807(L) LED
Internally Lit, 8-ft
Externally Lit, 8-ft
Internally Lit, 12-ft
Externally Lit, 12-ft
W/out LED L-810(L)
87 VA
200 VA
26 VA
113 VA
With LED L-810(L)
102 VA
200 VA
27 VA
129 VA
Electrical Supply, LED Voltage Driven
Input voltage: 95 VAC (min.) to 264 VAC (max.), 50/60 Hz
Spare Components (LED)
8-ft
Description
Internally Lit
Externally Lit
Maximum Input Power
Without LED L-810(L)
69 VA
80 VA
With LED L-810(L)
75 VA
87 VA
12-ft
Internally Lit
Externally Lit
Without LED L-810(L)
95 VA
80 VA
With LED L-810(L)
109 VA
87 VA
Maximum input power
H-6
3011 Rev. N I Manual No. 96A0345
48A0009
44A6457-8
44A6457-12
62B0319S
77C0061-1
77C0062-1
77C0061-4
61A0510-10
77C0062-4
77C0061-5
77C0062-5
44A6878-1
Part No.
LED (700 mA) and mount assembly, obstruction light 44A7395
Surge protection assembly (voltage)
44A6815-VD
Surge protection assembly (current)
44A6815-CD
L-810(L) replacement kit (voltage) for FAA
94A0646-1
wind cone
L-810(L) replacement kit (voltage) for ICAO
94A0646-2
wind cone
Light engine assembly, orange (700 mA)
44A7237
Light engine assembly, white (700 mA)
44A7237-1
Power supply PCB/mounting assembly,
44A6683-16
current-driven, 8-ft internally lit (700 mA)
Power supply PCB/mounting assembly,
44A6683-14
current-driven, 12-ft internally lit (700 mA)
Power supply PCB/mounting assembly,
44A6683-17
voltage-driven, 8-ft internally lit (700 mA)
Power supply PCB/mounting assembly,
44A6683-18
voltage-driven, 12-ft internally lit (700 mA)
Power supply PCB/mounting assembly,
44A6683-15
current-driven, 8-ft externally lit (700 mA)
Power supply PCB/mounting assembly,
44A6683-15
current-driven, 12-ft externally lit (700 mA)
Power supply PCB/mounting assembly,
44A6683-17
voltage-driven, 8-ft externally lit (700 mA)
Power supply PCB/mounting assembly,
44A6683-17
voltage-driven, 12-ft externally lit (700 mA)
Hinged pole assembly, L-807 internally/externally
44A6878-1
lit with or w/out SBOL
Notes
• To replace the entire LED obstruction light on voltage-powered
wind cones shipped prior to January 2013, order replacement
kit 94A0646.
• For wind cones shipped prior to January 2013, see the instruction manual for LED and PCB part replacement guidance.
1
Use 44A7395 as a direct substitute for older 44A7163-020W part
number.
WIND CONES
WC807 I LED & Incandescent Primary Wind Cone
Ordering Codes
Ordering Codes
L-807(L) LED Wind Cone Internally Lit
Retrofit Kit
94A0500-
L-807 & L-807(L)
Size
1 = 8-foot cage
2 = 12-foot cage
Power1
5 = Current-driven 2.8-6.6 A, 50/60 Hz, orange LEDs
6 = Voltage-driven 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, orange LEDs
7 = Current-driven 2.8-6.6 A, 50/60 Hz, white LEDs
8 = Voltage-driven 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, white LEDs
Hinge and ON/OFF Switch Option
1 = Bottom-hinged pole
2 = Center-hinged pole
3 = Bottom-hinged w/switch
4 = Center-hinged w/switch
Obstruction Light
0 = Without L-810(L) LED Obstruction Light
1 = With FAA L-810(L) LED Obstruction Light
2 = With ICAO L-810(L) LED Obstruction Light
Cage Type2
1 = Retrofit to
2 = Retrofit to
3 = Retrofit to
4 = Retrofit to
Style
0 = Unlit cage1
7 = Internally lit incandescent, 120 VAC
B = Internally lit LED, 2.8-6.6 A, 50/60 Hz (700 mA)5
C = Externally lit LED, 2.8-6.6 A, 50/60 Hz (700 mA)5
D = Internally lit LED, 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz (700 mA)5
E = Externally lit LED, 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz (700 mA)5
bolted cage, 12-foot3, 5
bolted cage, 8-foot2, 4
welded cage, 12-foot3, 4
welded cage, 8-foot2, 4
Notes
This kit may be used to retrofit existing ADB incandescent wind
cones.
1
Orange LED for use only with solid orange colored wind socks.
White LED for use only with white/color-banded wind socks.
2
Internally lit 8-foot wind cone uses one LED optical assembly.
See drawings on page 2.
3
Internally lit 12-foot wind cone uses three LED optical
assemblies. See drawings on page 2.
4
Bolted cage, ADB PN 44A6454
5
Welded cage, ADB PN 44D0919S (12-ft)/44D0923S (8-ft)
L-807(L) LED Wind Cone Externally Lit
Retrofit Kit
94A0531Power1
5 = Current-driven 2.8-6.6 A, 50/60 Hz, orange LEDs
6 = Voltage-driven 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, orange LEDs
7 = Current-driven 2.8-6.6 A, 50/60 Hz, white LEDs
8 = Voltage-driven 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, white LEDs
Obstruction Light
0 = Without L-810(L) LED Obstruction Light
1 = With FAA L-810(L) LED Obstruction Light
2 = With ICAO L-810(L) LED Obstruction Light
Cage Type2
3 = Retrofit to
4 = Retrofit to
5 = Retrofit to
6 = Retrofit to
bolted cage, 12-foot3
bolted cage, 8-foot3
welded cage, 12-foot4
welded cage, 8-foot4
Notes
This kit may be used to retrofit existing ADB incandescent wind
cones.
1
Orange LED for use only with solid orange colored wind socks.
White LED for use only with white/color-banded wind socks.
2
Externally lit 8- and 12-foot wind cones use two LED optical
assemblies. See drawings on page 2.
3
Bolted cage, ADB PN 44A6454
4
Welded cage, ADB PN 44D0919S (12-ft) / 44D0923S (8-ft)
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
WC807-
Obstruction Light
0 = No obstruction light
1 = FAA L-810(L) LED READY2
2 = Integrated ICAO/TP 312 LED
3 = FAA L-810(L) LED, 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz3
4 = ICAO/TP 312 LED, 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz9
9 = FAA incandescent L-810, 120 VAC
Applications
0 = With solid orange wind sock6
1 = No wind sock4
4 = Orange/white 12-ft. sock, TP 3127,8
5 = Orange/white 12-ft. sock, ICAO7
6 = Red/white 12-ft. sock, ICAO7
Notes
1
Unlit cage can be used with no obstruction light or obstruction
light options 3, 4 and 9.
2
Used only on internally or externally lit FAA LED wind cones
(Style options B through E). To obtain an FAA LED L-810, order
kit 94A0635.
3
Available only on unlit or internally lit incandescent wind
cones (Style options 0 or 7)
4
For applications where wind socks other than orange, orange/
white or red/white are used. Special wind sock colors
supplied separately.
5
LED internally or externally lit configurations are available
only with obstruction light options 0, 1 and 2. LED wind sock
light source is orange and is for use with only solid-colored
wind socks.
6
Uses only orange LEDs to illuminate wind cone cage.
7
Uses only white LEDs to illuminate wind cone cage.
8
Wind sock complies with Transport Canada specification K305-5.
Available only with 12-foot cage.
9
Available with options 0 and 7 only.
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
3011 Rev. N I Manual No. 96A0345
H-7
WIND CONES
This page left blank
intentionally
H-8
HELIPORTS
Heliport Summary Page
In addition to the heliport products included in this section, the following
products can also be used in heliport lighting systems. For more detail on
the products listed below, please see the product section and catalog sheet
number listed at the end of the description.
SBOL-L - LED Obstruction Light
The SBOL-L LED obstruction light is a corrosion-resistant steady-burning red light fixture marking all
fixed obstructions to eliminate air navigational hazards. The fixture uses a single LED with an average
individual LED life of 100,000 hours. An SBOL-L with arctic option (U.S. Patent 7192155 B2) uses a
thermostatically controlled heater to prevent ice and snow buildup from obscuring light output. The
heater cycles on and off when temperature drops below freezing, reducing overall energy consumption. The SBOL-L’s very low power rating for LED lights and longer intervals between maintenance
also contribute to a lower life cycle cost. See Obstruction & Beacons, data sheet 2063.
WC806 - Incandescent and LED Wind Cones
The WC806 wind cone, available as an incandescent (internally lit) or LED fixture, provides visual
surface wind direction and velocity information to pilots in flight or on the ground at airports and
heliports. The wind cone is a low-mass, frangible-designed wind cone available in two styles, lighted
or unlighted, with an eight-foot wind sock. The sock is available for FAA/ICAO applications in orange
and ICAO applications in orange/white or red/white banded. The colorfastness exceeds Method 5671
of Federal Standard 191. Other colors are available as a special order. The nylon fabric sock is treated
for water repellency and resistance to rot and mildew. See Wind Cones section, data sheet 3012.
WC807 - Incandescent and LED Wind Cones
The WC807 wind cone, available as an incandescent (internally lit) or LED fixture, provides visual
surface wind direction and velocity information to pilots in flight or on the ground at airports and heliports. The wind cone is a non-frangible designed wind cone available in three styles, lighted (internal
or external) or unlighted, and in two sizes, eight- or twelve-foot wind socks. Its pole is available with
either a center hinge or bottom hinge. A center hinge allows easier pole lowering, while a bottom hinge
includes a swing-out support leg that allows the mast to be lowered to a convenient servicing height. An
optional L-810(L) red LED obstruction light is available. See Wind Cones section, data sheet 3011.
RCE - Radio Controller
The primary function of the L-854 Radio Controller is to allow maximum use of airport runway lighting systems during times when the airport is unattended. Runway or approach lighting systems may
be activated and intensity controlled remotely by using the L-854 Radio Controller. This is accomplished by the simple process of keying the microphone button of the regular VHF communication
transmitter in the approaching aircraft. No special airborne equipment or adapters are required. Two
independent sets of output relays can be programmed for either individual or incremental operation.
See Control & Monitoring, data sheet 3002.
Heliport Beacons
L-801H/L-802H beacons are designed primarily for night operation as identification and location
markers for heliports. The heliport beacon uses three 13,000 lumen, 150-watt metal-halide lamps,
which have a typical lamp life of 12,000 hours (3 years). The beacon has one clear, one aviation
green, and one yellow lens. Its patented belt-drive system eliminates the lubrication required by conventional gear-drive beacons while its patented liquid-filled lamp connector eliminates the slip rings
and brushes found on conventional beacons. See Obstruction Lighting & Beacons, data sheet 2005.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
3067 Rev. A
I-1
HELIPORTS
IUL-L
LED In-pavement Utility & Heliport
Perimeter Light
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
Manufactured to applicable L-852T(L) requirements in
FAA AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition) and the FAA
Engineering Brief No. 67.
8-inch
Ordering Code
Uses
• Heliports with constant voltage sources
- Yellow for military and existing civilian applications
- Green for new civilian applications
- Used as boundary marking of final approach and takeoff
(FATO) areas, touchdown and lift-off (TLOF) areas, and
aprons
- Also used for taxiway edges and aiming points
• Gate security
• Under vehicle inspection illumination
• Used for a variety of special applications where a balance of
vertical and horizontal light output is required
• Provides essential lighting for the protection of fixed installations and other potential targets
• Used in high security areas to assist detection of bombs and
smuggling, in maintenance facilities to spot vehicle damage,
and to protect entrances to security areas
• Fixture layout/quantity can be designed for individual and/or
pattern control to enable use of alternate traffic patterns
12-inch
IUL-
LED Color
1 = White
2 = Yellow
3 = Green
4 = Blue
5 = Red
Mounting
1 = 12-inch fixture for L-868 light base
2 = 12-inch fixture for L-867 light base
3 = 8-inch fixture for 8-inch light base
Light Beam Direction
1 = Upward light pattern
2 = Omnidirectional light pattern1
Arctic Option
0 = Without arctic option
1 = With arctic option2
Notes
Fixture supplied with only L-823 style male connector. To ensure
wire entry is waterproof, a secondary connector kit (Part No.
70A0046) is required for installation.
1
Heliport light pattern
2
When powered by a parallel circuit, heater is designed for use
at only 120 VAC, ±10%, 50/60 Hz
Features
• Operates over a wide input voltage range of 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Features (Continued)
• Light output stays constant regardless of input voltage level
• LED photometric performance will be maintained longer due to
a cleaner lens. The lower temperature of the lens prevents the
“baking effect” that causes contaminants to stick to the surface
of the lens.
• Average LED life of 100,000 hours
• Low profile – < 0.25 inch above ground, which reduces vibrations caused by vehicles, increasing fixture life
• IUL with arctic option (U.S. Patent 7192155 B2) uses a thermostatically controlled heater to prevent ice and snow buildup
from obscuring light output. Melts ice similar to traditional
incandescent fixtures.
• No batteries to replace – Constant, dependable level of light at
all times, comparable to FAA-specified medium intensity light
levels
• Integral third-wire grounding for fixture and installation base
cans
• Thermostatically controlled heater cycles on and off when
temperature drops below freezing, reducing overall energy
consumption
• Standard FAA-Style L-823 connectors provide a complete
environmental seal, eliminating fluid “siphoning” up wiring to
fixture interior
• High strength – Rugged, proven design - fixture originally
designed to withstand the rollover weight of large aircraft in
airport movement areas
• Equivalent mechanical and electrical design has been field
tested in thousands of airfield installations
• Offers longer maintenance intervals and requires fewer spare
parts, resulting in lower life cycle costs
• Designed and built with simplicity and ease of maintenance in
mind
• Can be provided with a shallow mounting base designed for inpavement installation
I-2
2073 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0364
• Aluminum alloy cover, inner cover, and optical assembly, stainless steel hardware, and a hardened optical glass lens
• Fixture is also available for series circuits. Contact the ADB
Sales Department or see ADB catalog sheet 2060.
HELIPORTS
IUL-L I LED In-pavement Utility & Heliport Perimeter Light
Operating Conditions
Spare Components
Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C (-40 °F to +131 °F)
Description
Part No.
Altitude: Sea level to 10,000 feet (3000 m)
Cord set
Inner pan assembly, 95-264 V, yellow
Inner pan assembly, 95-264 V, blue
Inner pan assembly, 95-264 V, green, white
LED optical assembly, white, omnidirectional
light pattern, w/out heater
LED optical assembly, white, omnidirectional
light pattern, with heater
LED optical assembly, yellow, omnidirectional
light pattern, w/out heater
LED optical assembly, yellow, omnidirectional
light pattern, with heater
LED optical assembly, green, omnidirectional
light pattern, w/out heater
LED optical assembly, green, omnidirectional
light pattern, with heater
LED optical assembly, blue, omnidirectional
light pattern, w/out heater
LED optical assembly, blue, omnidirectional
light pattern, with heater
LED optical assembly, red, omnidirectional
light pattern, w/out heater
LED optical assembly, red, omnidirectional
light pattern, with heater
LED optical assembly, white, upward light
light pattern, w/out heater
LED optical assembly, white, upward light
pattern, with heater
Lens gasket, molded
O-ring, inner cover seal
Prism lens
Secondary female connector kit
Top cover, 8-inch
Top cover, 12-inch, L-868 11.25” bolt circle
Top cover, 12-inch, L-867 10.25” bolt circle
73A0136-23
44A6354-10
44A6354-20
44A6354-30
44A7217-10
Relative Humidity: Up to 100%
8-inch Load Bearing Base Can
Part Number
88ICC05Y
Electrical Supply
Input voltage
W/out Heater
With Heater
95 VAC (min.) - 264 VAC (max.),
50/60 Hz
120 VAC, ±10%, 50/60 Hz
Maximum Input Power
W/out Heater
With Heater
Yellow
10.2 VA
33.2 VA
Green
14.3 VA
37.3 VA
Blue
13.5 VA
36.5 VA
White
14.3 VA
37.3 VA
Red
14.3 VA
37.3 VA
Energy Cost Savings
LED Fixture Load
Incan./Tungsten
Halogen Load
Energy Savings
Yellow, Voltage Driven, Without/Inactive Heater
10.2 VA
40/54 VA
3.9/5.3 times
Yellow, Voltage Driven, without Heater Active
33.2 VA
1
40/54 VA
1.2/1.6 times
44A7217-11
44A7217-20
44A7217-21
44A7217-30
44A7217-31
44A7217-40
44A7217-41
44A7217-50
44A7217-51
44A7217-60
44A7217-61
4071.76.041
7080.90.335
63A1071
70A0046
4071.76.002
62A2157-1
62A2157-2
Either a 40 W (VA) or 54 W (VA) lamp is in typical equivalent
fixtures
Packaging
Dimensions
8-inch Fixture
8-inch Fixture
Outside diameter:
Bolt-circle diameter:
8.43 in (21.4 cm)
7.32 in (18.6 cm)
In cardboard box:
6 x 10 x 10 in (15.24 x 25.4 x 25.4 cm)
Weight with packing:
7.65 lb (3.47 kg)
Weight without packing: 5.65 lb (2.56 kg)
12-inch Fixture
8-inch Base Can
Outside diameter:
Bolt-circle diameter (L-868B):
Bolt-circle diameter (L-867B):
11.94 in (30.33 cm)
11.25 in (28.58 cm)
10.25 in (26.04 cm)
Solar Lighting System Design
Weight:
3.95 lb (1.79 kg)
12-inch Fixture
In cardboard box:
7 x 13 x 13 in (17.8 x 33 x 33 cm)
Weight with packing:
15.3 lb (6.94 kg)
Weight without packing: 12.3 lb (5.58 kg)
ADB can design a complete solar-powered heliport package for
interested customers to include solar equipment, elevated and
in-pavement fixtures, obstruction lights, wind cone, and control
equipment. Call 614-573-8232 for more information.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2073 Rev. P I Manual No. 96A0364
I-3
HELIPORTS
EHP-L
LED Elevated Heliport Perimeter Light
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
Designed according to AC 150/5390-2 Heliport Design.
L-861T AC 150/5345-46 (Current Edition) and the FAA
Engineering Brief No. 67. ETL Certified (L-861T).
Ordering Code
Uses
EHP is intended for use as a heliport perimeter light. The green
and yellow omnidirectional light is used to define the perimeter
of the area the helicopter requires for touchdown and lift-off
(TLOF).
• Yellow EHPs are typically used on military applications
• Green EHPs are typically used for new civil applications
• Blue EHPs can be used for lead-in taxiway applications
Features
• Overall height installed is less than 8 inches, complying with AC
150/5390-2C requirements for raised perimeter lights
• Average individual LED life of 50,000 hours (minimum)
• 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz power supply minimizes installation costs
by reducing required cable run wire size. Light output stays
constant regardless of input voltage range.
• EHP with arctic option (U.S. Patent 7192155 B2) uses a thermostatically controlled heater to prevent ice and snow buildup
from obscuring light output. Melts ice similar to traditional
incandescent fixtures.
• Thermostatically controlled heater cycles on and off when
temperature drops below freezing, reducing overall energy
consumption
• For voltage-driven applications, the EHP with a thermostatically
controlled arctic option is 2.6 times more efficient in warm
weather operations and 1.5 times more efficient than a typical
54 W(VA) fixture in cold weather operations
• More than 500,000 ADB elevated LED fixtures are in use around
the USA
• Direct replacement for incandescent fixtures
• Fixture uses aluminum casting, stainless steel hardware, and is
protected with aviation yellow powder coat finish
• All parts are corrosion-resistant
• Rugged, low-profile design reduces the potential for damage in
the FATO perimeter
• For additional features common to all of ADB’s elevated LED
fixtures, see data sheet 3043.
Operating Conditions
Temperature: -40 °F to +131 °F (-40 °C to +55 °C)
Humidity: 0 to 100%
Wind: Withstands wind velocities up to 300 mph (480 kph)
I-4
3009 Rev. F I Manual No. 96A0407
EHP-
0
LED Color
G = Green1
Y = Yellow1
B = Blue
Power
1 = Voltage Driven, 95-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz1
2 = 60 Hz, Current Driven, 2.8-6.6 A
3 = 50 Hz, Current Driven, 2.8-6.6 A
Overall Height
1 = 8 inches with junction box, no coupling1
2 = 16 inches with junction box, 1.5-inch coupling1
3 = 24 inches with junction box, 1.5-inch coupling1
4 = 8 inches w/out j-box, with 1.5-inch coupling
5 = 8 inches w/out j-box, with 2-inch coupling
6 = 16 inches w/out j-box, with 1.5-inch coupling
7 = 24 inches w/out j-box, with 1.5-inch coupling
8 = 16 inches w/out j-box, with 2-inch coupling
9 = 24 inches w/out j-box, with 2-inch coupling
A = 12 inch OAH w/out j-box, with 1.5-inch coupling
B = 12 inch OAH w/out j-box, with 2-inch coupling
Arctic Option
0 = Without arctic option
1 = With arctic option2
Notes
1
Not ETL Certified
2
When powered by a parallel circuit, heater is designed for use
at only 120 VAC, ±10%, 50/60 Hz.
Electrical Supply
Current Driven
W/out Heater
With Heater
2.8-6.6 A, 50/60 Hz, 12 VA max.
2.8-6.6 A, 50/60 Hz, 27 VA max.
Voltage Driven
W/out Heater
With Heater
95 VAC (min.) - 264 VAC (max.),
50/60 Hz, 10 W (21 VA) max.
120 VAC, ±10%, 50/60 Hz, 25 W
(36 VA) max.
HELIPORTS
EHP-L I LED Elevated Heliport Perimeter Light
Installation Options
Spare Components
Stake mounting
Description
Part No.
A 2 x 2 x 30 inch (5.08 x 5.08 x 76.2 cm) galvanized steel angle
stake assembly is sold separately (Part No. 44B0348). The EHP
frangible coupling screws directly into a 1.5-inch threaded hub assembly making the fixture mechanically and electrically frangible.
Enclosure bottom
Enclosure gasket
Frangible coupling, 1.5 inch, 12 TPI
Frangible reducer coupling, 2-1 inch, 11.5 TPI
Gasket, universal round
Glassware, blue
Glassware, green
Glassware, yellow
Junction box, round
Junction box lid
Junction box lid, round w/0.5-inch hub
Lens attaching ring
Seal, side-emitting LED lens
62A2177
63A1097
62B0073
61A0281
77A0216
63A1054-1
63A1054-5
63A1054-3
77A0213
62A2178
77A0214
60A2975-2
63A1048
Base plate
A 12-inch base plate with a 1.5-inch threaded hub assembly is sold
separately (Part No. 1935). A plastic base plate with 2-inch hub is
also available. The base plate mounts on a 12-inch L-867 base can
(Also sold separately. Call ADB for details).
Conduit elbow
A conduit elbow with a 2-inch hub assembly is pre-cast or poured
in the excavation, ready to receive the fixture at ground level.
(Part No. 1409.00.020).
Junction box
A junction box ready for direct mounting or burial in concrete can
be provided. Contact ADB for details.
Packaging
Carton Dimensions
Assembled
Fixtures
Individual
12 Per Box
Indiv.
Weight*
8-inch OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 20.5 in
16.5 x 21 x 20.5 in
2.75 lb
16.5 x 16.5 x 52 cm
41.9 x 53.3 x 52 cm
1.25 kg
16-inch
OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 20.5 in
16.5 x 21 x 20.5 in
2.75 lb
16.5 x 16.5 x 52 cm
41.9 x 53.3 x 52 cm
1.25 kg
24-inch
OAH
6.5 x 6.5 x 31 in
16.5 x 21 x 33.5 in
4 lb
16.5 x 16.5 x 79 cm
41.9 x 53.3 x 85 cm
1.81 kg
* Weight based on unpacked EHP with arctic option
Stake Mount
Energy Cost Savings
Base Plate
LED Fixture Load
Incan./Tungsten
Halogen Load
Energy Savings
Current Driven, Without/Inactive Heater1
12 VA
54 VA
4.5 times
Current Driven, without Heater Active1
27 VA
54 VA
2.2 times
Voltage Driven, Without/Inactive Heater1
21 VA
54 VA
2.6 times
Voltage Driven, without Heater Active
36 VA
1
Conduit Elbow
54 VA
1.5 times
Fixture load does not include isolation transformer load
Conduit Elbow
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
3009 Rev. F I Manual No. 96A0407
I-5
HELIPORTS
This page left blank
intentionally
I-6
TRANSFORMERS & CABLES
Cord Sets
L-823 Airfield Runway Lighting
Cord Set and Connector Kits
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-823 Plug w/Cord Set
L-823 AC 150/5345-26 (Current Edition)
Uses
L-823 plugs and receptacles (cable connectors) are used for
underground cable connections, isolation transformer leads, and
airport light fixture leads.
Features
• The voltage drop across the contacts of a connected plug and
receptacle does not exceed 7.5 millivolts for primary connectors nor 6.0 millivolts for secondary connectors
• Sockets are slotted and spring-loaded to ensure good electrical
contact
• Pins and sockets are made of both copper and brass and are tinplated for corrosion resistance
Primary Connector Kit (Continued)
Each receptacle is equipped with a disposable sleeve fitted into
the receptacle’s water seal to catch surplus silicone compound
during assembly.
Each socket is equipped with a disposable pin fitted tightly into
the pin end of the socket to prevent entry of silicone compound
during assembly and provide a visual indication of proper socket
position after assembly. An adequate amount of silicone insulating
compound is furnished with each connector to insure all internal
voids are filled during connector assembly.
L-823 Plug, Style 3
and Pin
• Field-attached connector kits are resistant to direct sunlight
and ozone
• Sockets are an annealed sleeve-type spring, which protects
the socket slots from filling with insulation compound during
molding
• Pins and sockets designed for field assembly connectors have
provisions for crimping to the cable conductors at the job site
L-823 Receptacle,
Style 10 and Socket
• Manufactured by various ETL-Certified sources
Operating Conditions
Temperature Range:
-67 °F to +149 °F (-55 °C to +65 °C)
Secondary Connector Kit
Resistant to:
Deicing fluids, jet fuel, rain, snow, ice,
and standing water and can be buried
in the earth
Connector assemblies are composed of two parts: an insert assembly and a housing. When plug and receptacle assemblies are assembled, they provide a water-resistant seal to prevent moisture
from entering the housing.
L-823 Cord Set
L-823 cord sets are used for secondary cable extensions and
transformer interconnection cable assemblies. The standard cord
set consists of the L-823 plug (Style 1) with molded-on 2C/AWG 16
wire (31-inches long from interface of plug to end of wire). Other
lengths and AWGs are available by special order.
Primary Connector Kit
The primary cable connector kit is designed to provide a separable
connection between: 1) a non-screened primary airfield cable
(5 kV or less) and an FAA L-830 isolation transformer or 2) in a
non-screened primary series circuit cable. One kit is required for
each cable splice or transformer installation. Each kit conforms to
FAA L-823 Style 3 plug and Style 10 receptacle with crimp-on pin
and socket contacts.
The Style 4 plug connector kit is designed to terminate individual
secondary wires. The Style 5 kit is designed to terminate nonshielded secondary cables. The plug connector kit contains a plug
housing with a crimp-on plug insert that mates to a Style 7, 8, 11,
or 12 receptacle.
The Style 11 receptacle connector kit is designed to terminate
individual secondary wires. The Style 12 kit is designed to terminate non-shielded secondary cables. The receptacle connector kit
contains a receptacle housing and crimp-on receptacle insert that
mate with a Style 1, 4, 5, or 6 plug connector.
1031 Rev. R I No Manual
J-1
TRANSFORMERS & CABLES
CORD SETS I L-823 Cord Set and Connector Kits
Ordering Codes: Cord Sets
Ordering Codes: Secondary Connector Kits
Description
Wire Size
Part No.
Style 1 plug, 16 AWG
31-inch (78.74 cm) without terminals
73A0009-31
31 inches from interface of L-823 plug to end of wire. Contact
the ADB Airfield Solutions Sales Department for other lengths
and wire sizes available by special order.
31-inch with fork terminal - #6 stud size
Specify length when ordering.
44A1707
31-inch with female disconnect
Specify length when ordering.
44A1701
Cable Diameter
(Insulation OD)
in (mm)
Concentric
Stranded
AWG
Solid
AWG
Part No.*
US/Canada
Style 4 plug for terminating two individual conductors
0.120-0.160 (3.1-4.1)
0.155-0.205 (3.9-5.2)
0.195-0.260 (4.9-6.6)
10-12
10-12
10-12
8-10
8-10
8-10
70A0055/90P-S6
70A0045/90P-A6
70A0044/90P-B6
Style 11 receptacle for terminating two individual conductors
Ordering Codes: Canadian Style Cord Sets
0.155-0.205 (3.9-5.2)
0.195-0.260 (4.9-6.6)
0.155-0.205 (3.9-5.2)
Description
Style 5 plug for terminating two conductors in a cable
Part No.
Style 1 plug, 16 AWG
18-inch (450 mm) with 2/C Cable and
Fork Terminals for Prefocus Socket
91MPC-.46-M
Style 1 plug, 16 AWG
18-inch (450 mm) with 2/C Cable and
Female Spade Term. for PK30d Lamps
91MPC-.46-H
91MPC-.75-M
Style 1 plug, 16 AWG
29.5-inch (750 mm) with with 2/C Cable
and Fork Terminals for Prefocus Socket
0.420-0.585 (10.7-14.9)
0.420-0.585 (10.7-14.9)
0.575-0.785 (14.6-19.9)
10-12
10-12
14-16
14-16
10-12
10-12
8-10
8-10
12-14
12-14
8-10
8-10
70A0046/90R-A6
70A0041/90R-B6
70A0049/90R-A8
70A0040/91P-E8
70A0047/91P-E6
70A0239/91P-F6
Style 12 receptacle for terminating two conductors in a cable
0.420-0.585 (10.7-14.9)
0.420-0.585 (10.7-14.9)
0.575-0.785 (14.6-19.9)
14-16
10-12
10-12
12-14
8-10
8-10
70A0048/91R-E8
70A0263/91R-E6
70A0238/91R-F6
* Part numbers are listed as US / Canadian part number.
Style 1 plug, 16 AWG
39-inch (1000 mm) with with 2/C Cable
and No Terminals
91MPC-1.0
Ordering Codes: Primary Connector Kits
Wire Size
Concentric
Stranded
AWG
Cable Diameter
(Insulation OD)
in (mm)
Part No.
Plug Insert and Housing
Housing and Receptacle Insert
Includes both Style 3 plug and Style 10 receptacle
0.320-0.430
0.320-0.430
0.320-0.430
0.320-0.430
0.320-0.430
0.320-0.430
0.420-0.585
0.575-0.785
(8.1-10.9)
(8.1-10.9)
(8.1-10.9)
(8.1-10.9)
(8.1-10.9)
(8.1-10.9)
(10.7-14.9)
(14.6-19.9)
8
8
8
6
6
6
8
6
70A0012
70A0012-1
70A0012-CK
70A0014
70A0014-1
70A0014-CK
70A0017
70A0019
Supplier Part No. Reference Table
Part No.
Amerace
70A0012
Integro
11174-01
70A0012/AMERACE
54D4D4
70A0012-1
54Super D4-D4
70A0012-CK
NA
11805-01
70A0014
54D3D3
11174-04
70A0014-1
54Super D3-D3
NA
70A0014-CK
NA
11805-04
70A0017
54E4E4
11174-05
70A0019
54F3F3
11174-06
J-2
1031 Rev. R I No Manual
NA
Ordering Codes: Cord/Extenstion Cord Sets
Description
Part No.
16/2 Cord with one Plug, Type II,
Class A, Style 1, 37-inch length (93.98 cm)
73A0107-48
16/2 Cord with one Plug, Type II,
Class A, Style 1, 6-foot length (182.88 cm)
73A0107-72
16/2 Cord, one Receptacle, Type II, Class A,
Style 8, one Plug, Type II, Class A, Style 1, 8-foot
length (243.84 cm) Receptacle to be connected to
Plug on standard 31-inch (78.74 cm) L-823 cord set.
73A0109-8
16/2 Cord, one Receptacle, Type II, Class A,
Style 8, one Plug, Type II, Class A, Style 1, 6-foot
length (182.88 cm) Receptacle to be connected to
Plug on standard 31-inch (78.74 cm) L-823 cord set.
73A0109-6
16/2 Cord, one Receptacle, Type II, Class A,
Style 7, one Plug, Type II, Class A, Style 1, 8-foot
length (243.84 cm) Receptacle may be connected
to Plug on 73A0107-X or 73A0109-8 cord set.
73A0108-8
16/2 Cord, one Receptacle, Type II, Class A,
Style 7, one Plug, Type II, Class A, Style 1, 6-foot
length (182.88 cm) Receptacle may be connected
to Plug on 73A0107-X or 73A0109-8 cord set.
73A0108-6
TRANSFORMERS & CABLES
CORD SETS I L-823 Cord Set and Connector Kits
The 54 Super Series Primary Connector
Kits are the easiest, quickest and most
effective connections for unscreened
primary cable.
Manufactured using one-piece molded
housings with a customized EPDM rubber
formulation, the 54 Super Kit features
an exclusive cold-shrink sealing system
that continuously applies a compression
force on the cable. No heat shrink is
required for these connections.
Electrical
L-823 Cord Set
Insulation Rating:
Primary Kits – 5 kV
Secondary Kits – 600 V
Electrical Connector Rating:
Primary Kits – 25 A
Secondary Kits – 20 A
Secondary
Secondary
Receptacle
Secondary Plug
Packaging
Description
Primary
Weight
Primary Connector Kit
0.46 lb
0.209 kg
Secondary Connector Kit
0.12 lb
0.054 kg
L-823 Cord Set
0.18 lb
0.082 kg
Primary
Field Cable
Isolation
Transformer
Primary Connector Kit
Installation
Installation instructions are furnished with each field-attachable
plug and receptacle.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
1031 Rev. R I No Manual
J-3
TRANSFORMERS & CABLES
Heat Shrink
Uses
Provides environmental sealing protection for the FAA L-823 style
primary plug and receptacle connector used in the wiring of airfield
lighting circuits.
Features
• Mechanical Protection – The high impact and abrasion resistance of ADB’s Airfield Lighting Kit Heat Shrink provides excellent mechanical protection
• Environmental Seal – ADB’s Airfield Lighting Kits (with sealant)
are coated internally with a dual-purpose thermo-plastic liner.
When heated, the liner will encapsulate the connector/cable
termination, providing the mechanical strength of a superior
adhesive with the environmental sealing capability and corrosion protection of a high-quality mastic.
• Easy Installation – When heated above 248 ºF (120 ºC), the
Airfield Lighting Kit Heat Shrink shrinks rapidly to seal and
encapsulate electrical connections, providing a fast, simple and
clean insulation system that can also be removed.
• Permanent Environmental Seal – Provides protection against
water intrusion, abrasion damage, and accidental disconnection
and added strain relief for the connector/cable assembly. The kit
installs in minutes, providing a permanent environmental seal.
• Easily Removed Waterproof Seal – ADB’s sealant-coated, 16-inch
long heat shrink tubing has sealant coating the entire length of
the tube (Part No. 71A0088-U). Heat shrink tubing can also be
supplied with three inches of sealant applied internally on each
end of the sleeve (Part No. 71A0052 or APL-L823A). This allows
for easy removal in the event of connector maintenance while
providing a seal between cable and sleeve.
Installation - Full 16-Inch Length (Continued)
For any type of heat shrink where the full 16-inch length is applied.
Apply Heat Shrinkable Sleeve
1. Preheat cable jacket.
2. Center sleeve over primary series circuit connector.
3. Begin shrinking at center, working toward both ends. A heat
gun is the preferred heating method. If a torch is used (not
preferred), a torch that produces a long, broad flame must be
used to blanket the sleeve with heat. Use a broad colorless
or yellow flame (Do not use a concentrated blue flame). It is
important that the heat shrink not be burned by the flame.
The minimum shrink temperature is 248 ºF (120 ºC). Use a
back-and-forth motion with the heating device (Figure 1).
4. Continue heating until shrinking is complete. Visually inspect
the heat shrink to ensure there is a smooth, tight fit, uniform
wall thickness, and melted adhesive/sealant is squeezed from
the ends (Figure 2).
5. To prevent the glued interface from detaching, allow the heat
shrink to cool completely before moving it.
Main Illustration
Installation - Full 16-Inch Length
For any type of heat shrink where the full 16-inch length is applied.
Prepare Cable
1. Thoroughly clean all dirt and debris from the cable and connector for the entire length of the sleeve. Use an appropriate
solvent to clean cable. Be sure to follow the solvent manufacturer’s instructions. Failure to follow these instructions could
lead to product failure. Some newer solvents do not evaporate
quickly and need to be removed with a clean, lint-free cloth.
Failure to do so could change the volume resistivity of the
substrate, or leave a residue on the surface.
2. Slide sleeve over cable before making electrical connection.
3. Mate connector sections per manufacturer’s instructions.
J-4
1225 Rev. K I No Manual
Figure 1
Figure 2
TRANSFORMERS & CABLES
HEAT SHRINK
Ordering Code
Airfield
Lighting Kit
Part No.
Expanded Internal
Diameter (Min.)
in (mm)
Reovered Internal
Diameter (Max.)
in (mm)
Recovered Wall
Thickness (Nominal)
in (mm)
Approximate
Sleeve Length
in (mm)
Sealant Length
In Tubing
71A0052
1.3 (33)
0.315 (8)
0.126 (3.2)
16 (406.4)
Three inches
APL-L823A*
1.5 (38.1)
0.375 (9.5)
0.08 (2.03)
16 (406.4)
Three inches
71A0088-U
1.3 (33)
0.43 (10.9)
0.10 (2.5)
16 (406.4)
Entire length
Note: Custom-sized kits are available from the factory upon request.
* This larger diameter heat shrink is typically used if heat shrink is applied to an Amerace Superkit.
Installation - Heat Shrink Cut in Half
Only for applications where the heat shrink is cut in half.
Note: It is recommended that this method only be used with sealant coating the entire length of the tube (Part No. 71A0088-U).
Figure 3
Prepare Cable
1. Thoroughly clean all dirt and debris from the cable and connector for the entire length of the sleeve. Use an appropriate
solvent to clean cable. Be sure to follow the solvent manufacturer’s instructions. Failure to follow these instructions could
lead to product failure. Some newer solvents do not evaporate
quickly and need to be removed with a clean, lint-free cloth.
Failure to do so could change the volume resistivity of the
substrate, or leave a residue on the surface.
2. Cut the 71A0088-U heat shrink in half with a clean, straight
cut.
3. Slide sleeve over cable before making electrical connection.
4. Mate connector sections per manufacturer’s instructions.
Figure 4
Figure 5
Tape Connection Joint
1. Wrap with at least one layer of Scotch® 23 (or equivalent)
rubber splicing tape, half lapped, followed by one layer of
Scotch® 33 (or equivalent) electrical tape, half-lapped across
connector joint. Tape must extend 1.5 in (38.1 mm) on either
side of the connector joint (Figure 3).
Figure 6
Apply Heat Shrinkable Sleeve
1. Preheat cable jacket.
2. Center sleeve over wire-to-connector kit entry point (Figure 4).
3. Begin shrinking at center, working toward both ends. A heat
gun is the preferred heating method. If a torch is used (not
preferred), a torch that produces a long, broad flame must be
used to blanket the sleeve with heat. Use a broad colorless
or yellow flame (Do not use a concentrated blue flame). It is
important that the heat shrink not be burned by the flame.
The minimum shrink temperature is 248 ºF (120 ºC). Use a
back-and-forth motion with the heating device (Figure 5).
4. Continue heating until shrinking is complete. Visually inspect
the heat shrink to ensure there is a smooth, tight fit, uniform
wall thickness, and melted adhesive/sealant is squeezed from
the ends (see Figure 6).
5. To prevent the glued interface from detaching, allow the heat
shrink to cool completely before moving it.
6. Repeat the process for the other primary connection using the
other half of the heat shrink.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
1225 Rev. K I No Manual
J-5
TRANSFORMERS & CABLES
IXT-A
Series Circuit Isolation Transformer
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
MIL:
L-830 and L-831 AC 150/5345-47 (Current Edition)
ETL Certified.
Aerodrome Design Manual, Part 5 para. 3.2.1.7a
MIL-T-27535A
Uses
FAA L-830/
L-831 & ICAO
Designed for use in airfield lighting systems
to isolate low-voltage lamps from the high
operating voltages present on airfield series
lighting circuits.
Features
• Quick and easy connection by means of factory-molded L-823
plugs and receptacles.
• Two single-conductor primary cables (8 AWG, 5,000 V) with a
molded Style 2 plug on one lead and a molded Style 9 receptacle
on the other lead; one two-conductor secondary cable (12 AWG,
600 V) with Style 8 two-pin receptacle
• Complete water tightness–Cables are an integral part of the
transformer and their sheath is molded in the transformer body
• May be buried directly in the ground, exposed to the sun, immersed in water, and exposed to other weather elements
• The outer molded jacket is acid-, alkali-, and oil-resistant and
also resists deicing fluids, ozone, and UV radiation
• Ambient temperature: -67 °F to +149 °F (-55 °C to +65 °C)
Electrical Supply
• Operates at 60 Hz (L-830) on series circuits rated up to 5,000
VAC
The primary windings of the transformer are connected in a 6.6 A
series circuit supplied by a constant current regulator. The continuity of the series lighting loop is maintained even if one or more
lamps supplied by individual isolation transformer secondaries
are open-circuited due to lamp failures. In addition, there is a
complete separation of the high-voltage primary and low-voltage
secondary windings.
Note
Series circuit components and connectors must be installed per the
recommendations shown in FAA AC 150/5340-30 (latest revision).
There are many installation variables outside the control of ADB
that may affect the overall circuit insulation resistance. ADB
Airfield Solutions is not responsible for series circuit insulation
resistance requirements above the limits defined in FAA
AC 150/5340-30 or AC 150/5340-26 (latest revisions).
J-6
3033 Rev. D I Manual No. 96A0438
Ordering Code
1ST
10
Power Range
010 = 10/15 W (L-830-16)
020 = 20/25 W (L-830-17)
045 = 30/45 W (L-830-1)
065 = 65 W (L-830-3)
100 = 100 W (L-830-4)
150 = 150 W (L-830-18)
200 = 200 W (L-830-6)
300 = 300 W (L-830-10)
Primary Current
6 = 6.6 A
Secondary Current
6 = 6.6 A
Frequency
6 = 60 Hz
Grounding Connection
0 = Without ground
Note: ADB isolation transformers are manufactured in Columbus,
Ohio.
TRANSFORMERS & CABLES
IXT-A I Series Circuit Isolation Transformer
Packaging
Style
Part No.
L-830-16
1ST010666010
Avg. Weight - lb (kg)
2.6 (1.2)
L-830-17
1ST020666010
2.8 (1.3)
L-830-1
1ST045666010
3.0 (1.4)
L-830-3
1ST065666010
4.8 (2.2)
L-830-4
1ST100666010
5.9 (2.7)
L-830-18
1ST150666010
7.4 (3.4)
L-830-6
1ST200666010
9.5 (4.3)
L-830-10
1ST300666010
11.8 (5.4)
Deep Base Application
Stake Mount Application
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
3033 Rev. D I Manual No. 96A0438
J-7
TRANSFORMERS & CABLES
ITX
Series Circuit Isolation Transformers
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
ICAO:
MIL:
CSA:
L-830 and L-831 AC 150/5345-47 (Current Edition)
Aerodrome Design Manual, Part 5 para. 3.2.1.7a
MIL-T-27535A
C 22.2 No. 180
Ordering Codes
Style
Rated
Watts
Hz
Prim.
Amps
L-830-16
10/15
60
6.6
6.6
70%
35A0578
L-830-17
20/25
60
6.6
6.6
70%
35A0617
L-830-1
L-830-2
30/45
30/45
60
60
6.6
20
6.6
6.6
80%
80%
35C0077
35C0078
• Quick and easy connection by means of factory-molded L-823
plugs and receptacles. Canadian transformers are designed to
also accept Amerace 54Super type primary kits.
L-830-3
65
60
6.6
6.6
80%
35C0092
L-830-4
L-830-5
100
100
60
60
6.6
20
6.6
6.6
85%
85%
35C0080
35C0081
• Two single-conductor primary cables (8 AWG, 5,000 V) with a
molded Style 2 plug on one lead and a molded Style 9 receptacle on the other lead; one two-conductor secondary cable (12
AWG 600 V) with Style 8 two-pin receptacle
L-830-18
L-830-19
150
150
60
60
6.6
20
6.6
6.6
85%
85%
35A0650
35A0651
L-830-6
L-830-7
200
200
60
60
6.6
20
6.6
6.6
90%
90%
35C0082
35C0083
L-830-8
L-830-9
L-830-10
L-830-11
300
300
300
300
60
60
60
60
6.6
20
6.6
20
20
20
6.6
6.6
90%
90%
90%
90%
35C0084
35C0085
35C0086
35C0087
L-830-12
L-830-13
L-830-14
L-830-15
500
500
500
500
60
60
60
60
6.6
20
6.6
20
20
20
6.6
6.6
90%
90%
90%
90%
35C0088
35C0089
35A0224
35A0228
L-831-16
10/15
50
6.6
6.6
70%
35A0667
L-831-17
20/25
50
6.6
6.6
70%
35A0668
L-831-1
L-831-2
30/45
30/45
50
50
6.6
20
6.6
6.6
80%
80%
35C0077-1
35C0078-1
L-831-3
65
50
6.6
6.6
80%
35C0079-1
L-831-4
L-831-5
100
100
50
50
6.6
20
6.6
6.6
85%
85%
35C0080-1
35C0081-1
L-831-18
L-831-19
150
150
50
50
6.6
20
6.6
6.6
85%
85%
35A0652
35A0653
L-831-6
L-831-7
200
200
50
50
6.6
20
6.6
6.6
90%
90%
35C0082-1
35C0083-1
ADB Airfield Solutions is an approved OEM supplier of Amerace and
Integro Isolation Transformers. If you would like information on
transformers not described in this catalog sheet, please contact
the ADB Sales Department.
L-831-8
L-831-9
L-831-10
L-831-11
300
300
300
300
50
50
50
50
6.6
20
6.6
20
20
20
6.6
6.6
90%
90%
90%
90%
35C0084-1
35C0085-1
35C0086-1
35C0087-1
Note
L-831-12
L-831-14
500
500
50
50
6.6
6.6
20
6.6
90%
90%
35C0088
35A0224-1
Uses
Designed for use in airfield lighting systems to isolate low-voltage
lamps from the high operating voltages present on airfield series
lighting circuits.
Features
• Complete water tightness – Cables are an integral part of the
transformer and their sheath is molded in the transformer body
• May be buried directly in the ground, exposed to the sun, immersed in water, and exposed to other weather elements
• The outer molded jacket is acid-, alkali-, and oil-resistant and
also resists deicing fluids, ozone, and UV radiation
Electrical Supply
• Operates at 60 Hz (L-830) or 50 Hz (L-831) on series circuits
rated up to 5,000 VAC
The primary windings of the transformer are connected in a 6.6 A
or 20 A series circuit supplied by a constant current regulator. The
continuity of the series lighting loop is maintained even if one or
more lamps supplied by individual isolation transformer secondaries are open-circuited due to lamp failures. In addition, there is a
complete separation of the high-voltage primary and low-voltage
secondary windings.
Additional Isolation Transformers
Series circuit components and connectors must be installed per
the recommendations shown in FAA AC 150/5340-30 (latest revision). There are many installation variables outside the control of
ADB that may affect the overall circuit insulation resistance. ADB
Airfield Solutions is not responsible for series circuit insulation
resistance requirements above the limits defined in FAA
AC 150/5340-30 or AC 150/5340-26 (latest revisions).
J-8
1215 Rev. Q I No Manual
Sec. Eff. Min.
Amps at 20°C Part No.
Notes
• All FAA-recognized L-830 and L-831 isolation transformers
listed are ETL Certified.
TRANSFORMERS & CABLES
IXT I Series Circuit Isolation Transformers
Canadian Ordering Code
Packaging
Certification
Rated
Watts
Hz
Prim.
Amps
Sec.
Amps
Part No.
CSA
10/15
60
6.6
6.6
CTAG010666-011
Style
Part No.
Avg.
Weight
lb (kg)
CSA
25
60
6.6
6.6
CTAG025666-011
CSA
30/45
60
6.6
6.6
CTAG045666-01
L-830-16
L-831-16
35A0578
35A0667
4.8
(2.2)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
45
60
6.6
6.6
STAG045666-011,2
L-830-17
L-831-17
35A0617
35A0668
4.8
(2.2)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
CSA
65
60
6.6
6.6
CTAG065666-01
CSA
100
60
6.6
6.6
CTAG100666-01
L-830-1
L-831-1
35C0077
35C0077-1
7.0
(3.2)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
100
60
6.6
6.6
STAG100666-011,2
CSA
150
60
6.6
6.6
CTAG150666-01
L-830-2
L-831-2
35C0078
35C0078-1
7.0
(3.2)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
CSA
200
60
6.6
6.6
CTAG200666-01
L-830-3
L-831-3
35C0092
35C0079-1
10.0
(4.6)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
CSA
250
60
6.6
20
CTAG250626-01
CSA
300
60
6.6
6.6
CTAG300666-011
L-830-4
L-831-4
35C0080
35C0080-1
11.5
(5.2)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
500
60
6.6
6.6
TAG500666-01CS0581
L-830-5
L-831-5
35C0081
35C0081-1
11.5
(5.2)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
L-830-18
L-831-18
35A0650
35A0652
13.5
(5.2)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
L-830-19
L-831-19
35A0651
35A0653
13.5
(5.2)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
L-830-6
L-831-6
35C0082
35C0082-1
13.5
(6.1)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
L-830-7
L-831-7
35C0083
35C0083-1
13.5
(6.1)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
L-830-8
L-831-8
35C0084
35C0084-1
23.5
(10.7)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
L-830-9
L-831-9
35C0085
35C0085-1
23.5
(10.7)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
L-830-10
L-831-10
35C0086
35C0086-1
23.5
(10.7)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
L-830-11
L-831-11
35C0087
35C0087-1
23.5
(10.7)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
L-830-12
L-831-12
35C0088
35C0088-1
28.0
(12.7)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
L-830-13
35C0089
28.0
(12.7)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
L-830-14
L-831-14
35A0224
35A0224-1
18.0
(8.2)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
L-830-15
35A0228
18.0
(8.4)
12 x 10 x 10
(30.5 x 25.4 x 25.4)
Notes
1
With CSA type ground
2
Saturation-type isolating transformers
Deep Base Application
Package Size in (cm)
Note: Actual shipping weight may vary by specific manufacturer’s
transformer. Some orders are bulk shipped in a single container.
Stake Mount Application
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
1215 Rev. Q I No Manual
J-9
TRANSFORMERS & CABLES
ITX-1500
1500 W, 20 A/20 A Isolation Transformer
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
Designed according to FAA-E-2690a
Uses
Designed for use in airfield lighting systems to isolate lower voltage lamps from the high operating voltages present on airfield
series lighting circuits.
ADB Ordering Code
35A0675
FAA NSN
8200-00-003-0041-1
Electrical Performance
Features
• Advanced core/coil construction designed to have a low impedance to higher frequency communication signals. Performance
verified when connected to the NBP ALSF-2 lamps-out powerline
carrier monitoring system.
Capacity:
1800 W
Primary Current:
20 A
Power Factor:
≥ 0.90
• Meets FAA-E-2690a performance requirements with up to a 1800
W load to allow for power consumed by monitoring devices
and/or external secondary wiring
Efficiency:
≥ 0.95%
Frequency:
60 Hz
Secondary full load current:
19.8-20.2 A
• Exceeds 15 kVDC insulation resistance requirements of FAA-E2690a
Secondary short-circuited current:
20-22 A
• Quick and easy connection by means of factory-molded L-823
plugs and receptacles
Maximum secondary open-circuit voltage:
848.5 V peak-peak
Voltage rating:
Primary 5,000 V RMS
Secondary 600 V RMS
Weight:
62 lbs (28 kg)
• Two single-conductor primary cables (9 AWG, 5,000 V) with a
molded Style 2 plug on one lead and a molded Style 9 receptacle
on the other lead; one two-conductor secondary cable (12 AWG
600 V) with Style 8 two-pin receptacle
• Includes an attached lifting handle
Mechanical
Transformer Body Dimensions (Excluding Leads and Handle)
• Operating temperature: -67 °F (-55 °C) to +158 °F (+70 °C)
Width:
8.00 inches
Depth:
8.75 inches
Electrical Supply
Height:
8.75 inches
• Operates only at 60 Hz on series circuits rated up to
5,000 VAC
Diagonal (max):
11.25 inches
The primary windings of the transformer are connected in a 20 A
series circuit supplied by a constant current regulator. The continuity of the series lighting loop is maintained even if one or more
lamps supplied by individual isolation transformer secondaries
are open-circuited due to lamp failures. In addition, there is a
complete separation of the high-voltage primary and low-voltage
secondary windings.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
J - 10
2094 Rev. D I No Manual
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TRANSFORMERS & CABLES
PA-2 / PA-4
Power Adapters
Uses
• PA-2 power adapters provide maintenance-free power for equipment requiring a regulated voltage source of 120 VAC, 60 Hz
• PA-4 power adapters provide regulated 120/240 VAC,
60 Hz for:
Ordering Codes
44B1544
PA-2
- L-849 REIL systems (Xenon)
- L-806 or L-807 lighted wind cones (Incandescent)
PA-4
Features
PA-2 Power Adapters
• Provide regulated 120 VAC at 150 VA when connected to a
3-step, 6.6 A series circuit
• Resin-filled
• Self-protected against an output short circuit
• Watertight construction and maintenance-free operation allows
direct earth burial, installation on the surface of the ground, or
in a 16-inch diameter by 24-inch deep L-867D base
PA-4 Power Adapters
• Provide regulated 120 VAC or 120/240 VAC at 670 VA, when connected to a 3- or 5-step 6.6 A or 5-step 20 A series circuit
• Current sensing option eliminates the need for a separate L-830
isolation transformer when using ADB’s L-849 REIL system. An
extra lead is provided for the current sensing connection.
• An internal tap on the PA-4 reduces the loading on a
3-step CCR by 15%
• Watertight construction and maintenance-free operation allows
direct earth burial, installation on the surface of the
ground, or in a 16-inch diameter by 24-inch deep L-867D base.
The installation of the power adapter must be upright.
• Oil-filled for better heat distribution
• Top easily removed to replace internal fuses if necessary
Approximate CCR Load For Fully Loaded Power
Adapters
PA-2
595 VA
PA-4
2,995 VA
44D2004-
Input Series Circuit
1 = 6.6 A
2 = 20 A
Style
1 = 3-Step (6.6 A only)
2 = 5-Step
Current Sensing
1 = With1
2 = Without2
Output Voltage
1 = Single phase, 60 Hz, 120 VAC
3 = Military style PA-4
Notes
• Substitute the PA-4 for applications that previously required
the 300 W, 5-step PA-3
1
For xenon lamp-based REILS with ADB current sensing (includes
a built-in L-830 transformer); no separate L-830 isolation
transformer required
2
For REILS without current sensing or wind cones (does not
include a built-in isolation transformer)
Proper Use
PA-2 Power Adapter
Power adapters should not be used on “SCR” type CCRs if the
resistive (lamp) load is less than 50% of the rated output for the
CCRs. Care should also be exercised to ensure that the use of
power adapters does not exceed the VA rating of the CCR. No
more than 50% of a CCR’s load should be power adapter load.
ADB power adapters have been designed and tested to operate
with ADB equipment (i.e. ADB CCRs). ADB power adapters are
not guaranteed to work with other manufacturers’ equipment.
Contact the ADB Airfield Solutions Sales Department for additional
details.
PA-4 Power Adapter
The PA-4 is only guaranteed for use on ADB L-828 CCRs and for powering ADB L-849 xenon lamp-based Runway End Identification Lights
or any steady burning load, such as incandescent wind cones.
Contact the ADB Sales Department if it is desired to connect other
types of loads or other manufacturers’ products.
1035 Rev. N I Manual No. 96A0096
J - 11
TRANSFORMERS & CABLES
PA-2 / PA-4 I Power Adapters
Packaging
Proper Use (Continued)
Power adapters should not be used on “SCR” type CCRs if the
resistive (lamp) load is less than 50% of the rated output for the
CCRs. Care should also be exercised to ensure that the use of power adapters does not exceed the VA rating of the CCR. No more
than 50% of a CCR’s load should be power adapter load. It is not
recommended to connect more than two PA-4s on a single CCR.
ADB power adapters have been designed and tested to operate with
ADB equipment (i.e. ADB CCRs, L-849s, Wind Cones). ADB power
adapters are not guaranteed to work with other manufacturers’
equipment. Contact the ADB Airfield Solutions Sales Department for
additional details.
PA-2
Actual:
7.38 H x 10.75 Dia. in (18.75 x 27.31 cm)
Boxed:
12 x 14 x 14 in (30.5 x 35.6 x 35.6 cm)
Net weight:
50 lb (22.7 kg)
PA-4
Actual:
22 H x 11.5 Dia. in (55.88 x 29.21 cm)
Palletized:
26 x 14 x 14 in (66 x 35.6 x 35.6 cm)
Net weight:
157 lb (71.2 kg)
Installation
Spare Components
PA-2: The primary leads on the power adapters connect directly
into the 6.6 A series circuit. Contact the ADB Airfield Solutions
Sales Department for details.
Description
Part No.
Fuse 6.25 A 250 V
Heat shrink ½ inch clear (6”)
47A0082
71A0076
PA-4: The primary leads of the power adapter connect directly
into the 6.6 A or 20 A series circuit, and each 120 VAC output lead
is internally fused. The power adapter is inherently self-protecting in that the output voltage will drop if a fault occurs.
Electrical Supply
Power Adapter
Maximum Load
Load Regulation
Input Current
Output Voltage
Single Phase 60Hz2
Leads3
2 primary leads
1 secondary lead
PA-2
150 VA
+10%/-5%1
4.66-6.70 A
120 VAC
PA-4 (6.6 A)
670 VA
±3%1
2.72-6.70 A
120/240 VAC
2 primary leads
3 secondary leads
PA-4 (6.6 A)
670 VA
±3%1
2.72-6.70 A
120 VAC
2 primary leads
3 secondary leads
PA-4 (20 A)
670 VA
±3%1
8.24-20.30 A
120/240 VAC
2 primary leads
3 secondary leads
PA-4 (20 A)
670 VA
±3%1
8.24-20.30 A
120 VAC
2 primary leads
3 secondary leads
1
2
3
Valid for 3-step CCR over 4.7A to 6.7 A
PA-2 and PA-4 power adapters are not designed for operation on 50 Hz
Primary leads are 30 inches (76.2 cm) long. Secondary leads are 49 inches (124.5 cm) long
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
J - 12
1035 Rev. N I Manual No. 96A0096
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TRANSFORMERS & CABLES
FLA
Field Lightning Arrestor
Overview
• For use on airfield series circuits to further reduce the risk of
lightning damage on the series circuit
• Can be inserted at various points in the 5 kV airfield primary
series circuit to provide additional lightning protection.
Ordering Code
• Can be used on any airfield circuit (6.6 A from 4 kW to
30 kW and 20 A from 15 kW to 70 kW)
Troubleshooting
• Rated for 25,000 A peak (8/20 microsecond discharge)
• Assembly rated NEMA 6P
• Insulation resistance is 2 GΩ (minimum)
• Includes a UL 467 rated ground lug, which accepts an AWG 4 to
AWG 14 earth ground wire
• Operating temperature: -55 ºC to +55 ºC (-67 ºF to +131 ºF)
Installation
It is recommended that the field lighting arrestor be installed a
maximum of about every 2,000 feet around the series circuit,
starting at the first base can closest to the vault on each leg of
the series circuit. Simply disconnect (unplug) the L-823 connectors
at the designated point and plug in the field lighting arrestor. Connect a known good earth ground (25 Ω or less) to the earth ground
lug of the field lighting arrestor using at least an AWG 6 wire.
The field lightning arrestor can be installed in a base can (preferred) or direct earth buried. Heat shrink each L-823 connector
interface using an airport approved method. The field lighting
arrestor body is waterproof (rated NEMA 6P) and is fully resistant
to deicing fluids.
44A6102
The field lighting arrestor contains Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV)
components similar to the type used on the output of Constant
Current Regulators. A degraded or failed field lightning arrestor
is typically evidenced by a rapid drop in the overall series circuit
insulation resistance. Troubleshoot using same techniques used to
find failed isolation transformers.
One or more shorted field lighting arrestors may cause a section
of lights to be dim or out. If it is suspected that the field lighting
arrestor has internally shorted, measure between the male L-823
and the arrestor earth ground lug using an ohmmeter. The meter
should read a very high resistance. A failed unit will read a very
low resistance or zero ohms.
After isolating a probable failed field lightning arrestor, make a visual inspection of the cord set and arrestor body for charring or a
bulged arrestor body (caused when surge currents in excess of the
MOV rating passes through the field lightning arrestor). If damage
is suspected, replace the field lightning arrestor with a new one.
If it is suspected that the internal MOVs have degraded due to
excessive surge current, causing a drop in insulation resistance to
earth ground, test as follows:
• Place the field lightning arrestor in a bucket of water
• Attach the red (+) lead of a megger to the male L-823 pin
• Connect the black (-) lead of the megger to the arrestor earth
ground lug
• Meg the field lightning arrestor at 1000 VDC for one minute
• Replace the field lightning arrestor if resistance is less than 2 GΩ
Maintenance
There are no internal repairable parts since the field lighting arrestor is completely sealed. If the field lighting arrestor fails, replace
it with a new one. Note that the heat sink on a field lighting arrestor is colored red in order to differentiate it from the ADB BRITE
Remote. An ADB BRITE Remote has a silver colored heat sink.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
3038 Rev. B I No Manual
J - 13
TRANSFORMERS & CABLES
This page left blank
intentionally
J - 14
INSTALLATION & MOUNTING
Installation & Mounting on the Web
Our complete line of airfield lighting accessories, including those listed below, is available in the FAA
Product Center on our website: www.adb-air.com. The products listed here have been removed from
the printed catalog as part of our green initiative.
Echo Advisory® Airfield Mat System
The Echo Advisory Airfield Mat System controls vegetation around airport post lighting, directional
signs, wind socks, fences and buildings. It also reduces damage caused by mowing equipment to airfield
lighting signs and other objects. The 6 mm-thick mat is made from recycled rubber with polyurethane
binders and is anchored to the ground with galvanized steel anchors. The mats are a cost-effective solution that controls vegetation in hard to reach areas without requiring extra labor to trim it or the use
of environmentally damaging chemicals or poisons, protecting ground water, wildlife, and airfield crew
from exposure. See data sheet 2083.
SFP Pullpit
The 25000 series round and rectangular junction boxes are manufactured from a high strength, structural foam plastic to provide a rigid, non-deforming pullpit suitable for cable splicing and isolating
transformer housings. The round tapered design is compliant with Transport Canada specification K-303
and is H20 load rated, when used with the steel cover. The rigid design of these units minimizes any
deformation of the pullpit during back filling and tamping operations, allowing for easy final installation
of the cover. See data sheet C1008.
CPL Pullpit
The CPL series round conical pullpits are manufactured from a high strength polyethylene compound
to provide a rigid, non-brittle pullpit suitable for cable splicing and isolating transformer housings. The
round tapered design is compliant with Transport Canada specification K-303 and is H20 load rated,
when used with the steel cover. The reinforced conical design provides for a rigid stable installation and
the polyethylene material minimizes any cracking during handling or backfilling of the pullpit. See data
sheet C1020.
3040 Rev. A
K-1
INSTALLATION & MOUNTING
Light Bases
Compliance with Standards
FAA:
L-867 & L-868 AC 150/5345-42 (Current Edition)
Optional Replaceable Threaded Inserts (Continued)
Uses
FAA L-867
FAA L-868
Applications subject to occasional light vehicular
loads but no aircraft or other heavy vehicular
loads. Some product applications are:
• Elevated Lights
• Navaids such as Precision Approach Path
Indicators (PAPI), Runway End Identifier Lights
(REIL), and ALSF/MALSR Approach Systems
• Signs
• Junction/Splice Box
Applications subject to aircraft and other heavy
vehicular loads. Some product applications are:
• Runway In-pavement Lights
• Taxiway In-pavement Lights
• Junction/Splice Box
• Kit part numbers to add RTI to L-867/L-868 bases:
- L-867 Base – L867RTI06 (set of six inserts)
- L-868 Base – L868RTI12 (set of twelve inserts)
L-867 Light Base
Notes
• Tapped holes in top flange rings are located on centerline of
couplings. Tolerance: ±0.1875 inch (0.47 cm).
• Light bases available with either 2-inch (5.08 cm) NPT hub or
2-inch (5.08 cm) grommet openings. Couplings located 180°
apart. Tolerance: ±1°.
• Threads inside couplings are protected with L.D.P.E. plugs
• All light bases provided with an Exterior Grade CC plywood
shipping cover that is 0.5-inch (1.27 cm) thick grade CC with
0.4375-inch (1.11 cm) diameter bolt holes
Features
• One- and two-piece configurations
• Extensions and spacers available
• Manufactured in the USA by ETL-Certified suppliers
• Supplied with 2-2” grommeted or threaded hub openings at
0-180° (standard). Optional locations and sizes available.
• All bases provided with an internal and external ground strap
• One copper ground lug kit provided with each base (standard).
A second ground lug kit can be provided as an option.
• Optional drain hole or hub in user-specified sizes
• Standard bases provided as Class IA, galvanized steel unless
otherwise specified
• Optional Class IB available in stainless steel or internal epoxy
coating. See ordering code for options.
Optional Replaceable Threaded Inserts
Optional RTI (replaceable threaded insert) system facilitates:
• Six 3/8-inch-16 x 1-inch stainless steel machine screws secure
the plywood shipping cover to the light base
• Optional second ground lug kit for grounding provision and/or
drain coupling or weep hole must be specified when ordering
• Finish is hot dip galvanized per ASTM A123/A123M-02 and A153
or material is 304 stainless steel
• Standard lengths for the 12-inch (30.48 cm) diameter light
base are 20 inches (50.8 cm) and 24 inches (60.96 cm) with a
tolerance of ±0.25 inch. Standard lengths for the 16-inch (40.64
cm) diameter light base are 20 inches (50.80 cm) and 24 inches
(60.96 cm) with a tolerance of ±0.25 inch. Standard lengths for
the 24-inch (60.96 cm) diameter light base are 20 inches (50.80
cm) and 24 inches (60.96 cm) with a tolerance of ±0.25 inch.
Custom heights available.
• Adjustable L-867 telescoping bases available. Please contact
the ADB Sales Department for details.
Dimensions - L-867
• Replacement of failed threaded fixture-mounting bolt holes
Inches
• Replacement of stripped, sheared,
cross-threaded, frozen fixturemounting bolts
Nom. Dia.
“A”
“B”
“C”
12.0
13.500
10.250
12.250
9.250
16.0
17.375
14.250
16.250
12.375
24.0
24.000
21.500
22.500
20.000
Nom. Dia.
“A”
“B”
“C”
“D”
30.5
34.290
26.035
31.115
23.495
40.6
44.133
36.195
41.275
31.433
61.0
60.960
54.610
57.150
50.800
• Does not require changing the
azimuth location of the base bolt
circle
• Accommodates standard, non
proprietary spacer rings and flange
rings (with/without dam rings)
K-2
2012 Rev. L I No Manual
“D”
Centimeters
L-868 Replaceable Insert
INSTALLATION & MOUNTING
LIGHT BASES
L-868 Light Base
Notes
• Light bases available with either 2-inch (5.08 cm) NPT hub or
2-inch (5.08 cm) grommeted openings. Couplings or grommeted
openings located 180° apart. Tolerance: ±1°
• Threads inside hubs are protected with L.D.P.E. plugs
• All light bases are provided with a nylon (standard) or plywood
(optional) shipping cover:
8-in (20.3 cm) Nom. O.D.:
8.5-in dia. x 0.750-in thick
(21.590 cm x 1.905 cm)
12-in (30.5 cm) Nom. O.D.:
12.5-in dia. x 0.750-in thick
(31.75 cm x 1.905 cm)
15-in (38.1 cm) Nom. O.D.:
17.750-in dia. x 1.25-in thick
(45.085 cm x 3.175 cm)
• Six 3/8-inch -16 x 1-inch stainless steel machine screws secure
the plywood shipping cover to the light base
• Finish is hot dip galvanized per ASTM A123/A123M-02 and A153
or material is 304 stainless steel
• Optional Equipment – Second ground lug kit for grounding
provision, drain coupling or opening. Anti-rotation bars must be
specified when ordering.
Dimensions - L-868
Inches
Nom. Dia.
“A”
“B”
“C”
“E”
“F”
8.0
8.5000
7.250
6.500
9.000
10.000
12.0
12.500
11.25
10.000
13.000
14.000
15.0
15.500
14.25
13.000
16.000
17.000
Typical L-867D - All dimensions shown in inches
Centimeters
Nom. Dia.
“A”
“B”
“C”
“E”
“F”
25.4
21.590
18.415
16.510
22.860
25.400
30.5
31.750
28.575
25.400
33.020
35.560
38.1
39.370
36.195
33.020
40.640
43.180
Base Options
Description
Part No.
(4) side-mounted, anti-rotation fins in 90° pattern. ANTI-FIN
Typically used with L-868 load bearing bases.
(6) bottom-mounted, anti-rotation hooks/bars in
60° pattern. Typically used with shallow L-868
load bearing bases.
ANTI-HOOK
Copper Ground Lug Kit. (Each base supplied w/one). 0919
Typical L-868 - All dimensions shown in inches
2012 Rev. L I No Manual
K-3
INSTALLATION & MOUNTING
LIGHT BASES
Ordering Code
L-867 Base Plate and Gasket
FAA Type & Size
867B = 12” diameter
867BT = Telescoping, 12” diameter
867D = 16” diameter
867DT = Telescoping, 16” diameter
867DD = 16” diameter with 0.5” dam
867E = 24” diameter
868A = 8” diameter
868AB = Bottom section, 8” diameter
868B = 12” diameter
868BB = Bottom section, 12” diameter
868C = 15” diameter
868CB = Bottom section, 15” diameter
Notes
• Gasket suitable for locations where heat is not present, such as
elevated edge lights, edge light extensions, transformer boxes,
or junction boxes
Height
20 = 20 inches overall height
24 = 24 inches overall height
XX = Customer specified in inches
Dimensions - Base Plate
Type of Opening
B = Mixed type and/or size1
C = 2-inch Coupling
F = 2-inch Flex (Grommet)
G = 3-inch Flex
H = 3-inch Coupling
S = 0.75-inch Coupling
T = 0.75-inch Flex
Opening Quantity & Location
1 = One opening at 0°3
2 = Two openings at 0°, 180°
3 = Three openings at 0°, 90°, 180°
4 = Four openings at 0°, 90°, 180°, 270°
5 = Five openings at 0°, 0°, 90°, 180°, 180°
6 = Six openings - customer specified
9 = Two openings at 0°, 90°3
A = Three 2” flex at 0°, 90°, 180°, one 2” coupling
at 270°2
B = One 2” flex at 0°; one 3” flex at 180°2
C = One 2” coupling at 0°; one 3” coupling at 180°2
Drain Type
C = Coupling
F = Flex (Grommet)
H = Hole
N = None
• Base plate finish is oxide primer and aviation yellow enamel
• Base plate individually packed with neoprene gasket, steel
cable clamp and screws for securing L-823 connector, and assembly instructions
• High-strength 1832RGL base plate is mandatory for FAA L-804
applications and should be used for ICAO applications.
Inches
Nom. Dia.
“A”
“B”
“C”
“D”
12
12.000
10.250
7.875
0.625
16
16.000
14.250
11.125
0.750
Centimeters
Nom. Dia.
“A”
“B”
“C”
“D”
30.5
30.48
26.035
20.002
1.588
40.7
40.65
36.195
28.258
1.905
L-867 Base Plate Ordering Code
Base Plate
19 = 12 in, L-867B
29 = 16 in, L-867D
Thread Size
32 = 2 in TPI
35 = 1.5 in - 12 TPI
Material
n/a = None
G = With ground lug
Note: L-867 Base Plate includes gasket. See bullet 3 above.
Drain Size
0 = None
1 = 1 inch
2 = 2 inch
3 = 0.75 inch
4 = 0.5 inch
5 = 0.5 inch offset, 3.5 inches from center
6 = 0.75 inch offset, 3.5 inches from center
7 = 1 inch offset, 3.5 inches from center
Class IB or RWSL Options
SS = Stainless steel
PA = Potassium acetate resistant (PAR), internal coating;
external is galvanized
01 = With 48” 1/0 bare copper earth ground wire
Z0 = RWSL copper clamp (PN AGNDSSASSY0_3125)
w/out earth ground wire
Z1 = RWSL copper clamp with externally attached
48” 1/0 bare copper earth ground wire
Notes
Only use with options A, B or C under Opening Qty & Location
2
Only use with option B under Type of Opening
1
K-4
2012 Rev. L I No Manual
L-867 Base Plate - All dimensions shown in inches
Notes (Continued)
3
Base must have opening at 0° and 180° to allow for draining
of the galvanizing materials. A solid grommet will be installed
at 180°.
INSTALLATION & MOUNTING
LIGHT BASES
L-867 Base Plate and Gasket (Continued)
Dimensions - L-867 / L-868 Blank Steel Cover
Inches
Dia.
Base
12
L-867
16
L-867
24
L-867
8
L-868
12
L-868
15
L-868
“X” O.D.
13.500
17.375
24.000
8.000
12.000
15.000
“Y” O.D.
10.250
14.250
21.500
7.250
11.250
14.250
0.375
0.500
0.750
0.750
1.250
“T” (Typ.) 0.375
Dimensions – Centimeters
1832RGL Base Plate - All dimensions shown in inches
Dimensions - Neoprene Gasket
Dia.
Base
30.5
L-867
40.6
L-867
61
L-867
20.3
L-868
30.5
L-868
38.1
L-868
“X” O.D.
34.290
44.133
60.960
20.320
30.480
38.100
“Y” O.D.
26.035
36.195
54.610
18.415
28.575
36.195
0.953
0.953
1.905
1.905
3.175
“T” (Typ.) 0.953
Inches
Nom. Dia.
“A”
“B”
“C”
Steel Cover Ordering Code
12
11.938
10.250
9.312
16
15.938
14.250
12.438
24
23.750
21.500
20.000
Diameter
1 = 13-1/2 in, L-867B
2 = 17-3/8 in, L-867D
4 = 12 in, L-868B
5 = 15 in, L-868C
7 = 24 in, L-867E
8 = 8 in, L-868A
Centimeters
Nom. Dia.
“A”
“B”
“C”
30.5
30.232
26.035
23.652
40.7
40.483
36.195
31.593
60.96
60.325
54.610
50.800
Neoprene Gasket Ordering Code
52
Base Plate
20 = 12 in, L-867B
60 = 16 in, L-867D
70 = 24 in, L-867E
000-
-
Thickness
4 = 1/4 in (L-867B only)
6 = 3/8 in
8 = 1/2 in
10 = 5/8 in
12 = 3/4 in
14 = 7/8 in
16 = 1 in
18 = 1-1/8 in
20 = 1-1/4 in
Material
(n/a) = Galvanized
SS
= Sta inless Steel
PA
= PAR Coated (Class 1B option)
Neoprene Gasket - All dimensions shown in inches
L-867 / L-868 Blank Steel Cover
Notes
• “T” = thickness in sixteenths of an inch. Specify thickness when
ordering.
•
7
/16-inch (1.113 cm) diameter bolt holes have 1-1/8-inch (2.858
cm) diameter counter bore when cover thickness is 0.50 inch
(1.27 cm) or greater
• Finish is hot dip galvanized per ASTM A123/A123M-02 and A153
• Blank steel covers do not include bolts or gaskets
Blank Steel Cover - All dimensions shown in inches
2012 Rev. L I No Manual
K- 5
INSTALLATION & MOUNTING
LIGHT BASES
L-868 Flange Ring with Pavement Ring
Notes
• “T” = thickness in sixteenths of an inch. Minimum thickness
is 0.375 inch (0.953 cm) and maximum thickness is 0.75 inch
(1.905 cm). Specify when ordering.
• Finish is hot dip galvanized per ASTM A123/A123M-02 and A153
for flange ring
• Six 3/8-16-inch x “T”-inch + 11/4-inch long stainless steel bolts.
3
/8-inch locking washers and O-ring gasket shipped with flange
ring. If flange ring is to be stacked over spacer ring, please
consult ADB Airfield Solutions for a bolt chart to obtain the appropriate bolt length and ordering information.
Dimensions - Flange Ring with Pavement Ring
Inches
Nom. Dia.
“A”
“B”
“C”
“H”
8”
8.160
7.250
6.500
6.645
12”
12.160
11.250
10.000
10.145
15”
15.160
14.250
13.000
13.145
Centimeters
Nom. Dia.
“A”
“B”
“C”
“H”
20.3
20.726
18.415
16.510
16.878
30.5
30.798
28.575
25.400
25.768
38.1
38.506
36.195
33.020
3 .388
Flange Ring Ordering Code
02-
Flange Ring with Pavement Ring
All dimensions shown in inches
L-867 1.5-inch Nylon Composite Base Plate
Y-
Diameter
08 = 8 in
54 = 12 in
55 = 15 in
Thickness
4 = 1/4 in
6 = 3/8 in
8 = 1/2 in
12 = 3/4 in
Material
(n/a) = Galvanized
SS
= Stainless Steel
PA = PAR Coated (Class 1B option)
Notes
• Nylon composite base plate designed for use in highly corrosive
environments, such as coastal areas with high salt concentrations
• UV protectant and color are an integral part of nylon composite
• Base plate has a 12-inch diameter with six 7/16” diameter
holes equally spaced on 10.25” bolt circle
• Base plate individually packed with:
- Neoprene gasket
- (6) 3/8” stainless steel washers
- One copper ground lug
- Steel cable clamp and screws for securing L-823 connector
- Assembly instructions
• Aluminum center hub and aluminum inserts in bolt holes
Ordering Code
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
K-6
2012 Rev. L I No Manual
127B015P
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
INSTALLATION & MOUNTING
Couplings
Frangible (breakaway) couplings have a calculated yield point
designed for specific applications. For this reason the coupling
used must match the application for which it was designed. Use
of couplings in applications outside of the intended design may
result in premature or catastrophic failure. Most couplings, in
combination with a clamping device or mechanism, provide both
mechanical and electrical frangibility. This combination of protection minimizes potential damage to the unit itself and the object
that strikes it.
Note: Couplings and mounting flanges are not shown to scale.
Inside Thread: NA
Inside Diameter (top): 1.187” (1 3/16”)
Inside Thread: NA
Inside Diameter (top): 1.187” (1 3/16”)
Outside Diameter
(top):1.563” (1 9/16”)
Outside Diameter (top):
1.563” (1 9/16”)
Outside Top Thread: NA
Outside Top Thread: NA
2.8”
(2 13/16”)
2.8”
(2 13/16”)
Outside Bottom Thread:
1.5” - 12 TPI
Outside Bottom Thread:
1.5” - 12 TPI
Inside Diameter (bottom): 1.055” (1 1/16”)
Inside Diameter (bottom): 1.055” (1 1/16”)
L-861/L-862 Runway/Taxiway Edge
Part #: 62B0073
L-861/L-862 Runway/Taxiway Edge
Part #: 62B0461
Inside Thread: NA
Inside Diameter (top): 1.89” (1 7/8”)
Inside Thread: NA
Inside Diameter (top): 1.187” (1 3/16”)
Outside Diameter
(top): 2.38” (2 3/8”)
Outside Diameter
(top): 1.688” (1 11/16”)
Outside Top Thread: NA
Outside Top Thread: NA
3.68”
(3 11/16”)
3.22”
(3 7/32”)
Outside Bottom Thread:
2” - 11.5 NPS
Outside Bottom Thread:
2” - 11.5 NPT
Inside Diameter (bottom): 1.89” (1 7/8”)
L-861/L-862 Runway/Taxiway Edge
Part #: 61A0281
Inside Diameter (bottom): 1.63” (1 5/8”)
L-862 Runway Edge (2-inch Column)
Inside Thread (top): 1.5” - 11.5 NPT
Inside Diameter (top): 1.75” (1 3/4”) Nominal
Inside Thread: NA
Inside Diameter (top): 1.875” (1 7/8”)
Outside Diameter (top):
2.375” (2 3/8”)
Outside Top Thread: NA
3.68”
(3 11/16”)
Part #: 62B0605
Outside Diameter (top):
2.375” (2 3/8”)
Outside Top Thread: NA
3.68”
(3 11/16”)
Outside Bottom Thread:
2” - 11.5 NPT
Outside Bottom Thread:
2” - 11.5 NPT
Inside Diameter (bottom): 1.625” (1 5/8”)
Inside Diameter (bottom): 2.090” (2 3/32”)
L-880/L-881 PAPI
Part #: 62A0711
L-849 REIL
Part #: 62B0064
2093 Rev. D I No Manual
K-7
INSTALLATION & MOUNTING
COUPLINGS
Inside Thread: NA
Inside Diameter: 1.94” (1 15/16”)
Inside Thread: NA
Inside Diameter (top): 1.875” (1 7/8”)
3.68”
(3 11/16”)
Outside Diameter (top):
2.313” (2 5/16”)
Outside Diameter:
2.375” (2 3/8”)
Outside Top Thread:
2” - 11.5 NPT
Outside Top Thread: NA
8.375”
(8 3/8”)
Outside Bottom Thread:
2” - 11.5 NPT
Outside Bottom Thread:
2” - 11.5 NPS
Inside Diameter: 2.08” (2 1/16”)
Inside Diameter (bottom): 1.625” (1 5/8”)
L-806 Wind Cone
Part #: 62B0286
L-804 Elevated RGL (FAA)
Inside Thread: NA
Inside Diameter (top): 2.41” (2 7/16”)
Top Fitting: 2-inch EMT compression
Inside Diameter (top): 2.188” (2 3/16”)
Outside Diameter (top):
2.875” (2 7/8”)
Across Flats (of nut):
2.71” (2 23/32”)
Ordering Code
X = 10 for Size 1 sign
X = 20 for Size 2 sign
X = 21 for Size 2 high wind
X = 30 for Size 3 & 5 sign and
Size 1 high wind
X = 31 for Size 3 & 5 high wind
X = 40 for Size 4 sign
X = 41 for Size 4 high wind
Outside Top Thread: NA
6.35”
(6 3/8”)
5.375”
(5 3/8”)
Outside Bottom Thread:
2” - 11.5 NPT
Outside Bottom Thread:
2.5” - 8 NPT
Inside Diameter (bottom): 2.323” (2 21/64”)
Inside Diameter (bottom): 1.875” (1 7/8”)
PAPI, REIL, MALSR
L-858 Signature Series Sign
Part #: 44B0180
5-inch Diameter Bolt Circle
2” - 11.5 NPT (tapered)
Flange Thickness: 3/8”
Overall Dia.: 6 1/4”
Inside Thread: NA
Inside Diameter (top): 2.067” (2 1/16”) Nominal
Outside Diameter (top):
2.38” (2 3/8”)
Ordering Code
X = 1 for Size 1 sign
X = 2 for Size 2 sign
X = 3 for Size 3 & 5 signs
X = 4 for Size 4 sign
6.13”
(6 1/8”)
Part #: 60A2398
Part #: 60A2678-X
8-inch Diameter Bolt Circle
2.5” - 8 NPT (tapered)
Flange Thickness: 0.40”
(13/32”)
Dimensions: 7 3/4” x 7 3/4”
Flange: Sign, PAPI, REIL
Part #: 62B0107-2
6-inch Diameter Bolt Circle
2.5” - 8 NPT (tapered)
Flange Thickness: 7/16”
Length: 7 1/2”
Width: 5 1/16”
Outside Bottom Thread:
2” - 11.5 NPT
Flange: Sig. Series Sign,
Hi Wind
Part #: 62A2146
Inside Diameter (bottom): 2.120” (2 1/8”)
L-858 (Triangle Shaped) Sign
Part #: 62B0580-X
Flange: Sig. Series Sign
Part #: 62A2142
Note: Couplings and mounting flanges are not shown to scale.
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
K-8
2093 Rev. D I No Manual
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
INSTALLATION & MOUNTING
Airfield Mat
Uses
• Controls vegetation around airport post lighting, directional
signs, wind socks, fences and buildings
• Reduces damage caused by mowing equipment to airfield
lighting signs and other objects
Ordering Codes
Part Number
Description
Features
FM-1-8
• The 6-mm (0.24”) thick mat is made from a dense compound
of recycled rubbers with polyurethane binders and is anchored to the ground with a proprietary anchoring system
Football Mat, 8 anchors
for Base Can Mount
FM-1-8wi
Football Mat, 8 anchors
with 12” Insert for Stake Mount
FM-1-8wi-18*
Football Mat, 8 anchors
with 18” Insert for Either Mount
Special Order
Smaller Round and Custom Mats
SM-1**
Strip Mat, 30 ft, 15 Anchors
• Patented product designed to protect airfield lighting signs
and other objects from impact damage caused by large,
imprecise mowing equipment
• Lawn mower equipment can pass over the mat, cutting all
the grass without the use of line trimmers while still staying
a safe distance from lights or posts
• The airfield mat provides a wider contingency space for
mowers to cruise past each light or post
• Cost-effective solution that controls vegetation in hard to
reach areas without requiring extra labor to trim it or the
use of environmentally damaging chemicals or poisons,
protecting ground water, wildlife, and airfield crew from
exposure
• Prevents erosion around the base of light or sign fixtures,
which can cause water to pool under the fixture
SM-2**
Strip Mat, 60 ft, 30 Anchors
IN-12
Extra Insert 12-inch Diameter
IN-18
Extra Insert 18-inch Diameter
A-15
Extra Set of 10 Anchors
Notes
* Universal configuration: 18” insert for stake mounted lights or
main mat fits around base can lid. Covering an lid with insert
is optional.
** For strip matting, measure perimeter extending 2 feet from
base of sign or object to be protected.
• Eliminates extra labor and maintenance
• The Airfield Mat System qualifies for Airport Improvement
Program (AIP) funding when bid as part of lighting, sign and
fencing projects
• The mat is available in two styles: round and “football”. The
football mat is 4 feet wide by 7 feet long and uses 8 anchors
to secure it in place.
• Patented anchoring system and “football” shape are designed to allow maintenance crews with larger mowers to
mow in a line, from light to light, making only one pass on
each side of the light. Mowers can move in a more natural
mowing arc around airfield lights, expediting the mowing
process even further.
• The airfield mats are large enough to prevent lights from
disappearing in tall grass, which enables the mowing crew to
see the lights better, preventing accidental breakage. Other
smaller mats do not accomplish this same efficiency and often
still require line-trimming to complete the job.
• The anchoring system, which uses heavy duty ground anchors, ensures that the mats to not dislodge due to jet blast
or high winds. The anchors also prevent the edge of the mats
from being sucked into the mowing machinery.
Strip matting around a directional sign.
Customer Benefits
• Saves money
• Protects airfield lights
• Saves labor time
• Reduces health risks
• Environmentally friendly
• Installs quickly and easily
• Long-lasting durability
2083 Rev. H I No Manual
K-9
INSTALLATION & MOUNTING
AIRFIELD MAT
Installation
The Airfield Mat can be used with either can-mounted or stakemounted light fixtures.
• Base can-mounted (Fig. 1) – The mat has a 12-inch center hole
that snugly fits the rim of the base can, allowing direct access
into the base can.
• Stake-mounted (Fig. 2) – The mat has a smaller 8-inch inner
circle with a 12-inch collar insert (or two) that snugly wrap
around the light post.
The Echo Advisory Mats are large enough for mowers to overlap
the anchored mat, cutting all the grass and eliminating the
need for line trimmers or costly herbicides.
Twelve-inch center hole (shown left)
fits snugly against the light base in
can-mounted installation.
Dimensions
Width
Length
Center Hole*
Football
(anchors included)
48”
84”
12”
Football w/insert
(anchors included)
Insert:
48”
84”
8”
Football Universal
(anchors included)
Insert:
48”
Fig. 1
Standard Mats
12” diameter
2”
84”
12”
18” diameter
2”
Smaller Round and Custom Mats
Available by special order
Strip Mats
30 ft
(15 anchors)
30”
cut during
installation
60 ft
(30 anchors)
30”
cut during
installation
* Center hole can be custom ordered.
Fig. 2
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
K - 10
2083 Rev. H I No Manual
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TOOLS & SPARES
Airfield Lighting Tools
In-pavement Pressure Test Assembly
Part No. 44A6104
• Allows pressurization of in-pavement fixture underwater. Leaks can then be
detected and specifically located by looking for escaping air bubbles.
• Allows checking for non-watertight condition after maintenance and before
returning to service; thus eliminating recurring maintenance and additional
downtime.
• The assembly simply screws into the pressure release port on the underside of
the inner pan
• Accepts a standard industrial air hose fitting
• 40 psi pressure relief valve is built-in so over-pressurization of fixture is
avoided. Pressure test is performed at 20 psi.
In-pavement Pressure Test Application
In-pavement Fixture Bolt Kit
Part No. 94A06449
• Contains six pre-assembled ceramic coated bolts mated with an anti-vibration
washer.
• Anti-vibration washer is bonded to underside of bolt head, insuring that bolt
replacement is done correctly and easily.
• Each ceramic coated bolt is 3/8 in. dia. x 2.0 in. long and is the type recommended by FAA Engineering Brief 83.
ADB Braided Ground Strap
Part Number 89A0292-XXX
• Used to connect in-pavement fixtures, elevated fixture base plates and cover
plates to earth ground.
• The other end of the ground strap is typically connected to the earth ground
lug in a base can.
• The current carrying capacity of the braided ground strap is equivalent to AWG
6 wire.
• See ordering code below.
Ground Strap Ordering Code1
89A0292-
Tab Options
1 = Ferrule/Tab ends1
2 = Tabs on both ends2
Strap Length
XX = Length in inches
Example: 72 = 72 inches overall length
Notes
1
Comes with Ferrule on one end and tab on the other end
(Figure 1). This strap must with used on ADB in-pavement
fixtures with UL 467 ground lugs.
2
Comes with tab on both ends (Figure 2). Use the end with the
0.343-inch diameter hole to connect to FAA base can ground
strap.
Figure 1
Dimensions shown in inches
Figure 2
2039 Rev. N I No Manual
L-1
TOOLS & SPARES
AIRFIELD LIGHTING TOOLS
Desktop 6.6A Power Supply
Part Number: CFB-0210
• Desktop 200 VA CCR for bench testing of airfield fixtures
• Ferroresonant architecture provides for attachment to either incandescent or
LED fixtures
• Manual control for 5-step (2.8 A – 6.6A ), 60 Hz operation
• Integrated touchscreen provides additional functionality including:
- Display of output current and voltage
- Manual control of output current settings
- Mode controls to provide for automatic cycling through all step settings
• Automatic shutdown if output is open-circuited
• Input Power: 120 VAC, 60 Hz at 2 A
• Dimensions (including carrying handle): 5.25 in H x 21.125 in D x 19 in W
133.4 mm H x 536.6 mm D x 482.6 mm W
• Weight: 39 lb (17.7 kg)
Cable End Stripper/Penciller
Part Nos. WS 49, WS 49H, CB 6667, CB 94
• Used to both remove and pencil the jacket on L-824 airfield primary series
circuit wire
• Eliminates nicks and cuts on the wire and minimizes the risk of corona to extend
the life of the airfield series circuit wiring
• WS 49 used to end strip 0.75 inch (1.9 cm) and then pencil 0.5 inch (1.27 cm)
8 AWG, 5 kV L-824 Type C airport lighting cable. Other diameters (0.395 inch,
0.420 inch, 0.445 inch, 0.490 inch) compensate for variation in cable diameter
using included bushings.
WS 49
• WS 49H available for #4 and #6 airport lighting cable
• Long-lasting, guarded cutting blades
• CB 6667, end strip replacement blade*
• CB 94, pencil replacement blade*
Note: * Used on both WS 49 and WS 49H
Primary Connector Crimping Tool
Part No. TBM45S
• Used to properly crimp the contacts on L-823 airfield primary series circuit
connector kits
• Shure Stake® mechanism ensures a proper crimp reducing failures, broken
wires, or hot spots over the life of the crimped connector
• Requires the lowest handle force of any tool in its class
• Wide installing range of AWG 8 – AWG 2 copper and
AWG 10 – AWG 6 aluminum lugs and splices
• Creates diamond-style crimp with die-code embossing for quick verification of
proper crimp
Secondary Connector Crimping Tool
U.S. Part No. 909MOD
Canada Part No. CHANNEL909
• Used to properly crimp the contacts on L-823 secondary field-installed connector kits
• Ensures that there are no failures, broken wires, or hot spots over the life of
the crimped connector
L-2
2039 Rev. N I No Manual
CB 94
CB 6667
TOOLS & SPARES
AIRFIELD LIGHTING TOOLS
Elevated Light Level
Part No. 44B1067 – L-861 Level
Part No. 44C1598 – L-862 Level
• Used to level elevated light heads in the field
• Level for L-861 incandescent elevated lights works with clamp band (Part No.
44C1081-XXXX) and pop top (Part No. 44C1752-X1XX - L-861T only) type fixtures
• Level for L-862 and L-862E incandescent elevated lights works with clamp band
(Part No. 44A2071-X1XX) and pop top (44C1201-XXXX) type fixtures
• For ADB Canada’s high-intensity elevated edge lights (Part No. 5NQ3850CU) and
medium-intensity edge lights (Part No. L-861U), use Part No. 060406.
L-861 Level
L-862 Level
700-40 Plug Insertion Tool
Part No. 44C2069
• Specially designed to facilitate insertion of runway fixture L-823 plugs into
secondary leads of transformers
• Made of cast aluminum for lightweight durability
• Inside diameter of tool is tapered to conform to outside of L-823 plug
• Positions and inserts the plug with the breakable coupling screwed into place
• Provides added force necessary to ensure a good connection between plug and
receptacle
• 700-40 is designed for use with tapered plugs only. For non-tapered plugs,
contact the ADB Sales Department.
Base Plate Tap
Part No. AW7015 for 1.5”-12
AW7020 for 2” NPS
Plug Insertion Tool
Tapered Plug
1.5-inch tap
• For the restoration of damaged threads in either 1.5-inch or 2-inch tapped base
plates
• Taps have recess on the bottom that allows for re-tapping without removal of
L-823 secondary connector
• Each tap includes 15-inch torque bar
2-inch tap
Breakable Coupling Socket Wrench
Canada Part No. 921028-W
• For the installation and removal of ADB’s 2” Transport Canada Style hex head
frangible couplings.
• Fabricated from high strength steel to provide durable construction with a long
service life.
Frangible Coupling Wrench
Part No. AW7010 (metric), AW7011 (NPS)
• For the installation and removal of frangible couplings
• Fits both 1.5 inch and 2-inch frangible couplings (NPS) or 61 mm and 63 mm
frangible couplings (metric)
• Wrench is angled 14° to provide clearance from the tarmac, preventing knuckle
abrasion
• Made of 6061-T6 high strength aluminum alloy, anodized finish
• Weight: 1.5 lb (0.68 kg)
2039 Rev. N I No Manual
L-3
TOOLS & SPARES
AIRFIELD LIGHTING TOOLS
Light Base Setting Fixture - 3-Point Leveling
Part No. SF3P
• Supports L-867/L-868 base cans to insure the proper azimuth and to set fixtures
at the proper height
• Welded steel angle frame shipped with bolt pattern plate installed
• Alignment pointers, three top-wind trailer jack adjustment legs, jack bolts,
and plates shipped separately for field installation
• Oxide primer finish
• Approximate shipping weight: 170 lb
Light Base Setting Fixture - 4-Point Leveling
Part No. SF4P-4
• Universal frame can be positioned either with angle pointing up or down
• Alignment notches in angle iron help in locating light base during construction
• Bulls-eye in bolt pattern plate also helps in locating light base
• Replaceable setting plate pointer that can also be resharpened
• Optional Jack Pads allow the anchoring of the setting fixture into base material. Must specify when ordering.
Touch-up Paint (Cannot be air shipped)
• Orange touch-up paint, 12 oz. can
Part No. 95A0008
• Gray CCR touch-up paint, 12 oz. can Part No. 95A0009
• Yellow touch-up paint, 12 oz. can
Part No. 95A0011
• Black touch-up paint, 12 oz. can
Part No. 95A0012
• Blue touch-up paint, 12 oz. can
Part No. 95A0013
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
L-4
2039 Rev. N I No Manual
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
TOOLS & SPARES
Spare Lamps
This is a list of lamps for current ADB Airfield Solutions products as shown in our catalog and on our website (www.adb-air.com). For
additional lamps, please contact your customer service representative. All lamps are shown on a 1-inch square grid for sizing purposes.
Lamp Wattage:
48 W
Lamp Description:
48 W/6.6 A tungsten-halogen, MR 16
FAA Designation/
Application:
•
•
•
•
ADB Part Number:
2990.40.827
Lamp Wattage:
105 W
Lamp Description:
105 W/6.6 A tungsten-halogen, MR 16
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-850C — Runway edge
• L-850D — Runway end and runway threshold/end (Military)
• L-850E — Threshold lighting system, military approach lighting system, and
military threshold system
• ALSF — FAA-E-2952 ALSF high-intensity (unidirectional white/red/green)
in-pavement runway approach
• L-852G — In-pavement runway guard light
• L-852S — In-pavement stop bar
• L-852G/S — In-pavement stop bar and runway guard light
L-850A — Runway centerline and LAHSO
L-850B — Touchdown zone
L-850F — LAHSO (redundant lamp option)
L-858Y/R/L/B — Signature Series guidance signs
ADB Part Number:
2990.40.900
Lamp Wattage:
62 W
Lamp Description:
62 W/6.6 A tungsten-halogen, MR 16
FAA Designation/
Application:
• MALSR Style I — FAA-E-2968 MALSR Style I (unidirectional white) approach
• MALSR Style II — FAA-E-2968 MALSR Style II (unidirectional green) threshold
• L-850D — Runway threshold and runway end (FAA)
ADB Part Number:
48A0386
Lamp Wattage:
30 W
Lamp Description:
30 W/6.6 A tungsten-halogen, MR 16
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-852A-D — Taxiway centerline (using two lamps)
ADB Part Number:
44A5911
Lamp Wattage:
45 W
Lamp Description:
45 W/6.6 A tungsten-halogen, PK30d
FAA Designation/
Application:
•
•
•
•
ADB Part Number:
2990.48.360
Lamp Wattage:
45 W
Lamp Description:
45 W/6.6 A tungsten-halogen EXM
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-852E — In-pavement taxiway intersections (Cat I/II) and heliport boundary
lights
• L-861/E/T— Medium-intensity elevated runway and taxiway edge and threshold/end
ADB Part Number:
48A0083
L-852A — Taxiway centerline (single lamp) on straight sections for Cat I/II
L-852C — Taxiway centerline (single lamp) on straight sections for Cat III
Clearance Bar — For Cat I/II/III clearance bars
L-852T — Taxiway edge
2078 Rev. H I No Manual
L-5
TOOLS & SPARES
L-6
SPARE LAMPS
Lamp Wattage:
45 W
Lamp Description:
45 W/6.6 A tungsten-halogen EXM
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-852E — In-pavement taxiway intersections (Cat I/II) and heliport boundary
lights
• L-861/E/T— Medium-intensity elevated runway and taxiway edge and threshold/end
ADB Part Number:
48A0083
Lamp Wattage:
30 W
Lamp Description:
30 W/6.6 A tungsten-halogen EXL
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-852E — In-pavement taxiway intersections (Cat I/II) and heliport boundary
lights
• L-861/T— Medium-intensity elevated runway and taxiway edge
ADB Part Number:
48A0085
Lamp Wattage:
120 W
Lamp Description:
120 W/6.6 A tungsten-halogen EVV
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-852E/F — In-pavement taxiway intersections (Cat I/II/III) and heliport
boundary lights
• L-861SE — Medium-intensity elevated runway threshold/end
• L-862 — High-intensity elevated runway edge
• L-862E — Runway threshold/end
ADB Part Number:
48A0069
Lamp Wattage:
150 W
Lamp Description:
150 W/6.6 A/T5Q tungsten-halogen EWR
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-852F — In-pavement taxiway intersections (Cat III) and heliport boundary
lights
• L-862 — High-intensity elevated runway edge
ADB Part Number:
48A0044
Lamp Wattage:
40 W
Lamp Description:
40 W/120 VAC incandescent S-11 bulb
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-852E — In-pavement taxiway intersections (Cat I/II) and heliport boundary
lights
ADB Part Number:
48A0126
Lamp Wattage:
100 W
Lamp Description:
100 W/6.6 A tungsten-halogen PK30d with male leads
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-804 — Elevated runway guard light
ADB Part Number:
44B1643
Lamp Wattage:
54 W
Lamp Description:
54 W/120 VAC incandescent A21 MED
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-860 — Low-intensity runway edge, VFR runway
• L-860E — Low-intensity runway threshold/end, VFR runway
ADB Part Number:
48A0347
2078 Rev. H I No Manual
TOOLS & SPARES
SPARE LAMPS
Lamp Wattage:
15 W
Lamp Description:
15 W/120 VAC incandescent 15A15CL
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-860 — Low-intensity runway edge, VFR runway
• L-860E — Low-intensity runway threshold/end, VFR runway
ADB Part Number:
48A0024
Lamp Wattage:
25 W
Lamp Description:
25 W/120 VAC incandescent 25A/CL
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-860 — Low-intensity runway edge, VFR runway
• L-860E — Low-intensity runway threshold/end, VFR runway
ADB Part Number:
48A0008
Lamp Wattage:
30 W
Lamp Description:
30 W/6.6 A T10/P incandescent
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-861/T — Medium-intensity runway and taxiway edge
ADB Part Number:
48A0006
Lamp Wattage:
45 W
Lamp Description:
45 W/6.6 A T10/P incandescent
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-861/E/T — Medium-intensity runway and taxiway edge and threshold/end
• L-810 — Obstruction light
ADB Part Number:
48A0007
Lamp Wattage:
200 W
Lamp Description:
200 W/6.6 A tungsten-halogen EZL
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-862 — High-intensity elevated runway edge
• L-862E — Runway threshold/end
ADB Part Number:
48A0145
Lamp Wattage:
150 W
Lamp Description:
150 W/6.6 A tungsten-halogen, PK30d with male leads
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-862S — Elevated stop bar light
ADB Part Number:
48A0353
2078 Rev. H I No Manual
L-7
TOOLS & SPARES
L-8
SPARE LAMPS
Lamp Wattage:
18 W
Lamp Description:
18 W/31-830 SP fluorescent
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-858 — Signature Series fluorescent signs
ADB Part Number:
48A0376
Lamp Wattage:
300 W
Lamp Description:
300 W/120 VAC PAR56/NSP
FAA Designation/
Application:
• PAR-56 — Steady burning threshold light (green) for MALSR
ADB Part Number:
48A0118
Lamp Wattage:
200 W
Lamp Description:
200 W/6.6 A PAR56/4
FAA Designation/
Application:
• Military UFC-3-535-01 — Military steady burning approach light, white or red
ADB Part Number:
48A0395
Lamp Wattage:
300 W
Lamp Description:
300 W/20 A tungsten-halogen, PAR56/C
FAA Designation/
Application:
PAR-56 — Steady burning approach light, white approach bars for ALSF
ADB Part Number:
48A0091
Lamp Wattage:
500 W
Lamp Description:
500 W/20 A tungsten-halogen, PAR56/1C
FAA Designation/
Application:
• PAR-56 — Steady burning approach light, red approach bars or green threshold for ALSF
ADB Part Number:
48A0092
Lamp Wattage:
150 W
Lamp Description:
150 W/120 VAC tungsten-halogen
FAA Designation/
Application:
• PAR-38 — Steady burning approach light (white) for MALSR
ADB Part Number:
48A0447
Lamp Wattage:
N/A
Lamp Description:
Flashtube FT-34HP, xenon PAR-56
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-849A, L-849C, L-849E — Runway End Identification Light (REIL) provides a
visual indication to pilots of the runway threshold during an approach
• ALSF/MALSR — Sequenced Flasher for ALSF/MALSR approach systems
ADB Part Number:
48B0022
2078 Rev. H I No Manual
TOOLS & SPARES
SPARE LAMPS
Lamp Wattage:
200 W
Lamp Description:
200 W/6.6 A PK30d with female leads, tungsten-halogen
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-880/L-881 — Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI)
ADB Part Number:
48A0077-1
Note: For installations before May 2002, use spare lamp kit 94A0337. Kit includes
lamp and disconnects to convert power leads, so lamp 48A0077-1 can be installed.
Lamp Wattage:
100 W
Lamp Description:
100 W/120 VAC bi-pin
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-806/L-807 — Internally lighted wind cone
ADB Part Number:
48A0375
Lamp Wattage:
69 W
Lamp Description:
69 W/120 VAC incandescent 69A21/TS
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-810 — Obstruction light
ADB Part Number:
48A0009
Lamp Wattage:
116 W
Lamp Description:
116 W/130 VAC incandescent 116A21/TS1
FAA Designation/
Application:
• L-810 — Obstruction light
ADB Part Number:
48A0010
Note
1
Use 48A0010 as a replacement for older 48A0169 116 W/130 VAC lamp.
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
2078 Rev. H I No Manual
L-9
TOOLS & SPARES
Photoelectric Control
102FAA
Application
The ADB 102FAA Photoelectric Control is used for the control of
different airport lighting systems such as airport beacons, edge
lighting, obstruction lighting and floodlighting.
The 102FAA photoelectric control conforms to FAA requirements
for airway obstruction lighting, ie. 35 foot-candles turn-on and
above 58 foot-candles turnoff.
The 102FAA has a built-in time delay that prevents false cycling
caused by lightning flashes or stray light sources.
Specifications - 102FAA Photoelectric Control
UV-stabilized high-impact polypropylene
Photocell:
1/2-inch cadmium sulfide light sensitive element
Time Delay:
Minimum 15 seconds
Switch Type:
Single-pole, single-throw thermal switch.
Contact position normally closed.
Temp. Range:
-40 °F to 170 °F (-40 °C to 76.7 °C)
Rated Life:
102FAA
Socket w/Mounting Bracket
M2A
5,000 operations minimum at rated load
Receptacles for photo control designed specifically for outdoor
lighting. Conforms to ANSI/NEMA standards.
Locking-type receptacle with aluminum angle bracket for wood
pole, cross arm or wall mounting. All-weather locking type receptacle and Lexan housing. With 14-inch 14 AWG color-coded wire
as follows: line-black, neutral-white, load red. Threaded stem fits
through a 0.5-inch (12.7 mm) knockout.
Dimensions
Receptacle: 2.625 in (66.675 mm) diameter (socket), 2.625 in high
(including 0.5-inch stem).
Surge Protection: 320 joule MOV (Metal Oxide Varistor)
Dimensions:
Photoelectric Control Only
Accessories - M2A Receptacle
Input voltage is 120 VAC and load switching capability is 1800 VA.
Housing:
Ordering Codes
3.07” (78 mm) diameter x 2.15” (55 mm) high
Bracket:
4.5 in (114.3 mm) high, 2.75 in (69.85 mm) deep.
Note: Receptacle has a load rating of 15 amps at 120 volts.
M2A Socket and Mounting Bracket
Product specifications may be subject to change,
and specifications listed here are not binding.
Confirm current specifications at time of order.
L - 10
3039 Rev. A I Call to Request Manual
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem
Belgium
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230
USA
Telephone: +32 (0)2 722.17.11
www.adb-air.com
Telephone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
© ADB Airfield Solutions
All rights reserved
ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC
977 Gahanna Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230 USA
Phone: +1 614.861.1304
+1 800.545.4157
adb-sales.us@adb-air.com
www.adb-air.com
ADB Airfield Solutions
Leuvensesteenweg 585
B-1930 Zaventem Belgium
Phone: +32 (2) 722.17.11
info.adb@adb-air.com
www.adb-air.com
Printed in USA
©2014. ADB Airfield Solutions, LLC. All Rights Reserved
www.adb-air.com
All information contained herein, including illustrations, specifications and dimensions, is
believed to be reliable as of the date of this publication, but is subject to change without
notice. Current sales drawings and specifications are available upon request. ADB reserves
the right to make changes and improvements to its products and assumes no responsibility
for these modifications on any equipment previously sold.
2014-15 Airfield Lighting Product Solutions Catalog
Trusted at more than 2000 airports in 175 countries providing world leading airfield technology
for end-to-end, integrated and sustainable solutions for visual guidance.
Airfield Lighting
Product Solutions Catalog
www.adb-air.com